Full text of "The Acts of the Apostles, with a vocabulary by J.T. White"

See other formats

Google 


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world’s books discoverable online. 


It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover. 


Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 


Usage guidelines 


Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 


We also ask that you: 


+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 


+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 


+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 


+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 


About Google Book Search 


Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 


atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/ 








a 


W. HIITE’S GraMMar S CHOOL T: EXTS 


THE 
ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 


WITH A, VOCABULARY 


BY 


JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. OXon. 





LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 
1878 


All rights reserved 


f/O/™ fF. Vc ime 


LONDON ! 
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS, 
ST. JOHN’S SQUARE. 





PREFACE. 


FOR some long time past it has been widely felt 
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works 
used in schools generally, and more especially in 
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is 
at once desirable and not difficult of accomplish- 
ment. For the most part only portions of authors 
are read in the earlier stages of education, and a 
pupil is taken from one work to another in each 
successive half-year or term; so that a book 
needlessly large and proportionably expensive is 
laid aside after a short and but partial use. 

In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a 
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually 
read in Schools are now being issued under the 
title of GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS ; while, at the 
request of various Masters, it has been determined 
to add to the series some parts of the Greek Testa- 
ment. - . 

Each TEXT is provided with a VOCABULARY of 
the words occurring in it. In every instance—with 
the exception of Eutropius and AZsop—the origin 
of a word, when known, is stated at the commence- 
ment of the article treating of it, if connected with 

A2 


iv PREFACE. 


another Latin, or Greek, word ; at the end of it, if 
derived from any other source. Further still, the 
primary or etymological meaning is always given, 
within inverted commas, in Roman type, and so 
much also of each word’s history as is needful to 
bring down its chain of meanings to the especial 
force, or forces, attaching to it in the particular 
“ Text.” In the Vocabularies, however, to Eutropius 
and Asop—which are essentially books for be- 
ginners—the origin is given of those words alone 
which are formed from other Latin or Greek words 
respectively. 

Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles 
of GRAMMAR, as well as with ETYMOLOGY, is 
necessary to the understanding of a language, such. 
points of construction as seem to require elucida- 
tion are concisely explained under the proper 
articles, or a refererice is simply made to that rule 
in the Public Schools Latin Primer, or in Parry's 
Elementary Greek Grammar, which meets the 
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how- 
ever, that more information is needed than can be 
gathered from the above-named works. When 
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied, 
in substance, from ¥elf’s Greek Grammar, Winer’s 
Grammar of New Testament Greek, or the Latin 
Grammars of Zumpi and Madvig. 


Lonpon : SFuly, 1878. 


INTRODUCTION. 


ST. LUKE, the writer of the Acts of the Apostles, and 
also of the Gospel bearing his name, was born at Antioch 
(now Antakieh) in Syria ; but at what date and in what 
station of life is a point that has not been decided. .He 
appears to have studied medicine, for at Col. iv. 14 St. 
Paul styles him ‘‘the beloved physician.” A tradition 
exists that he was alsoa painter of no mean skill, but it is 
not supported by any authentic account in ancient writers. 
Neither is anything known of either the circumstances or 
the time of his conversion. It is Stated, indeed, by EpfI- 
phinius, that he was one of the seventy disciples whom 
‘*the Lord sent, two and two, before His face into every 
city and place, whither He Himself would come” (Luke 
x, i); and Theoph}lact mentions that. he was one of the 
two disciples who in their walk to Emmaus were joined: 
by the risen Jesus (Luke xxiv. 13 sgq.; cf., also, Mark 
xvi. 12). Should these writers be correct in what they 
advance, it is possible that he may have been converted 
by our Lord Himself. Tertullian, on the other hand, 
ascribes his conversion to St. Paul ; and, if it be borne in 
mind that it is very doubtful whether our Lord, at the 
commencement of His ministry, would have appointed 
any but an Israelite to take part in such a mission as that 
above mentioned, it is most probable that this last-named 
writer presents the case in its true aspect. 
Acts. ° 


vi INTRODUCTION. 


The first historical notice of St. Luke is that which he 
incidently supplies of himself at xvi. 10. There it ap- 
pears that he joined St. Paul, in his second missionary 
journey, at Troas. At verse 8 of the chapter above cited, 
St. Luke speaks of the Apostle and his companions in the 
third person : ‘‘ they, passing by Mysia, came to Troas.”’ 
After recording in verse 9 the vision in which a man of 
Macedonia entreated Paul to come over to his country, 
the Evangelist adopts the first person plural: “ we en- 
deavoured to go into Macedonia; .. . loosing from 
Troas, we came witha straight course to Samothracia, and 
the next day to Neapdlis, and from thence to Philippi ; 
- . . and we were in that city abiding certain days.” 
This use of the first person plural continues to the end of 
the chapter. But at the first verse of the following 
chapter (xvii. 1), the employment of the third person 
plural is resumed. The inference is that, when St. Paul 
left Philippi, St. Luke remained in that city, asno men- 
tion of him occurs during the remainder of the Apostle’s 
journey. At xx. 5 sgy., St. Luke reverts to the use of 
the first person plural: ‘‘these, going before, tarried for 
us at Troas, and we sailed from Philippi.” Hence it 
would appear that he rejoined the Apostle (in his third 
missionary journey) at Philippi, where, as before noticed, 
he seems to have been previously left. From Philippi 
he proceeded with the Apostle to Troas, Assos, 
Mityléné, Chios, Samos, Trogyllium, Milétus, Coos, 
Rhodes, Patira, Tyre, Ptolemais, Czesaréa, and Jeru- 
salem (xx. 5 sgg.—xxi. 18). At Jerusalem those events 
occurred which led to the Apostle being sent under the 
custody of a Roman escort to Czsaréa, where the 
Governor, Felix kept him a prisoner for two years 
(xxi. 20—xxiv. 27). When at the expiration of that time 
Festus, the successor of Felix, had determined on the 


INTRODUCTION. vil 


Apostle’s appeal to Ceesar (xxv. 11), to send him to Italy, 
St. Luke accompanied him in the memorable voyage to 
Rome (Luke*xxvii. 1 sgg.); there, too, he remained with 
him during his first imprisonment in that city (Col. iv. 
14); and if the Second Epistle to Timothy was written 
during St. Paul’s second imprisonment in Rome, then it 
would appear (2 Tim. iv. 11) that St. Luke continued 
with him till his martyrdom, which took place A.D. 68. 
That the Acts of the Apostles were written after the 
Gospel is clear from the opening words of the present 
book, viz. ‘The former treatise have I made,” &c,, 
such treatise being the Gospel. The Acts are held to have 
been completed towards the close of the second year 
of St. Paul’s first imprisonment in Rome (A.D. 62) ; and 
the Gospel is supposed to have been written at Czsaréa, 
during St. Paul’s imprisonment in that place. 
- The Acts may be divided into two principal parts :— 
The former of these, comprising the first twelve chapters, 
treats of such events connected with the history of the 
early Church as took place between the date of our Lord’s 
Ascension and the return of Barnabas and Saul from 
Jerusalem to Antioch in Syria. The second, extending 
from chapter xiii. to the end of the book, is mainly occu- 
pied with an account of the three Missionary Journeys of 
St. Paul. 


PART I.:—aA.D. 33 to A.D. 46.—Chap. i. The work 
inscribed to Theophilus. Jesus shows Himself to His 
disciples and converses with them during forty days after 
His Resurrection. Commands them to await at Jerusalem 
the baptism of the Holy Ghost. The Ascension. The 
disciples return from Mount Olivet to their “upper 
room.” Matthias chosenan Apostle in the place of Judas 
Iscariot.—Chap. ii, The descent of the Holy Ghost on 


a2 








viii INTRODUCTION. 


the day of Pentecost. Its effects and the amazement 
caused thereby. Peter's address. Three thousand con- 
verts. Miracles wrought by the Apastles. The discipleq 
have all things in common. Daily additions to the 
Church.—Chap. iii. Peter heals a man lame from 
his birth. Wonderment of the people. Peter addresses, 
them.—Chap. iv. Peter and John arrested by the priests 
and captain of the temple. Taken before the High 
Priest and his kinsmen. Peter's bold testimony for 
Christ. Peter and John threatened, and commanded not 
to speak nor teach in the name of Jesus. Their faithful 
reply. Being dismissed they return to their company 
and report all that had been said to them by those wha 
had examined them. God praised, and His protection 
and grace implored. The place where the disciples were 
met is shaken in testimony that they were heard, while 
they themselves are filled with the Holy Ghost, Pos 
sessors of property sell it for the common benefit, 
Especial mention of Barnabas.—Chap. v. Ananias and 
Sapphira. Their death for lying to the Holy Ghost.. 
The Apostles work many miracles. Multitudes 
believe. The Apostles imprisoned. Released by 
ati angel and commanded to preach openly in the 
Temple. They obey, are arrested, and taken before the 
Council. Bear witness for Christ. Gamaliel’s speech 
and advice to the Council. The Apostles after having 
been beaten and commanded not to speak in the name of 
Jesus are set at liberty.—Chap. vi. The appointment of 
seven Deacons. Stephen, one of their number, does 
“ preat wonders and miracles among the people,” Men 
suborned to accuse him of speaking blasphemously, 
Stephen brought before the Council. His appearance.— 
Chap. vii. Stephen addresses the Council. Looking up ta 
heaven he tells those before whom he stands that, he seeg 











INTRODUCTION. ix 


the heavens opened and Jesus standing at the tight hand 
of God. Cast out of the city and stoned. Saul takes 
charge of the clothes of the witnesses (cf. Deut. xvii. 7). 
Stephen calls upon Jesus to receive his spirit and prays 
for his murderets.—Chap. viii. Persecution of the Church, 
wherein Saul takes a prominent part. Philip, the deacon, 
preaches Christ in Samaria. Simon Magus. Philip and 
the Eunuch.—Chap. ix. Saul proceeds to Damascus for 
the purpose of carrying as prisoners to Jerusalem any fol- 
lowers of Jesus whom he might find. On his way thither 
a light from heaven suddenly shines around him. Jesus 
speaks to him. Saul’s blindness. Ananias sent to him 
that he may receive his sight and be filled with the Holy 
Ghost. Saul being baptized preaches Christ in the 
synagogues. The Jews plot his destruction. Saul let 
down the city wall of Damascus at night, in a basket. 
Proceeds to Jerusalem. Barnabas takes him to the 
Apostles. Saul disputes with “the Grecians,” who 
endeavour to kill him. Sentto Tarsus. Rest enjoyed by 
the Churches throughout Judza, Samaria, and Galilee. 
Peter comes to Lydda, where he heals the palsied 
fEnéas. Conversions at Lydda and Saron. Peter re- 
quested to go to Joppa. Raises Dorcas to life. Takes 
up his abode at the house of ‘‘Simon the tanner.” 
—Chap. x. Cornelius directed by an angel to send for 
Peter. Peter’s vision. Peter accompanies the men sent 
by Cornelius and arrives at Ceesaréa. Cornelius and those 
with him being instructed in the faith, and the Holy 
Ghost having fallen on them, are baptized.—Chap. xi. 
Peter returns to Jerusalem. Censured for going into the 
society of the uncircumcised and eating with them. His 
defence. The Apostles and brethren convinced that 
God had granted to the Gentiles also ‘‘ repentance unto 
life.’ Certain who had quitted Jerusalem on the per- 


x INTRODUCTION. 


secution that arose after the death of Stephen proceed to 
Phénicé, Cyprus, and Antioch in Syria, preaching the 
word to Jews only. The Gospel preached at Antioch to 
the Gentiles, many of whom believe. Barnabas sent by 
the Church at Jerusalemto Antioch. Seeks Saul. Brings 
him to Antioch, where both of them remain for a whole 
year. The disciples first called ‘‘ Christians” at Antioch. 
Agi&bus foretells a great dearth, ‘‘ which came to pass in 
the days of Claudius Cesar.” Barnabas and Saul sent 
‘to the Elders at Jerusalem, with relief for the ‘‘ brethren 
“which dwelt in Judzea.”—Chap. xii. Herod slays James, 
the brother of John. Throws Peter into prison. Peter 
on whose behalf unceasing prayer is made by the Church, 
released by an Angel. Herod commands the soldiers who 
had charge of Peter in the prison to be put to death. 
Herod makes an oration to men sent from Tyre and Sidon 
to desire peace. In his arrogancy takes to himself the 
glory due to God alone. Smitten by an Angel, and eaten 
by worms. Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch from 
Jerusalem, and take with them John Mark. 


ParT II :—A.D. 46 to A.D. 62.—Chap. xiii. r—3. Six 
prophets and teachers in the Church at Antioch. At the 
‘command of the Holy Ghost Barnabas and Saul are 
** separated for the work ” whereto He had called them. 
After fasting and prayer they are sent forth. 

First Missionary Fourney,' a.D. 48 and 49.—Chap. xiii. 
4 to xiv. 27. Barnabas and Saul depart from Antioch 
and proceed to Seleucia, whence they sail to Cyprus, 
Attended by John Mark they preach in the city of Sal&- 


1 Between the return of Barnabas and Saul from Jerusalem (see 
end of chap. xii.) and the events mentioned at opening of chap. xiii. 
an interval of about two years or more intervened, during which 
Paul remained at Antioch. 





INTRODUCTION. xi 


mis to Jews only. Proceed to Paphts. Sergius Paulus 
and Bar-jésus, otherwise Elymas, i, e. ‘‘the Sorcerer.” 
The latter opposes Barnabas and Saul. At the word of 
«(Saul now for the first time called) Paul ‘‘the hand of 
the Lord is upon Elymas,” who is struck with blindness. 
Sergius Paulus believes. ‘‘ Paul and his company loose 
from Paphos” and proceed to Pamphylia, when John 
Mark departs from them and returns to Jerusalem. 
Arrive at Antioch in Pisidia. Paul preaches in the syna- 
gogue forgiveness of sins through Jesus Christ. The 
Gentiles beg him to preach to them on the next Sabbath. 
Multitudes assemble to hear him, and “as many as were 
ordained to eternal life believed.” Persecution raised 
by envious and blaspheming Jews against Paul and 
Barnabas, who are driven out of the place, and go to 
Iconium, where they abode a long time. The dis- 
ciples ‘‘ filled with joy and the Holy Ghost.” At Iconium 
many Jews and Gentiles believe. Unbelieving Jews and 
Gentiles attack Paul and Barnabas, who “flee to Lystra 
and Derbé, cities of Lycaonia.” At Lystra Paul heals 
a cripple. Amazement of the people, who exclaim ‘‘the 
gods have come down to us in the likeness of men.” 
Barnabas called by them Jupiter; and Paul, Merciirius. 
The people with difficulty restrained from offering sacrifice 
tothem. Jews arrive from Antioch and Iconium, at whose 
instigation Paul is stoned and believed to be dead. Paul 
rising up goes into the city, and on the day following 
departs with Barnabas to Derbé. After preaching the 
Gospel in this latter place, Paul and Barnabas return to 
Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch. Ordain elders in every 
Church. Pass through Pisidia to Pamphylia. Preach 
the word in Perga. Godownto Attalia. Sail to Antioch 
and thus bring their journey to a close. 

Chap. xiv. 28—Chap. xv. 39. After the above-men- 


xii INTRODUCTION. 


tioned First Missionary Journey, Paul and Barnabas 
“abode a long time with the disciples” at Antioch. 
Arrival at Antioch of certain men who insist upon the 
necessity of circumcision in order to salvation. Disputa- 
tion and dissension about the matter. Paul and Barnabas 
sent to Jerusalem (A.D. 50) to consult the apostles and elders. 
Pass through Phoenicé and Samaria. Arrive at Jerusalem, 
where they are received by the Church, and declare “all 
things that God had done with them.” Certain Pharisees 
declare that circumcision and observance of the Mosaic 
Law are needful. Council of Jerusalem repudiate this 
doctrine. Judas, surnamed Bars&bas, and Silas sent with 
Paul and Barnabas as bearers of a letter to the Gentile 
brethren ‘‘in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia” from “ the 
Apostles and Elders, with the whole Church ” at Jerusae 
lem wherein the above enunciated doctrine is repudiated, 
and certain ‘‘ necessary things” are enjoined. Joy at 
Antioch, Judas and Silas exhort the people, and after 
some time return to Jerusalem. Paul and Barnabas con- 


tinue in Antioch. Paul proposes to Barnabas that they- 


should visit the brethren in every city where they had 
previously preached the word. Barnabas determines to 
take with them John Mark (who was related to him 
(aveyios, Col. iv. 10). Paul refuses his assent to the plan, 
on account of John Mark having left them while they 
were in Pamphylia on their first Missionary Journey (xiii. 
13). Contention between Paul and Barnabas, who part 
from one another. Barnabas takes Mark and sails for 
Cyprus. 

Chap. xv. 40 to Chap. xviii. 22.—A.D. 51 to the autumn 
of A.D. 54.—After Paul and Barnabas had separated from 
one another, Paul chooses Silas as his companion, and sets 
out on his 

Second Missionary Fourney. Departing from Antioch 


- €686=SEhUY 


INTRODUCTION. xiii 


he goes ‘throughout Syria and Cilicia, confirming the 
Churches.” Proceeds to Derbé and Lystra (cf. xiv. 6), 
where he associates Timothy withhim. Passes throughout 
Phrygia and Galatia. Forbidden by the Holy Ghost to 
‘preach the word in Asia. Enters Mysia. Essays to go into 
Bithynia, but not suffered by the Spirit todo so, Comes 
down to Troas. Has a vision, wherein he sees a 
Macedonian, who says, ‘‘Come over into Macedonia, 
and help us.” Hereupon, accompanied by Luke and 
others, he sails from Troas,? and reaches Samothracia. 
On the day following his arrival goes to NeapUlis, and 
thence to Philippi. Baptism of Lydia and her household. 
Paul casts out a spirit from a damsel who brought much 
gain to her masters by soothsaying. Paul and Silas 
dragged before the magistrates, severely beaten and 
‘‘thrust into the inner prison,” their feet being made fast 
im the stocks. Paul and Silas pray, and sing praises, at 
‘midnight. An earthquake. The prison doors opened, 
and the bands of the prisoners loosed.. The keeper of the 
prison, intending to kill himself on account of the supposed 
escape of those in his custody, is prevented by Paul from 
doing so. Brings Paul and Silas into hishouse. Inquires 
the way of salvation. Baptized, together with his house- 
hold. The magistrates send the order, ‘‘Let those mep 
go.” Paul refuses, on the ground of his being a Roman, 
to leave the prison till the magistrates themselves come 
and fetch them out. The magistrates, being afraid, come 
to the prison, and desire him and his companions to depart 
from the city. Paul goes to the house of Lydia, and 
afterwards departs. Passes through Amphipdlis and 
Apollonia, Comes to Thessalonica, and for three 
Sabbath days reasons in the synagogue with the Jews, 
® See the beginning of the second paragraph of this Introduction, 


p. vi. 


xiv INTRODUCTION. 


A mob attacks the house of Jason, where Paul and his 
companions are sojourning. Jason and certain brethren 
dragged before the rulers of the city. Upon giving 
security they are released. Paul and Silas sent by night 
to Beroea. The Berceans search the Scriptures. Many 
of them and also of ‘‘the Grecians”’ believe. The Jews 
of Thessalonica, finding that Paul is preaching in Bercea, 
follow him thither, and stir up the people. Paul sent away 
by the brethren. Silas and Timothy remain behind. 
Paul, being conducted to Athens, sends word to Silas and 
Timothy to go to him ‘‘ withall speed.” Paul at Athens, 
Disputes with the Jews. Taken before the Areopigus. 
His speech and its effect. Dionysius the Areopi&gite and 
Damiris. Paul leaves Athens, and goes to Corinth. 
Aquila and Priscilla, with whom Paul works at the 
occupation of a tent-maker. Paul testifies to the Jews 
that Jesus is the Christ. They oppose and blaspheme. 
Crispus, the chief ruler of the Synagogue, baptized. Many 
Corinthians believe. In a vision Paul is commanded not 
to be afraid, but to speak, as God has much people in the 
city. Promised the Divine protection. Continues in 
Corinth a year and six months, teaching the word of God. 
Gallio, deputy of Achaia. The Jews accuse Paul 
Gallio drives them from the judgment-seat. The Jews 
beat Sosthenes before the judgment-seat. Gallio’s indif- 
ference. After a considerable time, Paul sails to Syria, 
with Aquila and Priscilla, ‘‘having shorn his head in 
Cenchreze”’ in pursuance of a vow. Proceeds to Ephésus, 
where he leaves Aquila and Priscilla. Reasons with the 
Jews in the synagogue. Sails from Ephésus. Lands 
at Czesaréa. Goes to Antioch, where he spends some 
time. : 

3 From Corinth Paul writes his First Epistle to the Thessalonians 
in A.D. 52, and his Second Epistle to them in A.D. 53. 





INTRODUCTION. xv 


Chap. xviii. 23 to end of Chap. xxviii.—A.D. 54 (Autumn) 
—Spring of A.D. 63. 

Third Missionary Fourney. Paul leaves Antioch, and 
goes over Galatia and Phrygia. Apollos, an Alexandrian 
Jew, arriving in Ephésus, instructed by Aquila and Pris- 
cilla,# Proceeds to Corinth. Paul arrives at Ephésus, 
and continues there for two years. The sons of Sceva. 
Many who use ‘‘curious arts” burn their books, Paul 
purposes to pass through Macedonia and Achaia to Jeru- 
salem, and thence to Rome. Sends Timothy and Erastus 
to Macedonia, while he himself stays for a while at 
Ephésus.5 Uproar at Ephésus, caused by Démétrius the 
silversmith. Paul departs to Macedonia. Comes into 
Greece (Corinth*), where he abides three months. Returns 
to Macedonia. Sails from Philippi. Reaches Trvas. 
Restores Eutfchus to life. Embarks at Assts. Comes to 
Mityléné. Sails thence to Chios, Samos, Trogyllium, 
and Milétus. Sends for the elders of the Church at 
Ephésus, and gives them a charge. Sails from Milétus 
to Coés, Rhodes, Patira, and lands at Tyre. Disciples 
at Tyre tell Paul, through the Spirit, not to go up to Jeru- 
salem. Paul leaves Tyre, and travels to Ptolemais and 
Ceesaréa. Philip’s four daughters. Agibus foretellsthat ~ 
the Jews at Jerusalem should bind Paul, and deliver him 
to the Gentiles. Paul professes his readiness to die for 
the name of the Lord Jesus. Journeys onwards to Jeru- 
salem, accompanied by his followers and Mnason, a man 
of Cyprus. Arrives at Jerusalem, where he is gladly re- 

* See the latter part of the Second Missionary Journey. 

8 In the spring of A.D. 57 Paul writes from Ephesus his First 
Epistle to the Corinthians, and his Second Epistle to them in the 
following summer from Macedonia. 

6 From Corinth he writes the Epistle to the Galatians in the 
winter of A.D. 57, and that also to the Romans in the spring of 
A.D. 58. : 


xvi INTRODUCTION. 


ceived by the brethren. Pays the charges of four men 
who have a vowupon them. Enters with them into the 
Temple. An outcry raised against him by certain Jews 
from Asia. Is in danger of his life. Rescued from his 
assailants by the Roman chief captain. Carried prisoner 
into the castle. Addresses the multitude, who cry out 
that he is not fit to live. The chief captain command- 
ing that he should be examined by scourging, he declares 
himself a Roman citizen. Fear felt by the chief captain. 
Paul taken before the Jewish council. Dissensions in the 
council. The chief captain, fearing for Paul’s life, com- 
mands the soldiers to take Paul into the castle. Paul 
encouraged and comforted by the Lord. Certain Jews 
conspire to kill Paul. Paul sent to Felix at Ceresaréa. 
Examined by Felix. Accused by Tertullus on behalf of 
Ananias, the High Priest, and the Elders of the Jews 
Felix commits Paul to the safe keeping of a centurion. 
Trembles at Paul’s preaching At the expiration of two 
years is succeeded by Porciiis Festus, and leaves Paul 
bound. Paul being accused by the Jews before Festus, 
appeals to Cesar. Brought before Agrippa, Bernice, and 
Festiis. His answer to the accusation brought against 
him. Decision respecting him. Paul and other pri- 
soners delivered into the custody of Julius, a Roman 
centurion. Put on board a ship of Adramyttium. Arrive 
at Sidon. Paul permitted to goto his friends. The ship 
sails from Sidon, over the Sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, 
and arrives at Myra, in Lycia. The centurion embarks 
his prisoner on board a ship of Alexandria, that was on 
its voyage to Italy. The ship’s course to Fair Havens in 
the neighbourhood of Laséa. Paul foretells the dangers 
of the voyage, but meets with no attention. The tempest. 
The shipwreck. The escape of all the crew and pas- 
Sengers. Melita, where they receive hospitable treat- 


p., 





INTRODUCTION. xvii 


ment. Paul unarmed by a viper that had fastened itself 
on his hand. Publius, the chief man of Melita, shows: 
great kindness. The father of Publius healed by Paul. 
After a stay of three months, Julfus re-embarks his prisoners 
on board the Castor and Pollux, another Alexandrian 
vessel. Proceeds to Syracuse, Rhegium, and Putedli. 
Paul met at Appii FSrum and Three Taverns by brethren. 
Arrives at Rome,’ and is delivered by the centurion to 
the captain of the guard. Permitted to dwell by himself, 
in the custody of a soldier. Calls together the chief Jews. 
His address to them, which he concludes by declaring 
that ‘‘ the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and 
they will hear it.” Remains two whole years in his own 
hired house, receiving all who came to him and boldly 
preaching the Gospel without hindrance. 

With Paul’s imprisonment at Rome the history of the 
Acts comes to a close. It may be well, however, to 
state briefly what occurred to Paul subsequently to his 
release. Leaving Rome, he goes to Maceaonia and Asia 
Minor. In a.p. 64 he is found in Spain, where he seems to’ 
have remained till about the summer of A.D. 66. He then 
proceeds to Asia Minor. In the summer of A.D. 67, he 
is again in Macedonia,® in the autumn at Ephesus,® in. 
the winter at Nicipilis ; in the spring of a.D. 68 he is in: 
prison © at Rome; and in the summer of the same year 
he is beheaded by order of the Emperor Nero. 

But to return to the Acts of the Apostles. A question 


? From Rome Paul wrote his Epistles to Philémon, the Colossians, 
and the Ephesians in the spring of A.D. 62; and that to the Philippians’ 
in the autumn of the same yean . 

8 The First Epistle to Timothy was written from Macedonia, 

® From Ephesus Paul wrote his Epistle to Titas. 

-¥9 While in prison at Rome Paul wrote his Second Epistle to’ 


Xviil INTRODUCTION. 


arises as to who was the Theophilus for whose instruction 
and assurance the Evangelist wrote his two works ; viz. 
his Gospel, and the Acts of the Apostles. Some have 
supposed that the name is used to denote no one man in 
particular, but any and every one who was, as the name 
implies, ‘‘ God-loving,” or ‘* God-loved.” This notion, 
however, is at once met and refuted by the mode of 
address, employed by St. Luke in his Gospel ; viz. xpd- 
Tire Gedpire :—xpdrioros being customarily employed 
to dénote either a person of some importance or a per- 
sonal friend. Theophilus, therefore, was no imaginary 
person, though his identity cannot be established. What 
his country was may, however, be inferred from what is 
said, and what is not said, both in the Gospel and in the 
Acts of the Apostles. Assuming, then, that in men- 
tioning places the Evangelist would give a more or less 
minute description of such as were not likely to be known 
to the person addressed, and would merely name those 
with which he was acquainted, it may be said, First ;— 
that TheophYlus was not a native of Palestine ; for Caper- 
nium is described as ‘‘a city of Galilee” (Luke iv. 31) ; 
so is Nazareth (Luke i. 26); Arimathzea is called “‘a city 
of the Jews” (Luke xxiii. 51); the country of the Ga- 
darenes is said to be over against Galilee ” (Luke viii. 26); 
Emmaus, ‘‘a village... which was from Jerusalem 
about three-score furlongs” (Luke xxiv. 13) ; and Mount 


Olivet, ‘‘a Sabbath-day’s journey from Jerusalem” © 


(i. 12). On the same grounds it may be advanced that 
he was not a Macedonian; for Philippi is described as 
’ §* the chief city of that part of Macedonia ”’ (xvi. 12) ; nor 
an Athenian, for it is stated ‘‘all the Athenians and 
strangers which were there (i.¢ in Athens) spent their 
time in nothing else but either to hear, or to tell, some 
new thing ”’ (xvii. 21); nor yet a Cretan; for Phenicé is 


fp. 


INTRODUCTION. xix 


stated to be ‘‘a haven of Crete which lieth toward the 
south-west and north-west” (xxvii. 12). Second ;—that 
he was a native of Italy; for Syracuse, Rhegium, Putedli, 
Appfi Forum, and The Three Taverns (Tres Taberne) 
have no description whatever attached to their mention 
(xxviii. 12 sgg.) ; a fact which, when it is compared with 
what has been pomted out above, can only be consistently 
explained on the supposition that these places were well 
known to the person addressed. Further, when speaking 
of Philippi (xvi. 12), the Evangelist says that it was “a 
colony,” s. ¢.a Roman colony. Such a particular respect- 
ing a foreign place could hardly fail to be interesting to 
Theophilus, if, as it is here inferred, Italy was his native 
country. 

Very many words occur in the Acts, that are not found 
in any other book of the Greek Testament. These are 
indicated in the Vocabulary by a dagger (f) placed at the 
commencement of the article treating of them. Again, 
the various readings in the Acts are numerous. The 
principal of these are noticed in the Vocabulary ; and 
when any difficulty of construction attaches to them, it is 
briefly explained. 

It only remains to mention that after St. Paul’s death, 
which, as before stated, occurred A.D. 68, all is obscurity 
respecting St. Luke. He is supposed to have died 

at an advanced age; but in what country, and whether 
- from natural causes or as a‘ martyr, very eontradictory 
accounts are found. The more commonly accepted 
belief is that he suffered martyrdom between A.D. 75 and 
100. 


ae 


DPAZEIS TON ATMOSTOAQN. 





OHAP. I. ITON pev apHrtov Adyov érroi- 
noduny wept wavrev, @ Beodire, dy hokaro 
6 “Incots troiy te nai Siddoxey *kyps Fe 
Huepas, evreiddpevoy Tois amootodoas did 
TIvevparos ayiov, obs éFerd£aro, averyndOn 
Sols xab wapéotrnoey éavroyv Govta peta 7d 
walciy avrav dy woddois rexunplos, os 
NMepOY TecqapaxovTa omrTavouevos avrois, 
wat Aéyor ra trept ris Bactdelas Tod Beod. 
4Kaj cuvarsfouevos trapyyyetrAev avutois did 
‘Jepogorvper pr) yapller Oar, ard trepipéverv 
THY emaryyéedtay TOU TaTpos, vy neoveaTé pov" 
563s “Iwavyns pev éBamricev Bdari, iets Se 
BanricOncecbe ev Ivevpars ayim ov pera 
Todas Tavtas nuépas. 8Oi pev ody cur 
eMGovres errnpdrav aurov, Néyovress Kupie, 
es dv 7h ypovm TovT@ aroxafiaTdves Tu 
Bacwalav tQ "lopayd; TEle 8¢ pds adrous*: 

B 
i 


2 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Oty ipav éors yravat ypovous f Katpors, 
ois o watnp Eeto év TH idia éFovcia’ Sara 
AnyrecGe Suvapuy éreXOovtos tov adryiov 
Tvevparos éd tds, at évecGé por  baprupes 
& Te "Tepovoadiyy, wai év naoy TH lovdaia 
Kat Lapapela, Kat &ws éoxdrou THS ‘"yiIs. 
Kal raira eirr@v, Brewovzwy avtayv, érnpn: 
cal vepérn trréXaBev avrov amo THY OfOarpav 
avrav. Kai ws arevifovres Hoay eis Top 
oupavoy, Topevopévov avtov, xal idov dvdpes 
Sv0 TapetoTnxecay avrois év €obAtt NevKH, 
lig} «al elrow “Avdpes Tarsraio, ri 
éotnxate éuSrérrovtes ets TOY OUPAvoY ; OUTOS 
Oo "Inoots, 6 avadndbels ad’ tpav eis Tov 
ovpavov, obrws édevcerat, dy tpoTroy ébed- 
gacOe avroyv sropevouevoy eis Tov ovpavov. 
12Tore wméorpeyay eis ‘Iepovoads) aro 
dpovs Tov Kadoupévov "EXai@vos, 6 éoriv 
éyys ‘lepovoadn oaB8Bdrov éxyov odop. 
Kal ote elon Gov, aveBnoay eis To irepeor, 
ov oav xatapévovtes 6, te Ilérpos xat 
"laxwBos xat "Iwavyns nat’ Avipéas, Pirurrrros 
kat @wpds, BapOoropaios nal MarOaios, 
"laxwBos ’Addaiov nai Ylueov 6 Znrwr7s, «ad 
"lovéas “laxwBov. 4Odto: wavres Foap 
mpocKxaprepodvres OuoOupadov TH. wpocevyy. 


,.)6S—lUC( 





CHAPTER I. 5 


ov yuvati nai Mapia rH pytpt rod “Inood 
nal ovv Tots adeAhois abtod. 

Kai dv ais tuépas ravras dvacrds 
Tlérpos évy com trav pabnrav elrev (Fv re 
bydos ovoudtwy él do adto ws éxarov 
elxoow)* 1Avdpes adergol, ees mrrANpwOHjvat 
Thy ypadhy tavrny, iy mpocire ro Ilvedua 
To &yvov Sia oroparos AaBid repi lovda rod 
ryevotevou odrryod Tots avAAaBovar Tov Incody, 
W8re. catnprOpnpuévos Fv dv tiv, cad éraye 
TOV KAjpov rhs Staxovlas tavtns. 18Obros 
pev ov exrycato ywpiov éx pucbod rijs 
adixias, kat mrpninjs yevopevos eddxnoe pécos, 
wat ékeyiOn mavra ta oThayyva avTod. 
9Kai ywooror éyéveto 1raot Tols KaToLKovot 
‘Iepovoarnp, Bore KANOHvat TO ywplov éxeivo 
7H iSia Suadéctp adtav ‘AxedOayad, tobr’ 
éort yowpioy aipatos. Téyparra: yap & 
BiBr\w arpar TernOnto 1) éravdus avrod 
Gonos, Kal pn) €oTw Oo xaToLK@D év auTiy 
xat, Ti émioxoriy avtod AaBos &repos. 
21Ac? ody cuvenOovtay hyiv avipdy év travti 
xpove, ev @ ciayrOe xa éfAAOen ef’ nuas 6 
Kupvos "Inoois, dpfdpwevos aro tod Barric- 
patos "lwdyvou éws ris jugpas Hs avednpOn 
dd spay, pdptupa tis avactacews avrob 

B 2 


ne 


4 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


yevécOas. avy nui da tovtrov. Kad 
éatncav Svo, "Iaond tov Kadovpevov Bap- 
oaBav, d¢ érrexrA7@n “lodoros, xal MarOiav. 
24Kat mpogevfduevor elrorw Xv, Kupie, 
Kapotoyvacta travteyv, avadetov dy ékereEo 
é« tovrwy tay Svo éva *raBeiy tov xARpov 
tis Ssaxovlas tavrns nal amootolis, €F He 
wapéBn ‘lovdas aropevOnvas eis Tov ToTOv To 
tov. Kai eSwxay x«dyjpous avTav, «ar 
eregev O KAfpos éri MatOiay: nal ovyxat- 
eyrnpicOn pera tav Evdexa atrogrodwv. 
CHAP. II. !KAI éy 1@ cupmrnpoicla 
Tiy hyuépay THs Llevryxoctis Hoay Graves 
Guobupadoy él To aro. *Kal éyévero adve 
€x rod oupayod Hos WoTrED HEepouerns AVOTS 
Biaias, wat émrjpwoev Srov roy olxoy, od 
Faay xabynpevo. %Kai dPOncav aitos 
SsapeptCopevar yAwooas woel ups, exabucé 
Teép &va éxactov avtav’ *xal émdnoOnoav 
dtravres Ivevparos ayiou, cal ipEavro Nanely 
éTépais yAwoooas, Kalas 70 IIvetua édidov 
avrois amop0éyyecOar. Hoa» Sé ev 
“Iepoveadyp Karoixovytes “lovdaior, davdpes 
evhaBeis, amo mayvtos ébyous Tav wd TOY 
ovpavov. . 8Tevoudvns 88 ths dwvis tavrys, 
ouvijdOe 7 TARDaS Kal cvvexvOn, Str Hxovoy 


a 


CHAPTER H, 5 


els Exacros 7H iia Suadéctm RAadovvTwy 
avtay. TEEiotayro 5é wdyres nai eBavpatoy 
AEyorTes pos aAArAous: Ovx, idou, Tavres 
ovTot eioww of adrovvtes Tariraio; Sxal 
wos Heis axovopey Exactos TH dig Siaréxtp 
joy, ev 7 ayevynOnyuev ; "TWapGor, car M7dor, 
kal “EnXauiras, wat of KaToiuovvtTes THY 
Mecorotapiay, lovéalav te xai Karrmasoxiap, 
Tlovrovy xai try ’Acilav, \9°Dpuyiay te xal 
Hapdvuvliay, Alyvatoy xai ta pépn Tips 
AsBins ris kata Kupneyny, cai ot-eridnpobvres 
“Pwpaios, ‘lovdaioli tre xat mpoaydvTo., 
WK pres nat “ApaBes, dxovowey Aarotvrav 
avray Tals Huetépass yNMocas TA peyancia 
tou @eov. 1’EElctavro Sé wavtes xal 
Suntropovy GArdos pds GAdov Aeyortess TL 
dy Oéroe roebro elvas; Werepor Se Stayrev- 
atovres EXeyou: “Ors yrAevxous peneot@péevas 
eiol, Wdrabels Se Tlérpos civ rots &vdexa 
érfpe thy dovnv avrod, nal amepbéy~ato 
avrois “Avépes ‘lovdaitor, nal ot rataKobyres 
‘lepovoadyye amavtes, tobdto tpiv yrwotov 
éotw, xal dveticacbe ta pyuata pov. Ou 
yap, ws byeis UrrodkauBavete, ovTOL peOvovawr 
éors yap wpa tpitn tis nuépas’ 16ar\ra 
Toure dott To eipnucvoy Sa Tov mpogdnrov 


6 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


"Ian 17Kal Zora dv traits daydrats juépass, 
Aéyes 0 Beds, dxyed ad tod Tveiparos pou 
éri tacav odpxa> Kai rpodyrevoover ot viol 
tpov Kal ai Ouyarépes Yor, xal of veavicxot 
tpudy opaces povrat, kai ol rpeaBurepar Ueoy 
évurrvlos évurrvac@naovra. 1Kaiye eri tovs 
SovAous pou Kai él Tas Sovras pou ev tas 
Huepacs éxeivais exyed amd Tov Lvevparos pov, 
xal mpogytevcovct. Kai dHcw répata ey 
T®@ ovpav@ ava, Kai onpuela él TIS HS KaTw, 
alua nat trip xai arplda carved. O FrL0¢ 
petaotpadnoeras eis oxotos, Kal 7 cerry 
eis alua, wrplv h erAGety thy jépav Kuplou rnv 
peydrnv nai érupavh. Kal éorac mas, 3s 
dy érixadéonrat 70 Svopa Kuplov, owOyjceras. 
22"Avdpes *IopanNitat, dxovoare Tovs AoYoUS 
‘toutous: ‘Incoty Tov Nalwpaiov, avdpa azo 
ToD @eod arrodeSevypévoy cis tas Suvdpece 
Kat Tépace Kal onpelou, ols éroinae 8e avrod 
6 Beos ev péow tyadv, eabas Kad avrol oidare, 
Brobrov rH wpiopévy Bovry Kal mpoyvwces 
tov @ecod Exdorov AaBovtes Sid yetpov avopey 
apoomneavres avelrere “Oy 6 eds avéornce, 
Avoas Tas wdivas TOU Oavdrou, KafoTt ove 
qv Suvarov xpareicOar adtovy in’ adrod. 


AuBid yap. réyer eis adtor Tlpowpapny 


CHAPTER Il. y 


tov Kupiov éevoriuv pou Siatravros, Ors ek 
Sefeiov pou ecotiv, va py carevOd.. %Aid 
TobTo edppavbn 1 % xapdla Hou, Kai HryadXNlacaTo 

i Pood Hou, érs S¢ nai ) cape pov xata- 
oxnvere: em érmrlds, drt ob« éyxatarehpecs 
THY Yuyny pou eis abou, ovde Saces Tov Bovoy 
.aou idey StapGopdy. 28’ Envapicds pot odovs 
Swiss mAnpwces pe eudppootyns peta Tob 
mpoowrou cov. 9" Avdpes adedrdol, Foy eimety 
peta rappna las pos juas trept rod 1ratp pou 
AaB, drs nat érehevrqge Kar éragn, Kal T6 
priya avTov dorw éy mpi axpt Tis Tmépas 
TavTNS. OTT popyrys | avy brdpyow, Kal. eda 
Ste Spxp pocev alt@ o Beds ee Kaprrod tis 
Gogvos avtod xablca: eri tod Opovov avroid, 
Slarpoiiwy eXdAnoe Tepl THs avactdcews ToD 
Xpistov, Sts ov xatereipOn 2) svyi) avrod eis 
‘dou, ovd¢ 4 cdpF avtod elde StapOopav. %2Tob- 
‘Tov tov lncovv dvéotnaev 6 Beds, ov travres 
nueis eopev paprupes. 8TH SeFva ody rod Qeod 
tnpoeis, rv te émayyedlay Tov dyiou IIvev- 
patos AaBev rapa TOU TaTpos, efexee Touro, d 
yov ipeis Arérere kaiaxovere. 34Ou "yap Aafisé 
avéBn eis Tavs ovpavovs> Aéyet Sé abros Eizrev 6 
Kuptos 76 Kupip pov’ SKabov é« SeEav Hou, 
das dy Oa rods éyOpovs cou trordduy Toy 


8 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


mobay cou. 37 Aadarag ovy. iyirwoKéto Tas 
olxos Igpayr, ore xal Kypsov avrov cat Xpi- 
otov 6 Beds érraince tovtToy Tov "Inco, dv 
tpels Eoraupwcarte. 

SP Axovoavtes, 5¢ xatevvyncay TH Kapdig, 
elroy te mpos Tov Ilérpoyv Kat rovs Aovrods 
atroaronous’ Ti croujcopyev, avdpes aderdgol ; 
S8Tlérpos 5é€ edn mpos avtous Meravoncare 
aat BarrricOirw Exactos bua. €Ti Te GvopLate 
"Inco Xpistod eis adeow dauapriov, Kal 
AnverBe rip Swpedy rod dyiov IIvevparar. 
SY piv ydp €orw h éralyyedta cai rois Tékvows 
tpev, nal maos tos eis paxpay, Scous 
adv mpocnadéontat Kupws a @eds hucan. 
WE réposs Te Adyors TACiocs SceapTvpero Kas 
qrapexare, Aeyor TwOnre awd rhs yeveds ris 
oKorLas Tavtys. 10% lated Quy acHevas 
dmodeFdpevos TOY Aeyov avrot éSarria@ncay 
nai mpoceréOnoay TH Huépa éxelvy yoyat 
e@ocel TpIeXiNal. 

#2°Hoav 5é mpooxaptepobytes tH Sidayh 
TOY GTTOOTOAWY Kai TH KolveVig, Kab TH 
«Adoe Too aprov Kal tais mpocevyais, 
4'Eyévero 5¢ wacn Wey poBes woAAd re 
TépaTta Kal onueia Sta TOY aTooTOAWD 
éyivero. *Ildvres 5é ot mugrevovres aay em) 


CHAPTER III. 9g 


‘TO auto, Kai elyov Arapra xowa, ual Ta 
xTipata kal.ras umdpEas érimpacKoy, Kat 
ducpépifov aita mwact, xabotTs av tuK ypéiav 
eye. Kal’ syépay te mpooxaprepodrres 
opobupadoy dy TQ iepg, KA@vTE Te Kat’ olxoy 
dprov, peteXduBavov tpodys dv a@yadNdce 
wat adedornrs xapdlas, *laivodyres tov Geow, 
Kal Eyovres ydpw irpos Gdop Tov Aady. ‘“O Se 
Kupsos mpocetiba tots cwfopévous «all 
tyutpay TH exxhyoig. 

OMAP. Id. VEIII 16 abro dé Tlérpos xad 
"lwdvens avéBasvov es 70 iepoy eri thy Spay 
Tis tpocevyns tH evydrny. *Kai tis dvnp 
‘xaos x KotAlas pytpbs abrol inmdpyev 
éBaoratero, dv ériBovy Kal Hyépay mpos riv 
Gvpav tad iepod riy Aeyouevyv ‘Opaiav Tod 
Gitely edenpnoauvny Tapa Tav elaTropevopeévey 
ese TO iepov’ 565 ev Tleérpov nal lwavyny 
péArOrTAS elovévat eis TO Lepoy Nowra éenpo- 
acivyy draBelv. *Arevicas Sé Tlétpog els 
a’tay adv te lwdvvy ele Bréyor cig yds. 
SO dé éreiyey avrois mpocdonav 7% Tap 
auTov ety. SElrre Se Ulérpos: ‘Apyupsos 
aat ypvalov oby irrapye: pow 6 8t Exo, Tovrd 
aor Sidwus "Ev re dvopate ‘Inood Xpeoros 
tad Nobwpaiou éyctpas nai wepimate. 1Kai 


10 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


mideas avrov tis Sebias yetpos Fryetpe’ 
mapayphua Sé éorepewOnoay avtov ai Baces 
kat ta ogupa. SKal e£ardropevos earn, xat 
meprerrate, Kab eiciOe aww avrois eis TO 
iepdv, tepitmarav Kab addopevos, Kal aivav 
tov @eov. %Kai cldev avtov was 6 ads 
mepurarouvTa «at aivotyTra tov eer. 
10’ Exreyivwoxov te avtov, Ste ovtos Fv 0 pds 
Tiy édenuoovyny KaOnpevos ert 17 “Opala 
arvAn tov tepo® nal érrncOncavy OduBous 
Kab exotacens eri r@ cupSeBnKots avr@. 
UKparobvros &€ avrod tov Tlérpov xat 
"Iwavyny, cvvéedpapue mpos avrovs was o ads 
ért 1h oTod tH Kadouuévy Zodopaves 
EOauBor. 1 [Smv Se Tlérpos azrexplvato 
apos tov raow “Avdpes “Iopandira, ri 
Oaupdtere ext. rovre; fj piv ri arevilere, Os 
sia Suvdpes 4 eboeBeia rrerromxoce Tob 
mepuratey altov; 150. Beds ’"ABpadu xat 
"Iloadk nal laxwB, 6 Geos Trav tratépwv hdr, 
éSokace rov rraiéa atrod “Incoby, dv ipeis 
arapedwxate, Kat npvncacde avroy Kata 
wpoowrov Iidrov, xplvavros éxeivou atro- 
Avery. I8Tpeis Se tov ayiow nai Sixarov 
npvnoacGe, xai i7rnoaabe dvopa Govéa yapto~ 
Givar ipiv Vrov 5&8 dpynyoy tis Coffs 


CHAPTER IIf. § 


amexrelvare Sv 6 Beds iryepey ex vexp@y, ov 
apes paptupées eopev. ‘Kai ert 1H riore 
Tov GvomaTos avTod, TovTov, dy Gewpeite Kal 
oldare, eorepdwoe to Svoua avTror Kai % 
aiorts 9 8:' avTod Edwxev aut THY GloKAnpiay 
Taurny anévayvtt wavtoyv tuav. Kad viv, 
adergol, olda sre xara dyvoiav émpakare, 
worrep Kat of dpyovres suov. 18O &2 @eos, 
& mpoxaryryyere Sta oropatos tavtey Tey 
apodntay avrod tale tov Xpiorov, émrdrp- 
waev otra. Meravojcare ody nal éme- 
atpéwate cig 7d éEaradbjvar ipay ras 
Gpaprlas, Sires dv EXOwoe xatpoi avayvkens 
‘amo Mpoowrov Tov Kupiov, %xai drocreiiy 
Tov Tpoxeyeiplopevoy Upiv "Incoty Xprotoy’ 
2l$y Sei ovpavoy pev Séfacdas dyps ypovey 
aToxaTacTacews . WavT@V, Ov éAdAnGEV oO 
@ecds S1a oToparos Tov dylwv abtod mpopyTay 
ar aiavos. Mwors pév mpos Tovs Twarépas 
direy’ “Ort mpodyrny ipiv avacrices Kupios 
6 @eds tuav exe trav adeddayv vudy, ws end 
autov axovocaGe Kata mravta Goa dy Nadjoy 
mpos Mas. "Kora: 6¢ maca vuy7), Aris dy 
Hn axovan Tov mpodiyrou éxeivou, eEcdoOpev- 
Onoerar é« rot Aaod. “Kal ravres 8€ of 
mpodirat amd Layounr Kai tav xaGekijs, dicot 


12 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


didAncay, kal KaripyyyetNay Tas | huépas 
ravras. Tels éotre viol tev mpodntayv 
nat THs SiabiKxns, Hs SeBero 0 Beds mpos 
Tous TaTépas umy, Neywv mpos "ABpadp’ 
Kai év 1@ otrépyati cov éevevdoynOnoovrar 
wacas of tratpial ris yas. *"Tyiv mpa@roy 
6 Geds, avaarncas Toy Taide aUTod, anéaretNey 
auToy evrOYOUVTAa Was ev TE atrogrpédety 
ExacTOY ATO TOY TrOYHPIOY UBLODV. 

CHAP. IV. JAAAOTNTON 8€ adray 
=arpos Tov Aaov, éexéatnoay arog oi tepeis 
Kai 6 otpatizyos Tov icpod Kat ai Laddoveaio, 
2Sarrovovpevos Sia +o Siddoxew avtovs Tov 
Aaoy, Kal KaTayyerrew ev te ‘Inood Thy dvd- 
‘ortacw thy ex vexpav. Kai eréBadov avrois 
was yeipas Kat ebevro gis THpnow .els ti 
aitpiov ty yap éorrépa dn. *IlodAo8 d¢ tay 
axovadyTay Tov doyoy éwlcrevaay’ Kai éyar- 
76n © aptOuos tay avipay wack yiuddes 
wévre, “Eybvero 56 ert rHv aiptoy cuvay- 
Oivas aurady rovs dpyovtas Kal mapecBurépous 
Kai ypapparets cis ‘lepovcadtp, %xat “Arvay 
Tov dpytepéa, nat Kaiddar, nai ‘lwdvyny, cai 
’AnrékavSpor, xai doot joavy é« yévous 
apxsepaticod. TKai ornoavtes avtots dy 
péaw eruvpGdvorro ’Ey sroig Suvdper, 4h oy 


| 


CHAPTER IV. "ag 


aroie dvouart, erowjcate tovro suels; ®Tore 
Ilérpos wAnaGels [Iveviparos dryiov etre mpos 
avrous’ “Apyovres Tod Aaov, Kai mpeaBvrepos 
tod "Iopannr, %i queis oriuepoy dvaxpivopeba 
emt evepyeria avOpwirov aobevois, dy rive 
oytos céoworat, !yymotoy tote waa dpiy 
cat travri TO Aad 'Iopanr, Ste ev Te cvopate 
Incod Xprorod tod Nalwpalov, dv tpeis 
doraupacare, dv 6 Beds Hryewpev cx vexpay, 
éy tovTm ovros mapéoTnxey évwomioy buoy 
Eyujs. NUObros dorw 6 UOos, 6 eEovbernbeis 
dp’ dudv Thy oixodopovyTar, 6 yevouevos eis 
xepadryy ywvias, Kal ove gor dv ddrp 
ovdert 4 acwrnpla’ otra yap dvona dorw 
Erepoy wird tov ovpavoy 1d Sedopevov dy 
avOporrois, dv @ Se cwlivar nuads. 1@ecwp- 
odvres $&¢ tHv trod Ilérpov wappnolay nad 
"Iwdyvov, nal xataraBopevos Sts avOpwroe 
dypduparot ciot xat Wiatar, ebavpator, 
érreyivwoxoy te avtovs art avy rp “Incod 
joav. Tov 5 auOpwroy Bdérovtes ov 
avrois éordta tov teOepatrevjévoy ovdey elyov 
avrevreiy. 15KeXevoavtes 5¢ avrovs é&a Too 
auvedpiou aren Geiy auvéBarov mpos GAAHAOUS, 
lrgyovtes> Th woujoopey ois avOpwroe 
rovros; Ort pty yap yvworoy onpeloy yéeyoue 


14 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


&:’ abray rao tos xatoxodety ‘Tepovaarnp 
dhavepor, xai ov SuvdjcOa apyvncacbas, 17 AN 
iva py él ardetoy SuaveunOy eis tov aor, 
GEAR ateknowpyela avrois pmxéte rade 
ért Tm ovouate tovTp pndevi avOpwrey. 
Kal carécavres avrovs trapiyyyeihav avtois 
ro Kaborou pn PO0éyyeoOas pnde Sidacxew ert 
T® Gvopate Tod Inood. 1°O Se Tlérpos xat 
"lwdvyns atroxpiOévres arpos avrous cio Ej 
Stxavoy dors evarrwv tov Beod tucy axovesp 
HadXov, fH tow Beod, xpivare’ ov Suvapeba 
yap tuets, & elSouev Kai nxovoaper, pt) NadeLv. 
210i 8¢ wrpocaresdnodpevo: arréducay avrovs 
pnddev eiploxovtes 1o 1aS KONATwYTAL avTOUS 
dua tov Naov’ Srte mavtes edokaloy tov Beov 
érrt T@ yeyovott. %’Eray yap hv mAcwvey 
TecoapaxovtTa 0 avOpmwtros, ed’ by eyeyover TO 
onpeioy ToUTO THY idcews. . 

. BArodrvOévres 52 FAOov arpos trois iBious 
kai atripyyetAay boca arpos airovs oi dpytepeis 
kal ot wpeoBurepos eltrov. *Oi dé axovoavtes 
onobupatoy qpay dwviy mpos tov @edyv, cat 
elrov' Aéorota, ov 6 @eds 6 troujoas tov 
ovpavoy xab THY yhv Kal thy Odraccay Kat 
mavta Ta év avtois, 6 Sia otoparos Aafid 
maios cov eiwv ‘Ivati ébpiatay evn, xap 





CHAPTER IV. 1B. 


aol euederncav keva;  “rrapécrncay of 
Baoinreis rijs yijs, Kab 01 dpyovres curt Onoapv 
én Td auto, xara Tod Kupiov nal xara Tov 
Xpicrod avrod. WZumpyOnoav yap er’ adnO- 
elas dv TH Tone TavTn emt Tov aywv Traida 
cov "Incotv, by éxypicas, ‘Hpwdns te nad 
Tlovreos ltAdtos avy ebvect xai Naois “Iopannr, 
Brroujoat boa 7 yelp cov Kai 7 BovAn. cov 
ampowpice yevéoOar. Kai ra viv, Kupie, 
émide emt tas areas avTov, nal dds ois 
SovrAors cov peta trappynolas maons adeiv 
Tov AGyay cov, VMéy Tew THy yelpa cov exreivew 
oe eis lacw, cal onueia nal tépata yivecOas 
S:a Tov ovoparos Tov aylou trades cou Incov, 
31Kal Senbévrwy avtav, éoarevOn o tomes, ev 
@ hoav quvnyuévet, cal errAnaOncay arravres 
IIvevparos dyiov nat éd\ddouy toy Aovyor Tod 
@ecod pera wappnoias. 

82Tob 5é arAnOous trav mioTevodyray hy H 
xapoia Kab 4 Wuyi) pia’ Kai ovde els ts Tov 
Drapxyovrav avT@ Ereyev iiov elvas, GAN hv 
avtois dtavra Kowd, Kal peydAn Suvdpuer 
amedisouv TO paptupioy of airoaToAOL THs 
dvactasews tod Kupiou “Incod, yapis te 
peydrn tw ert mdvtas avtots. %4Ovde ydp 
évdens tis Umipyey ev avrois’ cot yap KTH 


‘N 


16 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


ropes ywplev 4) oimav brfpyov, mwdobrres 
&pepov ras Tids TOY TeMpacKkonevwy Soxai 
érifovy apa rods rodas T&y dirooro\wv* 
dcedlSoTo Se éxdory xabore Ev res ypelav elev. 
S8'laons 5¢ o émrixdnGels BapvaBas tre ray 
ameotohov, & dats peepunvevopevoy vias 
wapaxryoews, Aevirns, Ktrrpws re yévec, 
Sl imapyovros avTe@ aypov, ToAnoas Hveyxe TO 
pha Kal éOnxe rapa rove médas TeY aTro- 
aToNuv. 

OHAP, V. VANHP Od tis, "Avavlas dve- 
part, ovy Lawrdetoyn 1H yuvacnt abrod éradnee 
aria, %xal evosdicato ad rhs Tipnfs, cur 
edulag Kai THs yuvatKds adrov’ wai evéyxas 


‘pépos Ts Tapa rovs moday TaY dmrocTONMY 


EOnxev. %Elre 8 Ilérpos’ “Avavia, Sari 
drAjpwoey 6 Zaravas THv Kapdlay cov, ~evo- 
acOai ce ro [Iveta To aytov, nai voodicacbas 
ano Tis Tyshs ToD yoplov; *Ody) pévov cos 
gueve, eat mpadey év TH of é£ovala infipye 5 
Té dre Gov ey rH xapSig cov 1d wpaypya TOTO; . 
ox éfeicm avlpwrome ddd TH Ged. 
’Axovwy 5 ’Avavlas rovs AOdyous ToUTOUS 
qweowy ekeukte. Kal éyévero poBos péyas 
éml mwdvtas Tovs daxovoyvtas tadra. ® Ava- 
oTayres 52 of véewrepot ouvéotetNay avTor, Kat 


_ 


CHAPTER V. 17 


ébevéyaavres EOapay. TEyévero 8 as apay 
Tpi@y StaoTHnpa, Kal 1) yuvi) auToD pr) etdvia 
TO yeyovos elonAbev. ®Arexpidn Sé avtH 6 
Tlérpos’ Eisré pot, e& tocovrov +b ywpiov 
atrédooGe ; ‘H 5é ete’ Nal, rocovtov. *O 
dé Tlérpos elrre arpos avriy' Ti drt cuvepwvyiOn 
ipiv weipdoas to mvedua Kupiov; "Idov oi 
modes Tov Oarpavray rov avopa cou én Ti 
@upa, wai é€olcoval ce. 10°’Emeoe 8¢ tapa- 
KPa wapa Tos Todas avrov Kal ékeputer 
eiaeA Barres Sé 01 veaviaxos eipov altny vexpar, 
Kal éfevéyxavres Earpay mpos tov avopa 
avris. 11Kal éyévero hoBos péyas ed Srnv 
TH é&xxrAnciay Kat éri wayTas TOvs axovoyTas 
ravte. 2A 8 tev yeipau tTaY aTOcTOhwY 
éyivero onyueia wal répata éy T@ Aa@ TOAAG’ 
{cal fjoav opobvyaddy Gravres dv ri orod 
Soromaves’ Urey $¢ Aormdy ovdels erorya 
wo\r\Ga0as adtois, GAN ueydAuvey avrovs 6 
Aads’ l4yGdAov S€ mpocer(Mevra wietevavres 
t@ Kupig, 7A7On avdpay re xal yuvaccay)* 
lbgore Kata TAS TAATEAs Expépery TOs doOepy- 
eis wai TiOdvas él Kdtvdv kal KpaBBaror, 
iva épyopévou Ilérpou cay 4 oxida emioxidon 
Tw avrdv. 8 uyypyero 5¢ Kai ro TAGs 
Tay wépsE TovAewy els “lepoucarnp pépovres. 
C 


18 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, 


aobeveis wai cydoupévous Oro tvevpdroy 
axabdproy, oitives eOeparrevovro &trayres. 
I’Avacras Se 0 apysepevs Kat wavres of 
civ atte, } otca alpects tav Laddovcaioy, 
érAncOncav Enrov, '8xal éréSadov tas yeipas 
avrav emi tovs atroaréXous, Kat Bevro avrovs 
év tnpicet Snpovia. MW Aryyeros 5 Kuplov 
dua. Tis vuntos Hvoike tas Ovpas Ths huraxis, 
éEayayov te avtovs elrre’ ~Tlopeverbe, xat 
oraGevres Nadeite dv TH ie—p@ TH AAW TavTa 
Ta pyuata ths Cons tavrns. *’Axovcavtes 
Sé eioOov ira Tov BpOpov eis tO iepov Kat 
éSidacxov. Tlapayevipevos 5é 6 apyrepeds xal 
of oly aiT@ ovvecadecay 76. cvveptoy Kal 
mwaicay Tiv yepovclay tov viev "lopannr, xat 
Gréctekav eis To Seapwrnpiwv ayOivas 
atrous. *O% be imrnpérat wrapayevopevor ody 
eipoy avrous év Ti hudaxh avactpeyavres 
de amnyyettav, Bréyovres? “Ore td pey 
Seapwtnpiov etpowey Kexdetopévov ey doy 
aogarela nal tors GiAaKas éotérras TPO TOD — 
Oupayv’ avoi~avtes 5¢ Eow ovdéva evpopev. 
M‘Os S¢ Heovcay rods Aoyous Tovrous 6, Te 
iepeds xal 6 oTpatnyos TOD tepod Kab oi dpytep- 
eis, Suprdpouy trepi abrav, tt Av yévorto Touro. 
*ilapayevopevos S€ TUS amyyeikey avroise 





CHAPTER V. | 19 
“Ors lov, of dvSpes, ods eobe ev rH durarf, 


clot dv rm. iep@ éotares xab Siddoxovres Tov 
Aaoy. *Tore dwedOay 6 crparyyos avy rots 
inrnpérais Tyywyev avrovs ov pera Blas époB- 
olvTo yap Tov rad», va py AGacBadcw. 
87 Ayaryovres 5¢ avrovs éorncay dv To ovr 
edpipe xal éernpwrncey avbrovs o apytepers, 
Bréywv? Ov rapayyedia rapyyyciiapey bpiy 
ph Siddoxew él tp cvopatt TovT@ ; Kai od, 
mwerdnpoxate tiv ‘lepovoadiy Tis Sidayis 
ipa nai BovrAgxcobe érrayayely ef juads 7d 
alua tod avOpairov rovrov. * Arroxpiels Se 
6 Tlérpos xai of arrocrodos elroy TesBapyety 
Sei Bee padrov, 4} avOparras. 9°O Beds trav 
aatépov hua fpyepev “Incobv, bv iets d- 
eyerpicacbe xpepacavtes eri Evdov™ 8!rodrov 
6 Beas apynyov cal cwtiipa twoe 17 Seka 
atrod Sobvat perdvoway Te lapanrd Kai ddeow 
dpapriov. Kai nets eopev avrod paptupes 
Tay pnuatev rovrwy, Kai 7d IIvedua Se 1o 
Gytov, 5 ewxev 6 Beos toils wePapyotow 
avt@. Qi 8 axovoavtes Sterpiovto Kal 
éBovrevovto avedeiy avtrots. *Avactas 5é 
ris €v rq auvedply Dapicaios, ovopate Tapad- 
sA, popodidaoKados, Tios TavTl TH Aad, 
exédevoey. Ew Bpayd +s tTovs amocToXous 
c2 


20 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


mojo. SSElré te mpos avrous’ “Ardpes 
"IopanNirat, wpooéyera dauvrois, émi ois 
avOparross Tovros é Hedrere wpaqaey, 

S6IIp6 yap tovray tap nisepiav avécTn @evdas, 
Aéyov eval tia éavtdv, © mpomexodrANOn 
apiOuds avdpev w@oel rerpaxociav’ 33 avypéfn, 

Kat wavres, door ereiGovro avTe, Sed vbqoay 
war éydvovro eis ovdév. 37Merd reitrov aviary 

"Tovdas 0 Tadsraios év sais thudpacs TiS aro. 

ypagis Kat améoTnoe Rady ixavoy oO 

avrov’ Kaxeives arrwato, cal waytes, dcos 
éreBovro avr@, SsecxopricOncay. 8Kar 
raviv Nye byiv, amacryre ard TY avOparon 

rovrwy kal éacare avrovs Sr. dav % GF 

avOparray % Bovdyn airy, } 16 epyor robro, 

MAT roetar® S%¢ Se dx Beod earw, ob 
Suvacbe xatahicat aura, yrprote eal Geopayoe 
eipeBizre. 'EmelcOnoay Sé atte xal wpoo- 
Kaheodpevat Tovs atroaroNous Sefpayres wap- 
ayyyevNay 7) Nareiv él rep ovopsate Tod’ Incod, 
wat amréducay autovs. *0¢ pév adv eroper- 
OvTO yatporres ard mpogarroy Tov cuvedplou, 
Sri irép Tov cvoparos xaTnkwlncay aripace 
Ojvar. *“Ilaoay te hydpay ev Te iep@ ead 
Kat olxovy ove étravovro SidacKkovTes nar 
evaryyent{opevoe Inaody tov Xpuqror. . 


CHAPTER VI. 21 


| CHAP. VI. VEN 88 rais sudpais ravrass, 
wrAnduvovrav rév palnrayv, eyévero yoyyvopos 
Tov ‘“EXAsictoy xpos tots ‘EBpalous, Ss 
wapcCewpodvro év 17 Staxovia 1h xabnpepwy 
ni yijpas abrav. *Ipocxareoadpevor Se ot 
daddeca Td wrAHGs Tov padnray, elroy’ Ovn 
dpeoroy €orw Huas Katadelbavtas Tov Aoyoy 
ro} @cod Suacovety tparéfaus. 8Emioxéy- 
aove otv, ddcrdoi, Gvdpas e& buoy paprup- 
oupévous Gra, wArjpeas IIvevparos drylov 
xad codias, obs xataaricopev él tis ypelas 
raurns ‘thyeis 8@ TH mpocevyp Kalb TH 
Siaxovla rod AGyou wpocKaprepyjcopev. 5Kai 
Hpecey 0 ACOs evesttiey trayTos ToD wANOoUS 
wat cEehéEavro Xrédavov, dvipa mdrrpn mlo- 
rews Kai Ilvevparos aylov, cai Didiwroy, xal 
II poyopov, xat Nixdvopa, xat Tluwva, ral 
Tlappevav, nat Nixodaoy mpoonAvtoy *Avti- 
oxéa, Sofs gorncay dvwrioy Tey aTooTOhwr 
xai mpocevEduevor er éOnxav avrois Tas xelpas. 
7Kak o Adyos TOD Beod nvéave, cai érrAnOvvero 
© apWpos tov KaOnrar év ‘Tepovaadip opddpa’ 
TOUS TE ByAOS THY Lepewv VrjKovOY TH TloTEL. 
8Srépavos Se awArjpns ydpitos nal Surdpews 
éwoles répata Kai onuela peydra év TH hag. 
PAvéorncay Sé Ties TOY Ex THS TUvaywryis 


22. THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


THs Neyonévns AuBeprivwy nal Kupnvaiev nat 
"AreFavdpéwy cal tev aro Kittitas xad'Acias 
oulnrobvres TH Yrepdve’ ai ov loyvor 
avriorivat th copia nai To wvevpat, 
édarer. 11Tore iréBadov dvdpas éyovras 
“Ott - dxnxcapev avtod dadovvros pryata 
Brdodnua eis Mavony nad roy Geov. uy 
exivnody Te Toy Nady Kal Tovs mpecBuTépoveE 
Kai TOUS Yypaupatels, nal emiotdvtTes ou 
pTaTay avTOY Kal iyaryov eis TO ouvedptoy. 
1S*Raornoay te wadptupas yreviels Néyovtay “O 
GvOpwiros ovTos ov Tavetal pnyata: Naov 
Kata Tov TOTOY TOV dyiov Kal TOU voOpMoU. 
IVAanxoapev yap avtod Réyovros “Ors 
"Inoods 0 Nalwpaios otros xataduces Tov 
ToTroy TovToy Kat adrAd£e Ta EOn, & 1rapédwxey 
npiv Mavojs. 14Kat darevicavres eis avroy 
atayres ot Kabefouevos dv TH auvedpio eldov 
To Wpotwirov avrod wae mpoawtrov aryyédov. 
_ CHAP. VIL IEITIE &€ 6 dpyceperos Ee 
apa taira attws eye; *O dé epi “Avdpes 
adedpol xal mratépes, dxovoate, “O Beds rijs 
SoEns &60n +e tratpl tyav "ABpadp Svre éy 
79 Mecororapia, wplv f Katotkhoas avrov év 
Nappav, S¢ai elare wpos avrov' “EEenOe éx 
ahs yas cov xai éx Tis ovyyevelas cov rab 


| >, 


CHAPTER VII. 23 


Sebpo eis viv, fv av oot Self. *Tore éEerOav 
é&e yas Xadéalwy xatoxnoew dv Xappar 
aaxeidev, pera TO amoBaveiy tov tratépa 
avrou, weTouoey avtoy eis THY Yhy TaUvTHy, 
eis Hy bets vv Katoucetre. Kai ove édwxev 
avT@ KAnpovopiay ev avTG, ovde Bijua trodes" 
cai érnyyeiNato aut@ Sodvas eis KaTdoxyeow 
avriy Kat To oméppate avrod pet avToy, OvK 
Gyros atte réxvov. SEAaAnoe &é otras 0 
Beds: “Ort cra To orrépua avrov mdpoccoy ev 
yi GAXoTpia, xai SovAwcovew avTo Kat KaKx- 
aoovew étn tTerpaxcoia. Kaito EOvos, @ dav 
SovrAcvowat, Kpive éyw, elarev 6 Qeds' xai peta 
taita éFedevoovrat Kai Aatpevoovol por ev 
T@ Tom@ ToUT@. S8Kai cdwxev aire dabnenv 
meptropis’ Kal oltws éyévynce Tov ‘Ioadn xal 
mepieteuey autTov TH Npépa TH GySoy’ Kai 6 
"Ioadk tov "laxwB, nai o laxw8 rovs Swdexa 
watpiapyas. *Kai ot marpiapyas Sydwoarres 
tov "Iwond amédovro eis Alyurrtoy’ xai tv 
6 @eos per avtov, %xal é€e/AeTo avrov éx 
macav tav Ordjipewv avtod,.xai swxev .avr@ 
xapw Kal aodiay évavtiov Papaw Baciréws 
Aiyorrou’ Kai KatéoTncey avroy syoupevoy 
ém’ Alyurrov «at Sdov tov olxoy avrtod. 
IVHAGe Se Aspds eh SAnv thy yhv Avyurrrov 


24 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


wat Xavady, nai Orin peydrn’ xad ovy 
‘episxoy ‘yopTdcpata of ‘TaTépes av. 
1”’Axovoas 5¢ laxwB8 bvta cita év Aiyurre 
éEarréoteike Tovs TaTépas 1uav AWpOTOV. 
13Kal éy rae Sevrép aveyvwplabn lwond rots 
adedghois airov, xal gavepoy éeyévero TO 
Dapaw to yévos tod "Iwmond. 1 Arogteinas 
5¢ "Iwond petexadécato tov tratépa avTou 
"lakwB nat wadcay thy ouyyiveray év uyais 
éBdounxovra tevre. 15KaréGn 88 TaxwB ets 
Alyurrov, xat étéeXevrncey autos Kab of 
matépes Tuov, xa pereréOnoay cis Tvyew 
Kas éréOnoavy dy to pynpatt, 8 wvycaTo 
"ABpaap Tints apyupiou rapa roy viav’ Eupop 
Tov Suyeu. WKadas 8é Fyyiley o ypovos tijs 
érayyeXias, Fs Oporev 6 Beds to ARpadp, 
nvEnoev o Aads Kal érrnOvvOn dv Aivorry, 
Weypis ob avéorn Baciheds Erepos, bs ovK 
joey Tov Imond. °Odros xcatacogicdpevos 
TO Yévos Huey éexdxwoe Tos TaTépas por, 
ToD qo éxOera ta Bpédn avtay eis TO 
py GooyovetoOas. Ev © xaipa éyerynOn 
Movojs Kai hv aoreios T6 Gew ds averpadn 
pivas tpeis €v TO oixm ToD TaTpos. *)’Ex- 
teOévra S¢ airov dvelreto avtov % Ouvyarnp 
Dapaw, nai aveOperato avrov éavti eis viov. 


oo 


CHAPTER VII. 25 


Kal éravdevOn Moiots racy copia Atyutrr- 
iwv, hv Se Suvatos ev Aoyors kal dv Epyors. 
2'Q¢ dé érdnpovto avr@ Tercapaxovraers}s 
xpoves, avéBn eri tiv xapdiay avrod émt- 
oxéeyacbat tots adeAhots abtod, Tovs viovs 
"Iopanr. “Kar idwv riva adicovpevoy uvy- 
ato kat érolncey éxdianatv To KaTaTrovoupéves 
amarakas tov Aiyurrwv. Kvopste 5é cur- 
vevat Tovs adeAdhors avTov, Sts 6 Beds Sid 
xetpos avtod Sidwoww avtois cwrnplay of Se 
ov ouvixav. 8TH Se eriovon Hepa wn 
auTois payouévors Kal cuvndacey abtovs eis 
ecpnvny, eitrar “Avdpes, aderoi date types 
ivatl adixetre ddAnrovs ; 27°O 8é adixey roy 
wAncloy arocaro avroy, eirov Tis oe xaT- 
éornoey dpyovra Kal Sixaotiy ép Hyas; 
28M1) dvenety pre ov OéAets, dv TpOTTOD avEtes 
xOes tov Alyvarriov ; "Equye 68 Mavaiis ev 
T® AGyp TOUT Kai eyéveTo TdpoiKos év Yi 
Madiap, od éyévyncev viovs Svo. Kai 
rAnpwbévtoy ETav TercapaxovTa, wPOn atta 
dv tH eépnum tov Spovs Twa aryyedos Kuplov 
év prov updos Barov. ®O dé Moiots tiay 
€Oavpuate To Spaya mpocepyopévou Sé avtob 
Katavonaat, &yéveto davn Kupiou mpos avtov 
8° Fya 6 @eds tev satépwv cov, o Beds 


26 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


"ABpadp, wal o Qeds "Ioadx, al 6 cds Tana. 
"Evrpopos &€ yevouevos Mavais ovn éroAua 
xatavonoat, 8Elre de alrg o Kvpios Adcop 
TO brdéna TaY Today Tov’ O yap TOTS, ev 
@ Eatnxas, yj ayia dat. 34 ISav cldov Thy 
Kaxwatwv Tov aod pou tov év AiyuTTT@, Kat 
TOU OTEVayLOU aUT@Y Kovca, Kal KaTéRny 
éFerécOar avvrovs xal viv Sevpo, atrooTede oe 
eig Alyutrrov. %5Todroy rov Movony, dv 
npyncavro, eitrovtes’ Tis oe xatéatTncev apy- 
ovta Kai Sicacriy ; rovtoy 6 @eos dpyovra 
kat AuTpwTHY atréaTetrev ev YELP ayyédou TOU 
opbevros avTa év TH Bare. *®Odros éEnyayev 
avrovs mboiujcas Tépata Kal onpcia ev yA 
Aliyirr@, xal év épvOpd Oaraocy, kai év TH 
épnum, érn teccapdaxovta. S%7Qbrds éoTw 6 
Motojjs 6 eitrav trois viois "Iepanr: Tpod7- 
Tv wuiv avaotnoes Kupwos 0 @eos dx tav 
aderpayv vuav, ws eué avtod axovoecbe. 
880 HT0s doTw Oo yevomevos ev TH exxAnoia ev 
TH épnum pera Tov ayyéhou ToD AadodVTOS 
auT@ dv T@ pet Zwa xal Tov watépwv Huov, 
ds ééEato Aoyia Covta Sobvas jyiv. 39°Q, 
ovx 70é\nocav tirnKoot yevéoOar ot TraTépes | 
UOV, GAN aTwoarTo Kab doTpddnoay Tas 
! xapsian airav eis Alyurrov, “eirovres TH 


La 


CHAPTER VII. 27 


"Aapay’ Tlotnoov hyiv Beads, of ar pomropedcovras 
Hparv o yap Mavons odtos, ds cEnyayev suas 
éx ys Avyorrrou, ovi oldapev ri yéyovev auto. 
41Kai éswooyorolneay ey tais hpépass exeivass, 
Kai avyyayov Ouciay te eidwr, Kal ev- 
dpaivoyvto tv rois Epyos Thy yeipoy aitév. 
42"Eotpeyre S¢ 0 @ecds xal rapédmxev abtovs 
Aarpevery TH oTpaTiG@ TOU ovpavod’ Kalws 
yéyparta. év BiSrp -rav mpodntar Mb?) 
oddyia cal Ovoias apoonvéyxaté pot etn 
Teccapaxovta év TH épyum, olxos “Iopann ; 
48Kal avedaBere Thy oxnuny rob Mondoy nal Td 
daotpoy Tov Geod bya ‘Peuddy, ros tU7rovs 
ods érrowjcate mpooKuvely avtois’ Kal perosKum 
puas éréxeva BaBvrAavos. “HH oxnvyn tov 
paptuplov hy éy trois watTpaow hoy ev Th 
épnup, xabws Siera~ato 6 Nadav TS Mwion 
TWojoas avtTiy Kata Tov TUToV, dy éEwpanet 
4p nad eioryayor SiadeEdpevos of trarépes 
jpov peta ‘Incod dv Ti xatacyéce TOY 
efvav, av EEwoev 6 @eds.amd mpocwrou Tov 
TaTépwv nov Ews trav nucpav AaBid: ds 
elpe yapw evotioy tod @eod Kal yTHoaTo 
eipeiy oxnvapa TO Gee "laxwB. *7Zodouov 
Se @xodouncey aitg olxov. *’ AN oby 4 
inpiotos dv yeiporrowjrou xatotxel, nates 6 


28 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


ampodyTns Reyer’ °O obpavis poe Opdvos, 4 Se 
yi) irorroéiov Tav today pov. Tlotov olxoy 
oixodounoeré prot; A&yes Kuptos 4 ris rér0s 
THs Katarravcens pou; “Yobyi 4 yelp pov 
éxolnce Tara Tayra ; 

, NZavAgpotpdyndotr, Kal arepitpnros tH 
xapdia xal rots woiy’ tects del Te Uvebpare 
To ayip avrimlrrere, OS oi watépes ipov, Kab 
vpeis. '8Tiva trav rpodnray ove éSiwkay ot 
aarépes usar; xal améxreway rods mpo- 
KaTayyetNavras trepi Ths EXcvoews ToD Atxalov, 
od viv tpeis mpodoras cal dovels yeyévnabe 
BSotrives éuaBere Tov vouoy es Starayas 
d@yyédov Kai ovK epurdfare. 

H’Axovovtes 8 tatta Siempiovro rais 
capdlas abrév, nal E8pvyev rovs o8dvras ér' 
aitov. 55Trapywv & wAnpns Tvetparos 
dyiov, arevicas eis Toy ovpavov, elde Sofa 
@cod nal "Inooby éorara éx« SeEvav rod Beod, 
56eai elev’ “ISov, Oewpd rovs ovpavovs 
avewypévous Kal toy viov tod avOpwrov éx 
SeEiav éotata tov @eod. STK pdfavres 8é 
puri peyarn ovverxov Ta OTA avT@V, Kab 
puncav ouobvpadoy én’ avrov? Bxal éx- 
Barovres &€w ris rodews eXOoBorovv. Kat 
oi wdprupes awievro Ta inatia abrév rapa 


a‘ 


CHAPTER VIII. 29 


tovs wodas veavlou xadovuevou SavdAou. 
59Kal ddsGoBorouww tov Xréhavoy émriead- 
oupevoy nat ‘réeyovra’ Kupie “Incod, Sétas 
To mrveipd pov. “Beis Se ta yovata éxpate 
gave peydry Kupse, pty ornoys abrois tiv 
Guaptiay tabrnv. Kal rotro eiray dxounOn. 

OHAP. VIZI. IZATAOZ 8e Fv cuvevdoxdy 
7H avaipéres avrod. 

"Evyévero 88 év éxelvy. rH Hpépa Stoypos 
peyas drt trav dxxrnclay ryy év lepocodvpors 
mdvres te SteoTrdpnoay Kata Tas ywpas rijs 
"lovdalas nal apapeias, WAY TOY dToaTOAwr. 
2S.uvexopucay Se tov Lrépavoy avopes evraBers 
wal érowjcavro Kxometoy péyay ér’ alte. 
SSatros Sé éXupaivero thy exeAnolay xata- 
Tous olxous eicropevdopevos, cvpay Te dvdpas 
wal yuvaixas mapedidoy eis pudaxny. 

40: yey ody Siactrapévtes SijdOov ed- 
ayyeNréjveros «tov oyov. 5Dirurros Se 
xaTtenOoy cis Toduy THS Dapapeias exnpvocey 
autois Tov Xpiorov. SII pocetydy re of SyAot 
ToLs AEeyouevols Ud TOD Didlarrrov ouoOupadoy 
év T@ aKove avrovs kal Brérew Ta onpeia, 
& droite. TModdav ydp tay éxoprwv wvevuata 
axdBapta Bodvra gwv peyady efijpyero* 
morro Sé waparedupévos Kai Yodo eOeparre 


30 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


evOnoav. SKai éyévero yapd peyadn ev TH 
arora exelvyn. SAvnp Sé tis, ovopats Dimov, 
apovmrijpyey év TH WON payevwv Kal éEwrrav 
To GOvos THs Lapapelas, Aeywv elvai twa 
éavrov péyar 195 arpocetyoy mdvtes ard 
puxpod ws peyddou, Aéyovres’ Odros cot % 
Suvapis Tov @eod 4 weyadn. UlIpocetyov Se 
aut@ Sit 1d ixav® ypove ais payeiais 
efeotaxévas avtovs. 12 Ore 88 érriotrevoay 
73 Dirltrrp evayyedilopéevp ta Tept Tis 
Sacirelas tot @eot nak rod dvoparos "Inood 
Xpiorod, éBamrilovro avipes te xal yuvaixes. 
IQ dé Sluwv Kal adres ériorevoe xal 
Barrricbeis Hv wpocxaptepav TH Pirie, 
Gewpay te Suvdpes nai onpeia peyada yu 
opeva éfiorato. '’Axovcavres 52 of & 
‘Iepocodvpots amrooronoe Ste Sédextas 4 
Saudpera tov AGyov ToD @eod améotethay 
mpos avtovs tov Tlérpov xad "Iwdvvny, 
lboirwes xataSdvres tpoonvtarto rept avrav, 
bros AdBwot Ilvetya dyov. Otmrw ydp 
qv én ovdevt airav érurentaxds, povoy 58 
» BeBarriopévot imijpyov eis to Svopa tod 
Kupiov Inaod. 17Tore érreriBovy tag xetpas 
ém’ avtovs,. cal édapPBavov IIvedya Gyiov. 
IST Say 58 6 Zico Ste Sia rhs emiécews tov 


CHAPTER VIII. 3r 


yYetpay Tov aroctoAwy SiSoras to Ivedpa ro 
dywov tpoonveyxey abtois ypnuata, '*\éyor 
Acte xapol rnv é£ovciay ravrny, iva, d dav 
ériOa tas yetpas, AauBdvy Ivedpa aytov. 
2[lérpos Se elzre arpos avror To dpyuptov cou 
cup cot cin eis amr@detay’ Ott THY Swpedy Tod 
@ecod evopicas Sia yonudroy cracOar. 100% 
gore oe pepls ovde KAHpos ev TH Aoy@ TOUTE, 
$ yap Kapola cov ovK éotiy evOeia évertriov TOU 
@cod. %Meravoncoy oty amo TH Kaxias cov 
raurns Kal SenOnrs Tod Qeod, ei dpa adeOn- 
ceral aot 4 errivova THs Kapdias cou’ Beis yap 
xokny mxplas Kal cuvdecuoy abixias 6pd ce 
Svra. “ Arroxpibels Sé 0 Sluwv lores AenOnre 
iets irrép euod apos tov Kupcov, drrws pondev 
GrréXOn én’ éue wv eipnxare. Oi péy ovv, 
Stapaprupdpevoe Kat NadAHoavtes Tov AGyov ToD 
Kuplov inréotpeway eis ‘lepovcadnp, rodXds 
Te KOpas TOY Dapapertay evnyyeMoavto. 

26 Arryenos 5é Kupiou édddnoe mpdos Pid- 
crmov, Aéywv "Avaornbt, nai sropevou Kata 
peonpBplav eri thy odov THY KataBalvouca» 
amo ‘lepovaadip eis Talay atrn éotiv Eonnos. 
81Kat dvactas érropevOn. Kai Sov, avip 
Ablow, evvotyos, Suvadatns Kavéddens ris 
Bacirlcons Aifiorewy, 5 tw ent rdons tis 


32. THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


yatns aitis, 85 édnd\vOes apooxurncwy eis 
‘lepovcaryp, hy Te wroocrpepey at 
xaOnpevos él tod Gppatos avtod, «ak 
aveyivwoKxe tdv mpopytny ‘Haoalay, %Ehre 
5¢ 70 Ivetpa tre Didi TpocedGe, nai 
KorAAHOnts TE Eppare rovT@. I pocdpapcor 
Sé 6 Didsrros Heoveev avrod avaywwcKorros 
Tov apopyrnv ‘Hoatav, wai elev’ "Apa ye 
yivaorKess, & avaywoonas; 8°O dé elre lds 
yap ay Suvatuny, dav py Tis odnynoy pe; 
Tlapexddecé te tov Pidewiroy avaBdyra 
xabica, avy atta. ®*H 88 wepioyyn ris 
yoadis, iy daveyivwoxey, qv aity ‘Os 
apoSarov ext apayw nxOn, Kal as apes 
évaytlovy roid xelpovros auTov adwvos, cttws 
ovx adyoryes Ta oTopa avtod. Ey x7 
Tamewooes avrov 7 Kplow avtod hota riy 
be yevedy atrov tis Sunynoerat; Ste aiperas 
amo THs ys H on avrod. 34 Aroxpfels Sé 6 
evvodyos tT Pidlrir elie’ Adopat cou, epi 
rivos & mpopynrys Aéyes TodTO; mTeEpt éavTod, 
4 wept erépou Tivos ; 35 AvolEas 5¢ 6 Didswaros 
To oTdua auTod. cat apEduevos ard Tijs 
ypadis tavrns .eunyyedlcato avT@ ‘Top 
"Incoty. 38 Os Sé éropevovto Kata Ti 
odov, FAOov eri 1 ddwp' wal dnow Go 


_ . CHAPTER IX. - - 33 


evvovyos’ "Idd bdwp: rf xwdver ue Barric- 
Ojvat; ®7Elare 58 0 Dideros: Ei miorevess é& 
dans THS Kapdias, EEeatw. ‘Arroxpibeis Se 
eitre’ Iliotedw tov vioy tod @eod elvar rov 
Inoodv Xpiotov. B8Kai éxerevoe orivar td 
appa’ xai katéSnoay apdorepos eis TO Ldap, 
&, re Didssrsros Kai o evvovyos, Kal éSdmrricey 
avtrov. 3%Ore 5é€ dvéSnocav ex rov tdartos, 
arvedpa Kuplov iipirace tov Pidsrrroy, xai ove 
eldey avtov ovxéte 6 Eevvodyos’ érropeveto yap 
Thy odov attod yalpwv. “Diruriros 82 
cipéOn eis “Afwrov, nab Siepyouevos eb- 
ayyerifero Tas wrodets Tragas Ews Tov édOeiy 
aurov eis Karodpecap. 
. CHAP. IX. “O AE Zadros Ere eurrvéwy 
Gres xat govov eis trovs pabntas rod 
Kupiov, mpoceiOav te apxtepel, *nrncato 
wap avTov-eriaroAds eis Aawacxov apes Tas 
cuvaywyas, Sites, éav tivas evtpn Ths odov 
éyras, avSpas Te Kat yuvaixas, Sedepévous 
aydryn eis ‘Iepovoadnp. Ev 5¢ te sropev- 
eabas éyévero avrov eyy few 17 Aapack@’ Kai 
éEaipuns wepsiotpaiey avrov Pas amd Tov 
ovpavov' ‘xal mecay emi thy viv jKovce 
doviy Aéyovcav ait@* Yaovr, Vaovr, Ti pe 
Siadees; 5Elwe S¢ Tis ed, Kupse; ‘O 8&8 
D 


34 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Kupios clrev’ "Evo ele “Inoods, bv ad 
Suoxeus’ oxAnpov oor pos KévTpa Aaxtiverw. 
6Tpéuwv re xai OapBev elie Kupee, ri pe 
Oérxers rrovjoar; Kal 6 Kuptos apos avror’ 
"AvdornO&s nat elaedOe eis Thy trod, Kar 
AarnNOnceral cos ti ce Sei aroveiv. TO’ Se 
dvdpes of auvodevovres alte cioTyKeicay 
évveol, axovovres pev THs hovns pndéva Se 
Gewpoivres. 8'HyépOn Se o Yaddros aro rips 
yns’ avewyyévov 5é tev ob0aryev avrod, 
ovdéva EBNeTre §=yetpayaryotvres Se adrov 
elotpyayov eis Aapacxov. Kai fv spépas 
Tpeis ph Pderwv, Kat oun spore ovde 
Em ev. 

10°Hy 8€ tig pabnrys év Aapacn@, ovopate 
’Avavias, kal elare wpds avrov o Kuptos ev 
opduate “Avavia. ‘QO 6&é elrrey “Ido éya, 
Kvpre. 1°O 88 Kupuos mpds avror ’Avaotas 
qopevOnts emt thy piyny THY KaXoupevny 
Ev6ciav, nal Sirrnoov ev oixia lovda LavAov 
évonatt, Tapoéa’ idov yap wpocevyerat, !xal 
elev ev opduatt avdpa, ovopats ’Avaviay, 
elaehOovta Kal éemiévra avT@ xeipa, Srrws 
avaBnré wn. |8’Acrexpidn S¢’Avavias: Kupue, 
danjxoa amd moddav rept trod avdpos Tovrou, 
dca xaxad érrolnae tois aylos cov éy.lepove 


CHAPTER IX, — 35 


cary. MKal dde éyer cEovolay rapa tap 
dpxtepéwy Sica wavtas Tovs érixadoupévous 
vo Gvoia cov. i5Etre S& apos avrov 6 
Kupvos' Ilopevov, drt oxevos éxdoyhs pos 
éotiv otros. trod RBacracas 7d Svoud pov 
évarriov ebvav nat Baciéwy viav te Iopannr. 
10 Kya yap irobei~m atte Soa Sei avrov 
trép tod Gvoparos pov wabeiv. 17 AmArOe 
de "Avavias nab elorjrOev eis tiv oixiay xai 
emtBeis er’ avrdv tas yeipas, elire’ Laovr 
aderge, 0 Kupws dréctadké pe, Inaoids 6 
Opbels cou ev rH 65@  Apxov, Bras dva- 
Brapns xal mrnobijs Ivedipatos dylov. 
Kal evOéws arérecov and tov ob0adpav 
avrov wae Aetribes, avéBreWée Te Tapayphua 
Kai avaotas éBarrriaOn. Kai rXaSav tpod- 
ny évioxyucer. 

"Eyeveto 8¢ pera tov év Aapacke pabnrav 
muépas rwds. Kal evOews dv tats cvv- 
aywyais éxipvoce tov “Incoiv, Ste ovros 
é€otw 6 vids tod @eod. 2EElctavro 8&8 
mavrTes of aKovovtes, Kal éXeyovr’ Ovy ovtos 
dorw 6 topOncas ev ‘lepovcadn Tors 
érixarousévous 70 Svoua toro, Kal de ets 
rovTo éAndvbe, iva Sedeevous avrovs ayaryy 
iri Tovs apysepeis; 22Xatros Se pGddoy 

D2 


36 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


éieSupapovTo xal cuvéyuve tovs “lovdalous 
Tous Katoxopytras ev Aapacke@ cupfiSaler 
&tu-ovTos eotiy 6 Xpigros. 

: BQ 88 erAnpotvro juépat ixaval, cuv- 
eBovrevoavTo of ‘“lovdato. avedeiy avror 
UeyvorOn Se rH Yatr@ 7 ewiBovdy ab’rov’ 
qapetnpovy: Te Tas TuvrAaS Hyépas Te Kat 
yuxros, ws avToy avéedwot. *AaBovtes Se 
avrov of panral vueros xaOnxay Sia Tod 
Teiyous,, xadacayres ev omvpior. *Ilapa- 
ryevdpevos be eis “lepovoadiu erretpato KoAA- 
GoGat tos pabryraiy nal wdvtes époBovvro 
qurov, pn wiotevovres Stu dott pabnrns. 
*1BapvaBas Sé ériaBopevos avrov ipyaye 
mpos Tos atocTéNous, kal Sinynoato avtois 
aes ev rh 6d@ eld¢ tov Kupwv, cai dre 
€AaddAnoev avte, cat mas ev Aapack@ érap- 
pioiicato év TG Gydpars Tod “Inco. Kar 
jw pet autT@y eiotropevopevos Kati exTropev- 
opevos év ‘lepovoadnu, cai trappnoatomevos ev 
T@ ovopatt TOD Kuplou Inco’. 2 EXade re 
Kal ouvelnres arpos trols “EAAnviotas’ ot 8é 
érreyelpouy avrov davenreiv. %’Earvyvovres Se 
oi aberdot xatnyayov avrov eis Kasodpecay 
wat éLatréctethay autov eis Tapodv. 

. SAG pev ot» exxrAnola xa Orns Tis 


,)6hSrlUCe 


CHAPTER IX. 37 


*Tovdaias xat Tadivalas nad Sapapelas elyor 
eipnyny, oixodouovperas cal wopevopevat TB 
goBo tov Kuplov, cal rh wapaxdynoe Tod 
ayiou IIvevpuaros érdAnbuvoyto. 

S2Eryévero de Ilérpov Scepyopevoy Sid 
gravroy xcaredbeiy xal mpos Tos ayiovs Tov" 
xatowxouvras Avdday. 8EKipe 52 exes de- 
Operoy twa, Aivéay avepats, €E erav oxTa 
xataxelnevoy evi xpaBBarey, bs hv wapa- 
AeAupévos. 4Kai ebrevy avrg 6 Ilérpos 
Aivéa, taral ce Inoois 6 Xpiotes’ avaornGs, 
Kal atpwaoy ceaut@. Kai evééws avéorn. 
S5Ka) elSov avroy wavres of Katotcovvres 
Avdday xai tov Zdpwva, oitiwes éeréotpewarv 
er) roy Kupiov. %8Ey “lommn Sé€ tis fy 
pabnrpia, ovopats TaBiba, 4) Sveppnvevopéry 
Aéyeras Aopxas' airy ty awAnpns ayabdv 
Epyav xal éhenpocuvay, wy érrote, 37 Evévere 
Se dy raics . jyépass exelvats acbevnoacay 
avrny avolaveiv’ Novcaytes Sé avtiy EOncay 
dy repay. 'Eyyis &¢ obons Avddns 17 
"lorry, of pa@nrai axovcavres Sri Ilerpos 
éariy ey auth diécre:nav Sv0 avdpas mpos 
avrov, TapaxadobvTes py oxvijcae SiedGeiy 
&ws avrdy, 5 Avagras 5é Ilérpos cuvnrdev 
avrois’ dy raparyevopevov ayryyayov els, TO 


38 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Ureppov, Kal TwapéoTncay alta Tacat at 
yijpat KNalovoas cai eridemvipevae YeTovas 
wai iwatia, Goa érroles per avTav ovca 4 
Aopxds. *ExBarov 5 é&w amavras o 
Tlérpos, Oeis ra yovara, mpoonvEato’ xat éri- 
orpéepas pos To capa cire’ TaBi0a, avaornt. 
"H 3¢ Fvorke rovs ofGParpovs airifs, cat iSodca 
tov Ilérpov dvexaficoe. *)Aovs S¢ airy yeipa 
avéortncey avtiy dwvijcas 5é-Tovs dylous xat 
Tas ynpas Tapéorncey avtip facav. “T've- 
orov S¢ éyévero xa Gdns ths "lowmns, wat 
moro} erricrevoay emt tov Kuptov, *'Eyév- 
ero Se Hpépas ixavads peivar avrov év "lorry 
Tapa TIM, Yipove Rupoet. 

CHAP. X. l’ANHP &é tis Hy év Kasoap- 
cla, dvopats Kopyirtos, éxatovrdpyns €k 
omeipns THS Kadoupéevns “Iraduxis, *evoeBs 
wat goBovuevos toy @edv av rartl Te 
olny avrov, mov Te éhensocuvas WOAAAS TH 
Aa@, Kab Seopevos Tod @eod Svasayrros. 
SEléev dy opduatt davepas, woe wpapy 
evvaTny HS huépas, ayyedov tod @eob 
cigeXOovra mpos avTov Kal eitovta auto" 
Kopyydse. “O 8 drevicas avr@ xai éugoBos 
yevouevos ele’ Ti dott, Kupie; Ele 68 
aut@’ Ai mpocevyai cov Kad ai édenpoovvat 


| i. 


CHAPTER X. 39 


cou avéBnoav cis pynuoocuvoy dvarioy Tod 
@cod. 5Kai viv réuypoy eis lowmny dvdpas 
kai petatreppar Xluwva, o5 émimadeiras 
Tlétpos' Sotros Eevileras wapd true Zlyou 
Bupeet, @ éotey oixla mapa Odd\accar’ ovrtos 
Aardjoe cos ti ce Sei woeitv. TOs 88 
amrnOev o dryyedos 6 Aaav alto, povicas 
Ovo Tay olxetay avrod Kai atpatuorny evoeBh 
Tov Wpockaprepolvrwy avTa, Seal éEnyn- 
odpevosg avrots Grravta, amrécretAev avtovs eis 
‘any “lowmny. 9TH 88 éravpiov, odovrop- 
ouvray éxelvoy Kal TH TWOdeE eyyilovtmy, avéeBn 
Ilérpos eri 16 Spa mpocevEacOat rept Spay 
&crnv. 'Eyévero 5¢ mapootrevos xa 0ere 
yevoacbar trapacKevalovtwy Se éxeivor, 
érrérece er avrov Exotacis, kal Oewpet tov 
ovpavoy avewypévov Kal xataBaivoy oxetos 
Tt, @S OOdvny peyadynv, Téccapow apyais 
SeSepévov xal xaftémevor éri tis vhs Mev @ 
Uiripye wavra Ta TetTpatroba THS Yhs, Kai TA 
Onpla, wal ta épiretd, nat ta wWerewva Tod 
ovpavod. Kal éyévero gGwvy mpos avror 
*"Avacrds, Tlérpe, Gicov nal gaye. 1¥O de 
Ilérpos ele’ Mydapas, Kupre Sri ovdérrore 
éhayov trav Kotvoy 7) axaOaprov. lKai davy 
wan éx Sevrépou mpos adrov’ “A o @eds 


40 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


:€xabdpice, ov py xolvov. UTobro &é éyévero 
émi tpis* nal wddw averydOn +6 oxedos eis 
Tov ovpavov. TOs 8& év éaur@ Siyroper 6 
Ilérpos rt dv ein ro papa, § elde, nai ov, of 
Gvdpes of drectadpévo, ard tov Kopyndlov, 
Siepwtiyoaures.7Hv otxiay Liwvos éréorycay 
‘én tov avrdva’ xat dwrycavres éruvO- 
dvovto ¢: Xluwy o éemixadovpevos Tlétpos 
evOde Eeviterar. 19Tod Se Llétpou ScevOups- 
oupévou ep) Tod cpduatos, elev abt. TO 
IIvedpa> “ISov, dvdpes pets. Entotel ce 
GAA dvactas KataBnOs Kai rropevov civ 
avtois pndev Staxpiwwopevos’ Sidre éy@ an- 
éaradxa abtovs. *1KaraBas dé Térpos rpos 
Tovs avipas eltrev” "[dov, éyo eins, dv Oyreire 
tie 9 airia, & Av. wdpeote; 220i Se elrov 
Kopyndsos éxatovrdpyns, avip Stxatos Kal 
goBovpevos tov Bcay, paprupobpevos te. dxwd 
Sdov tov EOvous trav lovdaiwy, eypyparicOn 
tro ayyéXou ayiou petarréupacdai oe eis tov 
oixov avtot xal dxadcat pnuata mapa cod. 
Kicgavecapevos otw avtovs éeféuce. TH 
O¢ éravpuv avaoras é&f\0e ory adrois, Kal 
Ties TaV adeApav TAY ato lorirys cuvArOov 
auto. Kal. 17 émavpiv eiondOov es tH 


Ka:cdpeav. ‘O dé KopyijAsos qv mpocdoxav 


CHAPTER X. 4t 


autos CUyaderdLEVvos TOUS oUyyereis alToD 
Kal ToUs avayxaious pirovg. %°Os Se éyévero 
eccedOeiy tov Létpov, avvavrncas avt@ 6 
Kopvijdsos, rea@y él rovs odas, mpooexvy- 
moev. °Q Se Tlérpos abrav ipyeipe Neywr" 
"AvacrnOt' kaya avtos dvOpemes eur. 27 Kab 
Cvvoprov auT@ eiahr0e xai evploxe cuv- 
EAnAUOeTas TohAavs. %8"Eqn re ™ pos avrous’ 
“Lpeis exiaracbe, ws abeusrov dorw avdpt 
"lovdalp wod\racbas 4} wpocdpyerOas addo- 
pura” xai duoi o Beds Eecke pndéva cower 
 axd0aprov dAéyew ayvOpwrov. Aro Kai 
avavrippiyres HrAGoy perameupbes. Tv 0- 
avouas ovv, Ting Noyp peTeméeupacbe ue ; 
30K ai o Kopyndsos pn’ ’Arro retaprns méepas 
Méxpt Tavrns THS Spas Funv vyotevoy xal 
Thy évvdtay a@pav mpocevyopmevos ey TH olicep 
pov’ Kal ov, avnp torn evwmioy pou ev 
écirs Naumwpa, Jxas gyos’ Kopunrte,. eo- 
nxava8n cov 1) mpocevy?), Kal at éhenpoovvat 
gov épyncGycay dvwriwy tod . Beod, 
S21 léuyrov odv ee ‘lorry, nal petaxdrecat 
Zipova, ds émcxaretras Ilérpos obras Fer 
iLeras év oixia 2 (pavos Bupcéws rapa 
Oddraccar’ . bs Taparyevopevos adgjoes oot. 
S8'Efautijs op erepyya mpos ge av Te Karas 


42. THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


éroinaas mapayevopevos, Nov ody advtes 
qpets evwtiov tod @eod mdpecpev axovoar 
mwavTa Ta WpooTeTaypeva aoe wird Tou Beov. 
3H’ Avoifas Se Tlérpos 1o otoua eltrev® *En’ 
aGAnGelas xatadapSdvopat Sts ovK ors 
mpocwmornnrns 0 Beds’ 35c\rx’ ey saravtt 
EOvet & oBovpevos avrov, cal épyalouevos 
Sicawctynp, Sexros adt@ eors. Tov Adyor, 
dy améateiXe TOIs vViois “"lopanr, evaryyeNct- 
opevos eipjnyny Sia “Inood Xpiotod: ovros éots 
ardvrwov Kuptos’ Sliets oldate To ryevopevoy 
phua af Sdn ris lovdalas, adpEduevoy aro 
ths TadsrXalas, peta ro Bamrricpa & éxnputer 
"Iwdvens 88Incobty tov dd Nafapér as 
éypicey avrov 6 @eds IIvevpare dyin xat 
Suvauet, b> SifrAOev evepyerov Kai impevos 
qmavras Tovs Katadyvagrevopevous wird Tob 
StaBerov, Sts 6 Beds Ww per avtov’ %xai 
ucts papTupes Tavrwy, ov erroingey Ev TE TH 
xapa thy “lovdalwv xal ev ‘lepovoadnp: dv 
aveldov xpendoavres ert EvNov. “Totrov o 
@eds Hryerpe tH TpiTy Huépa Kad edwxey avtov 
éudavy yevéoOas, *1ov aayti te Aa@, GAAA 
paptuas Tos mpoxeyerpotovnuévors urd Tob 
@ecod, jpiv, ofrwes cuveddyomev nal cur 
eTlomev QUT@ ETA TO avacThvat .avTay ex 


eT 


CHAPTER XI. 43 


vexpov. *Kal rrapiyyyerdev nyiv xnptkas te 
Aaw wat StapapripacOar Gti avtos dor 6 
 &picpevos tard rod Beod xpitys Gwovtwv xal 
vexpov. Tout mravres ob 1podijtat paptup- 
ovow adecty apaptiav AaBew Sia Top 
Ovopatos auToy Tayta Toy TWieTEevovTa éis 
avrop. 

“Ere Nadobvros tod Ilérpou ta pyuata 
tavrTa, émémece TO Ilvebua to Gyvov em 
ardvras Tovs dKovoytas tov Aoyov. *Kal 
éEdorncay ot éx epitopes awictol, Goose . 
aouvirOov ro Tlérpe, ore nai emi ta EOvn 9 
Swped rod dylov Lvevparos éxxéyurae 
48 covoy yap abrav AadoUvT@Y yhwooais, Kai 
peyaduvovtwy rov @eov, Tore arexpiOn o 
Tlétpos’ “Mire 16 Bdwp Kwrdoas Svvatail tig 
roo pn BartieOivae rovrous, oltwes 76 
Tlvedua 1rd Gyvov éraBov, xabws xa tues ; 
‘8rrpocéraké te avrous Banticbivat év To 
dvopart tod Kupiov. Tote ypwrncay avtoyv 
Crripeivar uéEpas TLVdS, 

OHAP. XI. "HKOTSAN 86¢ of azrocrodoe 
ral of adergot oi Gvres xara rHv ‘lovdalay ote 
cat ta bvn edéEavro Tov Acyor Tov Bevd. 
2Kai Sre avéBn Tlétpos ets ‘lepocodupa, 
Ssexp(vovto ampos avroyv of é« TepiTopifs, 


44 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Sréyovres) “Ore arpds avdpas axpoRvoriay 
éyovras cioiprbes, wat ouvedayes avrois. 
VApkEduevos 52 0 Tlérpos éFeriBero avtots 
nabeEns, Xéyou ' Kyo funy dv wore ‘lowmrp 
mpocevyouevos’ xai eldov év éxorace Spapa, 
xaraBatvov. oxevos Te ws oGovny peyarnu 
téscapow apxais xabcepevny ex Tov ovpavod, 
kat FAO dypu euotw Seis fy arevicas 
xatevoouy xab eldov 1a tetpatroda Tis yi, 
xat ta Onpla, kai Ta épwera, nal TA TeTEWa 
rod ovupavod. THxovea Sé davis Aeyovons 
pow *Avaords, Tlérpe, Gicov xal daye. 
8Elrrov S¢ Mndapas, Kupte ori xowov 4 
axdQaptov ovdéwote eionOev eis TO ocTOLa 
cov. %ArexpiOn 5é poe dav éx Seutépou x 
rod ovpavov’ “A o @eds éxabdpice, av mn 
xoivov. WTobro Sé éyévero emi tpis’ Kwai 
wddw dvercrdcOn amayra els tov ovpaver. 
Kat idov, dEauris rpeis avdpes erréstncay 
éri Thy otxiay ev hun, arerradpévor azo 
Katoapeias mpos pe. Ele 5é pot to 
Iveipa cuvedbeiv adtois pndév Staxpevosevov" 
HOov Se avy euot nai of & ddeArAdoi ovras, 
«al clonrGomey eis tow olxovy tod avdpds. 
8’ Aanypyeré re nyutv was ede Toy ayyeXov 
dy TH ole aitol ctabiyta Kal eirovta aitgi 


CHAPTER XI, - - 45 


*Amootetdov eis “lotrirnv, wat péramepuyras 
Xtwova tov mixadoipevoy Tlérpop, 1M4d¢ 
Aarjoe pyuata pos oe, ev ols cwOyjaon ov 
Kai qmas 6 olxds gov. 1° Ey 5¢ 1G dp£acbal 
pe Aadely erérece To Ilvedua 1d Gywv er 
avrovs, watrep kat ep ayuas ev apyip. 
10’EKuwncOnv 88 rod pyyaros. Kuplov, as 
éreyev’ "Iwavvns pév éSanricey Oats, tpeis 
S¢ BarricbicecGe év Uvevpars dylp. '7Eé 
ovy thy tony Swpeav Edwxev attois o Beds 
@s Kal Hyiy motevcacw eri tov Kupioy 
"Inooty Xpiotov, éyd Se th Funv Suvaros 
xwdvoas roy @ecov ; 18 Axnovcayres 5€ tadta 
Hovyaqay Kal ebofatoy tov @eor, Aeyoures’ 
"Apaye xat rois EOverwy o 0 Geos Thy perdvowy 
EdwxKey eis Sony. 

19Qi pev ody Stacrrapéryres aro THs OAdApews 
THS yevauérns emi Trepave dijo éws Porv- 
ens «at Kuapov xai ‘Avreoyeias, pndevt 
AaAouvres Tov Adyor, ef ps) povoy “lovdalots. 
WW Hoav Sé ries €€ aitay dvdpes Kurpros xai 
Kupnvaiot, oirives, éAOovres eis “Avtioyecar, 
€AdXouv mrpos Tots "EAAnvas, evarryeArGopevos 
tov Kupcov "Incobv. .*1Kai fv yelp Kupiov 
per aitay’ modts tre apiOpos motevoas 
éréotpepey ei tov Kupioy. *’HxotoOn de 


46 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


6 Noyes eis Ta Ta THE ExkAnNolas Tis &y 
“LepomoAvpots rept altar Kat éFarreoteNapy 
BapydBav Sierbciv Ewe *Avtioyeias® be 
mapayevopevos nal Sav ray ydpw tov Beov 
éxdpn, kal mapexdder Travras TH wpoléces THs 
xapdlas rrpocpévey to Kuplw bre Fv avnp 
dryads cal mAnpns IIvetpatos dyiov xal 
miorews. Kal mpoceréOn Sydos ixavos To 
Kuplo. EERO. Se eis Tapodv o BapyaBas 
dvatnticat Lairov Kal ebpov avrov Fryayev 
avrov eis "Avrioyerav. 28’ Eyédvero 5é avtody 
éviavrév Sov cuvayOnvar dv rH exxdAnoia 
wal Siddkas SyAov ixavov, ypnuatioa te 
aparov éy ‘Avruyela tovs pabytas Xpu- 
oTvavous. 

2T7Ey tavra 8é tais jépars xarhdOov 
ard ‘lepocodvpov mpopirat eis Avtioyeay, 
8’Avaoras 6€ els &E attav, dvopare “AyaBos, 
éonpave Sia rod Ilveduatos Auuov péyav 
pedrrew éEverGar éf Sdnv Tv olKovperny 
Goris Kal éyévero emt Knravdiov. Tay Se 
pabnrav xabws nitropeiro Tis, Opurav Exacros 
avtév eis Svaxovlay trépas Tos KaToKovoww 
év TH ‘lovdaia ddedgois. .5°°O xal ézoinoav 
arrootethavres ampos Tovs mpeaButépous Sid 
xetpos BapvaBa xal Zavrov. 


CHAPTER XI. 47 


OHAP. XII. IKAT° éxeivoy 8 rév xatpor 
érréBarev ‘Hpwdns 6 Bactrets tas xeipas 
xax@oal twas TOY aro THY éxxdnaias. 
PAvetrve Se “IdawBov tov aderdoy “lwdvvov 
payaipa. %Kal idwv Ste apecrov date tots 
"lovdalois, mpocéDero avAdaBeiv nat Tlétpov’ 
Joay S¢ huépar tav alipeor dy xal midcas 
Eero eis puAaKiv, wapadovs téocapor TeTpa- 
dios oTpatiwray pvAdccew adtoy, Bovd- 
Opevos peTa TO TdoYa avayayely avToy TO 
Dag %O peév ovv Ilérpos érnpetro dv rij 
duran mpocevyn Sé tw exrevas ywouern 
inré Ths exxdAnoias Tpos Tov Qedv irép avrod. 
6’Ore Se Zuedrev avrov -rpodyew o ‘Hpwdns, 
7H vucrl éxelvy jw 6 Tlérpos xoiopevos 
peraty Svo otpatwtav Sedeuévos advoect 
dual, dUAaKés Te pO THs Oupas érypouy Tip 
gurannv. TKal idov, ayyedos Kuplou érréorn, 
xar has Ehapyrpev ev t@ oixnpare’ mardgtas Se 
Thy Wreupav Tov Llérpou iyetpev abrov, Aéyor 
’"Avdota év taye. Kal éeterecov airod ai 
Gduoas ex tov yepav. SEiré re 6 dyyedos 
arpos avrov' Ilepifwoar, xat wrodncas ta 
gavoarid oaov. ‘"Extoince Se ovrw. Kad 
Aéyes avT@’ LlepiBarod 1d tpatiov cov, Kab 
gxodove por, Kai é€eAOav jxodovber avr, 


48 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


nal ouK ee drt adnbés eore rd yivopevoy Bia 
tod dyyédou’ donee 52 Spaya Prérrew, 
WAredOovres 58 rpernv udamy xai Sevrépay: 
yArAGov émt THY TUANY THY owbnpay Thy dép-~ 
auoay ets did TWO, His avTtowarn .yvolyOn 
avrois’ kal éFeNOovres rrponrOov pbunv play, 
nat evléws amréorn 6 aryyedog an avrod. 
UKal o Ilérpos yyevopevos ev aura elre Niv 
eda adnOas Gre éEarréotretke Kupuos rov 
diyyehov abtod, nai éfelrero pe ee yetpds 
“Hpwdou cal waons THs wpocdoxlas Tod Naod 
tav "lovdaiov. 1 uvddv re HrOev ext tiv 
qixiay Mapias ris pyrpos ‘lwdvvov rod 
émixadoupevov Mdpxov, od Foav ixavor 
auvnOpocpévor Kal mpocevyopevot. 1K pov- 
aavros 5€ avrod try Oupay tod muXvoS, 
arpoonAde travionn Uraxovaat, ovopart ‘Pod 
Mai érvyvodca tiv pwriv tod Ilétpov dard- 
Tis xapis ovK joe TOV Tuna, ciadpapoica 
dé dirnyyethey Eotdvas Tov Tretpoy po Tov’ 
drun@vos. 15O¢ dé apes uray etrov’ Maivn. 
"H 6&€ Siicyupivero aftrws eyew. Oi 88 
Exeyov’ ‘O Gyyedos avtod dat. 16°O 8 
Tlérpos érrépeve xpovwy' avoifavres Sé eldop 
avtov Kai ekeotnoav. 171Kataceicas S¢ adtois. 
TH xetpt auydy Sinyjcaro abrois was 6 Kupsos- 


ip. 


CHAPTER XIIl.... > ag 


avray ébyywyer ‘ex rhs pudaxhs.. .Elae Sé 
"Asraryyecdatre “lacwfo ai ois adedoois 
Taira. Kai é&er@oy érropev?y es Erepow 
TOTO. BD evoperys de tjpépas, 1 Tapaxos 
ove odbyos éy Tois otpatiwwras, Ti apa 6 
Ilétpos dyévero. 1°Hpwdys Sé, émsfnryaas 
auToy Kal 7} evpa@y, dvaxpivas Tovs guAakas 
éxédevcey atayOnvat’ Kai xatedOay aro Tihs 
"lovdalas eis Tv Kasodpevay SyérptBev. 0 Hy 
Sé Oupopayar. Tupious nad Ddeovioss: apodupu- 
adov Sé waphoay mpos. avutoy, cai welcavres 
BaAderop, tov éri tod xoiravos Tol BactrXéas, 
qrouvro eipnyny Sia To TpéhecOae avrav Thy 
Xopay and ths Pactrtxts. Taxry de 
sepa 0 ‘Hpwdns évivodpevos éoOijra Bacihs 
sanv, nal xablcas éri Tob Bnmatos, éonu- 
wyopes wpos avrovs. 2O dé dius érrepwver 
@eod pov xai ove avOpdarov. *Ilapaypiya 
bé émdrakey abtov Gryyeos Kupiov, av® os 
oux edwxe Séfav 1H Geg ral ryevopevos 
okwrnxoSpwros ebeyuter. 

| WO 6é. Adyos tod Geod nikave ga 
érAnOivero. *Bapvafas 58 Kal aidog 
uréatpeay €€ ‘Tepoveadau tAnpwocavres THD 
Staxoviav, cupraparaBovtes wal ‘loayyny Top 


érixdnGéevta Mdpron i (wtieiaiati(‘“(, 
E 


so THE ACTS OF THE.APOSTLES., 


' OHAP. X01. VHZAN 6¢ tives v "Avrioy~ 
€ig Kata TRY ovcay exxdnoiay Tpodytas Kal 
Sddoxaho:, &, re Bapvd8as xai Yupewy o 
xanovpevos Niyep, xat Aovxws 0 Kupyvaios; 
Mavany te ‘Hpwbdou rod rerpdpyou cuvrpodos, 
wal Zairos. *Aetroupyotyvtay Sé avtav Ta 
Kuply nad vnorevovrwy, ere 16 Ilveipa 70 
dycor ’Adopicate 59 os tov BapydfSav xai 
Tov Zadrov eis To Epyov, 5 mpooKéxAnpas 
avrovs. 8Tore vnaotevcayvtes Kal mMpoo~ 
evEdpevo. was emilévtes tas yElpas avToiS 
amédvoav, *Odror pev ody éxreppbevres td 
vou Ilvetparos rod aylov xaridOov eis THY 
Derevnelay, éxeiev re airémdevaay eis Ty 
Kurpov. ‘Kat yevopevoe dy Zarapive 
KaTipyyedNov Tov AGyov tov Geod ev Tais 
quvaywyais tev ‘lovdaiwr etyov 6& xas 
‘lwdvyny imnpérny. SAredMovtes Se rip 
. whoov aypt Tddgov ebpov TWa paryoy yrevdo~ 
wpodnyrny "Toudaiov, & Svopa Bapinoois, Tas 
qv avy Te évOurdre Lepyly Tlavrg, avdpi 
ovuver@. Osrés ™ poorahed dpenos BapvaBay 
«al Ladrov érefnrnocey axovoat. Tov NOyoV 
tov @cod. S'AvOioraro $& avrois "EXvuas 6 
pearyos (orm yap. meOcpunveverar 7d Svopa 
autov) Snrav Siactpéya, tov dvOvmatov amd 


: CHAPTER XIII. st 


tis wloreas. TLZadros 5é, 6 «Kai. Tlatdos, | 
arnabels TIvevparos ayiouv xai drevicas eis 
atrov Welrrey °C wrdypns aavros Sddov Kad 
aaans padtoupyias, vie SsaBorov, €yOpé rdons 
Siucatocvvns, ov tavon Siactpépwy tas odovs 
Kupiov ras evOelas; Kai viv idov, yelp 
Kuplov émi oé xal on tuddrdcs, py Brérav 
Tov HrdLoy, ayps Katpov. Tlapayphya se 
énénéecev er autoy ayAvs Kal oxdtos, Kai 
areptdryov etntes xeiparywryous. 12Tore idwv o 
‘avOumratos Td yeyovos eriotevoey ExTTrANTOO- 
pevos él 79 Siday7p tov Kupiov. 

13’ AvayOévres 5¢ ao ris Tlddov of sept 
tov Iladdov 7AOov eis Tlépyny ris Tlauduar- 
fas’ “lIwdvyns 5& aroywpicas an’ avray 
wréotpeyev els ‘IepoaoAuua.. 14Adrod 8é 
| SeeNOovres ara tHe Tlépyns mapeyévovro eis 
*Ayrioyerav THs IIcordias, Kal eiaedOovtes eis 
Thy avvaywyny TH hpépa tTav caBBdtov 
éxdOicav. Mera be. tHv avdyvwaw tod 
vouov «ab tay wpodntav dadoreray oi 
apytouvaryaryot Trpds aUTOUs, Néyovtes’ “Avdpes 
adedgol, ef gots Aovyos év tiv wapaxdAjoews 
grpos Tov Nady, Aéyere. 18’ Avactas SéIladAos 
wat xataceloas 7H yep elirey “Avdpes 
"lopandirat, Kai oi goBovmevor tov @eop, 

E 2 


s2 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


axovaate. 1°D0 @eas Tod Raov rovrov 
éfcheEato tovs twatépas Huwv" Kal Tov Aaov 
inpwoev. dv Th wapoixia ev yh Atyurre, Kad 
peta Bpaylovos inrod éEnyayey aitovs é& 
auras. Kal ws tecoapaxovraeth ypovoy 
étporropopnaey avrovs év TH épypw' cal 
xaberov EOvn érra év yj Xavady xarex\npo- 
vounoev avrois THY yhy avTav. Kat pera 
Tavta ws Erect TeTpaxocio Kal TevTnKovTa 
Gwxe xpttas wes Lapyounr tov mpopyrow 
21Kaxeidey yrycavro Bacwéa, nal edwxey 
avtois 6 Beds Tov Taovr viov Kis, avdpa ex 
duds Benaply, érn teccapaxovra. Kai 
peTractnaas avroy iyetpey avrois Tov AaBisd 
eis Bacihéa, @ wai elire paprupnaas’ Edpow 
Aafié, tov tod ‘leccal, dvdpa xata Thy 
xapdlav pov, ds ounces rdvra Ta OedjparTa 
pov. 8Tovrov o @eds ard Tod aoméppatas 
Kat étraryyedlav tpyaye Ta “lopand cwriipa 
"Incotv, ““irpoxnpi—avros "Iw@avvov mpd 
mpocwToy THs eiaodov avtod PBdrricpa 
petavoias tavtt te Aa@ "Iapand. Os de 
érArpov 6 "lwavyns tov Spopov, éreye Tiva 
pee trrovoetre elvat; ovx cil eyo AX’, (Sov, 
Epxerar per’ ene, ob ove eiul dftos Td brodnua 
gav-Tobay Aidcat. "Avdpes .dbeAdol, yial 


e 


_.. 


CHAPTER XIII. $3 


yévous ‘ABpady, Kas of ev dui poBovpevos 
Tov @eov, buiv o Aoyos Tis owrnplas Tavrns 
dtreararn. WOE yap xatocxobvres ev ‘lepov- 
Gary xal of dpyovres avtay Tovrov 
dyvojcavtes, xal Tas dwrds ta mpodnTar 
Tas xaTa wav caBBatov avayiywoxopevas, 
xpivavres endAnpwoay. Kal undeulay airiay 
Gavarouv eipovres THcavTo Tliddrov avaipe- 
Gjvat avtov. 27O>s && érérecay.rdvra 7d 
Tepes avTood yeypauptva, xaSedXovres ard Tob 
Eviov eOnxay eis pynuciaov. 8°O &é€ Geos 
ffyeipey avrov dx vexpav. 8°O>s wdOn emi 
Guépas wrelous Tois cuvavaBadow ait@ amo 
vis TadtAatas eis ‘Iepovcadnp, olftivés etos 
pedprupes avo awpos. tov rAady. %2Kai npeis ~ 
ipas evayyerhoueOa Thy pos Tos Tatépag 
erraryyeXlav: yevouernv, Ste ravrnvy o @eos 
éxrenAnpwxe Tois TéxVvOLS aUTaY HulY ava- 
orncas Incoty’ Bas cal ev ro mpwTo Waru@ 
yéyparras Tics pov el ov, éym onpepov 
yeyévunad aoe. 3*”Orr 5é avéornaev avtov éx 
VEKp@V, pmKéTsL méd\rAOVTA UoaTpépeay eis 
StapGopay, obtws elpnxev’ "Ors dacm tpiv Td 
dota AaBid ta mord. %5Awd wai év érépp 
Aéyes OV Saceis toy Sowy cou idety S.a- 
POopdv. BAaBid péy yap, idla yeved 


_. 


s¢ THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. “ 


imnpetnoas TH Tov Beow Bovr7, exoru7nOn, 
ual rpoceréOn wpos TOUS TaTépas avrod, Kai 
elSe StapOopay Sav 5é 0 Beds iPyeiper, ova 
ede SuapOopay. SE ywotov ody éorw viv, 
avSpes adeddat, Eri Sua Tovrou iptv adeors 
dpapriay catayyédneras 8eai ard mwavrwy,: 
ay ove nduvnOnte é€v te vouw Movoéws 
Sixawbjvat, €y TovT@ was 6 mMioTEvwP 
Sicatodrat. “Brerere ovv, pn. érédOy éd’ 
ipas To eipnuévoy ev rois mpopyrasy *’ dere 
of xatadpovyrai, nai Savyacare, xai adav- 
taOnre art épyov ery épydtopas . éy rais 
mpdpass buév—epyor, @ ou py METRES, 
édv Tuy éxdunyiras o bpiv. 

4U°EEwvrev bé avrav, mapexddovy eis TO 
peraky odBBatrov RAarnOqvar avrois ra 
pypata tatta.. BAvOeions 88 rip ovvey- 
aris; nxonovOnaay TodXot Tav "lovdatwv Kad 
tav cePopevoy Tpoonhutay 7T@ IlavAd Kai 
T® BapyaBa: oltwes mpoohahovires avrois 
EreBov adrods Tpoo pévery Th yapire tod 
@cod. “TS Se epromevep caBBary oxxedov 
TATA } TONS oun7xn 2 axovaas Tov Aoyov TOU 
@cod. 4° 1davres 88 of Iovdaios tovs Exrous 
emAncOnaav Enrov Kal avréreyov Tols bd TOD 
Tlavaov Aeyouévors, avTinéyovtes Kad Srac- 


> ww 


CHAPTER XIV. 55 


gnuovvres. ““Tlappnotacdpevor Sé 6 Tladdos 
wai © BapvafSas elrov ‘Tyiv Fv davayxaioy 
apwroy NadrnGjvat tov dAdGyov. To Beor 
éredn S¢ amwlecicGe aurov, cal ovx dflous 
wplvere éaurods THs alwviou wis, dod, 
orpepoucOa eis ta EOun. *Oitrw yap 
évréradtar syiv o Kupwos: Té0ecnd oe els 
gas eOveav rod elval ce eis cwrnplay éws 
toydrov tis ys. *’Axovovta Se 7a evn 
€xaspov nai édo€aloy roy Aoyov rod Kupiou’ 
nai ériarevoay, doos Hoay Terarypévor ets Cory 
aimvov. **Aredépero 5é 6 AOyos rod Kuplov 
dc’ SANS THS yowopas. Oi Se ‘lovdaior raps 
@tpuvay tas oePouevas yuvaixas tas ev- 
TXMovasy Kal TOUS IpwToUS THS ToAEwS, Kar 
eryyetpay Seorypov eri tov TladNov Kai tov 
BapvdBav, nai éféBadov aitots amd top 
opiwy avrav. "10% 8 éxtwakdpuevot ov 
KOVLOPTOY TAY Today aUTaY eT auTovs 7AGov 
eis “Ixomov. Oi Se pabryrat exiuipaere 
xapas xab IIvevuaros ayiow 

- OHAP. XIV. VETENETO & & ‘Ixovle 
kata To auto elaeXGew adrovs eis THY TUVAYy- 
ayiv tev "Tovdalwy Kal Nadjoas obras, Hore 
mtaredoat ‘lovdaiwy te kab ‘EXAjvev Tov 
anr7Oo0s. °OF 8é -dameBodvres “Iovdaios  é7- 


$6 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


aryétpayv kal éxaxwcay ras Yuyds tay éOvov 
cata tay aderpav. FIxavov pév odv ypovoy 
Sérpiyay trappnoafopevor eri te Kupio +e 
paptupoiyTs TH oyp Tis yaptTos avrod, 
OSovrs. onueta wal tépata yiveoOar Sid teop 
yepav avrav. *Eoyicbn 5é ro wrHO0s TiS 
qorews’ Kal oi pey Foav auv Tois lovdaios, 
oi 5é avy toig amrocrodos. FOs 8é dyévero 
cpu) Trav eOvav re xal lovdalwy ov Trois 
upyovoly auteay UBpicas Kal rAoBorjoas 
avurous, Souvdovres KaTépuyoy eis Tag TOES 
ans Avcaovlas Avotpay nal AépSnv, xat rv 
grepixapov’ Ixaxel Heavy evaryyediCouevor. 
8Kai tes aunp év Avotpos addivatos Trois 
arogly éxd@nro ywros éx Kotdlas pntpos 
avrou, ds ovbderrore trepteremarnxe. Otros 
Hxave tod IlavAov AadodvTos* bs aTevioas 
aire; cat idov ors trictw exe. .tod awOhvar, 
Welrre peyddy TH hovz "Avaornds ér tovs 
wodas aov opGos. Kai rato «al repremdre. 
Qi dé Sydor, iSovres 8 erroincev 6 Tadnos, 
érjpay thy doviy airav Aveaoviert Néyovres* 
Oi Geol opowlévres avOpwras xatéBnoay 
mpos Huas. 1’ Eixddovy te tov py BapyaBap 
Ata’ tov 5 Taino ‘Epp, erecdn attos fv 
O yyovpevos Tod rASyou. 1°O 82 fepeds rod 


A. 


CHAPTER XIV. B9 


Aués, rod Svtos po THs Wodews, Tavpous Kal 
atTéupata én rovs TuAmvas éveyxas coy TOILE 
Syrows HOcre Oveev. 1’ Axovoavres 5€ of a1rd- 
oTodot, BapyaBas nai Ilabnos, dsappntavres 
7a indria avrav éEerndnoay eis tov dydop, 

a 15 . , e ” A 5 rf * 
xpalovres lxai deyovtes’ “Avdpes, th TadTa 
qoute; Kal xpeis opovorradels eouey tiv 
avOpwtrot, evayyerrfouevon tuas aro TovTaP 
Tov paralwy émiatpépew él tov @eov tov 
tavra, bs érroince Toy ovpavoy Kati THY yh 
Kat thy Odracacay Kai TavTa Ta év avtois 
1839 dv tais trapmynuévacs yeveais clace wavra 
ta Ov tropedecOat tats obois atta ‘xa 
Tovye OvK dudprupoy éavTov adinxev aryabo- 

A > Ld € a ¢ ‘ \ 
wowwv, ovpavobey dpiy verous Ssdovs xab 
Kaipovs Kaptropopous, eumrimhk@v Tpodis Kat 

9 ? Q ‘ s.' ge oe) 18K } ” 

eudpoourns tas rapdias Duav. al tavTa 
A€yovtes "ods KaTémavoay. TOs SyAous TOD 
#7 Ovew abrois. 1° EmAnOov Sé azo ‘Avtioy- 
af \9 9 a , i 
€tas kat Ixoviov “lovdatot, nal areicavres Tous 
dyAous Kal MOdcavres Tov Tladdov éoupoy 
é&w Tis Wodews, vouicaytes avTovy TéOvavat. 
XKundwodvrev sé avtoy trav padntor, 
avacTas eloiprdey ELS THY TOALY, 

Ka) 77 éravpiov cErbe cv te Bapyd Ba 
eis AépBnv. *!Evayyemodpevol te THY TOW 


s8 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


exelony xai pabrrevcayres ixavods trréat pevay 
eis THY Avdorpay, nai Ieonoy, cal’ Avriwxear, 
Remsornpivovres tas wuydas tav padnrav, 
mapaxadovvres eupévery tH lore, xat Gre 
Sid rodday Ortrewv Set nuas ecicedOciv eis 
tiv Baowreay tou @eod. AXetporovncayres 
S¢ avrois mpeaButépovs xar exxdnoiav, 
wpocevEduevoe pera vnotemv, mmapébevto 
avrovs To Kupig, els by wemorrevxewan. 
24Kai SvedOovres tiv TT:odiavy #ArAGov eis 
Tlapgurlav, %Kal Aadjoavres dv Wepyn 
Tov Aoyov xaréBnoay eis ’Atrddeav. *%Ka- 
xetOev atrérevoay ais 'Avrioyeay, 60ev Hoap 
mrapadedopévot TH yapiTe Tod Beod eis TO Epon, 
3 éxAnpwoav. *Tlapayevopevor 5 nat auv- 
ayayovres tiv exxdnclay aviryyerav sca 
érroingev 6 Qeog pet’ avtav, nal ors Hvoike 
Tois Overt Oupav qwictews. ArérpyBov Se 
xpovov ovK OrAbyov abv tois wabrrais. 

CHAP. XV. IKAT ties xatedOovrtes aro 
ths lovdaias éiSacxoy rovs aderdovs' “Ors 
‘dav pn meptréuvnobe tH Eee Mamicéws, ob 
Suvacbe. cwbjvar. 2Tevouévns otv ordaceas 
cal avtyricews obx dAbyns TG Tlavdw nab ro 
BapvaBa ampos avrovs, érakav avaBaive 
Tlaidov xat BapvaBav. kal twas GArdous é£ 


- §€630—6h 


CHAPTER XV, ° - 59 


AUTEY pos TOUS airoaToNoUs Kal mpechuTépous 
ets ‘lepovcadny mepi tov Sytnpatos TovTou. 
S04 yey ody 1rpomeupbérres Ero Tis dxxAncias 
Sinpxovro ray Dowixny nai Daudpear, éx- 
Supyouuevos TH. éreatpopny tay ebay’ ai 
émrotouy yapayv peyddnv waot Tois adeAdois. 
4Tlapayevomevos Sé eis “Jepoveadnp aredéy- 
Oncay bro Ths éxkAnolas Kai Tey arocTOhMDy. 
Kal tev wpecRutépwr, avipyyeday te dca 6 
@eds erroinge pet avtav. 5'Efavéornoay bé 
Tives TOY GTO THY aipécews Tay Papicalwy 
aenmtareuxores, Aeyovtes “Ore Set rrepiréuvew 
QuTOUs, Taparyyéh\NeLy Te THpEly TOY voor 
Moicéws. 

- 6ZuvjyOnoav S¢ of amweatodo: Kai ol 
arpeaBvrepos idety amepi toh Aoyou TovToU 
TlodAjs Se cvfricews yevouéyns, avacTas 
Ilérpos eke arpos avrovs' "Avdpes adeAdoi, 
duels erictacbe Ste ad sypepav apyalwy o 
@eos ev juiv cEeréEato Sia Tov otopards pov 
axovoat Ta EOvn Tov AoYoY Tov evaryryedtou Kat 
motercat 8Kai co xapdioyyworns: Beos 
€uaprupnoe avrois Sous av’rois 70 IIvetpa ro 
Gytov, cables cai hui Kal ovdev dréxpive 
petaky judy te eal avray TH ricte xabapicas 
tas xapdlas aitav. . °Ndy ody ti sretpatere 


66 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


tov Beov ereivas tvyiv eri tov tpdyndov 
tov pabyrav, dv obte of mrarépes tyucv ovTe 
hucis loyvcapey Baotdoas ; WWAAAA Sea tijs 
xapttos tov Kuplou "Incod. murrevouer ow- 
Ohvat, xa by tTpoTrov Kaxeivor. } Koiynce dé 
wav to wr00s, Kat Heovoy BapydBa kat 
Havrov éfrryoupévwv Sca érroince 6 Beds 
onueia xal répata év ros GOvecs Se abray. 

| Mera 8 1d cvyfjoas avtovs azrexplOy 
"TaxwBos, Neyor “Avdpes adergol, axovoaré 
pov. MYyuewy dEnyncato xabws mpatoyv 6 
Beds érreaxéyrato AaReiy e& EOvav racy emi 
T® ovoyats alto Meal tourp ounparoiow 
of NOyot TOY Tpodyntav, Kafas yéeypatrras. 
Mera tatta dvaarpeyrn ‘war dvovxodop7}a 
THY oni Aafis THY Tenrr@Kuay, Kal Te 
: MOET RAL WEVOL avTns avoixodounow, Kai 
avoph6wow avtnv’ omras. av exfatnowow of 
Katadovras Tay avOpwrev tov Kuptov, «at 
wavTa Ta EOvy, é ods eriKéxAnTas TO Svoud 
juou étr’ abtous, Aéyes Kupios 6 wolwy tabra 
qavra, WC ywotd am aidvos éort TH Oew> 
mavta Ta Epya avTod. YAW éy® Kpive pty 
mapevoxreiy Tois aro TaY EOvav éeriaTpépovaty 
émi tov @eov’ 2ddAa emioteiAas avrows tov 
anéyesOat ard THv Guoynudtov Tov eidoeor 


CHAPTER XV. «68 


Kai THs Topvelag xai Tod wWMKTOU. Kal Tob 
aipatos. *IMaios yap é« yeveay apyaiwy 
KaTa TOMY TOUS KNpUcOVTAS aUTOV eyen ev 
Tails ouvarruryais nata wav oaBRatov ava- 
ryLV CAT KOJLEVOS« 

2Tore déoke trois amoorodos al ois 
apeaButépors avy dry TH éxednoia éxdek- 
-apévous avopas €& atrray méuypar eis "Avtioy- 
ecav oly T@ IlavAm xai BapvaBa, “lovday 
‘Tov émixarovpevoy BapoaBav xat dav, 
Gydpas nyousévous év Tog adeAdois, *ypayr- 
-avtes Sta yecpos avtay rade’ Oj arrocrodos 
‘Kab oi TpeaBurepos kal oi ddeddoi trois Kara 
-rhy 'Avrwyeav cal Yuplav cat Kods«lay 
adedpois trois €£ cOvav yaipev. Ered 
nxovoapev Ste tues €& nyov éEedOovres 
érdpatay tpas dAoyos, dvarxevafoytes Tay 
‘apuyds tay, Aéyovres aepitéuverGas Kar 
Tnpeiy tov vopov, ols ov SteorerAdueda’ 
-BeSofev juty yevoudvots ouobvpadoy éxde€- 
apévous avdpas téurpat impos byds ov Trois 
dyarnrois jyav Bapryda. xai Ilavag, 
BdavOpwrrows rapadedmxoct Tas Yuydas avraw 
‘trép Tod Gvopatos Tov. Kuplov jpor. "Inaod 
Xpicrod. TAreotddxapev. ovy “lovday nat 
SArav, cal avrots Sa Aoyou amayyéddoytas 


62 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


va aura. Edoke yap ra aylo Tyvetuare 
wal uty pndev mréov erririBer Oar vty Bapos, 
whav tay emravayxes tovTav’ YaréyecOar 
eidwdoGuTav xat aipatos. Kai wviKxToU Kai 
mopvelas’ €£ Gy Svarnpobvres éauTovs ed 
apakere. "Eppwode. 

Of pev oby arodvOévres FrOov eis 
"Avridyeay’ Kal aouvayayovTes Td TAOS 
érédwxay tny éemictornv. %l’Avayvorres 5é 
eydpnoay él tH wapaxdrnoe. 5?’lovdas 5é 
wal Xiras, wai avrot mpodpijras Svres, Sid 
oOyou woNAod' tapexdrecay Tors . adeAhors 
wad éreornpitav. Ilowjoavres Se ypovoy 
arervOnoay pet’ cipjvns aro tav adebov 
mpos TOUS atrooreiNavtas autos. 5+ Kéoke 
dé +O Dire dripeivat avrov. %Tadros 82 
wad Bapvdfas SvétpiBov év ‘Avrwoxeia, 5:8a- 
.oxovres Kat evaryyehilonevor peTa Kai- ee 
qoNXAv Tov AGyov Tod Kupiov. 

S6Merd dé twas jyépas ele Tlaidos pos 
BapvaBav' 'Emotpéyavres 59 érucxepapeda 
‘Tos adedkovs Kata tracay wodw, év als 
KaTyyyeihapev tov AGrNov Tod Kupiov, 3as 
€youot. 57BapydBas 5€ éBovdetcato cup- 
waparhaBeiy tov ‘lwdyyny tov Kxadovpevov 
‘Mdpxov, ‘8Ilainos 5é 7Eiov sev drrocrdayra 


CHAPTER XVI. 63 


am avray amo Tlapidunias, xal ph) cvvedOovra 
abrois eis 76 Epyov, pt) cuptrapadaely rodrov. 
So Evyevero ovv rrapokvopes, ate aTroyapic- 
Gjvat avtovs am’ adAnAewv’ tov te BapvaBay 
maparaBovra tov Mdpxov éxmdedaas eis 
Kvrrpov. 
40TTairos Sé drideEdpevos Dirav é&Ffr\Oe 
wapacodes tH ydapits To Beod trod hv 
adehgov. “1Ainpyero 8¢ tiv Zuplay ar 
Kidtxiay émiornpiveor ras éxxdnclas. 
. OHAP. XVI. IKATHNTH3E 8 eis 
AépBnyv xai Avetpay’ xai dod, pabyrns Tes Hy 
éxet, ovopate Tipobeos, vios yuvaixes "louvdalas 
maths watpos bé “EAAnvos’ 28s euaptupetro 
uro tay év Avatpoas xat ‘Ixovim aderdav. 
STodrov n0éAncev o Tladdos avy aire éFedOciv 
cad NaS repsérepev avrov Sa Tovs Tovdaious 
tovs Svtas év trois tomas éxeivos Hoetoay 
yap amavtes Tov, watépa avoid, Sti “EXAnw 
tripyev. “Os Sé Sceropevovro tas sronets, 
aapediéouy avrois duAdccey ta Soypatra Ta 
Kexpiséva Ud THY aTooTO\wy Kab ToP 
specRutépwy tay év ‘Tepovoadnp. FAC pev 
ov éxxdycias eotepeobvto ‘TH Tlotes Kab 
éreplacevoy t@ apiOu@ xual nyépav. SA 
eMovres 5¢ thy Dovylay cab thy Tararieny 


64 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


yopar, weoruevres b id Tou aylou Trevparog 
AarAHoas tov AOyoy ev TH "Acla, 1é\Gorres 
Kara THY Muolay arelpatov els tev Bibuviay 
mopeverOar’ Kat ovx elacey avToUs TO Iveipa. 
8ITapenOovres Sé vip. Muclay xaréBnoay eis 
Tpwdéa. 9Kai Spapye did THIS vUKTOS dp0n 
r@ Tlavig’ . dvrip tis Fv Maxedoy cards, 
mwapaxadev avtTov. Kar déyoow AwaBas cig 
Maxebdoviay Bornbncov jyiv. IFO, Se 76 
Spapa elev, evOéws etyrncapev eed Bei eis 
tm Maxedoviav oupBiBalorres STs wWpec- 
Kécdnras uas 0 Kupws evayyerlcacbas 
auTous. 

11 “‘AvaxGévres oy awd TIS Tpedbos eb Ou- 
Spopjoapev eis LapoOpdenvy, rH te ervey 
eis Nedtrodiv 12éxeiPdy re eis Pirlrrrovs, Hreg 
€ort mpwrn tis pepldos HS Maxedovlas 
moms, Kor\wvla’ tev Se dv ravrn TH TOA 
StatpiBovres suépas tiwds. BTR te yuépa 
cay aaSBdatov é&nriOopev é&w ris rodcws 
rapa Trotapoy, ov dvouilero wpocevyy elvat; 
xal xabicavres dXNadovpev tais cuvenDovcacs 
ryovakt. Kai rig urn, dvopats Avdla; 
groppupoTas Toews Bvatelpwv, ceBopévy 
Tov Gedy, Fxover” Hs 6 Kupws Suspvorke rip 
xapdiay rpogéyew.tois, Nadoupévars tard. Tad 


CHAPTER XVI, 65 


TIlavAov. I8°0Os & eBarricbn Kat 6 atxog. 
avris, Tapexanece Abyouca’ Ei xexpixaré pe 
misty ta Kupip elvat, eioedGovres ets tov 
olxoy pov melvate. Kai wapeBidoaro hyas. 
16’ Eryéveto Sé tropevopeveay Huay eis wpocevyiy 
madickny Tia Exovcay mvevpa Tvwyos 
anavTjcal Nuw, ris épyaciay wodAnp 
mapeixye TOS KUplois auTAS pavrevouéern. 
WAbryn xataxodovOncaca t@ lava Kai npiv 
Expake Aeyouoa’ Odor of avUpwirot Soidoe 
Tov @cod tod inhloTtov eigiv, oftiwes xat- 
ayyéAXovety jpiv addy gwrnpias. 'Todro 5é 
érroies él woddas tyuepas. Acatrovndels 8¢ 6 
TladAos cai émozpépas Ta wvevpats elie 
Tlapayyé\Aw cos ey To ovopats “Incod 
Xptiorod éfeNGciv aw’ avrfjs. Kal é&rGen 
airh TH wpa. 1 ldevres Sé of KUpios adTig 
és ef \Oew 4) Edrris THs Epyacias avTav, 
ériiaBopevas tov IlavAov xai tov SZirap 
ciAxucap cis THY ayopay emt Tovs dpyxovras. 
20Kai wpocayaydvrTes avrous Tois aTpaTnyois 
elroy’ Otros ot avOpurra, éxtapagcovauw 
Huay thy modmy "lovdatos brapyovres *xab 
katayyéArovaw &n, & ovn e€eot hyip 
mapadéxerBa, ovdé mroeivy “Pwpalois odor 
Kal ouveréatyn 6 bxdos Kat avray, Kab ob- 
F 


66 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


erparyyol wrepippytavres aitayv ta ivaria 
éxéXevoy paPdivery. BIIoAAds te émiBévres 
avrois mdnyas Baroy eis gvAaxny, trap- 
ayyeiNavres TO Seopodvarant aapadas Tnpeiy 
avrous’ %48cs, rrapayyeAlay Tovavrny eiAndos, 
EBarev airovs eis THY €cwtépay dvraxiy Kat 
Tovs 1robas avTay nadaricato eis TO EvXov, 
26K ara $2 1d pecovixtiov Tlatres nat Yiras 
‘Tpocevyopevas Duvouy tov Bear emnxpowvTo 
d¢ abrav ot Séopiot. *"Advw S€ ceiopos 
éyéveto péyas, Mote canrevOjvar Ta Oeuéda 
tod Seopwrnpiov’ avepyOnody te Tapaypiua 
ai Ovpat wacat, Kal ravrwy ta Seopa avébn. 
2"Efurvos Sé yevouevos o Seopodptrak, xai 
Wav avewypévas TaS GvUpas tis puNaKis, o1ra- 
odpevos payatpay Ewedrev éavToy avaspeiy, 
vouivev éxirepevyévas tous Seculous. 8’ Edav- 
noe S& dowry peyddy 6 Tlaidos, rey" 
Mydey mpafys ceavt@ xaxov’ &travres ydp 
éopev evade. *Airnoas 5é hora eicernodnce, 
kak EvTpouos yevouevos mpocérece Te Tlaviw 
xait@ Zlra. Kal apoayayav avrois ew 
éfn’ Kuptot, ri we Set croveity va cwO0 3 310% 
dé elroy’ Iliorevoov ert tov Kupwov Incobpy 
Xpurrov, xat cwOyjon ov nai 6 oKOS cov. 
S’Kal eAddqoay ait@ tov Adyov rou Kupiou 


_. 


CHAPTER XVI. 67 


kat waow tois ev TH oiKig avtov. 8Kai 
maparaBav avtovs dv éxelvn TH Opa Tis 
vuxtos Edovoey arto Tov TAMYOV, Kal éBamrt- 
ian atros kal of adtod wdvtes Tapayphua. 
SA varyayav te avrovs eis Tov olxov atod 
mapéOnxe tpamretay Kal myaAdNacaTo TravotKi 
memeoTevnas TH Bew. 35 Hyépas Se yevouérns, 
atréotethkay of otpatnyol Tovs paBdovxous, 
Aéyovres* "ArroAvooy Tovs avOpwrrous éxeivous. 
S8’Aariyyyeire Se 6 Seapodurak tovs rAoyous 
tTovrous mpos tov Iladdov’ “Ort amertdA- 
Kacw oj otparnyol, iva amoNvOnTe viv ovv 
€EerOovres sropeverGe ev cipnvy. 87O &e 
Iladdos én mpos adrovs’ Acipayres pas 
Snuoola axaraxpirous, avOpwrous “Papatious 
tirdpyovtas, Baroy eis dudanny, cab viv 
AdOpa nas éxBadrdovow; Ov ydp* adra 
€XOovres autol nuads é-ayayérwoay, 55’ Ap- 
nyyerav Sé Trois otpatryois ot paBSobyo. TA 
phyata Taira’ nai éfoSnOncav, axovoavres 
Ort ‘“Pawpaiol eto. 88Kat €dOovtes map- 
exddecay avtods, xai eEayayovtes npwrav 
eEenOeiv tis Trodews. “© EEcdOovtes Sé ex tH}s 
guranis eionrOoy apos tiv Avdiav ait 
idovres Tous adeApouvs mapexddecay avTovs 
«ai éEANOop. 
F 2 


68 ZHE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


CHAP. XVII. JAIOAETZANTE® 8&8 riv 
Audlrokw «at ‘Ato\\wvlay 7rGov eis 
@cacurovieny, Strov Hv  cuvayary?) TOY 
lovdaiov. *Kara 5 1d eiwfos rH Tlavap 
eloynie apes avtovs, nab émi od8Bata tpia 
SueAéyero aitois ame tav ypadav, 2dvavolyor 
wal wapatiéuevos S11 tov Xpiorow des 
mabey xal dvactivas éx vexpwy, nai Ste 
osros éotw 6 Xproros “Inoois, dy» éyw 
Katayyedrko ww. *Kal ties €& avtav 
érelcOnoay xai mpooexrAnpwOncayv r@ Tlaviw 
nai t@ Dla, trav te ceBopevov “ENA jvey 
MOAV IWAHRGOS, yuvatKav TE TOV TpwTeV ovK 
Odlyat. 5Zndwdoavres 52 of aszreBotvres 
"lovdaior,, cal mpoodaBopevot ray aryopatev 
revas dvdpas awovnpous, Kal oyNotroujoavtes 
€BoptBouv thy wokw' émiotdytes Te TH otKla 
"Tacovos. ebyrovy avrovs ayaryety eis Tov Sjpov 
8M evpovres Se avtrovs écvpoy roy ldcova 
Kat Twas adehpors él Tovs modiTdpyas, 
Bowvres “Ore of tHv otxovpérny avactat- 
woavres, ovTo. Kal évOdSe trapeow' Tous 
inrodédexrat Idowy Kat odtot wavres aTrévavrt 
téav Soypatwv Kaicapos mparrovet, Bacidéa 
Aéyovres Erepov elvat, “Incoty. ® Erdpakay 
dé Tov SyAopy Kal TOUS TodtTdpyas aKovoyTas 


CHAPTER XVII. 69 


tauta. Kai d\aBovres To ixavow rapa Tov 
sy 7 . A na 2 9 (A 
Tacovos xal tay Nosmray aréd\uaay avrous. 

100i 5é adergot edBéws Sia ris vuKros 
ébereprbay tov re Tlaidov nat Tov Liray eis 
Bépoiav’ oitwes crapayevopmevas eis Thu 

A} a *T dat 9 4 ll Oo L 

cuvaywyiv tov lovdaiwy amrjecay. trou 
dé hoav evyevéorepos trav dy Bercadovien, 
oireves déEavro toy Royoy pera Taans 
mpoOupias, To Kal’ Huépay avaxpivoytes Tas 
ypadas, ef &yos tabra ovrws. Todo) pév 
ov é€€ atbrav ériotevcav xa trav “EXAn- 
ov yuvaKav tov ewoynpovey nai avdpar 
ovK odiyot. WOs 88 eyrwcay of ard ris 
@eacarovlens lovdaios G7s nat dv tH Bepola 
xarnyyéAn wre tod TlavAov a Adyor TOU 
@cov, HAOov xaxey carevovres roves Sydous. 
i4EvOéws Se tore tov [ladvov éFawéorethay 
ei adeAdol tropever Oar ws eri tiv Odr\acoay 
induevoy 5é 6, re Linas wal o Tysdbecs éxet. 
Qu O€ wxabtotavres tov Tlatrov syaryov 
avroy &ws ’AOnvay xal NaBovres évrodnv 

‘ \ Lf N s e , 
mpos Tov Liray wal Tynodeoy, va ws TayLoTa 

\ L 9$e 7 

EXOwor wpos avrov, éEnecay. 

16°Kiy dé tals "APhvais éxSeyoudvov avrovs 
gov IlavAou, zrapwkuvero 76 wvedpa avrov év 
avt@ Oewpodvts KaTeidwrov ovaay THY TOMY. 


970 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


WAteAéyero pév otv ev TH avvaywy Tots 
"lovdaiotg ~xal tots ceBopévots, nab év TH 
ayopa xaTa racay huepav impos Tavs Tapa- 
tuyyavovras. Ties 5¢ rev ’Eteoupeiav 
xal tav Xtalixav dirocddov cuvéBadrov 
aur@’ Kai tives Edeyou. Tl dv Oéror o 
omreppodoyos ovros Aéyew; Oi 5é Hévov 
Saipoviwy Soxet xararyerers elvas’ Ort Tov 
"noob xat thy avdoracw avrois evnyyerttero. 
INEmiAaBouevol te avrov én rov “Apevoy 
ardyov iyyayov, Aéyovres’ Auvaucba yrovat, 
ris } Kaw airy 7 U1r0 cob Nadoupévn Siday7n 5 
0fevitovra yap twa eiodépets eis Tas axoads 
nuov. Bovrouc0a oty yvavar, ri adv Oérot 
tavta elvat. %A@nvaios 8é mavres xa of 
emednpouvres Eévos eis ovdéy Erepov evaaipouy, 
H Neyew Tt Kal adxovew Katvorepov. Zrabels 
Sé 6 Hataos év péow rod ’Apeiou mrayou edn’ 
“Avdpes "A@Onvaiot, xatad tmavta ws Seot- 
Satpoverrépovs tuts Oewpo. *BArepyouevos 
yap kal dvalewpav Ta oc8dopata ipa evpoy 
cal Bopoy, év @ éreyéyparrto: “Ayvdorte Beg. 
“Ov otv ayvoobytes etceBeire, tovTrov éya 
Kataryyéedre tyiv. °O @eds a trowujcas Tov 
Koopov kal mdvTa Ta év alte, oUTOS ovpavod 
wab yijs Kupios trrdpywy, ovx év yetporrouroug 


CHAPTER XVII, ey A | 


vaols KatouKel, %oude tro yetpav avOpwrov 
Oeparreveras mrpoadedpevos Tivos, avTos Sidovs 
waor Cwnv nal rvony Kat Ta Tavra’ *érroincé 
te €& évos aivaros wav eOvos avOpwrwv 
KaTouely ert wav TO TpdawTov THS YHs, 
oplcas mpooreraypévous Katpovs Kal ras 
opobecias Ths KaToikias avtav, WEyreiv Tov 
@eov, ef dpaye Wnradjnoeay avroy Kai 
evpotev, KalTovye ov paxpay amo évos éexaotou 
nua itTrapyovTa. %8'Ev avt@ yap Cayev Kat 
xivoupela nal eopev, ws wai Twes tov Kal 
Upas woiuntav cipnxact’ Tod yap Kat yévos 
éopév. Devos ody irdpyovtes Tod Beod ove 
opeiroper voulfey ypucwe 7) apyipm f ALG, 
Napdyuate tTéxuns kal evOvunoews avOparrou, 
70 Oeiov elvas Guocov. 5°Tovs pév ody xpovous 
tis ayvolas iepidav 6 Beds taviy wap- 
ayyehrc. ois avOpwros Tact tavrayou 
peravoeiy ®\d:ore Ectncev nucpay, ev 7 perder. 
Kpivew THY otxovpéervny év Sixatoovvy ev avdpi, 
@ Opice, Tictw Tapacyov TaTW, avacTnaas 
autov €x vexpayv. %’ Axavoavres 5¢ avactacw 
vexpay ot pev éxyrevalov oi 5é elzrov* ‘Axov- 
aopeda cov mad wept TovTov. Kai obrws 
6 Tlatros e&nrOev ex pésou atrav. %4Tivés 
dé dvdpes KodrAnOévtes ait@ éwictevoay’ ev 


72 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


‘ols xa Atovictos 6 *Apeorrayirns, kal yuvy, 
ovopart Adpuapis, cai érepor avy avrois. 
CHAP. XVIII. IMETA 8 raira ywpic- 
Beis o Tlatvos ex trav “AOnvav HAO eis 
Kopw6ov, %Kat ebpov twa Jovdaior, 
cvouate "Axvrav, [lovriuxov Toe yévet, 
mpooparws <éAnAvbota amd tis "ItaXlas, 
cal UpioxtAXav yuvaixa avdrtod, Sia To 
Biarerayévas Kravdioy yopifobat wavras 
rovs "Iovdaious éx ris “Paopns, mpoonrdev 
avtois Sxai did Td opéreyvov elvat Eweve trap’ 
avrois xal eipydtero’ Hoav ydp oKnvorro.ol 
any réyyny. *Avedéyero Séév rh cuvayoyi 
xara tay cdBSBarov éreabé re Jovdaious nar 
"EdAnvas. “Os 8 xarHrOov aro tis Maxedov- 
las &, te Siras wal 6 TipdOeos, ouveiyero 
Te wvevpare 6 UWaddos, Stayaprupopevos tots 
"Tovdaiows toy Xpiorév “Incodv, ®Avtt- 
taccouevoy Sé avtav cal Pracdnpmovvtoy, 
exrwatapevos ta inatia elie mpos avtous 
To alua tpav él ri ceharay iuay xabapos 
éyo aro tod viv eis ta EOvn tropevoopas, 
Kai peraBas éxeiOev HAOev eis oixiay Twos 
dvouart "lovatov, seBouévov tov Beov, od 7 
Otxia hy ovvomopodea TH cuvaywyh. ®Kpiotros 
d€ 6 apxytouvaywyos eriorevoe TS Kupio ov 


- “Ss 


CHAPTER XVIII. 73 


Srp te olxp avrod: xai wodrol trav Kopiv6- 
iwy axovoytes ériarevoy «al éBanrtivtorto. 
9K lve 5é 6 Kupsos 80° opdparos év vuxri 70 
Tlaviw Mx doBov, adda dAdrAe, xal py 
cionnons’ Wssors éym eit petra cov, Kai 
ovdeis eriOnceral aot Tov xax@oal oe dioTs 
Aads dori pos words ey TH woder TavTN. 
IVExabicé te vautoy Kai pias & SidaoKnov 
éy autois Tov Aoyov Tov eos. 12Tadrlwvos 
dé avOurratevovros ris “Ayaias, xareréotnoav 
dpobupasoy ot "lovdaios 76 TlavA@ Kal iryaryov 
avrov éri To Biya, réyovtes? “Ore trapa 
Tov vowoy ovTos avatreiMes tos ayOparrous 
oéBecOar tov Beov. 14MédrXovros Se tod 
Tlavdov avotyew 1o otopua, elrev.6 TadrXlov 
arpos Tous ‘lovdalovs’ Ei pev ovv hv abdianud 
ts f padiovpynua trovnpov, @ ‘lovéaio, xara 
Aoyor av jverxyouny twov’ lei Se Sjrnua are 
qrepi Aoyou Kal Gvouatwy Kal voxov Tod xal’ 
Suds, HreaOe avrot’ xpirns yap éyw rovTwy 
ov BovAouas elvasz, 16Kad arnracev avrove 
aro tov Pnuatos. 17EmivaBopevor 88 
wavres of "EAXnves Loolévny tov apyiour- 
@yeyov érumtoy éurrpoobev Tod Bryaros’ xal 
ovdey ToUTwy TH Tadriwve Euerev. 

18Q dé Tladdos ere mpocpelvas nyuépas 


74 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


ixavas, Tois abdeAgois arrorafapevos, éfemrdet 
eis THY Suplav, cal ovv avt@ TpirxiAda kal 
"Andras, Ketpauevos THY Kepadny ev Keyypeais’ 
elye yap evyjv. ‘®Karnyryce 8é eis “Edecor 
KaKEivOUS KaTEéNTrEY aUTOD’ avTos 5é eicedOwy 
eis tay ouvaywyny SiedéxOn tois "lovdalocs. 
20 Epwravrav S¢ avta@y ét mdeiova xpovoy 
petvat wap avtTois, ovx érévevcey, GAN 
amerdfato avtois, eimav’ Aci pe wravtas 
Thy éoprny THY épyopévny aomjaat eis “Lepo- 
codupa’ Tad Sé dvaxauyo pos buds, ToD 
@cod Oérovros. Kai dvnyOn aro ris’ Edécov. 
2Kat xarerOov eis Katodpeav, avaBas xat 
domacayevos THY éxKAnoiav, KxatéBn es 
"Avridyevav. Kat omoas ypovov tid 
énNOe, Svepyopevos xabeEns tiv Tadratiucny 
xepav kal Dovyiay, émiatnpifwy wavtras Tous 
padnrtas. 

*4'Tovdaios Sé ris, “ArroA\Aws -ovopuatt, 
ArcEavdpeds TO yéver, avjp Oyios, KaTHVT- 
naev eis "Eqecov, Suvates dy év rais ypadais. 
Otros Hv KaTnynuevos THY adov To Kupiou" 
kal Gov TO Tvevpats ehare kal edidacKey 
axpiBas ta tept tod Kuplov, émuotapyevos 
povov ro Barricpa “Iwavvov. Otros te 
nptaro aappnoiafeoOas. ev tH guvaywyn. 


| ip. 


CHAPTER XIX. 75 


"Axovoayres 5¢ attov "Antras xal plon- 
tAXa mpocedafovto avtov, kal axpsBéatepov 
aut@ é&éBevto tiv Tod @eot odov. *7BouA- 
opévou Sé avrod SuerOeiv eis tiv "Axalay, 
mporpeyraevo, of adedgot éypayray ois 
pabntais amodefacOa. avrov’ bs tmapaye- 
Opevos cuveBaneTo TOD Tots TreTrLIOTEUKOCL OL 
THS xapitos’ BevTovws yap ois "lovdaios 
Ssaxatnréyyeto Snpoala, émiderxvis Sia tev 
ypadar elvas rov Xptotov *Inaodv. 

CHAP. XIX. VETENETO 6 & to ror 
"ATOAAW elvas ev KapivOm Tlabdov ded Oovra 
TA dvartepixa pépn eet cis"Edecov. Kai 
evpwv twas paOnras, ele mpos avtous’ Ké 
TIvedpa drytov érdBere motevoavres; Oi Se 
elzrov arpos avtove "AXN’ ovde, et IIvedpua ayrov 
€or, nxovoauev. S%Elaré te mpos avrovs* 
Eis té ovv éBamrio@Onte ; of Sé elroy? Eis to 
Iwdvyou Bdrriopa. ‘*Elre 8 Tlaindos 
"Iwdavyns pev €Barrice Santioua peravoias, 
T® Aad Aéywv eis Tov epyouevoy pet avTov | 
iva miorevowot Todt’ Eotev, eis Tov Xpiorov 
"Inootv. "Axovcavtes 5¢ éBarricOncay eis 
To Svoua tod Kupiou Inoot Sxai émiBévtos 
avtois tov [lavAou Tas yelpas, HAGE To Ivedpa 
to Gyvov én’ avtovs, édcdouv Te yAwooass Kab 


76 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


apoepyrevov. THoay 88 of adres av8pes 
woel Sexadvo. 

8KiceAGay 52 eis tTHv cuvaywyny éerappn- 
oalero emt pivas tpeis Stadeyopevos Kai 
aeiOwv ra tepi Tis Bacirelas ToD Beod. *Os 
5é reves doxXnpvvovto xai nrelGovy Kaxo- 
oyotvres Tv odoy evarrioy Tod TANOovs, 
GrooTas ar avTay adwpice ToUs pafntas, 
xaP hpépav Siareyopevos ey 1H oYOrAFR 
Tupavvov tavos. lTobro Sé éyévero éri Ern 
Sv0o, @oTe wayTas Tovs KaTouodyTas THY 
*Actay axovcat Tov Noyov Tov Kuplou "Inood, 
TouvdSalous te kat “EdXAnvas. UAuvdpers re ob 
Tas Tuxovoas érrole, 6 Beds Sid Tay yepov 
Ilavaov’ Meare xai eri rots dobevobvras 
eripéper Oat amd Tod ypwrds aitod covdapia 
4 oynuxivOia, cal amvadddocecOa an’ avrav 
Tas voocous, Td Te TyevpaTa Ta Tovnpa 
éxtropeverOas, 13 Erreyeipnoay 8& twes até 
Tov Tepiepyouévav ‘lovdalwy éfopxictav 
dvondtew eri tos Eyovtas Ta MrevpaTa Ta 
qrovnpa To dvoua Tov Kupiov "Inaod, Neyovres’ 
‘Opxifopev tyas tov “Incovv, dv o IadvaAos 
xnpvoce, I?Hoay Sé ives viol Deva 
"Tovdaiou apytepéws értad of tovTo Towvvres. 
1b’ Azroxpibev 52 7d avedpa TO aovnpdy eltre’ 


hp. 


CHAPTER XIX, | 77 


Tov "Incoby yivaicKe, xat rov TladXov érlota- 
pas vueis Sé tives ote; 16Kai éparropevos 
éx avtous 6 dvOpwros, év @ hv TO Tveiua TO 
qreynpov, Kat KaTaKuplevoas avTav loyvoe 
KAT aQUTOV, MOTE yusvods Kal TeTpaULATLO- 
pévous exduyeiy x Tod olxou éxetvov. 17Tobro 
dé éyévero yvatov maow "Jovdailonwy re xai 
“EdAnos tots Katoixodat tiv “Edecov’ xat 
éménece oB8os eri wavtas avtodvs, Kad 
éueyaduvero 76 dvoya tov Kuplov ‘Incod. 
W8TToArol te THY TemwlaTEVKOTwWY ‘pyovTO 
éEoporoyouxpevos. Kab dvaryyéddovTes TAS 
apates avtav. 1*Ixavoi 5¢ Trav Ta Teplepya 
apatdvrwy cuvevéyxavtes tas BiBdous 
KATEKQLOY evaTLOY TravTMY Kai cuVeyndicay 
TAS Tias aUTaY, Kal eHpov apyuplou pwupiadas 
srévte. 2% QO%rw Kata Kpatos Oo Adyos TOU 
Kuplou nifgave wal ioxver. 

2 Os &é érAnpoOn tadtTa, ero 6 IadAos 
év r@ IIvevpart, SseAO wv tv Maxcdoviav nai 
"Ayalav, topeveaBat eis “lepovoadnp, ettrev’ 
Ort wera TO yeverOar pe éxet Set pe nal‘ Poywrw 
iSeiy. 2 Amooretvas S€ cis tHv Maxcdoviay 
Svo tev Siaxovotyvtwy avt@, Tiuodeov xal 
"Epactov, aires émréaye ypovor eis THY Aciay. 
23’Eyévero 5é kata Tov Kaipov éxeivoy Tapayos 


"8 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


ovx Sduyos sept ris 6500. “Anurrpios yap 
Tis OVOMATL, ApYUPOKOTTOS, TOL@V VaOvs apyupous 
*"Apréusdos, trapelyero tols Teyvitais eépyaciapy 
ovx orAbynv. *Ods cuvabpoicas nal Tovs trepi 
Ta totadra épyaras eltrev’ “Avdpes, érlatacbe 
Sr. ex ravrns ths épyaclas 4 edropia juov 
gor? %xa) Oewpetre Kat dxovere Ett ov pdvov 
"Edéoou, adda oxedov mrdons tis “Actas, o 
Ilainos ovros melcas peréotncey § ixavov 
Byrov, Néywr" “Ore odk eiot Geol of 5d yerpav 
givopevot. 2700 povov 6&8 rovro xivduvever 
Hiv TO pwépos els atreNeypov EOeiv, GArA wat 
To THs peydrns Oeas "Apréutdos fepdv eis 
oddey Noy Ofvat, wédrEw Te Kal KaBarpeicbas 
THY peyadeornta auTis, iv odin »'Acia nat 
 oixoupern oéBerar. % Axovcavres 5é nal 
yevouevot mAnpers Oupod Expatoy, AéyovTes’ 
MeyaAn 9 “Apremcs ‘“Edeolwv. Kal 
érAnaOn 7 ToAts SAN ovyKUaEWS Bpunoay 
Te 6uoOupadoy eis TO Oéarpov, cuvapTdacavtes 
Tdioy nat ’Apiorapyov Makxedovas, ovvex- 
Syjpous IlavAov. Tod dé Tlaviov Bovr- 
ouévou cicen ety eis Tov Shuov, ove elwy avTov 
ot pabnrai. S!Twes 6€ xal trav ’Aciapyov 
Byres avT@ irot, méurpaytes mpos avrop, 
mapexddovy wn Sodvas éavtov eis Td OéaTpov. 


CHAPTER XIX. 79 


82 AdXoe pev ovv Gro Tt Expalow Hv yap 7 
éxxAnola ovyxeyupévn, wal of mrelous ovK 
goeicay Tivos évexey cuvednrAvOewarv. 33’ Ex 
dé tod Sydov mpoeBiBacay *AréEavbpor, | 
apoBadrovrav avtoy tay ‘lovdaiwv o 5é 
"AdéEavipos xataccicas thy xeipa 7Ocrev 
arronoyeioOa TH Syuw. 8*Emeyvovtwy 88 
bre “lovdaics éort, -pwvy eyevero pia éx 
TavTwy ws émi @pas duo xpalovtwv’ MeydAn 
9 “Apreuss "Edeclwv. ®5Kartacreinas 5é 6 
ypampateds toy bSydov gmoiv “Avdpes 
"Edéowor, tis yap éotw ayvOpwiros ds ov 
yivooKes THY Eqeciwy mow vewKopov ovcay 
THS peyadrns "Aptéudos xai tod Acotretots; 
38’Avayrippyrev oby dvtwy TtouTewy, Séov early 
tas KaTecTUApévous uUTapyew Kat pndey 
aporeres Tparretw’ Iiydryete yap Tovs dvdpas 
ToUTOUS OTe iepoavAous ote BrAaadnpuodyras 
any Ocdv tpayv. EL pév oby Anuntpios xal 
Oi GUY AUT@ TexViTaL WpOS TVA AGyoV ExoveLY, 
@yopaio: @yovtat, Kal avOvTratol eiow" éyxad- 
e(trwcay adrAnrots. 29Ei O€ rt wep) Erépmy ezt- 
Cyretre, év tH évvopp exxrAnoia émirvOnoerat. 
40K al yap xuduvevopev eyxarcic0ar oracews 
mept Ths onpepov, pndevos aitlov irapyorTos, 
gept ot Suyndducla arrodotvat Adyov Tis 


80 TZHE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


ovotpopijs ravTns. Kal tadra eiroy avéduce 
Thy éxKkdnoiav. 

CHAP, XX. IMETA & 76 waicacOa 
_ Tov OopuBov mpocxarerdpevos 6 Tlaidos Tovs 
pabrrr ds Kat aotracapevos é&nAOe tropevOivas 
eis thy Maxedovlav. *AceiOav 5é ta pépy 
éxeiva, ar mapaxahioas avTous Nove TrOAp, 
bev eis THY ‘EdAAada. 3Ilojoas re bipas 
Tpéis, yevouévns aur@ emBovdAns vireo TOY 
"lovdaleov pédXovrs avdryerGas eis Ty Zupiav, 
eyévero youn Tov Uroarpépey Sia Maxedoy- 
las. *Xuvelrero 5¢ ait@ aype tHs ’Acilas 
Lomrarpos Bepoiatos, @eoccarormnéav Se 
’"Apiotapyos Kai exodvdos, xai Taios 
AecpBaios, wat TipoGecs, "Actavot dé Tvytxos 
kat Tpodiuos. 5Ovroe mpoedGovtes Euevov 
neas dv Tpwads. SHyeis bé éFerdevoapery 
peta Tas Huepas Tov “ACumov ard DPirlrrey 
wal HOopey mpos avtovs eis tv Tpwdaba 
aypis quep@y awevte, ob Sierpirayevy juépas 
éentd. TEv d€ tH pug tav caBBaror, 
curnyyevov nuov KrAdcat aptov, 6 LadAos 
SueAeyero adrois pédrov efvévar ™ érravptov" 
Wwaperetve Te TOV oryov héxpt Hecovuetion. 
8" Hoay Se Aasmrades ixaval év T@ brrepe, ou 
huev ouvnypnévor, %Kabrwevos S€ tis veavias, 


_. CHAPTER XX, . 8 


ovouatt Euruyos, ért ris Oupidos, xata- 
gepopevos imvm Babel, Siadreyouévou. tod 
TlavAou emi mreiov, xareveyOeis dro Tod 
trvov, érecey amo Tod Tptotéyou KaTw Kal 
1p0n vexpos. MKatraBds 5é o Iaidos ér- 
érecey aut@ xal oupmeptiaBov elrre’ M7} 
GopyBeiabe 7 yap Wuyi) avrov év ait@ dow. 
IVAvaBas Se, xal xAdoas dprov nab yevod- 
pevos, ef ixavoy Te optryjoas adypls avyis, 
otras €&7A Bev, 12” Heyayov dé tov waida fovra 
wal tmapexAnOnoay ov petpins, 18‘Hyeis 5¢ 
apoedOovres eri To TAOLOY ariyOnwev eis THU 
"Acaov, éxeifev péAXovtes avadrapBavew tov 
Tladdov ottw yap Hv Siatetaynévos péddov 
auros tefeveyv. 14° Os Se cuvéBarev typ eis 
sip “Acooy, avadaBovres avtov HAOopev eis 
Mervrjyny laaxeiPey amordevcartes TH 
énioten KATHY THO ape avriucpy Xiow rH oé 
érépa TrapeBaopev eis Lapov’ xal pelvavres 
éy TpaxyvArd lw TH exopevy nO oper els Midqror, 
1"Expwe yap o IladAos mapaTreboat THY 
“Ehecor, Srrws py) yévntas avt@ xpovoTpiB- 
oa év 7H "Aoig’ éorevde yap, eb Suvatoy 
iy AUT, THY Nuépay THS TEVTNLOTTHS yevér Bas 
eis ‘I epoodAupa. 

~ Ae 88 rie Madojrow wép as eis Bacon 


82 ZJHE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


perexarécato ros mpecButépous THs exxhr- 
aias. 8Os 8 rapeyévovro mpds avdroy, eirev 
avtrots: “Tpets érrioracbe, ao mpawtns Huépas 
ad’ hs éréRny eis tiv Aciay, ras pel tnav 
tov wdvTa ypovoy éyevoynv, 'douvdevav TO 
Kupip pera maons ratrewodpocuvns at 
Saxptwv cal treipacnay Tov cupBavrov pot 
év rats értBovrals trav "lovéaiwv’ Mas ovdey 
Urecreikauny Tay cuudepovTov tod ph 
avayycidas tpiv wal Sivddfar tas Snpooia 
Kai xat’ olxous, 2\8uapaprupopevos "lovdaious 
te xal “EXXnot thy eis Tov Beoy perdvoiav 
kal triotw tiv eis Tov Kuptov nua "Inooby 
Xpurrov. Kal viv, Sov, éyo Sedeuévos rd 
avevpatt mopevopat eis ‘lepovoadiw ta év 
avrh cuvayryncovTd pot un eid@s’ Bardrny Ste 
vo IIvedipa to Gywov xara wodw Siapaprip- 
erat, Néyov Sri Seopud pe ai Oras pévovow. 
A" AAN’ oddevds Aoyow trovodpuat, ovde. Exo Tip 
Yuyny pou Tiuiay euavT@, Os TEMEL@oaL TOF 
Spdéuov pov peta yapas nal rv Siaxoviay, fy 
ExaBov trapa tot Kuplov ‘Incot, Siapaprip- 
acOat 1d evayyédov TIS ydpiTos ToD Beod. 
Kail viv, Sov, éyw olda Ste ovxére dyvecOe To 
Tpocwroy pov iets mavtes, év ols SijdAOov 
xnptgcwv tiv Bactrclay tod @eod. %Aw 


CHAPTER XX. 83 


faptipopas ipiv dv 7H onuepoy Hyucpa Stt 
Ka0apos éyo and Tov aipatros travrav Tov 
yap wmecteikauny Tou pn avayyeiAas piv 
wacav thy Bovrdnv to @eod. *Ilpocéyere 
ovv éavtois Kab wraytl Tp Troysvig, év @ tpas 
7to Ivetua to aywov ero émicKxotrous, 
Towmaivey thy exKrnoiay tov @eov, iy 
mepteroincato Sia tov alpatos tov idiov. 
29 Ey@ yap olda todro, bts eiaeXcvoorras pera 
Thy adiéiv pov AvKor Bapeis eis’ buds, 1 
herSopmevos tod mousviov. Kai é& tyav 
avT@ay avactncovrat avdpes Aadovvres Sr 
coTpappéva TOU aTrooTray Tovs wabyTas Orriow 
attav. Ard ypryopeite, pynuovetovtes drt 
Tpteriay vixta Kal huépay ove éravoduny 
peta Saxpvor vouSerav eva éxactov, Kai 
‘ravov traparTibepat bas, aderdgoi, TE Ge@ xat 
TO Oyo THS yapiTos avTod, TH Suvapevp 
€rroskodoujoat Kat Sovva, tpiv KAnpovoptav 
év tols wytacpévots macw. %’Apyvpiou 7 
xproioy 4 inaticpod ovdevos émeOvpnaa 
Sadrol ywooKxere Ste tais ypelas pov Kai 
Tots ovat per euod .omnpéTncay ot yelpes 
avrat. %Ildvra trréSeaka stpiv, Gre ovTw 
xomiavras Set avritauBavecGar tav aober- 


ovvToV pynuovevey TE TOY AOYwV TOU Kuplov 
G2 


84 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


"Inood, Ste avros ele’ Maxapiov dots padAov 
Siddvas, f NapSavew. 8%Kai radta citron, 
Geig_ ta yovata avrod, oly maow avrois 
arpoonutato. %TIxavos 5é eydvero Kravbpos 
wdvrey Kal émvmecovres emi tov tpayndav 
rod IlavAov xaredirovy avrov’ 8oduvapevor 
paduora emt To doy, @ eEipyxer, Ste ovKerE 
peéAXNovet TO TpOTwTroy avTov Oewpeiv. Tpo~ 
errerov 56 avrop eis TO TAOLON-w 

CHAP. XXL lOS 8 dydveto dvaybijvas 
pas arooracbévtas an avtav, evOvdpopu- 
noavres HAOopev ets THY Ke, tH Se EENS ele 
any ‘Pudov, xaxeiOev eis Tldrapa. *Kad 
etpovres tolov Siatrepav els Dowinny erin 
Bavres dynyOnuev. SAvadaverres Se thy 
Korpov, xal xatadumovres aprny evovupor, 
drrhéopev eis Duplay cat Katy Onpev ete TUpoy' 
exeice yap Fw 7d Wroloy atropoptilopevoy roy 
youov. 4Kal ayvevpovres tos pabdyras 
érrepelvapev altov juépas érra’ oltwes TH 
TlavA@ éreyov da rob IIvevpatos py dva- 
Baivew eis ‘lepovcadnp. "Ore dé eyévero hua 
éfapricat Tas jépas, éEeNOovres erropevopica, 
WPoTELTOVTOY Has TavTov avy yuvaki Kat 
téxvoy Eas EEw tijs modews’ Kal Oevres ta 
yovara - él. sov aiytadow. tpoonvidpeia. 


,)6hSrlC 


CHAPTER XXI,: °° 88 


SKai domacdpevor aAAHOUS érré ney eis TO 
mdoiov’ éxcivor dé Uréotpepay eis ta idta. 
THysis 8é tov wrobp Stavicavres dard Tépov 
xarnvrncapev els Irovenatda’ walt dorrao- 
Epevor Tovs adeAdovs cuelvaen Huépay play 
wap avtois. 8TH  8é éravpiov eed Govres 
ijrBopev els Kaicapeay Kat elaedOoyres eis 
Tov. olxoy Pirinaou- ted evaryyersorov, Svros 
éx TOV éTTa, euelvayey Tap avt@. %TouTm 
$¢ joav Guyarépes tmapOévo. tésoapes mmpo-~ 
d¢ntevovoas, 10 Ezipevoyvrwy Sé hud hyépas 
mXeiovs, KatnrOé tis amo tis “lovdalas 
arpopyrns, ovouart “AyaBos' Uxal é\Oav apes 
Mas, Kal dpas thy Kovny rod Tlavaov, dyaas 
Te avTod Tas yelpas Kal Tovs mddas, elme' 
Tade Aéyes.ro veda to adysor Toy dvdpa, » 
ov éotw  fwovn attrn, ott Snoovow ep 
*Tepovoadnpu ot ‘lovdaio. nai wapadwoovow 
eis yelpas €Ovayv. 12 Os b€ neoveapev tadta; 
mapeKadovpey Huets TE Kal Oi evTOmLOL TOD ph 
dvaBaivey avtov eis ‘lepovoadnpu, 18’ Ar- 
expiOn Se 6 Tladdos: Ti rowire «daiovres: nad 
avvOpuntovrés pou THY Kapdiay ; éyw yap ov 
povoyv ScOivat, adr\a Kal amobavey eis 
“lepovoarnp, érousas Exw Urép Tov ovopaTtos 
To Kuplov ‘Incod. 14My meiGopévou Se 


a 


86 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


avrov, jovydoapev, citrovres’ Td Oédnwa tod 
Kuplov yevécOw. Mera 5 tas iypépas 
TavTas aTrooKevagayevat aveBalvoper - «is 
‘Iepovoadnp. XuvAdOov Se nal trav pab- 
nTév até Kawoapelas avy ain, dyovres Tap’ 
w@ Eercbapev Mvdcwvt tw Kumpio, apyaip 
pabnri. 

lTevopevov Se tyav eis “Iepocd\upa, 
dopéves SeEavro Huds of adedgol. 1TH Se 
éruovon clone o IlatXos otv. uly mpos 
"laxwBov, wavres te wapeyévovto ot mpeo- 
Burepo. Kai aorracdpevos airovs éEnyeiro 
xa? dv Exacrov, Oy eroincey 6 Beds ev tore 
€Oveot Sia THs Siaxovlas avtrod. Oi 8 
&xovaavres edokafov rov Kuptov eimrév re ade 
Bcupeis, aderpe, trocat pupiades eiciv ‘lovd- 
alwev Tay TemirTevxoTev’ Kal wavtes EnrwrTat 
Tov vowov wrdpyovc. *lKarnynOnoay 8é 
wept god ott amootaciay SiddaoKxers amd 
Moicéas tovs cata Ta eOvm mavras ‘Toudaious, 
deyeov py TmepuTepvew aurovs Ta Téxva pnde 
rots COect trepirareiy. Tl otv dort; wavTas 
Set wrARO0s cuvedOciyv axovoovtas yap Stet 
ér4nrvbay. *Tottro otv toincov, 6 cot 
‘Aéyouer’ Hiciv huiv avdpes récoapes edvyny 
€xovtes ef éavrav. *Tovrous wapadkaBov 


CHAPTER XX1. "87 


ayvicOnrt atv airois, nal Sardyncoy ér 
. 3 a 4 b) 
avrois, iva Eupjcwvras thy xepadyy, «ar 
yvaot wavres Ste MY KaTIYNVTAL Tepi cov 
ovdéy ear, GAA oToLYyels Kal auTos Tov 
l4 Ul 2677 t de “A 
vouoy puvAaco wy. ept 0€ THY TeTioT- 
euxotay €Ovav nuets érreatelAapey Kpivayrtes 
pndey rovovtov rypely avtovs, et py puA- 
v4 9 ‘ ? 9 , \ \ 
docecbas avtrovs To Te ebdwdoOuTOY Kai 70 
alua «ai amviuctoy cai tropveiay. Tote o 
Tlaidos, tapadaBov rovs avdpas, rH -eyouern 
Hpépa avy avtois ayuaels eione: eis 70 iepov, 
SiayyedrAwy Thy extrrAnpwow Tay Hpepdy tod 
ayvicpod, os 08 mpoonvéyOn winrép évos 
éxaoTou avTa@y 7) mpoapopa. 
2T Os dé Euedrov ai értda Hpepae ovytend- 
w” e 3 N a 9 , > a Ul 
ec Oat,oiamo THs Actas lovdaios, Oeacdpevat 
‘@urov €v TH epg, auvéxeov TavTa Tov Sydov 
; Q 9 f a a > 3 > A 98 4 
wai éméBadov tas xelpas er avrov, ®xpac- 
# 9 “ va) @ 
ovres “Avdpes “Iopandirat, BonOeire’ otros 
2 e e re) a \ a 
early 6 avOpwiros 0 Kata TOD Naov Kai Tod 
‘youou Kal TOD TOTO ToUTOU TavTas TravTaxod 
Sisaonxwor ets te Kal "EdXAnvas eionyayer eis 
TO iepov Kal KExoiv@xe Toy Gytov TOTTOY TOTO, 
2"Hoav yap wpoewpaxotes Tpodiyov tov 
"Edéotoy éy TH mode ovv ata, by évopiloy 
ba, cis 1d icpoy eionyaye a. Iladdos. 


$8 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


‘BO ExuwnOn re % modw GAn, “at syévero 
avvdpoun tod aod: Kal émiraBopevor Tod 
Tlavdov efrxov avtoy é&w Tod icpod xal edbews 
éxrelaOnoav ai Ovpar. 3\Zyrovvrwy Se avroy 
-amokreivat, avéBn pacts Te yikapyw Tis 
-orreipns, Stu BAN aovyxéyutat “lepovcadn* 
3%> éFautiis mwapakaBwv orpari@tas Kal 
exatovrdpyous xaréSpapev éx’ avtovs. Oi 
Ba, idovres Tov xedlapyxov Kak TOUS OTPATWWOTAS, 
‘enavoayro turrovres tov Iladd\ov. Tore 
eyyicas 0 yidlapyos éieddBeto avtov, Kai 
‘exérevoe SeOivar adrvosot Svat «ai éruvé- 
<avero. tis ay ein, kal Te éote treTroinKas. 
84"Addou 5é GAO. 7s EBowy ev TO SyAW. M7 
uvapevoys 5¢ yvavat 76 aoparés Sia tov 
BopuBov éxédevoevy ayecOar abtov «is. tip 
‘qapepBornv. 85"Ore 5é éyévero én tovs 
avaBabovs, cuvé8yn BacratecOas avrov iio 
Tov otpatwmtav Sia tHv Biay tod synov., 
38 HrodovOe yap To wrHOos ToD Naod xpator 
‘Alpe abrov. 8iMéAXov te eicdyecOar eis ry 
srapewBorny 6 Ilatdos Asya TB stud pyar 
Ei EEeoré prow eltreiy te m1pos oe; ‘O dé ery 
fEXAnverrt yovaoners 3 i 88Ov« dpa ov el Oo 
Abyurris, 6 pd TOUTMY TOY mepeoy avar 
oTatw@cas wai eEayayov eis THY Eonuoyv Tos 


CHAPTER XXII. - 89 


TeTpaxtoytdious dvdpas tav otxaplov; 
S9Eime S€ o Tladdos "Ey dvOpwrros pev eis 
"TouvSaios, Tapoeds, tis Kidcxtas ode dono 
qoXews Toditns Séopat Sé cou, eritpeypov pot 
Aarjoat wpos Tov Aaoy. 4’ Earitpéyravros Se 
nutTov, 0 Llaidos éotas emi tay avaBabpav 
KATETELTE TH YEpt TS NAG’ WoAARs 82 cryis 
ryevopevns, mpoceparnoe TH ‘EBpalds SiaXéxro, 
Ayer" 

CHAP. XXIt. lANAPES ddcddot xal 
warépes, GkovcaTé pov THs pos Kuas vuvt 
atroroyias: * Axovaavres &€é Ste TH “EBpald: 
Siaréxtp mpocepaver avrois, uAAXov trapéoyov 
Hjouvyiav. Kat ¢dnow 2Eqyo pev eis avnp 
"lovdaios, yeyerynuevos év Tapo@ ris Kidtxias, 
avareOpaupévos Se ev TH ode TavTy, Tapa 
tovs qobdas Tauadinr wermacdevuévos Kata 
axpiBeay rob watpwov vo“ov, (yrwrys in- 
apywv tod Qeov, xadws wavtes vpeig ote 
onpepov' 405 tavrny thy oddv ediwka aypt 
Savarou, Secpevov xa tapadidovs els Guraxas 
dvipas ré xat yuvaixas, as nal 6 apxtepevs 
paptupel pot Kal ray To mpeaButTépioy’ Tap 
ov Kal ériat ovds SeEdpevos mpos Tos adedd- 
ovs els Aapacxoy érropevoyny, dEwy ral Tous 
dxeioe Svras Sedepévous eis “Iepovoarnp, iva 


90 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


rinwpnOaciv. ®Eyévero Sé€ pot rropevouévp 
kal éyyifovrs ty Aapackt@ trept peonuBplayv 
dEaidons éx rod ovpavod mepvactpdyyas pas 
ixavov rept ee Térecov Te eis TO edapos, 
Kal Axovea dwvis Aeyovons pot Laovr, 
Laovr, Ti we Suoxers; SEyw &€ arexplOnv 
Tis el, Kupue; Elmé re apos pe* Eyo eis 
"Incovs 6 Nalwpaios, dv ov Suwanee. °Oi dé 
ov éuol dyres TO pév das eOcacavro Kai 
EumoBot éyévovto, tiv S& dwviy obx Hovcay 
Tov AadovvTds pot. 1Eisoy Sé Ti rrowjow, 
Kupce ; ‘O 8 Kupios elvre arpos pe’ "Avacras 
mropevou eis Aapacoy, kaxel cot AadnOnoeras 
qept Tavrev, wy TéTaKxtai co. troijoas. 1'Os 
Se ov evéBrerrov aro ris SokRs Tod durds 
éxewou, Yelpw~ywyoupevos Ud THY TUVOYTMD 
pot WAGov ets Aapackov. 1’ Avavias Sé tis, 
avijp evoeBns KaTa Tov Vomoy, LapTUpOUpeEvoS 
uno Twavtwv TOV KatotkotvTwy ‘lovdalwy, 
13érOav impos pe nal émiatas el7ré por’ Laovr 
adedgée, avaBreYyov. Kayo avr Ti dpa 
‘avéPrelra eis avtov, 140 &é elev ‘O @eds 
TOV TAaTépwY NuwVv TpoeyeiploaTo ce yvavat 
To OérXnpa avrod, xai ideiv tov Aixatov, xat 
axovoat gwvny éx tod arduaros avtou 145674 
€o7 Maptus alt@ mpos mdytas dvOpwrrous, oy 


CHAPTER XXII. gr 


éwpaxas xal Heovaas. 16Kal viv ri wérrets ; 
avaotas Bdamricat kal amodovoat Tas apapr- 
las cov, émixadeodpevos 16 Svopa avrtou. 
IPEyévero S€ pot wurootpépayte eis ‘lepov- 
Garni, Kai mpocevyouevou pou ev TO lene, 
yevéoOa pe év éxatdcet, 18xai iSeiy avrov 
AéyovTa pot’ Lwredoov cal ene ev taye €E 
‘Iepovoadnu, Siort ov mapadéEovtai cou THv 
paptupiay wept euod. 198Karyw elzrov Kupre, 
aurot érigravrat Ott éyw Hunv duraxivwy cal 
Sépwv Kata Tas cUvaywyas TOUS TiaTEVOYTAS 
eri oé* al dre é£eyeito 76 alua Lredpavov 
Tou pLapTupoOs gov, Kai avTos Hunv edeatas 
Kat ouvevdoxay Kal dur\aoowr TA area TaD 
dvatpoivrew avrov. *lKal else mpos pe 
Tlopevou’ 571 éyw ets €Ovn paxpav efaTroa TeX 
oe. a 
22"Hxovov 5é avtod aypt rovrou Tod doyou, 
kak erripay Thy houny avTav, Neyovtes’ Alpe 
aro THS Yhs Tov ToLwodToV’ ov yap wabiinev 
avrov Gv. **Kpavyatovrow 6¢ avTay Kat 
perrrouvra Ta iwarva kal Kovtoprov Banr- 
AovTov eis Toy aépa, *AexérXeveev avTOV 6 yXtKI- 
apyos eioayeoOat cis THY mapeuPorny, eltrav 
paotiew averaterGar avtov’ iva ériyve 8c 
Hy aitiay otrws érepwvouy auT@. Os Se 


92 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Tpoeteway auroyv Tos inaow, elwe wpos Top 
éata@ta éxatovtapxov o Ilainos’ Ei dvOpwt- 
ov ‘Pwpaioy nai axatdxpitoy Ekeotsy ipip 
pacrive; 2 Axovoas S¢ o éxatavrapyos 
mpoce\Owy arnyyere TH yediapy@, Aéyewr 
Ti pédArers troveiv; 6 yap dvOpwras otros 
“Pwpatos dort. 2 pocedOwy 50 ytdtapyos 
elzrey aut@’ Aéye pos, ov “Poopaios ef ; “O 58 
épn' Nai. 28’ AsrexpiOn re 6 ycAlapyos’ ’Eya 
qo\rob Kehadaiov tiv wodrelay tavTny 
extnoduny' o Se Iladdos ébn’ "Eyo 5é xal 
yeyevynpat. %EvOéws ody awéarnoay an 
avrov of péAXovTes avtov dvetatew. Kai o 
xirlapyos 5é epoPyOn érvyvors Ste ‘Papaios 
éort xal Ort WY avtov bedexos. 

_ 80T5 Se éravpioy, SovAopevos yvavae Td 
aopanrés, To rh KaTryopeitas Tapa ToY 
"lovdaiwy, éAXvcey avTov, Kai éxédNevoEY 
cuvenbeiv rods apytepeis Kat may To cuvédptor 
kat xatayayov tov Tlaidor fornce es 
aurous. 

CHAP. XXII. Y?ATENIZA® d€o Iadaos 
76 ouvedpi elmrev' “Avdpes adedpol, éyo wacn 
couvedjoe: ayabh meroNlrevpat TS Be@ ayps 
Tavrns THs Muépas. *O Se dpysepevs ’Avavias 
évérake Tols wapeoTHoW avT@ TUTTEW AUTO 


CHAPTER XXIII. - 93 


Td oropa. STore 6 [lattes wpos abrév elrre’ 
Turrew oe pédret 0 Qeds, Tolye Kxexoviapéve’ 
kal od xaOn xpivwy pe xatda Tov vopuov, at 
Tapavopioy Kereves we turrecOasr; 4Oi Se 
mapertarres elrrov Tov dpytepéa rod @eod 
rodopeis 3 Edy tre 6 Ilatdos’ Ovw HSeu, 
abeNpoi, Sts eativ apxepevs’ yéypamrras ydp- 
"“Apxyovta tov Xaod cov ove cpeis KaKxds. 
STvavs 5é.0 Tladdos Sts 76 ay pépos eat 
Laddovxaiwv, +o 8 repov Papicain, 
éxpakey év' r@ auvedpi -“Avdpes aderpol, 
‘éyh Dapicaios eipt, vies Dapicawv rept 
érwrldos xa dvaoracews' vexpav eyo xpivopas 
ITodro 5é€ avrov AadHoavtos, éyéveto oTacts 
tév Papicalwy xal trav Zaddovcalwyv, Kaj 
éoxicOn +o TARO0s. SXaddoveaio. pev yap 
Aeyoucs py) elvat avacTaciw punde Gryyeoy 
pyre avedua: Papicaios 5é opodoyotct ta 
aupotepa. %Eryévero Sé xpavyn peyddn nat 
avacrdyres of Tpayparets tod pépovs tay 
Daptoaimy Sveudyovro, Meyovres’ Ovdev xax- 
dv etploxopev ev Te avOpwr@ Toute’ e dé 
-aveDua édAaAnoev alte, 7 w@yyedos, py 
Ocopayauev. MTTorAjs 58 yevouerns ardcews, 
‘edraBnbels Go. ytriapyos pH SvactracOy 6 
Haddos in’ aitay éxédeuoe 19 aTpdTevug 


94 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


xataBdy dptrdcat avrov éx pécou abrav ayew 
re ei THY TrapeLBorny. 

NTH 8é éemiovoyn vuett émiotas ait@ o 
Kuptos etre’ @dpoet’ ws yap Sveuaptipw ta 
mept éuod eis ‘Iepoveadnp, cttw oe Sef nal 
eis ‘Pwounv paptupfoa. 2D evouévns Sé 
muEepas, Toijoayvtes ovatpopny of “lovdator 
aveBeyaticay éavrovs, AéyovTes unTE paryety 
pnre teeiy Ews 08 atroxteivwor Tov TaitXov. 
18"Hoapv 5é wrelous tecoapaxovta of Tavrny 
™v auveopociay werotncores’ 4oi%rwves, 
mpocedGovtes ois apyiepevos Krab ois 
mpecBurépots, elrrov? “Avabéuate aveOcpar- 
loapev éavtovs pndevds yevoarbar &ws ob 
arroxteivapev Tov TladAov. MNiv ody tpeis 
éupavicare TOE yimudpyp oly Te ovvedplip 
Sirws avptoy airov Kkatayayn wpos tas, as 
péxdovtas Svaywwockew axpiBéotepov Ta Trept 
avtod: nets 5&, rpo Tov eyyioat avtoy, Erouol 
€opev Tov dvedeivy avrov. |8Axovcaas 5é 6 
vios THs adeAdis TlavAov Thy evédpay, mrapa- 
yevopuevos Kal eiaedOwv cis THY Trape“Bodryv, 
annyyyerxe tO Tlaviw. Il pooxadecdpeves 
6é 6 Tlaidos &va trav éxatovtdpywv efn* Tov 
veaviay tovToy amayaye pos Tov “LAlapyor 
exes yp te drayyeiAas ait@ '8O pev ody 


CHAPTER XXIII. 95° 


mapadaBwv avroy iyyaye mpos Tov ytAapyov 
xai dnow ‘O Sécpuos Tlairos mrpocxadeod- 
PEVOS ME NPWryceE TOUTOY Tov veaviay ayaryely 
pos oe, ExovTa Tt AaAhoal cot. 1°’ Eqidaf- 
opevos Sé THIS YE“pos avTOD O yLALapyxos, Kai 
dvaywpnaoas Kat iiav, érruvOdvero Ti éoruy, 
& éyeus atrayyetdal pou; Elie 6é “Ors of 
"Tovdaioe ouvéBevto rod epwricat oe Sas. 
avploy eis TO cuvédpioy Katayayns Tov [ladAov, 
@s médrovrés Te axpiBéotepoy mruvOaverBar 
wept avtov. Xb ody py meicORs avtois® 
évedpevovar yap avtov €€ avray avdpes teious 
Tecocapaxovta, olrives aveDeuaticay éavTovs 
penre ayely pyre mee, Ews ov avédwow 
avrov’ xab viv Erowpol eios, mpocdeyouevor 
anv ato aod émrayyerlav. *O per ovp 
NiAlapyos airéXuoe TOY veaviay, Tapwyyeldas 
pendevt éxrarjoat Gre tradta éveddvioas pos 
pee. Kal mrpocxadecapuevos S00 tiwas THY 
éxarovrapywy elev’ ‘Eroudcate otparurtas 
Staxocious, Srrws TropevOaow &ws Kavcapeias, 
wal immets éBSounxovta, Kal defordB8ous 
dsaxociovs, amd tpitns wpas THS vuKTOS 
Sernvn re wTapacrioat, iva emtBi8acavtes Tov 
Hatnov Stacwowor mrpos PyrLKa Toy Hryepova* 
Bypawas émictoNy Tepiéyovcay TOY TUTOY 


966 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


rovroy’ %BKXavdios Avolas 1p KpaticTp 
ayewov, Dyrrxr yaipew. 27Toy dvdpa rovrov. 
ovdAndplévra Ure Tav ‘lovdalev cai péANovTA 
avaipeicbas im avrav, émiotas ow Ta 
orpateupare éFetdouny avTov, patov ote 
‘Pwpatos dort. *%BovdAcpevos 5¢ yvavat tTHv 
aitiay 8v fy évexddouv att@ xariyayov avrov 
eis TO ouvédpiov avtav 2% eipov. éyxad- 
quuevoy wept Snrnparwv Tod vom“ou aUvTd»,. 
pydev 5¢ aktov Oavdrou 4 Secpav eyxAnyua 
éyovra. Myvvbelons Sé pos eriBovrjrs eis 
tov avdpa pédXrew éveo Oar Ura Tav ‘lovdaiwy, 
é£aurijs errepypa Tos oe, Tapayyelhas kad 
Tos KATHYOPOLS deyery Ta Wpoes avTov éri cov. 
"Eppwoo. 310i péy ovy otpariitat cata TO 
Siareraypévov aUTOLS avahaBovtes tov Ilaia- 
ov, tyyaryov Sid Tis vueros els THY "Avrerarpiba. 
8TH Se émaupwoy, €acavtes Tous tarmeis 
mopeveaBar ovv aitg, tréatpeyay eis THY 
mwapeuBorjnv. BOirwes elcerOovtes eis TY 
Katcdpeay, xai dvadovres thv emiotorgy Te 
wyeuovr, twapéotncav cai rov Iaidoy aire. 
8’ Avayvors 86, xat émepwrncas ex molas 
érapyias dott, cal muOopevos Sti ard Kidtun- 
las’ S5Ataxovcoual aov, én, Stav Kad oi 
KaTiyopot cov mapayévevtat, . ’Rxghevoé te 


CHAPTER XXIV. 97 


avtov év Te mpattwpim tod ‘Hpwdou dud- 
doceo Oat. 

CHAP. XXIV. IMETA 56é zrévte jpépas 
KaréBn 6 apytepeds "Avavias peta Tov Tpea- 
Burépwv xai propos TeptudXov tives, ofrives 
évehavicay TH Hyyenove Kata tod IlavAov. 
2KrAnOevros 5 avrod, jnpEato Karnyopeiy o 
Téprurnos, Aeyew’ SIToAARS eipyvns ruyydy- 
ovtes 5: cod cal xatopOapdtay ywopmevev 
T@ COver TovTe Sia tHS OHS Tpovoias, WavTy Te 
kal wavrayod amrobeyoueba, Kpatiote DANE, 
peta mdons evyapiotias. *"Iva 68 pn emi 
mMAElov oe eyYKOTTW, TapakadW axodcal ce 
Huav ocuvropws TH of émvecxeta, SRuvpovtes 
yap tov dvopa tovroy Nowmov, Kab KivovvTa 
aoTacw wadot rots "lovdalois Tois Kata tip 
oixoupevny, wpwroorarny te THS TOV Nalwp- 
alwy aiptcews’ %b5 Kal 76 lepoy érreipace 
BeBnraoar by kal éxparjcaper, Kal Kata Tov 
nuérepoy vounov nOcrAjcapyevy Kkpivey, TTIap- 
eEhOwy Sé* Avoias 0 yidiapyos peta Todds 
Bias é« toy yeipav Nuav amnyarye, ®xeXeveas 
Tous KaTnyopous auTod épyerOas evi o& Trap’ 
ob Suvyon avtos dvaxpivas mept amdvrov 
TOVT@Y ETVyVOVal, OY nuels KaTryopovpeEn 
avrov.. %uverefevto S& Kab ot "lovéaior, 

H 


98 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


gdackovres tabta obtws eye. 1° ArrexplOn 
S¢ 6 Iladdos, vevoavros abt@ Tod nyepovos 
Déyeer: "Ex rodrav érav dvta oe Kpiryy TO 
EOves rovrm émiordpevos evOuporepoy Ta mWepi 
éuavTod §«atroNoyoupat, UdSuvapévov cou 
yvevas Src ov wrelous eat por Hucpas Sexadvo, 
ad’ Hs avéBnu wpocxuvncey év ‘lepovcadnp. 
1%Kal obre dv t@ icp edpoy pe mpds TWA 
Scadeyopevoy, } éricvotacty trawivtTa oyAov, 
obre év Taig auvaywryais obre Kata THY TOW. 
Outre wapacrica: Sivavytat, wept ay voy 
Katryopovci pov. \“OQuoroya &é rodro cos, 
Srt cata tHhv odoy iy Néyavow aipecw, otTrw 
AaTpevw TO TraTpoOy Bea, wiaTrevov Tact TOES 
Kata Tov yvopov Kal év ois mpodynrawy 
yeypappmevors: 15€\rrida exywv els tov @eav, Hy 
kat avtot otro. mpocdéyovtat, avdotac 
pedNew EvecOat vexpwy Sicaiwv re cat adinwy, 
1Ey totrm 8& avtos doxa, ampdcKoroy 
cuvelSnow eye mpos tov @cdv Kab tovs 
avOpwrovs Svatravtos. WAl’ éréy 88 rretdvev 
wapeyevoiny éAenpwocvvas Toimowy Eis TO 
EOvos prov, Kal mpoagapas. 38’ Ey ols etpov pe 
ryvicmévoy ey TH lep@, ov peta Sydov ovde 
Meta PopuBou, twés amd THs ’Acias "lovdaioe’ 
Wobds cde. eri co mapeivas Kal xatyyopely, ef 


CHAPTER XXIV. 99 


Te gyovey mpos pe. ©*H adrol obros eiz- 
drwcay, Té evpov év enol adlenua, ordvros wou 
éri tov ovvedplov, 214 rept wras ravrns dwvis, 
hs Expaka éoraws év avrois’ Sts epi avacrd- 
GEMS VEKPDY yw Kpivopat orpepoy Ud Uuav. 
£2’ A veBanero 5¢ adtovs 6 DAA, axptBéorepoy 
eidas ta wept This 6500, elrav “Otay Avalas 6 
nirlapyos xataByn, Stayvacopat ta Kal’ Spas 
Wearakduevos Te TH Exarovtdpyy typetcOas 
auton, éyew Te dveotv, Kai pundéva KwAVELY TOY 
idly abtod irnpereiy 4 wpocépyecOas ata. 
" Mera 88 hudpas twas rrapayevopevos oO 
DpuE atv ApovoldArAgn 1H yuvaul, oben 
lovdaia, pereréupato tov Tlatdov xat 
Hxovoev avrov wept ris eis Xptotév rlatews, 
BA wareyouévou Sé avrod trept Sixatoovvns Kab 
éyxpatelas Kal Tod Kpiparos ToD pédXovToS, 
EudhoBos yevopevos 6 DALE arrexpiOn To viv 
Eyov tropevou’ Karpov dé weradaBav peraxad- 
écopai ce. "Aya nat erorlkov bre ypnpata 
SoPjcerat avre@ td rob LavAov, Srws AVoH 
avrov’ 8 xal qwuxvorepov avroy peratreptr- 
opevos @ulret avT@. *7Aterias 5é mAnpwOelons 
ExaBe Siddoyov 6 DAE Tlopxcoy Dijcrov 
Oérov re yapitas xatabécOar Trois "lovdaiots 6 
DAME xarérsrre Tov TladAov Sedepévov. 
H 2 


100 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


OHAP. XXV. !16H>TO®, ody émiBas rH 
érapyla pera tpeis tpuépas avéBn eis “Tepo- 
codupa are Kaicapelas. * Evepavicay dé atte 
6 dpyvepeds Kal ot 1p@rot THv "lovdalwyv Kara 
tov Ilavdou Kal trapexddovy ator, Saitovpevor 
xapw kat avrod, idrws pwetaréupntas avbtov 
eis ‘lepovoadyu’ évédpay trovodvres aveneiv 
avtrov kata tTHv odov. *O ev ody Diotos 
atrexplOn rnpeta Oat tov Lladdov év Karoapeia, 
éavtoy 5& pédrew ev tdyes éxrropeverOar. 
5Oi ody Suvatoi ev ipiv, dnot, cvyxataBavtes, 
el te dotly év tp avdpi TovTY, KaTnyopeltwoay — 
avtov. SAtatpivas 8é ev adtois jyépas od 
mrelous xTm 7) Séxa, KataBas eis Karodpecav, 
Th éravpiov Kabiaas eri Tov Bnuatos éxéXevoe 
tov IlatAov ayOnvar. TTlaparyevopévou Se 
avrov, weptéotnoay ot amo ‘lepocodtpov 
xataBeBnxétes "Tovdator woddka nal Bapéa 
airtopata dépovtes xara Tod IlavXov, & ovKn 
tayvoy atrobeiEas 8azrodoryoupevor avrov' “Ort 
oUTe es Tov vouov TaY "lovdaiwy, ore eis TO 
iepov, ovte eis Kaioapa te jyaprov. *O 
Dijatos 8, trois "lovdators OéXwv ydpw Kara- 
 Gé00a1, arroxpieis t@ Tadd ele’ @éerets 
els ‘lepordAupa avaBas éxet aepl rovTop 
kplveaOa: én’ Eno ; Etre 5é 6 TladXos* "Eart 


CHAPTER XXV. 101 


tov Bnuatos Kalaapos éoras eiut, ob pe Sef 
xpivecOar “lovdaiovs ovdéy ndienoa, os Kat 
ov KddMoy ervywecKes. NEI péy yap abcd 
xal dfvov Oavarou Trétmpaya TL, ov TapaLToUMAs 
To amo0aveiy’ et Sé avdev eat, BY ovToL 
Katnyopovat pov, ovdeis pe Suvatat avrois 
xapicacbar Kaicapa émixaroipas. }Tote 
6 Photos, cvANadyoas peta TOD cupsPova- 
iov, amexpi0n Kaicapa émixéxAnoas émit 
Kaicapa rropevon. . 
13°Huepav 5€ Suayevopévwy tivav, ’Aypimrn 
as o Bactders xal Bepvien xaryvrncay eis 
Kavwdpeay dorracopevot tov Piatov. Os 
dé wrelovs juépas SuérpiBov éxei, 0 Pioros Te 
Bacvre avéPero ta xata Tov Iladdopv, ANéyor 
"Aunp Tis dott xaTarederppéevos vird OyALKos 
déopwos’ Mrrepi od, yevouévou pov eis ‘lepo- 
oodupa, évepdvicay oi apy tep eis Kal 01 Trpec- 
Buvrepos tav ‘lovdaiwy, airovmevot wat’ avrod 
Sinv. 18ITpos obs azrexpiOnv, Ste ovn Eotw 
Gos “Pwpaios yapiferOa: tia avOpwrov eis 
ara@deav, mw 6 KaTnyopovpevos Kata 
mpocwimov Exot TOUS KaATNYOpoUS, TOTTOY Te 
atrodoylas Ado mepl rod eyxAnuatos. 
USuverGovtwy otv avrav évOdde, avaBorhy 
pnodepiay trotnoapevos, TH EENs Kabloas émi 


102 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


rod Bnpatos éxéXevoa ayOivas tov avdpa. 
W8ilept od orabévres of xatipyopot ovdepniay 
airlay émrédepov, ov irevoouy éyw’ 19fmr7- 
pura S€ twa trept ris Wias Serrdatpovias 
elyov mpos avrov, wat mepl rivos "Inood 
teOynxotos, dv epacxey o Ilaidos Gv. 
20’Arropovpevos Se éyw eis tTHy wept TovToU 
Ejrnow édeyovr Ei Bovrotro tropeverOar eis 
‘Iepovoarn, Kaxed xpiverOas wept rovTey ; 
21Tod dé Tlavvov éerixarecapévou rypnOrvas 
avroy eis tiv tod YeBacrod Svayvwow, 
éxéXevoa typetobas adrov, fws ob wéiurpo 
avroy mpos Kalcapa. %’Aryplirias 58 pds 
tov Diaotov ey "EBovAdpny Kal avros Tob 
avOpanrov dxovoa, ‘O 8&é, ee g¢noiv, 
axovon avrod. 

STH ovv éravpuyv édOoyros Tod *Ayplrra 
wat Ths Bepvixns peta rods pavracias, cad 
etceGovtmy eis TO axpoaTypioy, civ TE TORS 
X'dudpyoss Kal avdpaat Tois Kat’ éEoyry odot 
Ths qToAEws, Kab KéeNeVcaYTOS Tov Pyotov, 
nX9n o latdos. “Kal gdnow o Piatos 
"Ayphrra Baohed, kai waves 0: cULTApOYTES 
nutvy avdpes, Oewpeite TovToY, rept ov Tray TO 
THOS trav ‘lovdalwy dvéruyoy pos ev te 
‘Tepogorvpors nai évOdde, émtBowvres py Sety 


CHAPTER XXVI. 103 


Gv aurov pynxért, Ey 58 catadaBopevos 
pndev &Evov Oavdrou avroy wempayévat, Kat 
avrod &¢ rovrou érixadecapevou Tov LeSacrov, 
éxpwa tréune avrov. *Ilep od aogarés Tt 
yparyat te Kupip ov eyo’ 80 smrponyaryor 
avrov €d tpov, cal udduora eri cov, Bacircd 
"Ayplarira, Srrws, TiS dvaxpicews yevouerns, 
oye te ypayras. 2"Adoyov ydp poe Soxes 
méurovra Séopuov pr) Kal tas Kat avTod 
uitlas onpavas. 

OHAP. XXVI. VATI'PIIIIIA® 82 apos rov 
Tlatnov én ’Emetpérerai cou trrép ceavtob 
Aéyev. Tore o Tladdos azredoyeiro éxteivas 
. why yelpa. *Fepl wrdavrwy, dv éyxadodpat tira 
"lovdalwv, Bacined Ayplrira, rynuas éwavtov 
paxaptov pédAdov atrodoyeioOa, émi cod 
onpepov. SMadorTa yoorny dvra ce trdévtay 
Ta&v Kata ‘lovdalous eOav re xai Entnudrov 
6:6 Séoual cov, paxpolvpws axodcal pov. 
4T hy pev ody Biwciv pou rhv éx veornros, TV 
am apis yevopévny dy tH E€Oves pov ep 
‘Iepocodvpous, toacts wavres o§ ‘Tovdaio, 
brpoywa@aKovres pe avwlev, dav Oérawcs 
paptupely, Sr kata Tiv axpiBeotarny aipeow 
ais jperépas Opnoxeias eCyoa Papicaios. 
6Kal viv én’ érrids tis wpos tovs Ttatépas 


1044 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


émayyenlas yevouéyns wird trod Beod éornxa 
Kpivopevos* Teis fy to SwSexaddvrov wav, ev 
éxrevera voxta Kal Hépay NaTtpevov, ed ier 
KatavTnoa tept ts éAmidos éyxadovpat, 
Bactrcé ’Aypitia, tro tav ‘lovéaiwy. 8Ti 
amustov Kpivetat Trap tpiv ct 6 Beds vexpovs 
éyeipes ; *Eya pev obv Soka euavt@ impos TO 
Svopa "Incod tov Natwpaiov Seiy aroddd 
évavria mpatat. 10°O nal érroumca ev ‘lepo- 
codvpots’ KalTro\AoUs TOY Uyiov éyw pudaKais 
KaTéeKrELoa THY Tapa TOV apytepéwy éEovciay 
AaBov' dvaipoupévwy Te avTar, KaTHVvEeyKa 
andov. Kal xara wacas tas ouvaywyas 
MWOAAAKLS TiLwpayv avTovs Bvdyxatoy Brac- 
dnpeiv’ mepicoas Te eupawopevos avtois 
éSiwxoy ws Kad eis tas EEw rode. 1°’ Ey ols 
Kat ropevoyevos eis tv Aapacxoy per 
éfovoias xal émrurporhs THS wapda TeV apx- 
tepéwv, Bypépas péons, Kata THY Odov eldor, 
Bacired, odpavobev iirép thy NapTpoTHTa 
ToU #Alov Tepirrduyay pe pas Kal ToS 
avy uot topevopevous. MIlavtwy 5é xata- 
WETOVTOY Huav eis THY YhV, Hxovaa pwvny 
Aarotdoay pds pe Kal Néeyoucay 77 ‘EBpalds 
Staréxt@’ Saovr, Laovr, th pe SuoKes; 
oxNnpov cot pos Kéevtpa NaxTifew. 1° Kyo 


CHAPTER XXVI. 105 


8é elzrov' Tis el, Kupste; ‘O 88 elrev' "Eyo 
eipt Inoods, dy od Sones. 1° AXA dvdornht, 
kai o770s ért Tovs wédas cov’ eis tovTO yap 
@POny cot, mpoxetpicacbal oe vrnpérny Kat 
pdprupa, ov te cides Ov Te bhOncopai cos, 
17éEaipovpevos oe éx Tov Naod Kal Trav EOvar, 
eis ods viv ae dtroatédXw, 18avotEas ofOadpovs 
avtav, Tod émirtpéyras Grd aKoTous cis Has 
nat thas eEovolas tod Latava ér) tov @edp, 
tod NaBeiv avtous adeow dpaptidy Kab KAjpov 
ey Tos Hylacpévols Ticte TH eis cme 
19”OOev, Bactred “Aypimra, ove éyevounv 
ameiOns tH ovpavl oirracia’ darrd Tois ev 
Aapack@ mpatov Kal ‘lepocoAvpots, eis Tacdy 
Te THY Ywpav THs ‘lovéaias, Kal Tots EOveow, 
amryyyeAAov peravoeiy Kat émiatpédey ert Tov 
@eov, akia tis petavolas Epya mpaocortas. 
21"Evexa tovtrav pe ot “lovdaiot ovAXaB- 
Opevoe ev TH lep@ emetpwvTo Siayetpicac bat. 
22’EKaixouplas ov tuyav tis mapa tod Qeod 
AX pt THS Huépas TavTyns Eotnxa, papTupovpevos 
puuxp@ Te Kal peyddo, ovdey extos Aeywr, Ov TE 
ot mpogyta: éXdAnoay peddrovroy yiverbar Kat 
Movors %ef ma@ytés 6 Xpio ros, et wpaTos 
é€E avacracews vexpav gas pédAdrAE KatT- 
ayyéeAney TH AAG Kal Tois EOvert. %4Tadra dé 


106 ZTHE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


GUTOD atroNoyoupévov, 6 Pijoros peydrAy povy 
éfn Maivy, Taide ta rroddd ce ypdppara 
eis paviay rrepitpére. °O 82, Ov paivouas, 
gnoi, xpadriotre Dijote, GAN adrnbeias xal 
cuppoctvns pyyara arropéyyopar, %’Enri- 
cratat yap wept TovTw@v o Bacirevs, pos dy 
kal wappnotatopevos Aare AavOdvey yap 
avroy Te TovTwy ov weiGopas ovdév’ ov yap 
éory dv ywvig menpaypévoy tobTo, 27Tluerr- 
eveis, Bacthed ’Ayplirrra, rois rpodmrats ; ora 
St meorevers. %%O 58 "Ayplirras mpos Tov 
TlabAov edn’ "Ev crlyo pe wees Xpictravov 
yevéoOas. %O Se IlataAos elrrev' EvEalunv 
dv tp Qeq, nai ev odiyp Kal ev TOAAG, Ov 
povoy oe GANA Kal WavTas TOUS akovVoYTas jLoU 
oipepov yevérOas ToLovTOUs, OTTOLS KArYd eips, 
mapextos Tay Secpav tourwov. %Kai tairva 
ei7rovTos avtTov, avéeotn 6 Bacide’s wal a 
aryeumy % Te Bepvixn xai oi cvyxabnpevos 
avtois’ Slat dvaywpnoavres éXddovvy mMpos 
GAANNouG, Aéyortes' “Ore ovdev Oavarou a&Ecov 
9 Seapav mpdoce 6 advOpwros ovros. 
82’ Ayplarmas S¢ re Pyotr épy’ *Arrodedvc Gas 
éSuvato o avOpwrros otros, ei ur) érexéxAnTo 
Kaicapa. | 
OHAP. XXVIIL. lOS &€é éxpiOn 70d aze- 


CHAPTER XXVIII, 107 


arely nuas eis THY Iradlay, rapediSouv ov 
te Ilad\ov xai twas érépouvs Seruwras 
éxatoyvrapyn, ovopare lourig, omelpns LeRac- 
Tis. »EmBdvres 5€ adolp ’Adpapuurnye, 
pédXovtes rely Tovs Kata THY Aclay Toraus, 
auyyOnuev, Svros atv Hyiv *Apiotdpyov 
Maxedoves @eocarovixéws. 5TH re érépa 
xatnxOnuey eis Zidavar diravOpa@mws Te o 
"TovAws +O Tlavip ypnoduevos érérpeve 
mpos Tous dirous wopevOevra éripedelas 
tuyely. *Kaxcidey dvaylévres trremrcvoapev 
anv Kumpoy 5:2 76 Tous avéuous elvat évartlous. 
5To re wédawyos 7O Kata tiv Kidtixiav Kad 
Tlaudurlay Siardevoavtres xatjrOouev els 
Mupa tis Auclas. SKdxet evpwv o éxatov 
tapxos mAotov ‘AreEavSpivoy, wréov eis riy 
"Iradiav, eveBiBacey spas eis atro. TEy 
ixavais 5& jnuépars BpaduTdoobvtes, kab porss 
yevopevoe Kata thy Kyidov, ut) mpoceavros 
HAS TOU avéLov, UTreTEvoapey THY Kpryrny 
Kata Yadrpovnv 8uorus te tapadeyouevos 
aurny HNOouev eis Toroy twa Kadovpevor 
Kanovs Awmévas, @ éyyis Fv wos Aacala, 
*Ixavod 88 ypovou Staryevopévou, xai dvtos oy 
ériapanods tod moos 51a TO Kal Thy ynorelay 
40n Trapednavbévat, rapyvet 6 Iladros, veya 


1088 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


avrois' "Avdpec, Oewpa Ste pera bBpews nat 
qonAns Enpias od povoy rod gopriov Kat Tod 
MAolov, GAA Kal TAY ~uyav nuwov, wédrew 
écecOar tov marovv. VO 8 éxarovrdpyns 
T® KuBepvitn Kal tT® vavedrnpw errelGeTo 
parrov, } rais tro rob TlavAouv Aeyopévors. 
12’AvevOérou 5é tod Auwevos UTrdpyovTos aTpds 
mapayepactav, ot -mrelovs EOevto Boudry 
avayOnvas xaxeiOev, elms Sivawro Katayt- 
noavres eis Dolyixa mapayepacat, Atpéva TAS 
Kpnrns Brérovtra rata AiBa kal xara Xe@pov. 
13° cromvevaavros S& Nortov, Sokavres tis 
mpoGécews KexpaTnKévat, apavtes docov 
qapenéyovro Thy Kpnrnv. 1*Mer’ ov rovvd 
de Bare nar avris advenos rupwvinds, 6 
Karovuevos EvpoxaAviwy. 152 vvaprracbévros 
dé rod mAolov Kal pr Svvapévou avropbarpety 
TO ayéum, emdovres epepduecda. 1Nyciov 5é 
Tt uTrodpapoytes, KaXovpevov Kravdnv, wore 
loyvcapev tmepixparels yevéeoOar THs oxadns 
I7i\v dpavres, BonBelas éypavro, brolwvvivres 
TO TAoiov’ phoRovpevol re, 7) eis THY YooTw 
éxtrégwol, yadacaytes TO oxevos, obras 
éfépovto, i dodpas Se yemmalopéevov Huddy, 
TH éERs éxBodnv érrovovvto. '9Kal rH tpirn 
aUTOXELpES THY oKEVIY TOD TAOLoU éppiraper. 


ip 


CHAPTER XXVII. 109 


Mijre Se xAlov pare dotpwv émidaivovtav 
érri wAclovas Hudpas, yeymadvos Te OvK OALyoU 
émixetpevov, NouTroy aepinpeito waca édzris 
top aowlecOas Huds. TIoAARs 52 dotrias 
irapyovens, ToTe otaels o IlatAos ev péow 
avrav, elev’ “Eder pev, @ avdpes, meapy- 
Hoavrds pot py avdyerOat ato ths Kpyrne, 
Kepdjoai te thy Bow tavrny Kab thv Cnlav. 
2Kat ravbv rapawe tpas evOupetv’ atroBoXn 
yap wpuyis ovdeula éorar €& tpov, rrANv Tov 
mrolov. *Ilapéorn yap pot tH vuxtl Tavry 
dyyedos Tod @eod, ob eiut, @ Kab Aarpevor, 
Mrgywov' My doPod, Iaire Kaicapi ce Set 
Tapacthvas’ Kal idov, Keydpiotai coc 0 Beds 
qavras Tovs mAéovras peta aod. Aro 
evOupetre, dvdpes* miatevm yap TO Be@, Ste 
ovTws éatat, Kal by TpoTOY AEAGANTAL LOL. 
WEis vicov 5é rea Set Huds éxrreceiv, 2 Os 
be reacapecxaibexdtn vvE éyévero, Siadep- 
opévay nuav év to Adpia, Kata pécov Tis 
vuxTos wrevoouv of vaiTas Tpoodyew Twa 
attois yopav. Kal Bortcavres evdpov op- 
yuiads elxoou Bpayd &¢ Svacrncavtes Kat 
mddw Borloavtes evpov dpyuias Sexarrévte, 
29DoBovpevoi te pymws eis Tpayels TOTOUS 
exrrécmpev, €x mpvpvyns pivaytes ayxupas 


110 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


Téccapas, niyovro hyépay yevéicOar. Tay 
5¢ vavrav Gyrovvtay uyeivy éx Tov moiov, 
kat yadacavrey ry oxadny eis Thy 
Odraccav mpopace ws ex mpw@pas peddr- 
ovTwY dyKupas éxreivey, ®leirev o TladAos Tae 
écatovrdpyn Kai tois otparuorais’ "Edy pr 
ovros pelvwow ey TO TOLD, Upeis OWOHVaL Ov 
Svvacbe. %2Tote ot otparuerat améxoray 
Ta oxowla rhs oKxaddns, nal elacay auriy 
éxrrecety. ®"Ayps Se ob Euedrevy tuéoa 
yivecOas, wapécarer © Ilaidos aravras 
petaraBety tpodys, Aeyov' Teocapeonat- 
Sexdrnv onpepoy nuépay mrpocdoxavres Gottot 
Siaredeire, pundéey orpocdaBopevo. *Aw 
WAPAKare vpas peraraBeiv Tpopis’ TovTo yap 
apos THS Upetépas owrtnpias trapye’ ovdevas 
yap vow OpiF éx ris xepadys arrodeiras 
Sbeira@y Se ravra, nal AaBwv dprov, ev- 
xapiornce TH OeG evwrriov waytTor, Kat 
KNaoas, jptato écblav. 8SEiOuuos 52 
yevouevos mavres Kal avtTol mpooedkdSovro 
tpopis. 87 Hyev 5é dv te rA0im ai Tacas 
yuyal Siaxoovas EBSopnnovra &&. 38Kopec- 
Gévres Se tpodys éxovdifov 1d aWdoitov, 
éxBarropevot Tov ctrov eis tiv Odraccap. 
89°°Ore Se tyépa éyéveto, THY hy ovK 


,|6hSElUC( Yl 


CHAPTER XXVIII. 11 


émvyivec coy’ xoNtrov 6€ TWA KaTEvOOUY, 
éyovTa airyiador, els dv éBovdevcayro, ec 
Sivawro, éfaoat 7d mroiov. “Kai ras 
dynipas qepiedovtes Elov eis Thy Oddaccar, 
Gua avévtes Tas Geuxrnpias TOV mndadloy’ 
kat emgpavres Tov aprépova TH Wveovcyn 
Katevyoy eis tov aiytadov. *lIlepurecovres 
dé eis Tomov SiOdXNaccoy etwxetNay THY vad’ 
kal } ev wpwpa épelcaca Euewey doddreutos, 
9 5é wpuuva éXveTo Ure THs Blas Tay Kupdrov. 
“T Oy Se orpatiwtav Rovdr éyéveto, va rove 
Seapwras arroxtelvwat, uy Tis exxodupSyicag 
Siadiyy. *°O bé éxatovtapyos, Bovdopevog 
Siacdoat tov Ilainov, éex@dvcey avrovs Tob 
Bovanpatos, éxédevcé te Tovs Suvapévous 
Ko\upBday aroppiyavras mpwrous emt thy 
yn é&évarr “xai rovs dAortrous, obs pev ere 
caviaw, ods 8é éxi Twa TaY aT TOD TrAOlOV. 
Kai otras éyévero wavtas StacwOfvar érd thy 
yn. 

CHAP. XXVIII. !KAI StacwSévtes tore 
éréyvwcav Sti Meditn 7 vijcos Kadetrat. 
2Oi de BapBapou smrapetxov ov THY TUXOvcAaY 
diravOpwrmiav mpi" dvayravres yap mupay 
mpocehaBovro WaVvTas Huis dea Tov verov 


roy édectata xal Sid 7d Yoiyos' Sovotpey- 


112 ZHE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


avros 5&€ tov Ilaviov dpvydvev wd0os, 
3 a > A 5 4 9 fol 
kal émBevros ért thy trupav, éyidva éx Tis 
Oépuns eEeAOodca nxabippe ris yetpos avrod. 
405 88 elSov of BadpBapor xpeudwevoy od 
Onpiov é« THs yelpos avtov, EXeyov pos 
GdAnrous' IIdvrws goveds dorw 6 avOpwrros 
ovtos, dv, Siacwévta ex Tis Gadraoons, 7 
Sin Ghv ove elacev. “O peév ovv, amotwakas 
\ 4 > A (os ww bd , 
TO Onpiov eis TO Trip, Ewmabev ovdey Kaxov. 
6Oi dé wrpocedoxwy avrov pédrew TlumpacBat, 
q Katatimteyv advo vexpov. "Eri rod dé 
avTav, mpoadoxwvTav Kal OewpotvtTway pndev 
Grotrov €i¢ aUuTOV ywWopeEvov, weTaBaddoMeEvoL 
EXxeyov Oedv avtroy elvar. TEv Se rots weph 
Tov ToTroy éxelvoy UmApYe yopla Ta TPaTe@ 
fe) , > # a bd a 
Ths vncov, ovopate IlomAle b¢ dvabdeEdmevos 
e Lad a e , Ld 9go/ 
nas tpets nuépas hiroppovws eféevicer. 
SEryévero 5é tov aarépa tov LlorAlov, 
muperois Kal Sucevrepia ouveyopuevov, KaTa- 
KeiaOar' ~ampos bv o TIaddos eiceAOav xal 
mpocevédpevos, eTieis Tas yelpas auTa, 
idcatro avtrov. "*Tovrou ody yevopmévov, Kar 
ot Notrrol of eyovres aabeveias ev TH vonTw 
mpoonpyovto Kal éOeparrevovro: 1%0t xat 
WTonANais Tiysais éTiwnoay Huds; Kat avay- 
opévos éréPevro TA mrpos THY ypelav. 


,.)6hSlC 


CHAPTER XXVIII. 113 


Mera Se tpels pjvas dvyyOnpev ev rol 
Wapaxeyepaxots év TH vicw, AreEavipiva, 
mapaonum Avooxovpo. Kai xataydévres 
eis Lupaxovoas émepeivayev Hépas pels. 
13"OOev amepteNMovres xKatTnvrncapyev§ eis 
“Pyytov’ xat peta play jpépav, errvyevopévov 
votou, Seutepaiot HAGopev eis IlorioNous’ 1405 
evpovres abderpovs trapexrAnOnuev er’ adtois 
emipeivar nyépas émtd’ Kalb ovtTws els THY 
‘Papny HrOopev. 1KaxeiPev of adeddol, 
axovoaytes Ta trept muav, e&nrAOov eis 
aravrnow huiy aypis ’Amiiov Popov xat 
Tpiav TaBepvav' ods idov o Iladnos, ev- 
xapiotncas TH Be@, EraBe Oapcos. 16”Ore 
dé HAOopev eis “Paopnv, o éxatovtapyos Trap- 
éSmxe rovs Seaplouvs r@ orparomeddpyn’ Te 
&é Tlavr@ érerparn pévew xa’ éavrov oty Th 
guAdcoovts avrov oTparurTn. 

17Eyévero 8 peta ayépas tpeis cup 
Karécacba, adtov rovs bytas tdv lovdalwv 
mperovs. uveGovrav Se abrav, éreye pos 
avrous’ “Avdpes ddcrdgol, éym ovdéy evavrioy 
Wowmnoas TH Aaw fh Tois Eee Tois mrarpepors 
déapios €E ‘Tepocodvpwv trapcdoOnv ets tas 
xeipas TY “Pwpaiov’ lolrives dvaxplvaytés 
pe éBovrNovto aroddcat Sia Td pmdeplay 

I 


114 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


aitlay Gavarov irdpyev dv eyol. 1° Arte 
AeyovTavy Se tav “Tovdaiwy, nvayxacOny 
émixarécacbas Kaicapa, ovy ws rod gvous 
pou éywy te KaTnyophoa. %*Acd ravrny ob 
Ti aitlay twapexddeca tyas ideiy Kab mpoc- 
ANarjoas Evexev yap THs éAsribos Tad ‘lapanr 
TH Gdvow tavrny Trepixenuas. 10¢ 5é pos 
avtop elrrov’ ‘Hyueis otre ypdupara mrept cov 
éScEaueOa amo tis “lovdaias’ ottre mapa~ 
YEvoMEVOS Tis TOV adeXoov amryyehev 7 
éXdAnoé Tt epi cov Tovnpov. 2? AEvodpev dé 
qapa cov axodoat, & ppoveis’ rept pey yap 
Tis aipécews Talrns yvwotov éotw hui sre 
wavraxod avrieyetat. PTakdpuevos S¢ avre 
Hpéepay Hoy mpos avrov es thy feviay 
aheloves, ols éFeriBero Svapaprupopevos THy 
Bactreiav Tod @ecod, weiOwv re aitots ta 
méept tov Incott amo te tod voyay Maicéws 
nat Tav TpodnTav aro wpwt Ews éoTrépas. 
“AK at ot pev erreMovto trois Aeyopevats, 06 Se 
nriorouv. Aciydwvo, Se Svres ampos 
GAAHAOUS GIeAvoVTO, eiroyTos Tou HavAou 
payee & “Or, xadas 10 Ivedua 10 aycov 
€dddyoe 8: ‘Hoalov tot mpodyrov pos 
TOUS TraTépas Huo, ®réEyor' TlopevOnrs mpos 
TOY Nady TovToy Kad eiroyv' "Axop axovcere, 


_p.. 


CHAPTER XXVIII. 115 


wal ou uy curate nal Brétrovres BréeTe, 
Kat ov pt) Byte. 27 ErraydvOn yap 4 Kapsia 
Tov aod TovToD, kai Tois Mot Bapéws Hxovear, 
Kai Tovs Gb0adpovs abrav éxappvoay’ pnroTe 
iswat Tots OpSarpoils, kal Tois Woiv Axovewot, 
kal TH xapdia cuvact, Kai értotpéyact, Kat 
idcwpas avrovs. BD yworoy ov oto wpiv 
Sr. tows Over arreatadn TO cwTnptoy Tov 
@ecod' avrot cal axovcovrar. Kail, radra 
avrod elravros, G@mHrAOov ot “lovdaioe rrodAnu 
Eyorres €v EavToss oubirnat. 

30"Euesve Sé Sseriav okay év Sle» poBipare 
Kal amedéxero Tdvras Tovs eloTropevopéevous 
apos avrov, xnpiccwy tip Bacirelav rod 
@cod cai SidSdoxwv 1a trepi tod Kuplov "Incod 
Xpiocrod peta wdons wWappynsias ax@AvTws. 


$2 


ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS. 


@0C. . . . . accusative. m, or MAS. , i 
act. . 2. « « active. mid... . . middle, 
adj. . . . » adjective. n. or neut.. . neuter. 
ad oe e e e verb. neg. e e e e negative. 
@Or, 2 2 « aor MOM. + « « - acca vagy 
art. . « « « article. e opposi: or Op- 
Cf. « « » » compare. bd i posed to. 
comp. . . . comparative. t. . » « » Optative. 
conj.. . »« + conjunction. or part.. . participle, 
contr, . . . contracted. Pp. or perf... . perfect. 
dat. . . ae dative. pe o 8 cial Ur 
dem. or uperf, . . pluperfec 
monstr. . . } demonstrative ea « « e - plural. 
Eng... . . English. poss. .. . possessive, 
etal.. . . . etaliter. pres. . . » present. 
etym. .. . etymology. prob. .. . probably. 
f. (with subst. } feminine pron, . . . pronoun, 
£ vice pron.} e prps. e e e Ra 
Wi ver q.Vv. eo 6« © © Qu Vi 
or fut... )} fatare. rel. . . . . relative. 
file.” ete aiowes. 8. or Sans. . it. 
oe ° e e 0. owing. e e e e e 
fr... « « © © from. subj ° « e subjunctive, 
gen. . . . . genitive. subst. . . . substantive, 
en.omn. . . Ofall genders. | sup... . .- superlative, 
rm. . . . German. V.& . « « « Verb active. 
Ve + ¢ « « governing. v. mid... . verb middle. 
rine fan rae tinct bag v.D.. « » - verb neuter. 
or imp. ec Vv. pass. . . verb passive. 
in oe 8 intattve. VOO. «© « © « dieser hg 
S- o @« @ gular. se. 06 ew ew ew OD e 
let... . Latin. - « - theSeptuagint. 


N.B.—Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very 
uncertain or of unknown origin. 

Words with an asterisk (*) prefixed are the Greok representa- 
tives of Hebrew or Chaldee words. 

Words with a dagger (t) prefixed are not found in any other 
part of the Greek Testament than the Acts of the Apostles. 

Such principal tenses of verbs as are placed within 
(), do not occur in the Greek Testament, 


VOCABULARY. 


N.B.—egularly-formed Participles and Tenses of Verbs ave 
not separately given, except for special reasons. 


———@ 


*Aapéy, m. indecl. (“ Lu- 
minous”) Aaron; the brother 
of Moses, and ancestor of the 
priestly family of the Jews. 

*’ABpadp, m. indecl. (‘“Fa- 
ther of a multitude”) Abra- 
ham ; the ancestor of the Jew- 
ish nation. His call is usually 
assigned to B.c. 1921. 

* AyaB-os, ov, m. Agabus ; 
& prophet mentioned at xi. 28 ; 
xxi. 10. [By some referred to 
the Hebrew subst. kdhgéd, a 
locust ; by others, to the 
Hebrew verb ghdgab, in force 
of “he loved.” It is to be 
obeerved that in Hebrew the 
letters chéth (kA or hh) and 
ayin (gh or g) are employed as 
gatturals ; and that in forming 
the Gr. “Ayaf-os, the guttural 
sound is dropped. } 

éyayeiv, 2. aor. inf. of kya. 

é&yiyp, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
Bubj. of &yw. 

&yayav, ovca, dy, P. 2. aor. 
of &yw. 


&yi0o-rordw -1ovw, 1. aor. 
hyd8onolnaa, v. n. [dyad-ds, 
(uncontr. gen.)  é&ya6d-os, 
ad ”; woréw, “to do”] Zo 
do good; to confer a favour, 
benefit, etc. 

&-yi0-ds, 4, dv, adj.: 1. 
Good, in the fullest sense of the 
term.— 2. Excellent, etc. as” 
(Comp. : xpelocwv, xpelrrwy) 5 
Sup.: «pdrioros [yaQ, like 
Germ. “gut,” Eng. “ good,” 
akin to Sans. part. kydt-a, fr. 
root KYA, in original force of 
“ to shine’; & isan inseparable 


prefix }. 
GyoANG- og, cews, f. 
[eyarArd-w, ‘to rejoice -ex- 


ceedingly ”’] (‘A rejoicing ex- 
ceedingly ”; hence) Great joy, 
exultation. 
(&yadA-Yaw -Yo), 1. aor. 
HryaANldoa, v.n. [a late and 
strengthened form of &ydAA- 
opat, ‘to rejoice or exult’’] 
1. To rejoice, or exult, exceed- 
ingly ; to delight greatly.—2. 


aon 


118 


Mid. : &éyaAA-tdopas -topan, (f. 
G&yadXidooua), 1. aor. hryaAA- 
tacdpny, 1. aor. pass. in mid. 
force, #yaAAidoOny and fryaAA- 
id@nv, To delight one’s self 
greatly or exceedingly, to re- 
Jo oer 
- +T6s, nth, nrdv, adj. 
Feb “to love” ] Loved, 
eloved ;—at xv. 25 folld. by 
Gen. 

GyyeA-os, ov, m. [ayyéA- 
Aw, “ to carry a message ”’] 1. 
A messenger, otc.—2. a. An 
angel of God;—ut vii. 53 
ayyéAwy is the Subjective Gen. 
—b. 4 guardian angei of men ; 
xii. 15; cf. Matt. xviii. 10; 
Heb. i. 14. 

Gyl-afo, 1. aor. fyldva, 


v. a. [ayi-ds, “holy” ] (“To 
make ayiés”; hence) Zo hal- 


low, sanctify, etc. — Pass: 
Gyl-aLopas, p. frylacpas, 1. aor. 
TyiaoOny. 

Gy-tds, id, idv, adj. (“To be 
adored or worshipped”; hence) 
1. Of any Person of the Sacred 
Trinity : mage Ra Subst. : 
dytés, of, m. With article: Taz 
holy one, i. e. Christ; iii. 14.— 
2. Of angels, persons, or 
things: Holy, sanctified, con- 
secrated to God or His service: 
—ayids réxros =the Temple 
at Jerusalem, vi. 13 ; xxi. 28.— 
As Subst.: dytés, of, m. A 
holy person, a saint (akin to 
Sans. root YaJ, “to adore, or 
worship,” the deities]. 


VOCABULARY. 


&yx-Upa, vpas, f. (“The bent, 
or curved, thing’; hence) 4s 
anchor.—Ships of a large size 
usually carried several anchors ; 
cf. xxvii. 29. Hiero, king of 
Syracuse, is recorded to have 
had a ship which carried 
twelve anchors, of which eight 
were of iron, and four of wood 

akin to Sans. root aS0H, “ to 

nd or curve”; whence aska, 
“a hook ”’}. 
Gyv-iLe, (f. ayvicw, Attic 
& vid), p. Iryvixa, l.aor. Hyviea, 
v. a. [ayv-ds, “ pure”] (“Te 
make ayvés; hence) Zo purify. 
—Pass. : (dyv-tLopas), p. fryr- 
topat, 1, aor. iryvicOny. 
fayno-pés, pod, m. pe 
ayvi8-yds3; fr. ayri{opa: (= 
ayvi8-coua), “to purify] 
A purifying ; purification. 
~yvo-de <a, (f. dyvohew, 
p- hyvéynea), 1. aor. jryvénoa, 
v. a. [&, “ negative”; yvo (= 
yve), a root of +-yv6-cxe, 
“to know ”] Not to know, not 
to possess @ knowledge of, to 
be ignorant of, not to ander. 
stand. IL), fas, £ 
&yvo-1a trisyll. 9 > ° 
dyvo-éw, “not oe know ”’] 

“A not knowing’; hence) 
Want, or lack, of knowledge; 
ignorance. 

t&-yveoros, yrwrror, adj. 
{[&, “negative”; yreords, 
“known” ] Not known, un- 
known. ; 

dyop-d, as, f. [for dyep-ds 


VOCABULARY. 


fr. &yelpw, “to collect, assem- 
ble,” through verbal root &yep 
(“An assembling”; hence, 
*“‘an assembly”; hence, “a 
place of assembly ”; hence) 4 
market-place, market. 
tayopa-tos (quadrisyll.), 
tov, adj. [ a-yopd, (uncontr. gen.) 
dyopd-os, ‘a market-place ” | 
(Of, or belonging to, the 
&yopd’’; hence) 1. Of persons : 
Freqttenting the market-place. 
—As Subst. : &yopatot, cov, m. 
plar. (“Persons frequenting the 
market-place ”; hence) Idlers, 
loungers, low fellows, the com- 
mon or baser sort of people.— 
2. Pertaining to the courts of 
law, which were mostly in the 
&yopd.—As Subst.: &yépatos, 
ov (sc. huépa), f. 4 court-day. 
—N.B. In this latter sense 
the accent is found in the 
grammarians and at xix. 88 
(in most editions of the Gr. 
Test.) on the antepenultima 
(prop%rox#ton accent). 
~ypdupiir-os, ov, adj. 
[&, “negative”; (ypdupa, ypdu- 
hér-os, “a letter” of the alpha- 


bet; plur.) ypdupar-a, “let- | 


ters, ¢. e. learning” ] Unletter- 
ed, unlearned 
formal Rabbinical training,” 
not “ without any education,” 
inamuch as every Jew was 
bound to give his sons a cer- 
tain amount of instruction. 

"Ayplwwas, a,m. Agrippa; 
see ‘Hpwdns. 


3 1. e. devoid of | 


119 
dyp-d¢, of, m. A field, esp. 


] | of arable land [akin to Sana. 


ajr-a; cf. Lat, uger, agr-i; 


ng 66 acre 77, 
y-w, f. tfe, (p. 4xa, later 
@yhoxa), 2. aor. Hydyor, V. & 2 
1. To bring, lead, convey, etc. 
—2. Zo lead, or conduct, to 
or towards a place, efc.—38. Ze 
bring with one as a companion, 
etc. ; xxi. 16.—4. Zo observe, . 
keep, hold; xix. 38.—Paas.: 
&y-opas, (p. Fyua), 1. aor. 
HxOnv, 1. fut. dxOhoouas [akin 
to Sans. root AJ, “to drive”; 
also, “to go” ]. 

6-Seho-%, 7s, f. (“One of 
the same womb”’; hence) 1. 4 
sister.—2. A kinewoman [in- 
separable prefix 4, akin to Sans. 
sa (in first part of compound 
words), “same”; 3eAg-ds, “a 
womb”; akin to Sans. garbh~ 


a). : 
J. sedg-be, ov, m. [id.] 1. 
A brother.—2. A brother in 
the faith; @ Christian drother 
{id.}. 
¢-ons, ou, m. (Hades, the 
Greek mythic god of the lower 
world; hence) The unseen 
world, the grave.—At li. 27, 
31 (where alone it occurs in the 
Acts) the word occurs in a 
quotation fr. Ps. xvi. 10, and 
representa the Hebrew shedt 
(fr. the verb sh&al, “to be at 
rest’), “the resting-place’’ of 
the dead, “ the grave”;—more- 
over, eis Z5ou, in same passage, 


¥20 


is put elliptically for eis 3époy 
gdov. 

G8ix-de -&, (f. adixhow, p. 
Hlxnna), 1. aor. H8lienoa, v. 1. 
and a. [&8ix-os, “ unjust, doing 
wrong’’] 1. Neut.: a. Zo be 
unjust; to do or be in the 
wrong.—b. In pres. with a 
perf. meaning : Zo have done 


wrong .—2. Act.: To be un- | (4, 


just to a person; to hurt, harm, 
cues: a a : ne 
0 -oUpar, (p. senpas), 
1. aor. 4BichOnr, (Le fut. adie. 
n0foounat). 

G8txyn-pa, pdros, n. [for 
ABine-na; fr. ddixné-w, “to in- 
jure ” | (“ That which injures ” 
another ; hence) Ax unjust, or 
criminal, act ; @ crime. 

GBix-la, tas, f. [&d:K-os, 
“unjust ”] (“The quality of 
the &ixos’’; hence) 1. Injust- 
tce, wrong.—2. Unrighteous- 
NESS. 

&-Btx-os, ov, adj. (4, “ne- 
gative”; dfx-n, “justice” | 
(“Not having 3fxn”’; hence) 

_ Onjust morally ; unrighteous. 
—As Subst.: G8txo1, wy, m. 
plur. Unrighteous persons. 

PA8papvt-nvds, nvh, nvdy, 
adj. [Adpduus, *ASpduur-os, 
“ Adramys”; a brother of 
Croesus, king of Lydia, and 
the founder of the city of 
Adramyteum or Adramittiam 
(now Adramit or Edremit) 
in Mysia”] (“Of, or be- 
longing to, Adramys”; hence) 


' VOCABULARY. 


Of, or belonging to, Adramyt.- 
eum or Adramyttium. 

+ASplas, ov, m. Adria, or 
the Adriatic Sea, separating 
Italy from Ilyricum, Dalmatia 
and Epirus; and, at its south- 
ern extremity, connected with 
the Ionian Sea. 

&-8iviros, Siviroy, adj. 
“negative”;  dsivards, 
“strong” | (“Not 8ivairds”; 
hence) Wethout strength, 
weak, impotent, powerless ;— 
at xiv. 8 folld. by Dat. 

del, adv. Always, contine- 
ally, ever {akin to Sans. dynes, 
“life” )}. 

&Lip-a, wy, n. plar. [&(vp- 
os, “ unleavened ” | (“ The un- 
leavened things or cakes ” ; 
hence) The feast of unleaven- 
ed bread. 

*+"Alwros, ov, f. (“Strong- 
peer Azotus (the Hebrew 
As » now the village s- 
dad); an important city of 
Philistia about thirty miles 
from the 8. frontier of Pales- 
tine, and three from the 
Mediterranean Sea. It was 
assigned to the tribe of Judah 
(Josh xv. 47), but was never 
entirely subdued by the Israel- 
ites; see 2 Chron. xxvi. 6; 
Nehem. xiii. 23. 

&-1p, épos, m. (“ The blow- 
ing thing”; hence) The air 
[akin to Sans. root va, “to 
blow ”’}. 

G-Oépir-os, ov, adj. (4, 


VOCABULARY. 


negative”; Oduis, O€uir-os, 
“law” (“Not having 0éuis’’; 
hence) Unlawful ;—at x. 28 
= contrary to the Mosaic 
Law ;—at the above-named 
place a0¢uiroy is predicated of 
the clause xoAAGc@a: 4 wpoo- 
épxerGat GAA0PVAY. 
'  *"A@Fvas, av, f. plur. Athens ; 
the capital of Attica, a coun- 
try of ancient N. Greece.— 
Hence, "A@nv-atos, ala, aiov, 
adj. Of, or belonging to, 
Athens; Athenian.—AsSubst.: 
*A@nvato, wy, m. plur. The 
people of Athens ,the Athenians. 
TA@nvaio, wy; "A@nvaios, 
a, ov; see "AOFva:. 
aly-t-aA-ds, of, m. [dicow, 
‘to rush,” through root diy ; 
t) connecting vowel; das, 
aA-ds, “sea” ] (“ Sea-rushing 
thing”; é.e¢. over which the 
sea rushes; hence) 4 beach, 
sandy-beach, shore. 
Atyéwrtos, a, ov; Alydwr- 
tos, ov; see Alyunrros. 
Alyuwros, ov, f. Egypt; a 
country of N. Africa, where 
the Jews were kept in bondage 
for four hundred and thirty 
years, vil. 6; cf. Gen. xv. 
18; Exod. xii. 40.— Hence, 
Atytrrr-tos, ta, Yov, adj. Of, or 
belonging to,Egypt; Egyptian. 
—As Subst.: Alyvqwtios, ov, 
m, 4a Egyptian ;—at vii. 28 
there is a reference to the 
circumstance narrated at Exod. 
iit, 11 eg. 


12! 


FAL0-t-orf, owos, m. [alé-ds, 
“burnt ”; (1) connecting vow- 
el; By, dx-ds, “face” ] (“ One 
with a (sun-)burnt face”) An 
Ethwpian. 

alua, dros, n.: 1. Blood; 
—at xviii. 6 supply fore. 
—2. Blood-shed, murder.— 
3. Guilt, or punishment, of 
blood-shedding.—4. Descent, 
race, stock, family, etc. 

TAtvdas, ov, m. A’neas; a 
paralytic of Lydda, healed by 
St. Peter; ix. 83. 

aly-dw -0, (f. alvéow and 
aivhaow), v. a. To praise [akin 
to Sans. root VEN or VEN, “to 
praise’’]. 

alpe, f. 494, p. Fpxa, 1. aor. 
hipa, v.a.: lia. Zo raise; to 
take or lift up.—b. In fig- 
urative force: Of the voice 
as Object: Zo lift up; to 
raise.—2. a. To take away, 
remove.—b. To take away to 
punishment, ete. ;—alpe abrdv, 
take him away, i.e. to punish- 
ment ; away with him, xxi. 
86; cf. xxii, 22.—8. Of a ship, 
ete., a8 Object, or alone: Zo 
get under weigh; i.e. to set 
sail, set out, etc.; xxvii. 18.— 
Pass.: atpopor, p. jpuat, 
1. aor. HpGny, 1. fut. apy. 
copa. 

atp-eors, doews, f. [aip-éw, 
“to take”; Mid. “to take to 
one’s self, to choose”] (“A 
choosing’’; hence, “a thing 
chosen”; hence, “a_philo- 


122 
sophie principle or set of prin- 
ciples,” as bei chosen or, 


adopted by a persons hence) 
A sect; i.e. @ body of per- 
sons adopting some particular 
form of (religious) opinion or 
belief ;—at v. 17 afpeois is in 
apposition to of cby abr, and 
by a species of attraction the 
art. and part. (7 odca) is in 
con with it instead of 
being in nom. mase. plur. (cl 
Syres) in concord with of aby 
atrg@. This construction is 
akin to that by which cil, 
vylyvope, cardoua, efe., agree 
fn number with the predicate 
instead of the subject. 


alrée -&, f. airhow, p. rad 


1. aor. firnoa, v. a.: 1. Act: 
With Acc. of thing: To ask 


Sor.—2. Mid.: alréopes-ovpar, 
f. alrfioopat, 1. aor. yrnoduny: 
a. With Ace.: To ask for 
something, efc., for one’s own 
self, ete.; to beg for, request. 
—b. With Inf.: Zo ask, beg, 
entreat to do, etc., as one’s 
own especial act, ete.—e. With 
Acc. of person and Objective 
clause: Zo ask, beg, entreat 
a person that something be 
done, e¢c., for one’s self, ete. 
{akin to Sans. root YAou, “to 


veason, ground, etc.—2. A 
charge, accusation. —8$. A 
fault, crime. 

falrta-pa, uéros, n. [abrid- 


y 6hUOU 


VOCABULARY. 


ouet, to accuse”) (“An ace 
cusing’’; hence) 4% accusa- 


| tion, charge. 


airtov, ov, n. [neut. of adj. 
alrios, “causing,” used as 
Subst. ] 4 cause, reason. 
altiw-pa, pares, n. = 

arlaua. 

aléy, avos,m.: 1. Life-time, 
life.—2. An infinite space of 
teme, eternity :—dx aldvos, 
(from eternity, i.e.) from the 
beginning, or foundation, of 
oat oe {akin to Sans. dynes, 
“hh e td 7 

aldév-log, Tov, a: [aidp, 
‘eternity ”; see aldy, no. 2] 
(‘Pertaining to aiéy”’; hence) 
Eternal, everlasting. 

&-xabap-ros, ror, adj. [d, 
“negative”; xa@alpw, ‘to 
cleanse,” through verbal root 
xabap] (“ Not cleansed ”’; 
hence) Morally: Unclean, im- 


pure. 


fa-niirduptros, xierdupiroy, 
adj. [d, “negative”; xdrd- 
xpiros, “condemned””] Not 
condemned, uncondemned. 

*P Anda mn. indecl, 
(“Field of blood”) Akeldama 
or Aceldama ; the field pur. 
chased by Judas Iscariot with 
the thirty pieces of silver 
which he received from the 
chief priests as a reward for 
his betrayal of his Master; i. 
et , perf. of dxodes, 

Koa, . ind. of dxo 
dxo-1}, fs, f. [dxo-dw, “to 


VOCABULARY. 


hear ’”] 1. The act of hearing. 
—2. Plur.: The ears. 

Gxokou0-éw -&, f. dxoAové- 
bow, p. hxorovdnxa, 1. aor. 
xorov0nca, v. n. [dxdAovd-os, 
** following’ | (“To be dxdaAové- 
os”; hence) Zo follow ;— 
mostly with Dat. 

dxovw, f. dxotow and dxov- 
Topo, p. axhxoa, 1. aor. fxov- 
oa, Vv. a and n.: l. Act.: a. 
With Acc. of thing, or Gen. of 
person or thing: Zo hear.— 
b. With Acc. of thing: Zo 
hear of.—c. With Acc. of 
thing and Gen. of person: Zo 
hear something from, or of, & 
person.—d. With Gen. of per- 
son: Zo hear or heed ; to at- 
tend, hearken, or give ear, to 
one.—e. With Objective clause 
er Sri: To hear that.—t. 
With clause introduced by e¢: 
Lo hear sf, or whether, some- 
thing is, ete.—2. Neut.: a. Zo 
hear ;-~-at xxviii. 26 folld. b 
Dat. of cognate word.—b. 7 
attend, give ear.—3. Pass.: 
dxovopat, (p. Hrovcua), 1. aor. 
hrova@ny, 1. fut. a&xovcbh- 
gouat :—hxotcOn eis TA STa, 
came to the ears and was 
heard, xi. 22 [prob. to be 
divided d-xo-dw; fr. d, insepar- 
_ able prefix in “strengthening”’ 
force ; root xo, found in a 
“to hear, perceive ”’}. 

faxptB-e.a, cas, f. [dept A- 
hs, “ accurate, exact ’’] (“ The 
quality of the dxpitSis’’; hence) 


123 


Aocceracy, exactness :—nard 
dxptBeay Tov véuov, accord- 
tng to the exactnese of the 
Law, i.e. in the most exact, 
or strict, observance of the 
Law. 

taxpiBéor&ros, 7, ov, sup. 
adj. [id.] Most accurate, ex- 
act, strict, etc. N.B.—In the 
Gr. Test. the Pos. dpi8fs and 
Comp. d«piBéorepos do not 
occur, 

taxpiBiorepoy, comp. adv. 
{adverbial neut. of dxpiBéc- 
Tepos; see axpiBéoraros at 
end] More accurately or ea- 
actly ; more thoroughly. 

GxptB-Gs, adv. (dxpiBhs, 
“accurate” ] (“After the 
manner of the dxpiBhs’’; 
hence) Accurately, exactly, 
thoroughly, etc. 

ftaxpoanjp - tov, iov, n. 
[dxpoarhp, obsol. form of 
dxpoars, “a hearer, listener” ] 

he Gr. equivalent for the 

t. auditorium ;—“a thing” 
—here, place—* pertaining to 
an dxpoarths,” ete.; hence) Of 
a magistrate, efc.: A place of 
hearing; an audience-kall 
or -chamber; a place, or 
court, where causes are heard, 
—Under the Empire the term 
auditorium (which strictly 
means any “place of hear- 
ing’’) was applied to a court 
of justice. In such a place 
the Provincial Governors 
sometimes administered the 


124 


VOCABULARY. 


Law (xxv. 28); sometimes; ‘’Adefav8p-ets, ws, m. 


they sat on the “tribunal” 
—Ajjua, xii. 21, and other 
places in the Acts; cf., also, 
John xix. 18; sometimes in 
the pretorium—xpatdpior, 
John xviii. 28,33; Mark xv. 
16. They had, also, a body 
of assessors, formed, it seems, 
of the Military Tribunes and 
persons of importance from 
their office or position; cf. 
xxv. 33; also, Cic. 2 Verr. 
1, 29, 73; 2, 29, 70. 

dxpoBvor-ta, ias, f. [dupd- 
Bvor-os, “ uncircumcised ” 
(The state, or condition, o 
the dxpéBucros”’; hence) Un- 
circumcision :—éxovtes dxpo- 
Buotlay, having wncircum- 
cision, i.e. being uncircum- 
cised, xi. 3. 

’"AxtXas, ov, m. Acylas, or 
Aquila, a Jew, whom with 
his wife, Prisca or Priscilla, 
Paul met at Corinth, at the 
time that the Emperor Claud- 
ius had expelled the Jews 
from Rome; xviii. 2—26. At 
Rom. xvi. 8 Aquila and his 
wife are described as being 
again in Rome. They are, 
also, mentioned at 1 Cor. xvi. 
19; 2 Tim. iv. 19. 

faxwrtr-ws, adv. [dxdarvr- 
os, “unhindered”’] (“ After 
the manner of the dxeéAvros ”; 
hence) Without hindrance or 
obstruction; unobstructedly, 
Sreely. 


AA€iavSpos, Arckdvdp-ov (i.6. 
Man-defender ”’), e AG 
ander,” king of Macedon, 
who founded Alexandria (i. e. 
“ Alexander’s City’’), the Hel- 
lenic, Roman, and Christian 
capital of Egypt, B.c. 332. 
It is now called El-Skander- 
ish” ] (‘ Alexander’s-man ”’ ; 
i.e.) A man, or native, of 
Alexandria; an Alexandr- 
tan :—7) ouvaywyh ...’Aret- 
avipéwy, the synagogue of the 
« « « « Alexandrians, i.e. the 
synagogue at Jerusalem in 
which the Alexandrian Jews 
(and also certain others as 
specified at vi. 9) used to 
worship. 

*"AXeEav8p-ivos, tv, tvor, 
adj. [AAetavdp-ebs]: 1. Of, or 
belonging to,an Alexandrian. 
—2. Of Alexandria; Alez- 
andrian.—Alexandria was the 
port from which vessels sailed 
from Egypt with corn for 
Ro 


me. 

"AXdE-avBp-o¢, ov, m. [aadt- 
w, “to ward off” an enemy, 
etc. ; hence, “to defend, aid”’; 
dviip, dvdp-6s, “a man” | 
(‘“‘ Man-defender,” fc.) 1. 
Alexander, a Jew (mentioned 
at iv. 6), who seems to have 
held some high office, and to 
have been a kinsman of the 
High Priest.—2. A man of 
Ephesus; xix. 33. 

6A70-e1a, elas, f. [dAn0-hs, 


VOCABULARY. 


true”) (“ The quality of the 
danofs ”; hence) 1. Truth, as 
opposed to error: —éx'dAnGelas, 
in truth, truly; see éxl, no. 1, 
e—2. Truth, as being the 
knowledge of the true God. 

&-A70-4s, és, adj. [d, “nega- 
tive”; Af@-w, “to lie hid’’] 
(“Not lying hid”; hence, 
‘““ unreserved ”; hence) Moral- 
ly: True. 

d\n8-ds, adv. [2A78-4s, 
“true” ] (“ After the manner 
of the dAnéfs”; hence) Truly, 
in truth. 

taXoyn-pa, piros, n. [for 
dAloye-ua; fr. ddroyé-w, “to 

liute”} (‘« That which pol- 
utes or causes pollution ”; 
hence) A pollution. 

conj. [originally 

neut. acc. plur. of &Ados, 
“another,” with the accent 
changed] (“In another way, 
otherwise ”; hence) But. 

&AA-doow (and GAA-drre), 
£. GAAdEw, (p. HAAGxa), 1. aor. 


125 


GAA-0¢, 7, 0, pron. adj.: 1. 
Sing.: a. Another, other.— 
As Subst.: (a) GAAos, ov, m. 
Another man, another.—(b) 
GAdo, n. Another thing.—b. 
Repeated, whether as adj. or 
subst., and whether in the 
same or a different case: One 
- .. another.—2. Plur.: Other. 
—As Subst.: GAAov, wy, m.: 
a. Alone: Other men, others. 
—b. Repeated with a sing. 
form of the word: GAAa... 
BAAo, some, one thing,... 
some, another thing, xix. 32; 
xxi, 84 [akin to Sans. an-ya, 
“ other”). 

&AA6-Tplos, Tpia, Tplov, adj. 
[&AAos, (uncontr. gen.) &AAo-~ 
os, “another ”] (Of, or be- 
longing to, another ”; hence) 
Strange, foreign. 

+EXNS-$UA-05, ov, adj.[AA- 
os, (uncontr. gen.) &AAo-os, 
“another”; pua-h, “a tribe”’] 
(“ Belonging to, or of, an- 
other tribe”; hence) Strange, 


$rAatza, v.a. [kAA-os, “other” ] | foreign. As Subst.: &AdAd- 


(«To make ”—an object— 


iAos, ov, m. A stranger or 


“other”? than it is; hence) | foreigner; a man of another 


To change, alter. 

&XA-1}A-wv, pron.plur. with- 
out nom. [reduplicated and 
changed fr. ZAA-os, “another” ] 
Of, etc., one another. 

GA-A-opas, (f. arodpar), 1. 
aor. yAduny, v. mid. Of per- 
sons: Zo leap, bound, etc. 
akin to Sans. root SBI, “ to 

w; to go”. 


nation. 

&-Aoy-o¢, ov, adj. [4,.““ne- 
gative”; Ady-os, in force of 
“‘ reason ”’} (“ Not having, or 
without, Adyos ”; hence) Con- 
trary to reason, unreasonable, 
absurd ;—at xxv. 27 baAoyor 
is predicated of the clause 
WEUMOVTA oo 0 « ONMAVAL 

GAvows, ews, f. A chain, 


126 


bond ;—opposed to wéSn, “a 
fetter.”—Among the Romans 
prisoners were frequently 
chained by their right arm to 
the left arm of the soldiers 
who guarded them. It seems 
that St. Peter was chained to 
erat by each of his arms; 
xii. 
‘ANéaton, ov, m. Alphaus, 
otherwise called Cleopas ; 
brother of Joseph the husband 
of the mother of Jesus, and 
the father of James the Less 
and of Joses;—at i. 18 ’AAg- 
afov is dependent on vids to 
be supplied. 

, adv. At the same time 
fakin to Sans. sama, “same’”]. 

~tve, (£. duaprhoopas, 
later auaprhow, p "bud mapTHyKa, 
1. aor. Ali dad x ), 2. aor. 

aproy, v.n. To wr 
or amiss ;—at xxv. 8 folld. 
by Acc..of neuf. pron. as Acc. 
of “ Respect.” 
pr-la, tas, f. [auapr-tow, 

“to sin”} (“The act of sin- 
ning”; hence) 1. Sin, gener- 
ally. —2, Plur.: Sins; i. e. 
geen acts or forms ms a 


oud teatinsony. 
Sorte, ov, m and f. 4 


T(dpive, f. duiva, 1. aor. 


the | M 


VOCABULARY. 


huvva, v.a. “To ward off”; 
hence, with ellipse of Acc. of 
that which is warded off) 1. 
To succour, defend, etc., a per: 
son.—2. Mid. : &pivopas, f. 
&uvvotpat, 1. aor. Ruvvduny s— 
at vii. 24 = &uvvw (act.). 

"A Avs, , TéAeees, f 
[augpl, “around”; wdrus, ‘a 
city ” Amphipolis, a city of 
onia, situated about 
three miles from the sea, on 
the river Strymon, which 
nearly surrounded it. From 
this latter circumstance it 
derived its name, as the city 
a re ee shed alge it. 

-OTEpOS, OTépa, ae 
adj. [Kug-a, “both ”} (" Bor 
longing to &udw’’; hence) 
Both.—As Subst.: a. én.o- 
érepor, wv, m. plur. Both 
persons, both.—b. pa, 
oy, 0. plur. Both things: 
radupdrepa, both those things, 
them both, xxiii. 8. 

&v, conditional particle, 
modifying the power of the 
word to which it belongs: 1. 
With Verbs (of all moods 
except the Imperative): a. 
With Imperf. Ind.: Would, 
should.—b. With Aor. Ind. : 
Would have, should have.—e. 
With Subj., the force of &» is 
thrown on somep con- 
junction, or ome relative word; 
see below, no. 2.—d. With 
Optative: (a) Where subjec- 
tive possibility is connected 


VOCABULARY. 


with a condition:—eitaluny ay 
+g @c@, I should pray to God, 
viz., if I could hope this, or if 
I were simply to follow my 
thoughts, é.¢. the wish of my 
heart, xxvi, 29; cf. preceding 
context.—So, in direct ques- 
tions :—7{ ay 6éAa: rodro elvat; 
what might thie intend to be 


(or signify) ? i.e. if it has, or | pers 


assuming that it has, some 
meaning, ii. 12.—(b) In in- 
direct questions, after a past 
or historic present: Per- 
chance, perhaps, etc.:—éxvv0- 
dvero, rls adv elm, he inquired, 
wha he perchance was, i.e. 
who he happened to be, xxi. 
88; cf., also, v. 24; x. 37.—2. 
With Relative pronouns, ad- 
verbs, eonjunetions, ete.: bs 
&y, 00 , whosoever; Sov 
&y, wherever; ews by, until 
whatever time it be (that) ; 
dco: dy, how many soever, as 
many soever as; 30a bs, how 
many things soever, as many 


things soever, as; 8,71 &y, | or 


whatever thing, whatever. 
tévi-Babude, Babuod, m. 
avd, “up”; Baduds, “a step” | 
“A step up”; hence) 4 
stair, or flight of steps, from 
a lower to a higher place; 
xxi. 35, 40. 
dvi-Balve, f. dvi-Bhooua, 
p. dvd-BéBnna, 2. aor. dv-<éBny, 
v. n. [avd, “up”; Balyw, “to 
go} 1. a. Zo go, or come, up 
from, or to, 8 place.—h. Folld. 


127 


by els with Acc. of place: (a) 
To go up into a place; i. 13, 
—(b) Zb go up from the 
country, ete., into, or to, a city, 
ete.; xi. 2, etc.—e. Folld. by 
éxl with Acc.: Jo go up upon, 
or on the top of; x.9.—2. To 
ascend into heaven ; ii. 84.—8. 
At vii. 23: Figurative and Im- 
.: dvéBy, It went, or came, 
up :—dyéBn ex) thy Kapdlay ad- 
Tov, tt came up upon his heart, 
i.e. 86 came, or entered, into 
hie mind. The expression is a 
literal rendering (in Greek) of 
the Hebrew 4/4h al 1é6 found 
at Isa. Ixv. 17; Jer. iii, 16 
In the present passage dyéBy 
has for ite Subject the clause 
émioxdpacGu . . . lopahrA.— 
4. Of a report, tidings, etc. : 
Folld. by Dat. of person: Zo 
come wp to; 1.0. to reach ; to 
come to the ears, or know- 
ledge, of a person. 
t(évd-Baddo, v. a. [dvd, 
back”; BdAAw, “to throw 
cast "4 ‘‘To throw, or 
cast, back.”’—Mid.:) évi-Bad- 
opas, 2. aor. dr-cBardunp, 
(“ To throw, or cast, back” for 
one’s self; hence, with refer- 
ence to time) With Ace. of 
person: Zo defer, put off 
& person’s business, wherein 
one’s self is concerned. 
dva-Brdre, (f. deine): 
1. aor. dv-¢BAeda, v. n. [dvd3 
Bardzo, “ta look or see”) 1. 
[dvd, “up, upwards” & Zo 


128 


VOCABULARY. 


look ap or upwards.—b. To | taining to dvdyxn”; hence) 1. 


lift up the eyes.—2. (dvd, de- 
Cae “repetition” | Zo see 
again, to recover sight. 
+avaBod-4, jis, f. [ for 
avaBaar-f ; fr. dvaBad (= avd; 
root of BdAAw), verbal 
root of dv&BdAAoua, “to de- 
fer’’] (‘A deferring ”; hence) 
Delay. 
dv-ayyfido, f. dv-ayyerd, 
1. aor. dy-fryyeiAa, v. a. [dv-d; 
adyyéAAw, “to carry word, or 
tidings, about ”’| 1. (dvd, de- 
noting “repetition” ] Zo carry 
back word, etc., about; to 
report, relate, make known, 
reveal, etc.—2. ([dvd, in 
“ strengthening ” see To 
tell, or declare, thoroughly or 
openly ; to own, acknowledge, 
confess. 
vi-yivaone, (f. dva-yvd- 
Comat, p. dv-éyvona), 2. aor. 
dy-éyvoy, v. a. and n. [dvd, 
denoting “repetition ”; y:vd- 


oxw, “to know ”’} (“To know , 70 le 


again”; hence) Of written 
characters, efc.: To read. 

dvayx-afe, (f. dvaykiow, 
P. Avdyndna), v. a. [dvd-yn-n, 
*‘ constraint, necessity ’’] (‘* To 
make ” something “a necess- 
ity”; hence) Zo constrain, 
Sorce, compel.—Pass. : dvayx- 
GLopat, (p. Avd-yxaouar), 1. aor. 
jvaykdaOny, (1. fut. dvaynac- 
Ohoopuai). 

dvayx-atos, ala, atoy, adj. 


[avd-yn-ny “ necessity’’] (“«Per- 


Necessary ;—at xiii. 46 dvayn- 
aiov is predicated of spi 
upworoy ... @cov.—2. Of 
friends, efc.: Near, intimate, 
closely connected; cf. Lat. 
nécessarius in the same force. 

dvayvovs, ota, dv, P. 2. aor. 
of dvayivéckw. 


t(ava-yvwpife, f. dva- 
yropiow, p. dv-eyvdpixa, 


v. a. (dvd, denoting “ repeti- 
tion”; ‘yvwpi{e, “to make 
known”’]) Zo make known 
again. — Pass.: (d&va-yvep- 
tLopas, p. dv-eyydpicuat), 1. aor. 
dv-eyvwploOnv, (1. fut. dva- 
yropicOhooua). 

dvdyve-o1s, cews, f. [dvit- 
yivooKe, “to read,” through 
verbal root dvayve (= dvd; 
ye, root of yyvéoKw)] A 
reading. 

dv-ye, (f. dv-dtw), 2. aor. 
dy-hydyov, v. a. (dy-d, “up”; 
ayo, “to lead’’] 1. Act.: a. 
ad, carry, or bring up.— 
b. Of a sacrifice: Zo offer wp. 
—2. Pass.: dév-dyopas, 1. aor. 
dy-hxOnv, (To be carried up 
to sea”; hence) Zo put to sea, 
set sail, ete. 

(va - Séyxopasr, f. dvd-3dt- 
ouat, p. dvd-5édeypa1), 1. aor. 
dv-eSetaunv, v. mid. [dvd, 
“up”; Séxouat, “to take ”] 
(“To take up”; hence) Zo 
receive hospitably or kindly ; 
xxviii. 7. 

T(Gva-BiSeps, f. dvt-3écw, 


VOCABULARY, 


P. dvd Bera), 2. aor. dv-ev, 
v. a. (dvd, “up”; di8wpu, “ to 
ive ”] (To give up ”; hence) 

fa letter as Object: Zo de. 
liver, present. 

dvi-Sov¢, 30tca, 3dv, 2. aor. 
part. of dvddidep:. 

éva-{nrée -{y7e, 1. aor. 
dy-e(frnoa, v. a. [dvd, in 
“strengthening”’ force; (nrée, 
to seek | To seek out, make 
search after, search for. 

évaGe-pa, péros, n. [dvdri. 
Onut, “to set up” asa votive 
offering; ‘to dedicate, de- 
vote” to a deity; through 
verbal root dvaGe (= dva; Oe, 
a root of rlénu)] (A thing 
dedicated, or devoted,” to a 
deity ; hence, in a bad sense, 
‘‘a thing devoted to evil or 
destruction; an accursed 
thing ”; hence) 4 curse. _ 

dvabepir-ife, 1. aor. ay- 
eOeudrica, v. a. [dvdbeua, dva- 
Oduar-os, “a curse” | To bind 


by, or under, a curse ; —at- 


xxiii. 14 strengthened by 
dva@dudrs (dat.).—N.B. Ob- 
serve the position of the aug- 
ment, and see dvyacrarde at 
end. 

dvi-Gewpto -Oewpa, v. a. 
(dvd, in “strengthening”’ force; 
Gewpéw, “ to look at ” ] To look 
at attentively ; to observe. 

favalp-cors, écews, f. [dvaip- 
de, in force of “ to kill,” ete. 
4 killing; death inflicted, 
slaughter. . ; 

Acts 


129 


dv-arple -aipe, f. dy-aiphow, 
(p. dy-rpnxa), 1. aor. dy-eida, 
2. aor. dv-eidoy, v. a. (ded, 
“up”; alpéa, “to take” ] (‘To 
take up”; hence) 1. With access- 
ory notion of removal, ete. : Zo 
take away, make away with, 
destroy; to kill, slay, put to 
death.—2. Mid. : (4v-atpdopas 
-atpoupas), 2. aor. dy 
ary Bes : Of children as Ob- 
ject: (“ To take up for ono’s 
self’; hence, ‘ to own, accept, 
acknowledge ”; hence) To 
bring up, rear, educate, ete. ; 
vii. 81;— cf. Lat. tollo, in 
same force. The term arose 
from the custom of laying 
new-born children on the 
ground at the father’s feet. 
If the father tuok them up in 
his arms, he by so doing show- 
ed that he owned them; if he 
did not, he implied that he 
did not acknowledge them as 
his.—3. Pass.: dv-atpéopar 
-aspovpas, 1. aor. dy-npdOny. 

(dvG-K&0i{w), 1. aor. dy- 
exdBioa, v. n. (dvd, “up”; 
KaGi¢o, (as v. n.) “to sit”) Zo 
art up. 

(4vd-ndpowre), f. dvd-nduveo, 
1. aor. dy-éxapwpa, v. n. (dvd, 
“back”; ndurra, “to bend ’’] 
(To bend back ”’; hence, in 
reflexive or neut. force, * to 
bend one’s self, or bend, 
back”; hence) Zo turn back, 
return. 

dva-xpive, f. dva-xpiva, IL, 

K 


130 


aor. dv-dxpiva, v. a. (dvd, in 
“‘ strengthening ” force ; xplve, 
‘to examine” as a judge] 1. 
Judicially : Of persons 2s Ob- 
ject: Zo examine strictly or 
closely.—2. Of things as Ob- 
ject: To examine, or search, 
accurately or carefully. — 
Pass.: dva-xpivopas. 

tavdupt-ous, ews, f. [avd- 
xpive, “to examine strictly,” 
through verbal root dvdxpe 
(= dvd; «pe, root of xplyw)]} 
An examining strictly, a strict 
examination. 

dvi-AapBaive, (f. dva-Ahwo- 
peas), 2. aor. dy-éAaBoy, v. a. 
[dvd, “up”; AapBdve, “to 
take ”] 1. To take up.—2. To 
take onboard ship.—3. To take 
‘with one or in one’s company. 
—Pass.: 1. aor. dveAfp@ny. 

*+Avavias, a, m. (“ Jehovah 
covers or protects ’’) Ananias : 
1. A member of the early 
Church at Jerusalem, who to- 
gether with his wife Sapphira 
was struck dead for lying to 
the Holy Ghost; v. 1, 8, 5.— 
2. A “disciple at Damascus,” 
who was sent by the Lord to re- 
store Paul’s sight ; ix. 10, ete. ; 
xxii. 12.—3. A High-priest of 
the Jews, who was nominated 
to office, a.p. 48, by Herod 
Agrippa the Second, king of 
Chalcis, and was deposed from 
it shortly before Felix left the 
province, prob. a.p. 59; see 
SnAg. In ap. 52 he was 


VOCABULARY. 


sent to Rome by the 
Quadratus to answer before the 
Emperor (Claudius) a charge 
of oppression brought against 
him by the Samaritans. After 
his deposition he still possessed 
great power, which he used in 
a violent and lawless way. 
Ultimately he was assassinated 
at the beginning of the last 
Jewish war. - 

tav-avti-g-jntos, pyrov, 
adj. (dv, “negative”; dpri, 
“against”; porés, “that may, 
or can, be spoken”; with § 
doubled} That may xot, or 
cannot, be spoken against or 
contradicted; indisputable, 
undeniable. 

tavarrigpiir-ws, adv. Soa 
avr lBinr-os, “not to be spo 

inst ” ] (“ After the manner 

of the dvayrigsnros ”’; hence) 
Without disputing or gainsay- 


ing. 

tavi-welGe, (f. dvd-weloes), 
v.a. (dvd, in “ strengthening ” 
force ; rel@w, “ to persuade ’”] 
To persuade, move, induce. 

(dvi-népre), f. dvd-wéppor, 
l. aor. dy-éweuwa, v. a. [and ; 
nwéune, “to send’’) 1. [dvd, in 
‘‘strengthening’’ force} Zo 
send.—2. [dvd, “up”]| To 
send up to a place or person. 

éy-anTe, (f. dv-dww), 1. 
aor. &y-nwa, v. a. [d»-d, in 
6 to le ap ”? force ; Prides 
“to light up”] Zo light up, 
kindle ; see dare. e 


VOCABULAR Y. 


: Pava-exevale, v. a. [ard, 
“up”; oxeva(w, in force of 
“to collect cxedn or baggage”]} 
( To pack up and carry away 
baggage’’; hence, ‘to 
away ” generally ; henoe, “to 
waste, ravage, destroy’’; hence, 
figuratively) Zo subvert, de- 
stroy, ete. 

' (dva-onde -owe), f. dva- 
axiom, (p. dv-dowaxa), Vv. a. 

avd, “up”; onda, “todraw” | 

‘0 draw up.—Paas.: (dva- 
ondopas -onrapat), 1. aor. dv- 
eondoOny. 

dvd-o7d-o1g, cews, f. [avd, 
“up”; ora, a root of fornu, 
in neat. force, “to stand’’ | 
(“A standing up, a rising ”’; 
hence) Of the dead: Resur- 
rection. 

évacrat-de0 -&, 1. aor. 
dveordrwoa, Vv. 8. [avdoraros, 
(uncontr. gen.) dvacraro-os, 
“made to rise up” and depart; 
hence, ‘driven from one’s 
house and home”; hence, 
“overthrown,” etc. ;— also, 
en d in. revolt on sedi- 
tion”] (“To make dyd- 
oraros”; hence) 1. Zo over- 
throw, subvert, turn upside 
down ;—at xvii. 6 in figurative 
force.—2. To excite, or stir up, 
to revolt or sedition ; xxi. 88.— 
N.B. The present word is an 
instance of a verb which is 
clearly a derivative, and not 
formed of a prep. and a verb, 
taking the augment in the 


carry nab ene v. a. (dvd, * back, 
bac 


13) 
middle instead of the begin- 


ning. 
dva-orpdbu, f. dva-orpéve, 
(p. dy-derpopa), 1. aor. dy- 


wards”; orpéda, ‘to 
turn”] (“To turn back or 
backwards”; hence) With el- 
lipse of reflexive pron., and 
in seemingly neut. force: Zo 
turn one’s self, etc., back, 
i, e. to return ;—at v. 22 sup- 
ply seuceres and at xv. 16. 


éuaur dy. 

(dva-ttOnpu, f. dvdi-Ohow, p. 
dvc-7€Beixa, 1. aor. dv-é6nxa, 
v. a. (dvd, “backs ri@nut, 
“to put or place”) “To put 
or place back”) Mid.: (dévé- 
wWOenar), 2. aor. dv-cOduny, 
(“To put, or place, back or 
away for one’s self’’; hence) Of 
a statement, etc., made to 
another: Zo relate, declare, 
communicate, make known; 
cf. Lat. séféro, “to carry 
back ”; also “to relate.” 

t(ava-rpdde, f. dva-Opéyo, 
p. dvd-rérpopa, v. a.) [dvd, 
“up”; tpépe, “to nourish” } 
1. To nourish up; to feed or 
nurse up.—2. Mid.: (dva- 
tpdhopat),l.aor. dy-edpepduny, 
To nourish up, rear, educ- 
ate, etc., for one’s self ;—at 
vii. 21 strengthened by éau7fi, 
dat. of reflexive pron. — 3. 
Pass. : (4va-rpédopar), p. dva- 
TéOpaumat. 

(4va-dalvea, f. dsd-pdva, 


K 2 


132 


v. a. [ded, in “strengthen- 
ing” force; ¢alve, “to 
show” ] “To show forth”). 
~—Paas.: dvi-dalvopas, 2. aor. 
dv-epdyny, (“To shown 
forth’; hence) Zo appear 
plainly, come into sight, etc. ; 
—at xxi. 3 folld. by Acc. of 
“ Respect’: dvtigavévres Thy 
Kémpov, (when we had come 
into sight as to Cyprue ; i.e.) 
when Cyprus had come tn sight 
Jor us. 

dva-ywpde -yope, (f. dva- 
xwphow), 1. aor. dy-exépnoa 
[dvd, “back”; xapéw, ‘to 
go”’| Zo go back, retire, with- 
draw one’s self, go aside. 

tavdwvits, ews, f. [for 
dydyux-ois; fr. advavix-o, 
“to re ”) 4 refresh- 


ing. 

*"Av8pdas, ov, m. Andrew’; 
the brother of Simon Peter, 
and one of the twelve Apostles. 


évéBnv, 2. aor. ind. of 
dvd Baives. 

évéOmy, 1. aor. ind. pass. of 
dy ln. 

dvelg, cioa, dv, P. 2. aor. of 
wins. 


Gv-cpos, duov, m. (“The 
blowing thing ”’; hence) Wind 
akin to Sans. root AN, “to 
low ’”]. | 

&ve-cus, cews, f. [hvi-ors ; 
fr. dyinus, “to send back’’; 
hence, “to relax, loosen”; 
through verbal root éve (= 
dy-d; & root of Inu)] (“A 


VOCABULARY. 


relaxing or loosening ;” hence, 
with reference to the looeening 
of a prisoner's chains, efe.) 
Relazation of confinement or 
bonds ; some degree of liberty. 

tav-era{e, (f. dv-erdce), 
v. a. [dy-d, in “ strengthening” 
force ; éra(w, “to examine ” } 
To examine ;—at xxii. 24 
péoridiwy dverd(erOas means to 
be examined by scourging.— 
The Porcian Law enacted, 
under heavy penalties, that no 
Roman citizen should be 
bound, scourged, or put to 
death, of whatever crime he 
might have been guilty ; if we 
except, perhaps, the wilful 


murder of a nt. Hence 
the of St. Paul (xxii. 


25); and hence, too, the fear 
felt by the Centurion (xxii. 29), 
when Paul, whom he supposed 
to be merely the native of a 
subject state, affirmed his citi- 
zenship ;—cf., also, Cic. 2 Verr. 
v. 63, 163; Sall. Cat. 51 ;—at 
xxii. 29 supply pdoritiv after 
éverd(eww.—Pass.: d&v-eraf- 
opas. 
fav-evOeros, -evSeroy, aij. 
(ay, “negative”; e60eros, “well, 
or conveniently, placed ”} 
Folld. by zpés: Not well, or 
conveniently, placed or situ- 
ated for some purpose; n- 
suitable for. 
(dv-evplone, f. dyv-euphow), 
| 2. aor. dy-edpoy, v. a. [de-d, in 
“8 ing” force; ebdp- 


VOCABULARY. 


fone, *to find’”’] Zo find out, 
Sind, discover. 

(dy-éyo, f. dy-dtw, p. dv- 
éoxnna, v.a. [ds-d, “up”; Exe, 
“to hold”] Zo hold «p.—In 
Gr. Test. not found in act. 
voice).—_Mid.: dv-éxopas, f. 
dy-dfouar, 2. aor. hy-eox deny, 
(“To hold up for one’s self”; 
hence) With Gen. of Object : 
To bear, endure, put up with, 
tolerate, suffer. 

d-vijp, v3pés, m.: L A man. 
—2. 4 husband (akin to Sans. 
nar-a, “aman”; & is a pre- 
fix; cf. 4-ya6-ds]. 

&vO-lornps, (f. dvri-oriow), 
p- 40-éornxa, 2. aor. éyr- 
éorny, Vv. a. and n. [av@ (see 
dyri), “against ’; fornuc, “ to 
cause to stand—to stand”’] 
(1. Act.: In pres, imperf., 
J. fut., and 1. aor.: * To 
cause to stand against, to set 


against.” —32.) Neut.: In perf., | sud, 


plaperf., and 2. aor.: (“To 
stand against or in opposi- 
tion ”’; hence) With Dat.: Zo 
resist, oppose, withstand ;— 
ef. no. 8.—3. Mid.: dv@- 
loriipar, (f. dvri-orhoopat) : 
With Dat.: Zo resist, op- 
pose, withstand, as one’s own 
especial act, or for one’s self, 


ate. 
dvOpuw-tvos, ivn, tvov, adj. 
[&vOpww-os, “a human being, 
aman” Of, or belonging to, 
@ human being or @ man; 
Me. B 


133 


EvOpewos, ov, comm. gen. 
4 human being ; a man, per- 
son :—6 vids rod dvOpaérov, the 
son of man; i.e. Christ in 
respect to His human nature, 
vii. 56 :—ol Ev@peewot, men, or 
persons, generally ; mankind, 
xv. 17; xxiv. 16, ete, 

TavOtwir-eve, v. n. [drd- 


txdr-es, “a proconsul ”] 
With Gen. of place: Zo be 
proconsul of. 


v0-twitog, trdrov, m. 
[dv@” (see dyri), “instead of, 
in the place of”; &réros, 
“‘gupreme”; and as Subet., 
“one who is supreme”; the — 
Gr. equivalent for the Lat. 
“ Consul,” as being that mag- 
istrate who possessed supreme 
power at Rome after the ex- 
pulsion of the kings] (‘‘ One 
instead of, or in the place of, 
a consul”; i,¢.) 4 procon- 


(Gv-tnus, f. dx-how, p. dve 
etxa, 1. aor. dy-Hxa), 2. aor. 
dv-jy, Ve a. [av-d, back ”s 
Inu, “to sen n (“To send 
back”’; hence): Z'o loose, loos- 
en.—Pass.: (dv-lepas, p. dv- 
ejua:), 1. aor. dv-d0ny, (1. fut. 
dy-€0hoouat). 

dv-lornpr, f. dva-orhow, p. 
ay-éornna, 1. aor. av-dornea, 
2. aor. dy-dorny, v. a. and n, 
[dv-d, “up; Tornu, “to 
make to stand—to stand ’”’] L. 
Act.: In pres., imperf., fut., 
and 1. aor,: a. Zo make to 


134 


stand ap, to raise up, etc.— 
db. OF a son, or family, as 
Object: To raise up, etc.— 
ce. Of a prophet as Object: To 
raise up, cause to arise.—d. To 
raise ep from the dead; ii..24. 
-~-2. Neut.: In perf., pluperf., 
and 2. aor.: a. Zo stand, or 
vise, up ;—at xxvi. 30 dvéory 
has a composite subject (viz. 
6 Baatrcts, diryendr, yj Bepvixn, 
and of ovyxabfuevo), yet 
takes the sing. number, inas- 
much as & Baotrets, which 
stands nearest to it, is to be 
brought prominently forward. 
—b. To rise up in rebellion or 
against constituted author- 
ities; v. 36.—c. Yo rise up 
in opposition to a speaker, 
eto.; vi. 9.—d. To rise, or 
arise, from the dead; x. 41, 
etc.—3. Mid.: dy-lorripas, f. 
dva-arhoouat, (“Tostand up”; 
hence) Zo rise from the dead; 
xx. 30. 

. *"Avvas, a, m. Annas, a son 
of Seth, appointed high-priest 
of the Jews, a.D. 7, by Quir- 
inus, the governor of Syria. 
In a.D. 14 he was deposed by 
Valerius Gratus, the pro- 
curator of Judwa, who con- 
ferred the high-priesthood on 
Ismaél, the son of Phabi. 


After an interval of some few | had 


years, Ismaél was forced to 
give way to Eleazar, a son of 
Annas; and he, again, in about 
®@ year, to Simon, son of.Camia 


| 


VOCABOLARY. 


or Camithus. Simon held the 
high-priesthood for about a 
year, when it was taken from 
him and given to Joseph 
Caiaphas, A.D. 25, who retained 
it till the passover of A.D. 37. 
At Luke iii. 2 Annas is styled 
high-priest, and his name 
joined to, but placed before, 
that of Cafaphas; while at 
John xviii. 13 Caiaphas is 
shown to have-been the acting 
high-priest, and Annas is 
merely mentioned as his father- 
in-law, and as having been the 
rson to whom Jesus was 
rst taken for examination. 
The explanation is not easy 5 
but the probable solution of 
the difficulty is that Annas 
and CaYaphas were conjointly 
at the head of the Jewish 
people; the latter as actual 
high-priest, the former, as 
president of the Sanhedrim, 
retaining the title of the office 
which he had previously held. 
At a later date (Acts iv. 6) 
Annas is distinctly called high- 
priest, while Cafaphas isspoken 
of as being, with certain others, 
“‘of the kindred of ‘the high- 
priest.” It seems, therefore, 
that amongst the changes 
continually taking place Annas 
by some means been 
brought back to office, and 
that Caiaphas held a sub- 
‘ordinate position to him. No- 
thing, however, can be affirm- 


-VOCABULARY. 


ed with certainty in what is 
after all a doubtfal and per- 
plexing matter. It only re- 
mains to add that Annas lived 
to a great old age, and that 
five of his sons at various times 
held the high-priesthood. 
dv-olye (dv-olyvipe, f. dy- 
offw),p dv-dgya (and dyépyxa), 
1. nor. dy-épta and #v-oita, 
v. a, and n. [d»-d, in “ inten- 
sive” force; ofyw or ofyvupi, 
“to open”) 1. Act.: To 
opes ;—at ix. 8, 40 in literal 
meaning; at xxvi. 18 in figura- 
.tive force;—at v. 23 supply 
was Obpas after dvoltavres :— 
dvolyerr 7d ordua, to open the 
mouth, i.e. to begin to speak, 
xviii. 14, efe.—2. Neut.: In 
perf.: To be opened; to stand, 
or be, open.—3. Pass.: (av- 
olyvipat), perf. dy-égyya: and 
dv-éqrypat, 1. aor. dv-4hxOnp, 
hv-eSxOny, and hv-olxény, 
(1. fut. dy-o1xO4hocopas), 2. fut. 
ayv-oryhoouct, To be opened. 
—N.B. At vii. 56 the reading 
varies between dvegyudvous 
and Syvorvyuévous; see Sidv- 


ol-yeo. 

+(Gv-orx0S0pdes -orxo80p5), 
£. dy-ouodonhow, (1. aor. dy- 
gwxodéunoa), v. a ([dr-d, 
“again”;  oixo8onéw, “ to 
‘build a house”; hence, “to 
build] Zo build again, to 

1. G-vop-os, oy, adj. Or 


“negative”; vdu-os, “ law 


135 


(“Not having law, lawless ”; 
hence) Wicked, tmpious.— As 
Subst.: Gvopos, ov, m. A 
wicked, or impious, person; @ 
transgressor. 

2. Gvonos, ov; see 1. kvopos. 

dv-o ~ope, f. dy. 
opOdow, 1. aor. d»-dpbwara, 
v.a. [dy-d, “again”; bp0de, 
“to set upright”] Zo set 
upright again; to restore, 
rebuild, 

évr-diwov, 2. aor. without 
pres., v. a. [dyr-f, “ against”; 
elxov, “to ”| (To 
speak against”; hence) Zo 
speak in contradiction, to 
offer tn opposition. 

évrl (before a soft vowel, 
éyr’; before an aspirated 
vowel, dv’), prep. gov. gen. 
(“Over against”; hence) Jn 
the place of, instead of, in re- 
turn for :—dv® dy, (in return 
Sor which things ; i.e.) because 
that, inasmuch as, xii. 38. . 

tavrixpv, adv. With Gen.: 
Right over against, right op- 
posite to. 

dvtt-AapBdvopar, f. dyri- 
Afwouat, p. pass. in mid. foree 
dyr-elAnupat, v. mid. [dvri, 
“in opposition ”; AauBavoua: 
(mid. of AauBava, “to take”’), 
‘to take hold of} (“To take 
hold of”? a person “ in opposi- 
tion” to a foe; hence) With 
Gen.: To help, aid, assist, 
succour, give help, etc., to. 

dvrt-Adyw, (f. .dvri-Adty, 


136 


1. aor. dyr-éAega), v. a. iets 
“in opposition to, against ”’; 
Aéya, “ to speak ”] Zo speak 
against ;—at xiii. 45 with 
follg. Dat.— Pass.: éyn- 


hertéy eva, elas, f. PAytlox- 
os, “ Antiochus’’; a Macedon- 
ian of distinction among the 
officers of Philip the Second, 
king of Macedon; and the 
father of Seleucus Nicatér(i. e. 
“the Conqueror”)] (‘The 
-city of Antiochus ”) Axstiochia 
or Antioch; the name of two 
cities built by Séleucus Nica- 
tor, and named after his father 
Antiochus ; see above. Seleuc- 
us was one of the generals 
of Alexander the Great, and 
_after that monarch’s death 
became king of Syria, and the 
founder of the family of the 
Seleucid: 1. Antioch in 
Syria (now the village of 
Antakieh), the capital of the 
kings of Syria, and afterwards 
the residence of the Roman 
Governor of the province of 
Syria. It stood at the head 
of the river Orontes, just 
at the spot where the re- 
spective mountain-chains of 
Lebanon and Taurus meet 
abruptly. In its immediate 
neighbourhood was Daphné, 
the celebrated sanctuary of 
Apollo, whence it was some- 
times called “Antioch by 
(or near) Daphne.” It is 


| 


VOCABULARY. 


intimately connected with 
the history of the Apostolic 
Church ; and it was here that 
the disciples of Christ were 
first called “Christians ”’; xi. 
26.—2. <Antioch in Pisidia 
(now Yalobatch). With the 
exception of xiii. 14; xiv. 19, 
21, the name when found in 
the es is to be referred to 
no. 1. 

f Avrtoy-evs, des, m. [id.] 
(“ Man of Antiochus”; hence) 
A man of Antioch (in Syria); 
vi. 5; see "Avyridyeta, no. 1. 

ft Avrtwarp-(¢, dos, f.Avri- 
adtnp, *Avrixdrp-os, * Ant¥- 
pater’; the father of Herod 


the Great] (“The city of 
Antipater”’) <Antipatris; a 
city of Palestine rebuilt by 


Herod the Great on the site 
of Capharsaba, and named 
after his father Antipiter. Its 
more ancient name is repre- 
sented by that still given to 
the place by the Arabs; viz. 
Kafr-Saba. Here it was that 
the foot-soldiers of the Roman 
escort that guarded Paul on 
his departure from Jerusalem 
left him, while he proceeded 
with the cavalry-troops to 
Cesaréa ; xxiii. 81. 

tévrt-wlarre, (f. dyriewerod= 
pat), v.n.[dvrl, “against”; 
alxreo, “to fall] (“To fall 
against”; hence) Zo strike 
against, resist, etc. 


(ayrt-tTécce < and évr {-. 


VOCABULARY. 


wérre, f. dyri-rdio, v.a. (avril, 
“against”; rdoow, “to draw 
up in order of battle””] Act.: 
‘To draw up against in order 
of battle; to range in battle 
against”’).— Mid. : dvrt-rdo- 
gopas, (1. aor. dyr-eratduny), 
(“To range one’s self in bat- 
‘tle against’; hence) With 
Dat. : To resist, oppose, with- 
apr Ge ie 
yr -ée -@, V. nN. 
éyr-l, ‘against ”; dp0aru- 
s, “the eye”] (“To direct 
the eye inst ”; hence, “ to 
look in the face, meet face to 
face”; hence) Of a ship as 
Subject: With Dat.: Zo bear 
up against, meet, the wind; 
xxvii. 15, where probably 
there may be, in the employ- 
ment of the word, an allusion 
to the ancient custom of paint- 
ing eyes (épGadpods) on the 
bows of vessels employed in 
the Mediterranean—a custom 
which is said still to exist. 
Gv-w, adv. [dy-d, “up” ] 
Upwards, ap, above. 
 Eve-Gev, adv. [&ve, “above”; 
hence, of time, “formerly, 
of old”; suffix @e(v) = “from ”’] 
From of old, from the begin- 
ning. 
taverep-txds, ich, indy, adj. 
avérep-os, “higher, upper ’’} 
‘“‘Pertaining to &avdrepos”’; 
ence) Higher, upper ;—at 
xix, 1 = “higher up _ the 
country, more remote from 


137 


the sea than Ephesus”; viz. 
in the regions of Phrygia and 
Galatia. 

&EXos, 1a, tov, adj. [for &y- 
cios; fr. &y-w, ‘to weigh” so 
much | (“Weighing” so much ; 
hence, ‘‘worth”; hence) 1. 
Worthy, deserving.—3. With 
Gen.: 8. Worthy of; meet, or 
suitable, for.—b. Deserving 
of.—3. With Inf.: Worthy, 
or deserving, to be or of 
being, ete. 

Gki-de -3, (f. afidow, p. 
hkloxa), 1. aor. hélwoa, v. a 
[&ttos, (uncontr. gen.) dfo-os, 
in force of “ meet, fit” ] 1. Zo 
think, or deem, meet or fit.—3. 
To desire, request, etc. 

dn-ayyAne, f. dr-ayyeAd, 
l. aor. dx-fryye:Aa, Vv. a. [ax-d, 
in “strengthening” force; 
dyyéArw, “to carry word ’’} 
To report, relate, tell, declare, 


etc. 
dw-Sye, (f. dx-diw), 2. aor. 
dx-nyad-yov, v.a.[ dx-d, “away”; 
byw, “to lead”] 1. To lead 
away, carry of. —32. To lead 
away, or carry off, to prison 
or as a prisoner.—8. To lead 
away to punishment, to put 
to death.—Pass.: &mw-&yopat, 
p. dw-fyua), 1. aor. dw 
xOnv, (1. fut. aw-axOhoo- 

pat). 
aéw-adAdoow (or 4&x-ah- 
Adrrw), f. dw-adAAdio, p. da- 
hAdAadxa, v. a. [dx-d, “from ”’; 
daAdoow, “to change” } (“To 


138 


change from ”; hence) 1. Act.: 
To put away from, remove 
Srom.—2. Mid: 4r-ehddowo. 
par (or &e-alAcrropa, f. 
aw-arAdfoua, 1. aor. dx-na- 
Aakdunv), (**To remove one’s 
self, efe., from”; hence) Zo 
go away, depart. 
ax-avrde -avTo, f. dr- 
avyrhow, (p. dx-hyrna), 1. aor. 
dx-fyrnca, v. vn. [de-d, in 
“strengthening force; ayrda, 
“to meet” ] With Dat.: Zo 
- meet, 
ardvrn-o1s, cews, f. [for 
ardvra-ois; fr. drayrd-w, “ to 
meet ’’] With Dat.: 4 meeting 
- with a person. 

&-was, rica, way,adj. [é, in 
“intensive” force; as, ‘‘all’’ ] 
‘1. Quite all; the whole, all 
completely.—As Subst.: a. 
Gravres, wy, m. plur. Ali 
men, all persons.—b. &travra, 
wv, n. plur. All things.—2., 
The whole of that denoted by 
the subst. to which it is in 
attribution. 

+(4e-eowafopas), 1. aor. 
dxr-nowacduny, v. mid. [dx-d, 
in “strengthening” force; 
donrafouat, “to greet, salute’’; 
hence, “to wish farewell to; 
to take leave of”] To wish 
farewell to, take leave of; 
—at xxi. 6 the readings vary 
between mpocevidueba, Kal 
dowacduevot GAAhAovs and 
Tpocevidueva: adrnowarducda ; 


in the last case supply adrods. 


. VOCABULARY. 


éweO-deo -3, f. dre:O@how, 1. 
aor. qwelOnoa, v. n. [drer0-hs, 
“disobedient”] Zo be dis. 
obedient, to disobey. 

d-weid-vis, és, adj. ([4, 
“negative”; welO-ona: (pass. 
of welfw, “to persuade’’), 
to obey ”} (“Not obeying ”; 
$.¢.) Disobedient. 

&mer-do -0, (f. dre:Afow, 
p. HwelAnna), v. a. and n. 
[awe:A-#, “a threat] (“To 
threaten”) Mid.: (&wed- 
dopas -otpar, f. drecAfoouat), 
1. aor. FreiAncdéunvy: With 
Dat. of person: Yo threaten 
on one’s own part or as one’s 
own especial act :—édweAf 
dwetAncdépeda abrois, (let es 
threaten them with a threat ; 
i.e.) threaten strongly, etc., 
iv. 17. 

awed, fs, f. A threat. 

aw~ee imperf. dx-few 
[aw-d, “away ”’; elu, “to go”) 
To go away, to depart. 

+(Gn-chavve, f. ax-cAdow, 
Attic dw-eAd, p. asks Te ¥ 
1. aor. dr-fAdoa, v.a. [ax-6, 
“away from”; édatva, “to 
drive”’] To drive away from; 
xviii. 16, where it is strength- 
ened by follg. awd. 

tawedey-pés, nov, m. [for 
awedeyx-uds; fr. dwerAdyx-cx, 
“to convict, or expose, 
thoroughly ”] (“A convict- 
ing, or exposing, thoroughly”; 
hence, as an effect) Disgrace, 
disrepute, etc. . 


VOCABULARY. 


aqr-évawni, adv. [ar-d, in 
“strengthening” force; fva»r:, 
‘ opposite”) With Gen.: 
-(“ Opposite, over against ”’; 
-hence) 1. Contrary to, in 
opposition to.—2. In the pre- 
sence of,-before. 

+a-nrepltpn-ros, Tov, adj. 
[a “negative”; epiréuva, 
“to cut around”’; hence, “to 
circumcise,”? through verbal 
root wepurpy (= wepl; tTpy, a 
‘root of réuvw) | Uncircumcised; 
-——at vii. 51 in figurative force. 

dw-dpyopar, f. dx-ércdoo- 
pat, p. Gr-eAfAdvOa, 2. aor. 
ax-GAGoy, v. mid. [ar-d, 
‘SS away’’s Epxonas, “to come, 
to go”’| Zo go away, depart. 
- Gar-dxa, (f. ap-é&m and &mo- 
oxhow), v. a. and n. [éx-d, 
“away from”; é€xw, “ to 
‘have or hold” ] (“To have, 
‘or hold, away from’’).—Mid.: 
de-éxopat, (“To hold one’s 
self, etc., away from ”’; hence) 
With Gen. either with or 
without axé: To keep one’s 
self, etc., from ; to abstain, or 
refrain, from. 

éwryeoav, 8. pers. plur. 
imperf. ind. of &reipi. 

miort-ée -0, (f. dmior-fhow, 
Pp. Axlor-nea), 1. aor. Irlor- 
noa, v. n. [&mor-os, “un- 
believing” ] (‘To be &moros’’; 
hence) Not to believe, to dis- 
believe. 

G-wiotos, xicrov, adj. [4, 


“negative”; wiords .(pass.), 


139 


“‘to be believed, credible 
Not to be believed, incred- 
ible. 

awd (before a soft vowel 
an’; but awd Ayrioxelas, xiv. 
19 ;—before an aspirate dg’; 
but awd évds, xvii. 27; awd 
‘lepovoAduwy, i. 43 xi. 27), 
prep. gov. gen.: 1. From, in. 
the fullest meaning of the 
word.—2. To mark a result, 
cause, efc.: From, t con- 
cones of; xxii. 11.—3, 

ith Gen. (instead of Parti- 
tive Gen. alone) after verbs 
act., to denote a part: Of :— 
awd Tijs Tits, (some, or part,’ 
of the price, v. 2, 3; dx 


“rod TIvevparos, (a portion) of 


my Spirit, ii. 17; cf., also, il. 
18; xvi. 88, efc.—4. a. Of a 
commencing point of time, 
etce.: From, after, since.—b. 
Of time generally: A¢.—c. 
Without dependent Gen., and 
in combination with Gen. of 
time: Since, ago; x. 30.— 
At John xxi. 8 awd is also 
used without a dependent 
gen., and in combination with 
a gen. of space or distance :— 
aed xnxav Bianxoclwr, two 
hundred cubits off.—5. Of, 
out of, a number, a body of 
persons, efc.—6. To denote 
the Agent: By; ii. 22.—7%. 
Prefixed to Adverbs: From : 
—dnd rpwl, from early in the 
morning, from early morning, 
KXViil, 23. 


140 


&woPod-4, js, f. [for 
&wroBad-h; fr. dxoBdA-Aw, “to 
cast away”’; hence, “to lose” | 
Loss. 

awoypaid-%, js, f. [droypip- 
w, “to register” | (‘A register- 
ing”; hence) A register of 
persons liable to taxation = 
the Roman “census”; cf. 
Luke ii. 2. 

&wo-Selnvipt, (f. dwo-deltw), 
1. aor. aw-dSecta, v. a. [aad 
in “strengthening” force ; 
Selavvps, “ to show” ] Zo show 
forth, make known, etc.— 
Pass.: (Gwo-Selxvipas), p. 
dxo-3éSerypat. 

émro-Séyopat,(f.dr0-3éfopat, 
p. dxo-3e3eypua), 1. nor. dx- 
edetdiuny, with 1. aor. pass. 
ax-edéxOnv, v. mid. [adxd, in 
“ strengthening ’’ force ; 3éx- 
ona, “to receive” ] (“To 
receive”; hence) 1. Of the 
word of God as Object: Zo 
receive, to embrace, etc.—2. 
a. To receive a person kindly, 
with hospitality, efc.; xviii. 
27.—b. In 1. aor. pass.: To 
be received kindly, ete.; xv. 4. 
—38. Of favours, etc., as 
Object : Zo receive, or accept, 
with gratitude, e¢ec—4. To 
receive, or admit, to one’s 
presence, etc.; xxviii. 80. 

Gwo-St8epur, f. dwo-3écu, 
(1. aor. dx-eSdéxa), v. a. (ard, 
“from”; 515wpi, “to give” | 
% To give from ” one; hence) 

- Act.: a. Of testimony, e¢c., 


VOCABULARY. 


as Object: To give forth, 
bear.—b. Of an account, etc., 
as Object: To give in, render; 
xix, 40.—2. Mid.: (do- 
StSopar, f. dxo-3éc0n01), 2. 
nor. dr-edéduny, (To give 
away from one’s self”; hence) 
To part with for payment; to 
sell; vii. 9 ;—at v. 8 folld. by 
Gen. of price. 

Gwro-Ovnijoxe, f. dro-fix- 
oduat, 2. aor. dx-éBdvor, Vv. 1. 
(dwd, in “strengthening” force; 
Ovhoxw, “to die”’] 1. Zo die. 
—3. In 2. aor.: a. To have 
died,i.e. to be dead.—b. To 
be put to death :—droddveiy 
eis folld. by Acc. of place: to 
go into a place, and to be put 
to death in it = to die in or 
at a place, xxi. 13. 

Gwroxiftotave, v. a. [ards 
xabiorave = xéOlornps | A late 
form of dxoxddlornur; see 
droxdblornu;—at i. 6 the 
pres. (dwoxaiordve:s) is used 


of an almost immediate 
future, 
dro-xabloryps, f. dwo-xara 


orhow, (p. dwo-xabéordxa), Ve 
a. [dwd, “back again”; xaé- 
lornu, * to set down ’’; hence, 
“to bring into a (certain) 
condition,” efc.; hence, “to 
restore ”’ to the original state } 
To restore again to a former 
state ; to re-establish. 
tdwoxitdoTa-o1s, cews, fi. 
[awoxadiocrnur, “to restore 


again ”’] (“A restoring again’ 


VOCABULARY. 


hence) Restoration, re-esta- 
bitehment, restitution. 
(4wo-xdéwre, f. dro-xde), 
1. aor. dw-dxopa, v. a. (awd, 
‘“‘from ”; xéxre, “to cut’) 


(*To cut from” an object ;/1 


hence) Zo cut off or away. 
&wo-xpivopar, (f. dwo-xpiv- 
otpa:), 1. aor. dwx-expivdunp, 
1. aor. pass. in mid. force, dx- 
expiény, v. mid. [drd, “ from ”; 
xplvopas (mid.), in force of “ to 
adjudge ” something to some 
one] (“ To adjudge” something 
to some one “ from ” another ; 
hence, “to give a decision, 
pronounce an opinion,” re- 
specting a matter ; hence) In 
conversation, etc. : To reply, 
answer; — sometimes with 
Dat. of person or mpdés with 
Acc. of n;—at xxv. 4 
folld. by Objective clause. 
éro-xrtelve, f. dwo-nreva, (p. 
dw-éxrova), 1. aor. dw-éxreva, 
v. a. [dwé, in “strengthening ” 
force; xrelyw, “to kill,” ete. ] 
To kill, put to death, etc. 
Gx-dd\dtn, f. dx-odrAdow, (p. 
dw-oAdAexa), 1. aor. dw-dAeca, 
v. a. [dwd, in “intensive ” 
force ; SAAumt, “to destroy ””’] 
1. Act: Zo destroy utterly 
or entirely. —2. Mid: dw- 
6hAGpat, f. dx-orAotTuat, p. da- 


bAmAa, 2.a0r. dwr-wrduny, (“To | fe 


destroy one’s self utterly”; 
hence) Of persons or things: 
Zo perish. 

‘ ¢ AzohAav > ta, tas, f. 


141 


CAwdAAwy, "ArdAAwy-os, “ Ap- 
ollo,” the ancient sun-god] 
“City of Apollo”) Apollonia 
now Pollina); a town of 

ygdonia in Macedonia; xvii. 


"Amodheis, &, m. Apollis; 
a Jew of Alexandria, well 
versed in the Jewish Scrip- 
tures, who was instructed in 
Christianity by Aquila and 
Priscilla during a visit he paid 
to Ephesus, a.p. 64. After- 
wards he became a preacher of 
the Gospel, and a companion 
of St. Paul. 

émo-Aoy-dopas -otpas, (f. 
dwro-Aoyfcoua), 1. aor. dr 
eAoynoauny, 1. aor. pass. in 
mid. force dx-eAoyf@ny, v. 
mid, [dré, “away from”; 
Aéy-os, “a word yp (« To get 
one’s self away from” a diffic- 
ulty, danger, efc., “by words”; 
hence) 1. Zo defend one’s seif 
by speaking, to say in defence, 
to make one’s defence. — 2. 
With Acc. of thing: Zo say, 
or allege, something in one’s 
defence. 

émodoy-ta, fas, f. [droAoy- 
éopat, “to defend one’s self” 
by speaking] (“‘A defendin 
one’s self by speaking”; hence 
A speech in defence; @ de- 


ence. 
(Gtro-Aove, f. dwro-Actow, 
1. aor. dx-éAouca, v. a. [axd, 
“off or away’’; Aotw, “to 
wash” | “To wash off or 


142, 


away”’).—Mid.: (&wo-Aovopat, 
f. dwo-Aovcoua), 1. aor. dw- 
' eAovcaunv, To wash off, or 
away, for one’s self, whether 
actually or figuratively ;—at 
xxii. 16 the accent on the 
antepenultima of dxrdéAovoa 
shows that it is the imperative 
mid., as the 1. aor. inf. act. 
requires an accent on the 
penultima, viz. droAovcat. 
Gtro-hiw, f. dro-Avow, (p. 
dwo-AdAvxa), 1. aor. dr-dAvca, 
Vv. a [dxd, “ from ”; Ate, “to 
loose”] (‘To loose from” 
something ; hence) 1. Act.: a. 
To release, set free.—b. To 
let, or allow, to go away or to 
depart.—c. To send away, 
dismiss. —2, Mid.: damo- 
Avopor, (“To send one’s self 
away”; hence) Zo depart.— 
3. Pass,: &ro-Avopat, p. dro- 
AdAtuat, 1. aor. dw-eAvOny, 1. 
fut. dwo-AvOfcoua. 
¢(Grro-alwere, f. dro-recot- 
pou), 2. aor. dw-éwegoy, v. n. 
[dwd, “from”; xlrre, “to fall” 
To fall from; ix. 18, where 
it is strengthened by follg. dwé. 
tdwo-whde, (f. dro-rAetco- 
par and dwo-wAevcotua), 1. 
aor. ax-émAevoa, v. a. [dxd, 
“from ’’; wAéw, “to sail’) 
(“To sail from” a place; 
hence) Zo sail away. 
drop-éw -@, f. drophow, p. 
hxdpnna, v.n. [&xop-os, * with- 
out resources, at a loss’’] 


VOCABULARY: 


be perplexed or in doubt, etc. 
—32. Mid. : dqrop-dopar -odpat, 
(£. dwophooua:) = no. 1. 
dro-p-fplwre, f. dwo-p- 
plyw), 1. aor. dw-é)-pupa, v. a. 
(awd, “from”; pirra, “to 
cast or throw”; with the 
initial letter (5) doubled] (‘To 
cast, or throw, from” a place; 
hence) With ellipse of éavrods: 
To cast themselves out of the 
ship into the sea; xxvii. 43. 
+ (dwo-cxevafopa), 1, aor. 


dr-eoxevacduny, v. mid. [ard, 
“away”; oxeva{oum, “to 


make preparations for one’s 
self’”’} (“To make preparations 
for one’s self, efc., and go 
away”; hence) To pack up 
and depart ; seo émaxevala. 

dmwo-rrdw -one, (f. dxo- 
oracw), 1. aor. dx-éoxdoa, 
v. a. [dwd, “away”; oxdes, “ to 
draw” ] 1. Zo draw away, 
withdraw ;—at xx. 30 in fig- 
urative force.—2. Pass.:1. aor. 
dw-eomdaOny, To be with- 
drawn ; to depart, go away. 

drogta-ota, cias, f. [dg- 
fornus (neut.), “ to stand away 
from”; hence, “torevolt from,” 
through verbal. root diwoera 
(= dard; ora, root of Iornp:)] 
(“A revolting from ”; hence) 
4 defection, or departure, from 
certain principles, ete. ;— at 
ra 21 strengthened by follg. 
ard. 

aro-oréd\do, f, dro-cTEAa, 


L, Neut.: Zo be ata loss, to|p. dr-éoravxa, ]. aor. dx. 


,.)6hSUCON 


VOCABULARY. 


éoreixafdxd, “from”; oréArw, 
“to send ”’} (‘* To send from” 
a person or place; hence) 1. Zo 
send forth.—2. To send away; 
to bid, or command, to depart. 
—8. a. To send or despatch on 
some mission or service.—b. 
With second Acc.: To send 
forth one as that denoted by 
the second Acc.; vii. 85.— 
Pass, : dwo-o-rdAAopas, p. ar- 
deradpua, 2. aor. dw-eoraAny. 

dxzooroA-%, jis, f. [for dxo- 
oreA-h; fr. dwoaréAAw, “to 
send forth,” through verbal 
root dwooreA (= dxd; ed, 
root of oréAAw) | (In paes. force, 
“A being sent forth ”; hence) 
Apostleship. 

dwéctoh-og ov, m. [for 
dwéoreA-os ; fr. dwooréArAw, 
“to send forth ”] (“ One sent 
forth ’’; hence) An apostle. 

dwo-otpide, f. dxo-crpépa, 
1, aor. dx-éorpeva, v. a. [dwd, 
“away ’’; orpépe, “to turn” | 
To turn away ;—at iii, 26 in 
figurative force. 
'.(dwo-récow and dro- 
rTéTrTe, v. a. [dxd, “ asunder ”; 
tdoce, “to arrange or set” | 
“To set asunder” from some- 
thing; hence, “to detach”). 
—Mid.: dwo-rdccopas (and 
dwo-rattoua), 1. aor. dr- 
eratduny, (“To detach one’s 
self” from something; hence) 
With Dat.: To bid adiex to, 
take leave of, quit, etc. ;—at 
xviii. 21 some editions have 


143 


Gworatduevos instead of dw. 
erdiaro, and omit the words 
from 3¢7 to ‘lepovegAhy; alsa 
the 34 after wdaiy. 
(Amo-ttOnps, f. dro-how, 
v.a. [dwd, “away”; riOnus, 
“to put if “To put away’). 
—Mid.: ( ere): 2. aor. 
dw-eOduny, To put away for 
one’s self or as one’s own act 3 
to lay aside, 
(dwo-rlvdoow), 1. aor. dee 
erivata, v.a. (ded, “off”; 
tivdoow, “to shake”) To 
shake off or away. 
(Garo-gépw, f. da-olow, p. 
dw-evhvoxa), 1. aor.da-hreynt, 
2. aor. awr-hyeyxor, V. & [ awd, 


is away from”; oépw, ‘to 
carry ”’] Zoe away from. 
— Pass.: éwo- powat, i, aor. 


dx-nyvdxOny s—at xix. 12 the 
readings vary between éxo- 
péperbas and emipédpecOas, 

tawo-d8éyyopar, 1. aor. 
dxr-epbetduny, v. mid. (ard, 
in ‘strengthening’ force; 
Pbéyyoua, “to speak’’] Zo 
speak, utter, declare, speak 
girs att 4 

+tdmo-doptif{o v. mid. 
(ard, denoting He reversal 7s 
gopriCoua: (mid.), “ to load or 
ship ”] Zo unload, discharge, 
a cargo, etc. s—at xxi. 8 the 
pres. part. awoopri(duevos is 
used to denote an almost im- 
mediate future. 

diro-ywpéw -ywpd, (f. dro. 
Xephow and axo-xaphooua), 


144 


1. aor. dx-exdpnea, v.n. [ard, 
“away”; xwpto, “to go’) 
Zo go away, depart. 

(Lwo-yxuptte f. dwo-xwp- 
tow, Attic dmro-xwpie, Vv. a. 
[ard, “from”; xapi(w, “to 
separate or part’’ | ‘‘ To separ- 
ate, or part, from ”).—Pass.: 
(&o-yepifopar), 1. aor. ax- 
exeplaOnv, To be separated, 
or parted, from; to depart 
Srom;—at xv. 39 strength- 
ened by follg. awé. 

+"Arntos, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. Appius] Appius; a 
Roman preudmen. — ’Arriou 
@épov, Appii Forum (now 8. 
Donato) id a igs on ie 
Appian Way (the great roa 
lending from, Rome to Naples), 
distant from Rome about 43 
miles, It was founded by 
Appius Claudius Crassus, sur- 
named Cscus; who also con- 
structed, at least in part, the 
road which bore his name. 

&-mpédaKxom-0s, oy, adj. 

& negative ’’; aon | 
in force of “an offence,” ezc.] 
(“Not having spocxorh”; 
hence) Void of, or without, 
offence. 

Gare, f. Eye, 1. aor. Fa, 
v.a. Zo kindle, light a fire, 
etc.;—at xxviii. 2 the readings 
vary between dyjavres and 
évdwyavres; soe dvderra. 

dw-wido -w0d, (f. dw-w0- 
how, 1.a0r. (ax-éwoa and) &x- 
é0yoa), v.a [dx-d, “away”; 


,|6=SrlC(a''Y 


VOCABULARY. 


Ode, “to thrust”) 1. To 
thrust away.—2. Mid.: (dw- 
wOdonar -ovpas), 1. aor dw. 
woiuny, To thrust away from 
one’s self, efc.; to cast off, ree 
ject. 

dwé)-ara, efas, f. [strength- 
ened fr. a&wdA-ceia; fr. &wdaq 
Ava, “to destroy” ] Destruc- 
tion. 

1. Gpa, adv.: 1. Perchance, 
indeed.—2. In inferential 
force: a. Then, so then, there- 
fore :—tpa ye, or a8 one word 
Kpaye, then indeed, therefore 
indeed.—b. In truth, truly, 
after all, tt seems. 

2. Gpa, interrogative particle 
(= Lat. num) in marking a 

uestion, andnot rendered into 

nglish ; viii. 30. 

dye; see 1. kpa. 

ft’ Apa, “ApaBos, m. As 
Arabian ;—Plur.: Arabians ; 
—at ii. 11 = the Jews settled 
among the Arabians. 


dpytp-tov, tov, n. dim. 
[&pyup-os, ‘“‘silver”] (“A 


small piece of silver”; hence) 
1. Silver generally.—2. As 
made of silver: Silver 
money, silver coin, silver.— 
3. A piece of silver ;—at xix. 
19 the Attic drachma appears 
to be meant; so that, reckon- 
ing the drachma at 73d., the 
value of the sum specified in 
the above-mentioned passage 
would amount to 15621. 10s. 
of English money. 


VOCABULARY. 


td -K68-08, ov, mM. 
gtpess (aneoots. gen.) dpy- 
po-os, “silver”; xow, root of 

xorrw, “to strike”; hence, 
**to hammer ”’] (‘‘Silver-ham- 
merer ”; hence) 4 worker, or 
artist, in silver; a@ silver- 
amith. 

&py-tpos, pov, m. (“ The 
white, or shining,” metal) 
Silver [akin to Sans. arj-una, 
“white”; from root RAJ, 
“to shine ”’]. 

1. dpyup-ots, a, of» (contr. 
fr. dpytp-eos, a, eov), adj. 
[&pyuip-os, “silver”] (Of, 
or belonging to, silver”; hence) 
Made of silver, silver-. 

2. dpytipots (= dpyiipéous), 
masc. acc. plur. of 1. dpyupois ; 
xix. 24. 

t”Ap-evos, eiov (uleo “Ap- 
tog, efa, e1ov), adj. 
*‘ Arés”’; the Greek of war, 
the same as the Lat. ‘Mars ’’ | 
Of, or belonging to, Ares or 
Mars.—Apewos Tidyos, the 
hill of Ares (or Mars), the 
Areopdgus, was a hill at 
Athens over against the 
Acropdlis. The name was 
hence given to the highest 
judicial court of Athens, 
which held its sittings on 
it, and which took especial 

izance of all capital 
crimes; xvii. 19. 

f Apeo-way-irne, trov, m. 
classical for “Apeso-wdy-irns 
this last form occurring only 
Acts. 


Ap-ns, | &p 


145 


in late writers); fr. “Ape:os, 
(uncontr. gen.) ’Apelo-os, “ of 
Arés”; xdy-os, “a hill’’) 
(‘A man of the hill of Arés ”’; 
hence) 4 member of the court 
that held its sittings on the 
hell of Ares ; an Areopagite ; 
see “Apeios. 
dpdoxw, f. ipdow, (p. dpfpe- 
xa), 1. aor. Hpeca, v.n. 
be pleasing, to please. 
pto-tés, 7H, Tdy, adj. [for 
dpecx-rés; fr. apéox-w, “to 
please ”] Pleasing, pleasant. 
dpOpde, of, m. 4 number, 
*Apior-apx-os,ou,m.| Epior- 
os, “best”; &px-w, “to rule” ] 
(‘‘ Best-ruler”) <Aristarchus ; 
n Macedonian, one of St. 
ora companions; xix. 29, 
c. 


Gp-pa, pdros, n. [akin to 
-w, “to fit”; hence, “to 
join fitly together] (‘‘ That 
which is joined fitly toge- 
ther”; hence) 4 chariot with 
two wheels. 

Gpvdopar -otpar, f. dpv- 
hoouat, 1. aor. jpynoduny, ve 
mid.: 1. Zo say “no”; to 
deny.—2. With Acc. of person : 
To deny a person, i. e. to assert 
that one does not know him. 
—3. With Acc. of thing: Zo 
deny a thing, é. 6. to assert 
that it has not taken place, 
etc. ;—at iv. 16 supply abrdé= 
Sri yrwordy onpeiuy yéyove Se 
abr ay. 

apwate, f. ene (and 


146 
dprdiw, p. Spriea), 1. 


Ipxioa, v. 9. To enatch away, 
carry off, with haste, by force, 
ete. 


t’Aprepes, ios, f. Artemis, 
a Greek sods the same as 
the Roman Diana, the daugh- 
ter of Jupiter and Laténa, and 
the sister of Apollo ; see, also, | v 


énovos and 


&. The main-sail sd Sopeail 
Epros, ov, M.: A loaf o 
bread 2 Bread. es 


tape “tbogianing” | (““Per- 
yreed to apxf hence) 

noent oe old. 

bey f. [tpx-e, “to 

” inning, com 
es Sat ae A corner, ead 
of a rope, sheet, efo. 
or ate arith, 

arixdy, Papxsep-ets 
é Higheprice? 4 Of, or be- 
longing to, the high-priest ; 
the high-priest’e, etc. 

dpyx-vepevds, sepdees, m. [dpx- 
és, “aq chief”; fepeds, “a 

priest ”] (“ Chief-priest ’) Of 
the Jews: 1. High-priest.—2. 
Plur.: The chief-priests ; i.e. 
pt heads of peti — 
ol dpxtepeis nal of xpeaBirepot, 
the chief priests and the 


_. 


VOCABULARY. 


aor. | elders; i.e. the membefs of 


the Sanhedrim ; see cvrd8pioy. 

-t-atvisywy-o8, ov, Ms 
[&px-e, “ to rule”; («) connect- 
ing vowel ; 3 cuvayay-h, “a 


synagogue ” A ruler of a 

nagogue. 
Sexe, (£. ee P- 4exa)s 
a. (“To be nce 


With Set o time, and 


in both Act. and Mid.: Zh 
. | begin. —Mid. : Bexonas, (fi: 
Eptoua), 1. Aptduny 


"| [prob akin to Sans. root ABH, 
in force of “ to be able’’]. 
X-ev, ovros, m. [kpyx-cey, 

“ruling”; P. pres. of &px-e, 
“to rule,” used as subst. 
(“One raling”; hence) 
ruler, chief, etc. 

d-cédev-r0s, Tov, adj. [da 
“negative”; oadreb-w, ‘to 
shake] Unshaken, not to 
be moved, unmoveable, im- 
moveable. 
: oes ov, adj. fd, 

negative ”; oyp, root of onp- 
igo siark 7) (“Un- 
marked, without mark”; 
hence) Of persons, cities, 
etc.: Unknown, obscure, in- 
significant, mean. 

daGév-ea, clas, f. [doGer- 
hs, “ weak’) (* The state, or 
condition, of the doGerhs ”’; 
hence) 1. Weakness, infirmity. 
—2. An infirmity, a sickness, 
ilinese, disease, etc. 

daGev-des -&, 1. aor. hoGer- 
10a, V. n. [doder-¥s, “ without 


VOCABULARY. 


strength, weak”] (“To be: 
doGerjs”; hence) 1. Zo be 
weak, feeble, or snjfirm.—2. 
Jo be in weak, or ili, health ; 
to be sick, ete. 

d-aGev-r}¢, és, adj. [&, “not”; 
adéy-os, * strength ”’ | (* With- 
ont c6évos’’; hence) 1. Weak, 
infirm.—2. Sick, diseased. 

daGevav, otca, ody, contr. 
P. pres. of d00erdw:—As Subst. 
m.: 4 sick person :—oi daOev- 
obvres, the sick ; i.e. sick per- 
sons generally. 

"Aorta, as, f. Asia; i.e. the 
Roman province of Asia, of 
which Ephesus was the capital. 
aij. Of or belonging to, Aria 

> Or nging to, 
sis 8 Subst.: "Anravéds, 08, m. 
4A man of Asia. 
| PAovaivés, 4, dv; 
a he den: PA 
+: -1%; ov, m. [ Aci- 

a, “ Asia”; &px-w, “ to rule’’} 
‘A ruler, or chief, of Asia ; an 
Asiarch. This name was 
given to certain officers elected 
annually by the cities of the 
Roman province of Asia, sub- 
ject however. to the approval 
of the Proconsul. They had 
charge of the public games 
and of the religious theatrical 
spectacles, the expenses of 
which they defrayed at their 
own cost. The title appears 
to have been continued to 
those who had at any time 
held the office. 


*Aciavés, 


147 


tdotr-ta, tas, f. [etr-os; 
| * without food ””) (“ The state, 
or condition, of the &ctros”’; 
nence) A being, or continuing, 
without food; a not eating, 
etc.; neglect of food ;—at 
xxvii, 21 the use of this 
word shows that the crew and 
passengers in the ship were in 
too t alarm to eat. 

i fpersineng ov, adj. [d, 
“negative”; oatr-os, “ wheat, 
corn”; hence, “food” in 
general | Without food, fasting, 
in a state of fasting ;—at xxvii. 
88 this word denotes that the 
crew and ngers were 
Kotro: at the approach of the 
fourteenth day of the storm, 
not that they had eaten = 
thing for fourteen days; see 
Tegoapecnadénaros. 

tdoxie -w, (f. doxhow, p 
Hounxa), v. a. To exercise. 

taopdv-ws, adv. [&oper-os, 
“ well-pleased, glad”’ | (‘ After 
the manner of the &opevos ”’; 
paar Gladly, with gladness 


gow tau (f. dowdoopas), 

1. aor. Rowacéuny, v.n.: 1. Zo 

greet, welcome, salute by 
words. —2. To embrace; see 

dwaord(ouat, 

5 comp, adv. 
‘¢ Nearer’; hence, as modi- 
ed sup.) Very near, olose. - 

“Acoos, ou, f. Assos: 1. 

A city of Mysia in Asia Minot, 

on the gal of Adramyttium. 


L2 


148 


VOCABULARY, 


—8, A city of Crete ;—at xxvii. | opdA-ctipny: a. To make 


13 the readings vary between 
“Accov (acc.), and docop (adv.); 
see ao Tov. ‘ 

dovr-ciog, 
kor-v, “a city” ] (“Of, or 

onging to, a city”; hence) 
Of persons: Graceful, fair, 
goodly, beautiful: —for aoreios 
T@ Beg, see eiul, no. 2, b. 

&-orp-ov, ov, n. (“A strew- 
er”; hence) 4 star, as a 
strewer of light [d, prefix; 
Sans. root sTRI, “‘ to strew ’’}. 

td-cipduvos, cinpwvor, 
adj. [d, ‘“‘negative”; cdudevos, 
“ i in sound, har- 
monious’’] (“Not agreeing 
in sound, inharmonious ” ; 
hence) With axpés: Not in 
accordance with, not agreeing 
with, at variance with. 

dour aa, elas, f. (dapaar- 
hs, “safe’’] (“The state, or 
condition, of the dopéafs”; 
hence) Safety. 

dos ots; see d- 


opaAns. 

d-otd-r¢, és, adj. [4, “ne- 
gative”’; odak, root of apda- 
Aco, “ to make to fall ””} (“Not 
made to fall”; hence, “firm”; 
hence) Of things: Sure, cer- 
tain—As Subst.: dardadrds, 
os ots, n. Certainty, truth. 

(dopard-ifw, v. a. (dopaa- 
hs, “ safe”) 1. To make safe, 
eure, or secure).—2. Mid.: 
(dogud-ifopar, f. dopaa-ico- 
vos and dogdd-todua:), 1, aor. 


—__. 


ela, eiov, adj.|put into and e 


safe, secure, etc., by one’s own 
especial act or on one’s own 
behalf.—b. Folld. by els: Zo 
secure 
there. 

-&, adv. [dopaa-hs, 
“‘gafe’’] (“ After the manner 
of the dopadfs”; hence) 
Safely, securely. 

drev-iLe, (f.dreviow), 1. aor. 
qrévioa, v. n. [drev-fs, “ine 
tent’’] (“* To do as the dre. 
hs does’; hence) With Dat. 
or folld. by eis or wpés: To 
look earnestly, or steadfastly, 
on a person or thing. 

drip-dle, (f. driudow, p. 
Aripdxa), 1. aor. hripdca, v. a 

&riu-os,  “* dishonoured ”’] 
“To render &tiuos”; hence) 
1. To dishonour.—2. To treat 
shamefully or ignominiously. 
—Pass.: (dtip-a{opas, p. 
Atipacua), 1. aor. Hripdo. 
Onv, 1. f. dripacOfhoopas. 
d-rpls, tuldos, f. (“That 
which is blown”; hence) 
Vapour, ete. [&-0 or &-npus, 
“to blow”; akin to Sans. root 
vA, ‘to blow ”’}. 

&-Tow-08, 07; adj. [% 
“negative ”; réx-os, “place” 
(* Not being in place”; hence, 
“out of place”; hence) 1. 
Morally: Bad, wicked, wrong, 
injurious. 

TArrdd~ara, elas, f. [Arrar- 
os, “ Attélus ”.] (“ The city 


VOCABULARY. 


of Att&lus”) Attalia ; a city 
on the coast of Pamphylia, 
built by Atta&lus Philadelphus, 
king of Pergamus, for the pur- 
pose of facilitating trade with 
Egypt and Syria. 
taty}, js, f. (* Bright 
light,” esp. of the sun ; hence) 
Day-break, dawn. 

- abf-tve, (f. abthow, p. nbt- 
nea), vn. To w, increase 
[akin to Sans. root VaKsH, 
“to grow” ]. 

aitptov, adv. Zo-morrow.—. 
As Subst.: 4 atpior (sc. quépa, 
“day ”) The morrow, the next 


atré-pi-ros, Ty, Tov, A 
[adrdés, (uncontr. gen.) abré- 
os, “self”; pd-oua, “ to de- 
sire” | (“Self-desiring”’; hence, 
“‘ of one’s own will or accord”; 
hence) Of things: Of itself, 
-ete., by atself, etc. 

at-rés, 74, 76, pron. adj. : 
1. Self, very.—As Subst.: Of 
all persons: atrdés, ov, m. I 
myself, you yourself, he him- 
self, etc. —2. With article 
prefixed, in all genders and 
cases: The same.—As Subst.: 
a. td abté, The same thing. 
—Adverbial expressions: é) 
7d abrté, nner 9g unitedly, 
i. 5; ii. 1, 44; iv. 26 ;—#0, 
also, xaT& 17d adrd, xiv. 1; 
thongh this is by some con- 
sidered to mean, af the same 
time.—b. ra atrd (contr. 
taitd), The same things; 


149 


xv. 27.—8. As simple pron. of 
Srd person: He, she, tt, they, 
etc Pekin to a pron. av, pre- 
served in the Zend language}. 
1. abrov, masc. and neut. 
gen. sing. of abrés. 
2. avrov, jjs, oF; see save 
Tov. : : 
8. atrov, adv. [adverbial 
gen. of airés, “very ”} (“In 
the very” place; hence) Here ; 
there. 
fatré-yap (Gen. adrd- 
xetpos), adj. [abrés, (uncontr. 
gen.) abrdé-os (subst.), “ one’s 
self”; xelp, “hand”’] By the 
hand, or hands, of one’s self, 


j. | etc. ; with one’s own hand or 
hands 


ddiv-ife, f. dpidv-iow and 

apiv-id, p. Aodv-ina, Vv. a 
[apdy-ns, * unseen | 1. Act. : 
To make unseen, to hide from 
sight.—2. Pass.: doav-iLopas, 
(p. Apdvicuet), 1. aor. Aoay- 
lo@ny, (1. fut. dpancéfjaopa:), 
(‘To be made unseen”; 
hence) Zo disappear, and be 
no more heard of; to perish, 
be destroyed. 

Oyjoerat; see dolnus 

deA-drns,érn7O0s,f.[dped- 
4s, “without stony ground ”; 
hence, “even, plain’”’; hence, 
of persons as to character, 
“simple” ] (The character 
of the dgeAfs”; hence) Sim- 
plicity. 

ce-ors, vews, f. [for &dp- 
tous; fr. dol-ynus (= dx-d, 


rso 


# from’; £, root of T-nu:, “to 
cause to 0, to send’’), “to 
send away” ] (A sending 
away”; hence) Of sins: Ze- 
mission, pardon, forgiveness. 
do-inps, £. dp-how, (p. dp- 
etxa), 1. aor. dp-jjxa, 2. aor. 
do-jv, v. a. [ap (see dd), 
“away”; Tyus, “to send’’] 1. 
To send away.—2. To leave 
alone or without notice; to 
leave unnoticed ;—at v. 38 
the readings vary between 
dere and édodre ; see édes.— 
3. a. To forgive, remit, pardon, 
sin, etc.—b. rs. Pass. : 
ddebijcerar, It shall be for- 
given, i.e. forgiveness shall 
be granted or bestowed; Viii. 
22.—Pass.: do-lepar, p. dp- 
eiuat, 1. aor. (dp-elOny and) 
ap-dOny, 1. fut. ap-eOhoonat. 
+adréts, ews, f. [for &psc- 
ais; fr. ddixvéopa, “to go 
away, depart,” through verbal 
root adic (= ag’; see dad ; 
- root of ixvéouar)] A going 
departure. 

O(a lornp. s, f. dwo-orhow), 
1. aor. ar- eae. as Vv. a in 
causal force ;—but as v. n. (p. 
&o-dornxa), 2. aor. an-dornr 
[a9’ (see ard), “away”; Iorn- 
pa, etc., “to make to stan 1. 
in perf, etc., “to stand” ] 1. 
Act.: (“To cause to stand 
away ”; hence) Zo draw off or 
away. —2. Neut.: Zo depart 

tigre, adv. Suddenle, of 3 


, 6S] 


VOCABULARY, 


&d-opife, f. (dp-opiow and). 
to | dp-opia, 1. aor. dp-dpica, Vv. 8. 
[de” (e0e died), “from ”; dplies, 
“to bound”; hence, “to part” ] 
(“ To part from ” others, efc.; 
hence) 70 separate, set ari 

é- ~Guy-08, ov, adj. 
“negative”; pav-h, “a vole” 
or cry”’ of animals} (“ With- 
out gwrt’’; hence)Dumd, mute. 

"Ayata, as, f. Achaia; 
originally the name of the 

land of the Achzans in the. 
Peloponnesus; but under the 
Romans it denoted that pro~. 
vince which comprised the: 
whole of the Peloponnesus and, 
all N. Greece as far as, but 
not inclusive of, Thessaly. 

tdyAvs, vos, f. A thick 
mist :—hence a disorder of the 
eye so culled, which causes 
those affected by it to seem to 
see through a thick mist or 
fog. It was with this dis- 
order that Elymas, the sor- 
cerer, was punished previous 

to his Tanatocsaves fri LL 

&xpr (before a vowe . 
adv. With Gen.: 1. Of sil 
Up to, as far as.—2. Of time: 
a. Until —&xprs ob (= &x ps 
Tov xpdvov, ev ¢), until tha 
time that, vii. 18.—b.. Up 
to, as long as;—at xx. 6 
supply wAevoayres with ype 
nuepay wdvre, (having sailed) 
up to (or as long as) five 
days, i.e, after a voyage of 


| five days. 


VOCABULARY. 


. *BaPthdv, Svos, f. (* Con- 
fusion”) Babylon ; more an- 
ciently Babel ; the chief city 
yes Babylonia, a country of 


- Babs, cia, 4, adj. Deep ;— 
at xx.9 used figuratively of 


sleep. 

Bdd-Aw, (f. Adds), p. 
BéBAnxa, 2. aor. EBdAoy, V. a. 
and n. (“To cause to fall”; 
hence) 1. Act.: a. To 
throw, cast.—b. With eis 
gurdahy: To throw, ete., 
into prison.—2. Neut.: Of 
the wind as Subject: (“To 
cast itself’; hence) Zo beat, 
rush violently, etc. [akin to 
Sans. root Gal, “to fall ”]. 

Batr-ife, f. Barrio, p. Be- 
Bdarixa, 1. aor. dBdrrica, v.a. 
and n. [akin to Bdwrr-w, “to 
dip in water ’’] (“ To dip in 
water”; hence) 1.: a. Act.: 
To baptize a _ person.—b. 
Neut.: Zo baptize, administer 
baptism ;—at xix. 4 folld. by 
cognate Acc.—2, Mid. : Barr- 
iLopar, 1. aor. eBawrricduny, 
(* Todip one’s self in water ”; 
hence) Zo get baptiem for 
one’s self; to receive baptism ; 
~——at xxii. 16 the accent on 
the antepenultima of Bdwrrioa 
shows that it is the Ist aor. 
imperative mid., as the 1. 
aor. inf. act. requires the 
accent on the penultima, viz. 
Bartloot.—8. Pass.: Bawr- 
Kopas, p. BeBdwriouas, 1. aor. 


r5t 


@BarricOny, 1. £. Barrie- 
Ofcopat, (“To be dipped iu 
water”; hence) Zo be dapt- 
ized ;—at xvi. 83 éBarricOy 
takes the number of its 
nearest Subject, viz. abrés. 


Bawrtoa, 2. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. imperat. mid. of Bawri(w ; 


xxii. 16. 

Bdwric-pa, udros, n. [for 
Bdwrid-ua; fr. Bawrrl{e (= 
Baxrrl3-cw, “to baptize” 
(‘The baptizing thing ”; 


tan ; i.e. one not of the Greek 
race. 

~éws, adv. [Adp-ds, 
“heavy ”] (“ After the man- 
ner of the Bapts’’; hence) 
Heavily, whether actually or 
figuratively :—Bapéws &xovery, 
to hear heavily,i.e. to be 
dull of hearing, or to hear 
with pain, in which last 
meaning the words occur in 
Xenophon, Anab. 2, 1, 9. 

*BapSodonaies, ov, m. (“Son 
of Tolmai’’) Bartholomew ; 
ene of the twelve Apostles. 
He is said to have preached 
the Gospel in India. ) 

*Bapinoots, of, m. (“Son of 
Jesusor Joshua”) Barjésus; a 
false prophet mentioned at 
xiii. 6. 

*Bapvipas, a, m. (“Son of 
prophecy or exhortation ”; or 
(not so probably) ‘of con- 
solation ”) Barnabas, the sur- 


VOCABULARY. 


name of Joses, a Levite of pressive, afflictive; xx. 29. 
Cyprus, the first member of | §4sComp.: Bup-trepos; (Sup.: 
the early Church who sold | Bdp-trdros) [akin to Sans. 


152 


his property and placed the 


proceeds at the disposal of; “heavy”. 


the Apostles; and who is 
spoken of at xi. 24 as “a good 
man, and full of the Holy 
Ghost and of faith.” He ac- 
companied St. Paul on his 
first. missionary journey (xiii. 
2 eqq-), and was about to 
proceed with him on a 
second journey of the same 
nature, when so sharp a con- 
tention arose between the two 
respecting Mark, the nephew 
of Barnabas, “that they de- 
parted asunder one from the 
other ” (xv. 39). 

Bépos, cos ovs, n. [akin to 
Bapis, “heavy” ] Weight, 
burden, load ;—at xv. 28 in 
figurative force. 

t*BapotBas, a, m. (prob. 
*‘Son of satiety ”) Barsabas; 
the name of two persons men- 
tioned in the Acts: 1. Joeeph 
Barsabas, who after the fall 
of Judas Iscariot “ was num- 
bered with the eleven Apo- 
stiles’; i. 28 sqq.—2. Judas 
Barsibas, who was sent with 
Paul and Barnabas to Anti- 
och; xv. 22. 

Bip-vs, ia, vb, adj. 
(‘“Heavy,” whether actuall 
or figuratively; hence) 1. 
Weighty, important, serious; 
xiv. 7.—2. Grievous, op- | 


gur-s, originally gar-w, 


-ela, elas, f. [Baow- 
eto, “to be a king, to reign” ] 
( A reigning”; hence) 4 

ingdom. 


bs, ws, m. A king. 

TA-txds, Inf, Indy, adj. 
[BaoA-ebs, “a king yh Of, 
or belonging to, a king or 
the king ; a, or the, king’s ;— 
at xii. 20 supply xaépas with 
B&otAin#s.—2. Of a robe, 
etc.: Such as a king has or 
wears; royal. 

Béioth-toa, loons, f. [id.] 
A queen. 

tB-ovs, cews, f. [Ba-lve, 
“to go} (“ A going or step- 
ping ”*; hence) 4 foot, as that 

y which going or stepping is 
accomplished. 

Baorale, f. Baocrdow, 1.aor. 
éBdordca, Vv. a. Cc ; 
bear, whether actually or 
figuratively. — Pass. : 
GLopas, (1. aor. ¢BacraxOny, 
1. fut. Baoraxbfcoma). 

Baros, ov, (m. and) f. 4 

bramble-bush; @ bush in gen- 
eral. 
BeBnA-de -6, 1. aor. éfe- 
Bhrwoa, v.a. { BEBnA-os, “ un- 
hallowed, profane” | Zo make 
unhallowed; to profane, de- 
secrate. 

*Bevtaply, m. indecl. (“Son 





VOCABULARY. 


of right hand,” ¢. e. of good 
luck) Benjamin ; the young- 
est son of the patriarch Jacob ; 
see Gen. xxxv. 18. 
+Bep-vien, viens, f. [short- 
ened fr. Bep-e-vixn, the Mace- 
donian form of $ep-e-vinn ; fr. 
gép-w, “to bring’; («) con- 


necting vowel; vixn, “ vic- 
tory” ] (“She that brings 
victory; the victorious ”’) 


Bernicé ; the eldest daughter 
of Herod Agrippa I. She was 
first married to her uncle 
Herod, king of Chalcis, after 
whose death (a.D. 48) she 
lived with her brother Herod 
Agrippa II. As her second 
husband she had Pol&mon, 
king of Cilicia, but soon left him 
and returned to her brother. 

+Bépoa, as, f. Béraa, or 
Béréa ; acity of Macedonia ; 
xvii. 10, 30.—Hence, Bepocatos 
(= Bepoid-tos), a, ov, adj. Of, or 
belonging to, Berea; Beraan. 

+Beporaios, a, ov; see 
Bépoia. 

Bij-pa, pdros, n. [Balve, 
“to go”; also, “to mount,” 
through root By] 1. (‘That 
which goes”; hence, “ a step’’; 
hence) Space, or room, on 
which to set the foot; vii. 5. 
—2. (‘«That which is mount- 
ed’’; hence) Of a magistrate, 
etc.: A tribunal, judgment- 
seat, etc. 


153 


adj. [8la, (uncontr. gen.) Bla- 
os, “force” ] (“Of, or per- 
taining to, Bla”; hence) Of 
the wind, ete.: Strong, 
mighty, violent, etc. 

BiBAos, ov, f. (“The inner 
bark of the papyrus”; hence, 
ni lal me of oe nee 

ark of the 3 hence 

A book, etc. ia 

tOvvla, as, f. Btthynia; 

a country of Asia Minor, and 

a province of the Roman 
Empire. 

-ous, gews, f. [for Blo- 

ows ; fr. Bid-w, “tv live”] (“A 

living”; hence) 4 say, or 


mode, of life. 
+BXaorog, ov, m. [BAagrds, 
“a sprout, shoot”; also, 


“offspring” ] Blastus; the 
chamberlain of king Herod 
Agrippa I. ; xii. 20. 
Br\acdnp-éw -6, (f. BAac- 
gnufow, p. BeBracphunxa), 
1. aor. €BAacohunea, v. a. and 
n. [BAdoonu-os, *“ speakin 
profanely ”] 1. Act.: Zo speak 
profanely of or about; to 
blaspheme. — 2. Neut.: To 
speak profanely or blasphem- 
ously ; 12 Bleethome, ia 
BAdo-gnp-08, ov, adj. [prob. 
for BAdW-gnp-os; fr. BAdW-is, 
“hurt, damage”’; pnyu-l, “to 
speak ”’} (** Speaking hurt or 
damage ”; hence, “ evil-speak- 
ing, slanderous”; hence) Blas- 


+Bla, as, f. Force, violence, phemous. 


+Bla-tos (trisyll.), fa, so», | 


BAéro, f. Brdyw, (p. Bé- 


154 


BaAeha), v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: 
a. To see or behold an object. 
—b. To look on or at.—2. 
Neut.: a. To possese the 
Saculty of sight, to see, whether 
physically or spiritually.—b. 
To behold, look.—e. Of a 
place: Yo look, lie, face, be 
situated towards any quarter ; 
xxvii. 12; cf. Lat. specto in 
sume force.—d. Imperat. pres. 
plur.: BAdwere, See, i. e. take 
heed, beware. 

Bo-dw -a, (f. Bohow, p. Be- 
Bénua), 1. aor. éBdénoa, v. n. 
and a.: 1. Neut.: Zo ery, or 
call, out; see éexipwvéw.—2. 
Act.: With Acc. of thing: 
Zo call out something [akin 
to Sans. root HVE, “ to call ’’}. 

BovGe-ra (quadrisyll.), fas, 
f. [BonOé-w, “to help” ] (“A 
helping, help’’; hence, con- 
erete) 4 help, an assistance ; 
i.e. something which affords 
help or assistance. The term 
is used at xxvii. 17 of cer- 
tain appliances employed for 
strengthening a ship and pre- 
venting its being broken up 
by the violence of the waves 
in a storm. 

Bond-éw -G, (f. Bonbhow, p. 
BeBohOnxa), 1. aor. éBohOnca, 
v. n. [Bond-ds, “an aider ”] 
(“To be a BonOds”’; hence) 1. 
Alone: To help ; to give help, 
aid, or assistance.—2, With 
Dat.: Zo aid, assist, help, 
euccour, & person. 


-.6ESlUCO'Y 


VOCABULARY. 


T(Bod-i£w), 1. aor. éBdAtva, 
v. n. [for BoAl3-ow; fr. Boals, 
BoaAi8-os, “anything thrown’’; 
hence, “ a sounding-lead ”’} Ze 
cast the sounding-lead; to 
throw the lead ; to sound. 
(BovA-~ebu, f. Bovrctow, p. 
BeBotAcuxa, v. n. ([Bovd-h, 
“counsel” }] To take counsel). 
—Mid. : BovA-evouat (f. Bova- 
edooua:), 1, aor. éBovdcu- 
ciuny, To take counsel with 
one’s self, etc.; to deliberate, 
design, purpose, ete. : 
A-4, fis, f. [Boda-onat, 
“to will’”’] 1. Will.—2. Coun- 
sel, plan, design, etc. 
Bovd-npa, fudros, n. [BovA- 
opat, “ to will ”] (« That which 
is willed”; hence) 4 design, 
purpose, intention. : 
Dr-opar, f. BovAfeouat, 
p- BeBovAnua, 1. aor. éBova- 
hOnv and #BovaAhOny, v. mid. 
To will, wish, desire ;—atb 
xxv. 22 the imperf. is put 
alone, in the place of the more 
usual construction of &» with 
the imperf.: éBovAduny, [should 
wish, or I would, if I might 3 
see &y, no. 1, a. [root 
(= BoA), akin to Sans. root 
VEI, “ to choose’’). 
pab-v-mho-de -@, Vv. Nn. 
[Bpas-ts, “slow ”; (uv) connect- 
ing vowel; wAd-os (contr. 
wAovs), “ asailing, a voyage ” 
(“To have a slow sailing, 
etc. ; hence) To sail slowly. 
Bpix-iev, tovos, m. dx arm 


VOCABULARY. 


155 


[prps.akin to Sans.root GRaH,|or belonging to, Galatia; 


“to take, seize ” 


Bpaxts, ia, é, adj.: 1. 


Galatian. 
*PTadrtAQala, as, f. Galilee; 


Small, little. — As Subst. :}| theextremeN. part of the Holy: 
Bpaxv, n. 4 emall, or little, | Land, onthe confinesof Phen- 


e, distance, etc.—2. Of 


spac 
time: Little, short, brief.— 
As Subst.: Bpaxv, n. 4 little 


while, a short time, a brief 


gar tore y 
-08, 0s ovs, n. 
new-born child, a babe, an 


infant [akin to Sans. garbh-a, 
“ pr hang BG 

. uxe, (f. Bpvte, 1. aor. 
iaputa)” v.n. Lo gnash the 
teeth. 


evs, ews, m. [Bdpo-a, 
“a hide”) (“ Hide-man”; 
hence) 4 tanner. 
, ov, m. An altar. 


*+1. Fafa, ns, f. (* Stron 
Place”) Gaza (now Ghuece 
or Azzah); one of the five 
chief cities of the Philistines, 
in the S.W. of Palestine, on 
the frontier towards Egypt. 

72. yafa, ns, f.: 1. Royal 
treasure.—2. Wealth, riches, 
in general [Persian word}. 

Odiog, ov, m. [ydios, Doric 
for yhios, “of, or. belonging 
to, earth ’”] Gaius ; the name 
. of two men mentioned in Acts: 
1, A Macedonian ; xix, 29.—2. 
A man of Derbé; xx. 4. 

. TP SAGtI nds, eh, xdv, adj. 
(Tavari-a, ‘Galatia’; a 


country of Asia Minor ”] Of, . 





icia and Coslé-Syria, divided 
into Lower and Upper Galilee. 
It seems to have been origin- 
ally that district in the tribe 
of Naphthali, which contained 
the twenty cities (standing 
round Kedesh as a supposed 
centre) given by Solomon to 
Hiram, king of ‘'yre.— Hence, 
FadtAai-og, a, ov (for Pad:Aal- 
tos), adj. Of, or delonging to, 
Galilee; Galilean.—As Subst.: 
FadtAaios, ov, m. 4 max of 
Galilee; a Galilean [“a 


| circle or circuit”; the term 


Eretz hagdltl, “ Land of the 
circle or circuit,” being that 
which is employed to denote 
this district at 1 Kings ix. 11 
#qq., where the transfer of it 
to Hiram is mentioned; cef., 
also, 2 Chron. viii. 2]. 
FaAtAaiog, a, ov; FadsXaios, 
ov; see TadiAala. 
tPadAtev, wvos, m. (Gr. 
form of Lat. Gallfo] Galizo 
(Junius Annaus), brother of 
Lucius Annsus Seneca the 
philosopher, and Roman pro- 
consul of AchaYa when Paul 
was at Corinth, A.D. 53. 
*tPapaXtyA, m._ indecl, 
[**God is my recompense ” } 
Gamaliel; a Pharisee and 
celebrated doctor of the law, 


156 


the preceptor of St. Paul; 
xxiii. 3. At v. 34 sqq. he is 
spoken of as having given 
rudent advice to the San- 
edrim respecting the treat- 
ment of Peter and the other 
Apostles. 
yép (usually the second 
word in a clause; but at iv. 
16 ; xiii. 86; xvii. 28; xxiii. 8; 
xxv. 11; xxvi. 16; xxviii. 22 
found in the third place), 
conj.: 1 For:—xal dp, 
an elliptical mode of expres- 
sion wherein xaf reiterates, 
as it were, what has preceded, 
while ydp assigns the reason of 
what follows; e. g., and (such 
and such is the case, or I say 
so) for; hence commonly 
rendered and truly, for in- 
deed, for of a surety. —2. After 
other particles in strength- 
ening force: Then, tndeed :-— 
ob ydp, no indeed, not so in- 
deed, nay verily, xvi. 37. 
ye, enclitic particle: é 
least, indeed, at any rate 
[prob. akin to Sans. gha or 
ghd, an old pronominal base}. 
yeyovws, via, és, P. perf. of 
ylvopas: — 7d yeyovds, that 


VOCABULARY. 


yev-v-de -&, f. yervhow, p. 
yeyérynxa, 1. aor. éyévynea, 
v.a. [root yev (see yfyoua) 
with » doubled] (“To cause 
to be born ”’; hence) 1. Act.: 
a. Of a father: Zo engender, 
beget.—b. Of a mother: Zo 
bear, bring forth.—2. Pass. : 
‘yev-v-dopat-Spar, p.yeyérvn- 
pas, 1. aor. éyerrfOny: Of a 
child: Zo be born. 

yév-0¢, eos ous, n. [‘yev, root 
of ylvonat, “to be born’’] 
“ That which is born ’’; hence) 

- Offspring, whether a single 
child or several.—2. Family, 
kindred, etc.—8. A stock, or 
race, of men. 

, as, f. (fem. of 
vepovcios, “ of, or belonging to, 
an elder or the elders,” used 
as subst.] The council of the 
elders, the Senate. 

(yet-e, f. yetou), 1. aor. 
&yevca, Vv. vi For : To give 
a taste of.—2. Mid. : yev-o 
f. scart sg 1. aor. Pa ean 
p- pass..in mid. force yéyeve 
pas, (“To give one’s self a 
taste of ”; t.e.) a. To taste.— 
b. With Partitive Gen.: To 
taste something.—c. To take 


which had happened or oc- | food, to eat. 


curred, v.73; cf., also, iv. 21, 
ete. ‘ & P 
~e6, eas, f. , Toot o 
cial Of armas. “to be 
born’’] (“‘A being born, birth”’; 
hence) A generation ; i. e, the 
persons living at a certain time. 





Yi vis, f.: 1. Harth, as 
opp. to “heaven.” —-2. Land, 
as opp. to sea.—3. 4 land, 
country.—4. The ground. 

Yivopar, yiyvopas, f. verte 
Toma, p. yéyora, plup. éyeydy- 
ew, 2. aor. dyevduny; also in 


VOCABULARY. 


pass. forms, p. yeyérnua:, 1. 
aor. éyerhOny, (1. fut. yern6- 
copa), v. mid. (‘To come 
into being ”; hence) 1. Zo be 
dorn ;—at xxii. 28 fr. wod- 
trelas, supply woAirns as the 
complement of yeyévynua.— 
2. To be made, formed, or 
created.—8. a. happen, 
come to pass, be done, take 
place, occur. — b. Impers. : 
tydvero, It came to pass ;— 
at iv. 5 the Subject of éyévero 
is the clause cuvax@jvar... 
‘lepovcdAfp.—A. a. With pre- 
dicate: Zo be, become, or be 
‘made something.—b. Zs be- 
come of a person or thing; xii. 
18.—5. Like elul: a. To be; — 
at xxvii. 27 the readings vary 
between éyévero and éweyér- 
ero; see émylyvopat, no. 2.— 
b. With Dat. of person: Zo 
be for, i.e. to belong to.—o. 
With els and Acc.: Zo be for, 
i.e. to be made, or become, 
that which is denoted by els 
and its Acc.; iv. 11, ete.— 
N.B. In the Gr. Test. ylvopa: 
is never used with a follg. 
part. in the place of a finite 
word: eluf alone is thus em- 
ployed 3 see elul [reduplicated, 
and changed, from root yev, 
akin to Sans. root JAN, in in- 
transitive force, “ to be born”; 
also, “to become, take place "t 


yi-vé-oxe, yi-yve-ane, f. 


157 


subj. vd, es, Ye, opt. 
yvolny, inf. yyavai, part. yvods), 
v.a.: ly Zo perceive, mark, 
observe, understand, learn.— 
2.'In past tenses: (“To have 
perceived,” etfc.; hence) Zo 
know [root yve, akin to Sans. 
root JNA, “to know’; cf. 
Lat. no-sco (old form gno-sco), 
Eng. “ know”’]. 

+yActa-os, eos ovs, n. [akin 
to yAux-ds, “sweet ”’] Sweet 
sew wine, must. 

yAeooa, ns, f.: 1. 4 tongue 
of a person, etc.—2. 4 tongue, 
language ;--at ii. 11 in plur. 

e-py, pwns, f. (“That 

which knows”; hence, “ the 
mind”; hence) 4 purpose, 
intention, resolve [root yve; 
see yivdoKw |. 

yve-p-TLe, f. yrwptow (Attic, 
yvwpio, p. &yvepixa), 1. aor. 
éyvopioa, Vv. a Zo make 
known; to reveal, declare 
[root yw ; eee ywoone). 

Tyve-orns, crov, m. With 
Objective Gen.: One that 
knows; one acquainted with 
[root yvw; see yiwdonxe }. 

yro-ords, o7h, ordy, adj. 
Known [root yvw; see yivd- 
oxe }. 

yoyyvo-pés, wo, m. [for 
yoyyv8-ués; fr. yoyyufo (= 
yoyyv8-cw), “to mutter” ] A 
muttering, murmuring. 

yop-os, ov, m. [for yéu-os 3 


bated yvéoopat, p. yvwxa, fr. yéu-w, “to be full’; 


-2. aor. &yvev, (imperat. yd, 


properly, of a ship] (‘The 


158 


full thing”; hence) A ship’s 
Sreight or cargo. 
co nom, and aec. plur. 
of -ydrv. 
kari &ros (Dat. Plur. yé»- 
dot), n. A knee :—ydvata 
Teva, (to place, i. e.) to bend 
the knee in token of homage 
{akin to Sans. janu, “aknee’’]. 
pdép-pa, pdros, n. (for 
yedp-ua; fr. ypdp-w, “to 
write”] (“That which is 
written ”’; hence, “a written 
character, a letter” of the 
alphabet) Plur. (so only in 
Acts) = Lat. litera: 1. A 
letter, epistle.—2. Learning. 
Pace és, m. [ ypdu- 
ir-os, ‘‘a written 
Chita, a letter”] (‘He 
who attends to ypduua” ; 
hence, “a writer or copyist ”; 
**a letter-man”; hence) 1. In 
. Greek cities: 4 clerk, secre- 
tary ;—a general name given 
to persons employed by the 
magistrates for certain official 
purposes, of whom some few 
were real state-officers of con- 
siderable rank. Of this classthe 
one mentioned at xix. 35 seems 
to have been.. In the Syriac 
Version the word ypauparets 
is translated as “the first 
person in the city.” —2. Among 
the Jews after the return from 
the captivity: a. A scribe; i.e. 
one whose office it was to ex- 
pound the Law as well as to 
transcribe 


it. — b. Plur. : | 


-VOCABULARY. 


Scribes ;—in connexion with 


(apxrepezs or) mpeoBtrepor, 
Scribes, who were members of 


the Sanhedrim. 
ypao-%, fis, f. [ypdo-cw, “ to 
write ”’} (“ That which is writ- 
ten ”; hence) Sing. and Plur. : 
With art. : The Scripture ot 
Scriptures ; i.e. the inspired 
writings ;—for i. 16 cf. Ps. 
xli. 9. 
vente f. ypdipa, p. rerpige, 
1. aor. %ypapa, v. a.: 1. To 
write.—2. Impers. perf. ind. 
pass.: yéypawras, It is writ- 
ten, i.e. in the Scriptures ;— 
at i. 20 the Subject of ~éypar- 
vax is the clause yer Ofyr ee cae 
érepos ; cf., also, vii. 42; xiii. 
83; xv. 15; xxiii. 5.—Pass. : 
yedpop.as, p.yé pauper, (1. aor. 
Ypdoone), 2. aor. éypapny. 
yenyop-¢e -e, 1. aor. é- 
perience, v. n. [late pres. 
fr. é~ypfryop-a, perf. of éyelpw, 
«to rouse ””'| («To rouse one’s 
self”; hence) 1. To watch, to 
be watchful. —2. Mentally : Zo 
watch, to be vigilant. 
yeprds, h, bv, adj. Naked, 
without sissaagg 
yiv-, aixds, f. (“ She who 
brings forth ”; henee) 1. 4 
woman.—2. A wife {akin to 
Sans. root Jaw, in transitive 
force, ** to bring forth ”’}. 
yevta, ias, f£. A corner, 
angle. 


*AaB(8, m. indecl. (“ Be- 


VOCABULARY. 


loved”) David; king of the 
Jewish nation, the son of Jesse, 
and ancestor of Christ. 

-foy, You, n. (dim. 
only in form) (8aluor, Salpor- 
vs (fr. Sale, “to distribute, 
apportion ”’), “a distributer or 
apportioner” of one’s lot; 
hence, “a deity, a god” ] 4 
deity, a god. 

“pv, puos, n. (“ That 
which bites ”’; hence, in refer- 
ence to the effect produced on 
the eyes and eyelids) 4 tear 
{akin to Sans. root Damo, or 
Dag, “to bite”; cf. Lat. lac- 
rima, old form vt Tprek ; 

tAdnpiprs, ews, f. [ prob. for 
Adpaaris, J fr. Sduadrjs, “a 
heifer ” | Damaris ; a woman 
at Athens converted to Christ- 
ianity by St. Paul; xvii. 34. 

*Aauacde, oi, f. (Supposed 


to mean either “ Activity,” | Agri 


with reference to its traffic ;— 
or else, from another root, 
“Level and lovely spot ”; see 
below) Damascus ; the capital 
of Syria, situated in a plain so 
fruitfal and lovely that it was 
frequently described as Para- 
dise. 


S&wiv-de -d, f. ddrdviow, 
(p. Sedavdynxa), 1. aor. dSawdy- 
noa, v. (a. and) n. [Sardy-n, 
‘expenditure’ | Zo expend, 


8é-nors, foews, f. [84-ona:, 


159 


“to beg ” something of a per- 
son] (“A begging’’; hence) 
Entreaty, supplication, req 
quest, prayer. 

Sei, imperf. er, subj. 3ép, 
(opt. dor), inf. Seiy, part. Sdov, 
(f. Sefoe:, 1. aor. é3énee), v. n; 
impers. Eoigere partly fr. 3éa, 
“to bind”; partly from 3éw, 
“to need”’] It ts bindixg or 
necessary ; tt is needful. 

Sela-vipr(Seru-vie), f. Seltco, 
(p. 3éSecxa), l. aor. eka, v. a. 
To show [akin to Sans. root 
Dig, “to show ”’]. 

oe ere eey @ ov3 
see Se:oidalper. 

T8actSaspov - ta, ias, f, 
[Se:ci8aluev,  se:cidaluov-os, 
“religious ”] (“The state, or 
condition, of the 3e:ciSalpeor °’s 
hence, “ a fearing of the gods’’s 
hence) Religion.—N.B. As 
ippa was a Jew, Festus 
would hardly insult him by 
calling his belief a “ supersti- 
tion ”—as he is represented as 
doing in the English Version. 
This view of the word tends to 
confirm the remarks made 
under the article deciBaluavy 

ow. 

+8ac-1-Salp-wv, ovos, adj. 
[for 3e:3-1-3alu-wr; fr. 5eld-c, 
“to fear”; («) connecting 
vowel; S8alu-wy, “a deity ”’s 
see Sa:iudvioy} (“Fearing the 
deities ’s hence) 1. In a good 
sense: Religious.—2. In a 
had: Superstitions, bigoted. 


160 


—N.B. As St. Paul evidently 
would not employ language 
that would unnecessarily ir- 
ritate the Athenians, the word 
seems to denote at xvii. 22 the 
former of the above meanings, 
rather than the latter, as given 
in the English Version. 
Further, the comparative de- 
gree at the place above cited 
has the meaning of a modi- 
fied superlative, and should be 
rendered “ very religious,” or 
“very much devoted to the 
worship of the gods ”: whereby, 
be it remarked, St. Paul may 
be regarded as insinuating an 
answer to the charge against 
him of being “a setter-forth 
of strange gods.” ges” Comp. : 
SeioiSaruov-éorepos. 

Séxa, num. adj. indecl. Zens 
[akin to Sans. daga, “ten” ]. 

+8exd-8vo, Svoiy, dual num. 
adj. [3éxa, “ ten’’; 3do, “two” } 
(“ Ten-two”’; 4. ¢.) Twelve ;— 
at xix. 7; xxiv. 11 the read- 
ings vary between dexa8déo and 
8é3exa. 

Sex-rés, rh, téy, adj. [for 
Sex-rés ; fr. 5éx-ouas, “ to re- 
ceive”) (“That is to be re- 
ceived or accepted’’; hence) 
Acceptable, welcome, etc. 

t8ekl-0-AGB-o¢, ov, 
[Seti-d, “ right-hand ” ; 
connecting vowel; AauBdiva, 
‘to take,” through root AaB] 
(“ Right-hand-taker ”; trans- 
lated in English Version) 


——_p. 


VOCABULARY. 


Spearman.—The word does 
not occur in any good Greek 
author, and the opinions con- 
cerning its meaning vary. By 
some the detioAdSo: are ayp- 
posed to be the constables _or 
police who seized criminals 
and took them to prison or to 
punishment. By others they 
are regarded as soldiers who 
carried a lance in their right 
hand, and at the same time 
guarded the prisoners, whose 
right hand (or arm) was 
chained to the left hand (or 
arm) of those who had the 


charge of them. 
~tés, id, idv, adj. Right, 
as op to “left.”—Ad- 


verbial expressions : dx Seti:cy, 
on the right, on the right 
hand.—As Subst.: 8eftd, as, 
f. The right hand [akin to 
Sans. daksh-a]. 

Sdéopas, f. Sefooua:, 1. aor. 
é3ehOnv, v. mid. (“To want, 
need,” etc.; hence) 1, With 
Gen. of person: (“To want’ 
a person to do, efc., some- 
thing; hence) To beg, en- 
treat a person to do some- 
thing.—2. To make entreaiy 
or supplication, to pray, etc. 

tAcpBatos, a, ov; see 
A€épBn. . 

tAépBn, ns, f. Derbé; a 
town of Lycaonia, supposed 
to have been in the vicinity 
of the pass called “The 


.Cilician — Gates.”” — Hence, 


VOCABULARY. 


AepB-aios, ala, ator, adj. Of, 
or belonging to, Derbé. 

Sépes, (f. Sep), 1. aor. Ferpa, 
v. a. (* To skin, flay ”; hence) 
To beat, or scourge, severely. 
— Pass.: (p. 3é3appa:, 2. aor. 
e3dpny), 2. fut. Sdphoopas [akin 
to Sans. root Dri, “ to divide, 
to tear ”’] 

Seopd, dy; see Seouds. 

-eve, v. a. [Serpu-ds, “a 
bond or fetter’’}] (“To use a 
Secuds to”; hence) Of persons 
as Object: Zo bind, put in 
bonds or chains. 

(Séop~Cos, ta, for, adj. [id.] 
( Of, or pertaining to, Secp- 

s”; hence) In bonds, fetter. 
ed.—As Subst. :) Sdoptos, ov, 
m. (“One who is in bonds,” 
etc.; hence) A prisoner. 

8e-opds, cyuod, m. (irreg. 
plur. “keopd, Gy, n.) [dé-c, 
“to bind”) (“That' which 
binds ” ; beac) 1. A fetter, 
bond, chain.—-2. Bonds, im- 
prisonment. 

T8eopo-GtAak, PvAdKos, m. 
[Seopuds, (uncontr. gen.) 3ecps- 
os, in force of ‘“ imprison- 
ment”; gvAat, “a guard”’] 
(* Imprisonment - guard ” ; 
hence) 4 keeper of a jail, a 
jaslor. 

Seouc -fov, fou, n. [for 
the formation of this word, a 
subst. Secpwrip, Secuwrip-os 
(=8ecpnérns, ov), “a prisoner,” 
is required, though not found 
in Lexicons] (“A thing per- 

Acts. 


161 


taining toa 3ecperhp”; hence) ° 
A prison. 

t8ecpe-rys, Tov, m. [for- 
Seoud-rns; fr. Seopud-w, “to 
bind ”) (“ One who is bound”; 
hence) A prisoner. 

8eo-wér-ns, ov, m.: (1. 4 
master of a house or house- 
hold; as opposed to olxérns, 
“a domestic.”—2.) 4 ruler, 
lord ;—at iv. 24 applied to 
God [prob. akin to Sans. 
dam-pat-s, “master of a 
house’’), 

Sevpo, adv.: 1. Hither.—2. 
Asa particle denoting exhorta- 
tion, etc.: Come! 

tBevrep-aios, ala, aiov, adj. 
[Sedrep-os, “ second ”’] (“ Per- 
taining to Sevrepos”’; hence) 
a second day. 

b-repos, Tépa, Tepoy, adj. 
Second — Adverbial gees 
sions: éx Seuvrépov, a second 
time, x. 15; xl. 9;—éy 7g 
Seurdpy, at the second time, 
vii, 18 [prob. akin to 3&¢éo, 
“two ”’]. 

Séx-opar, (f. Sétoua:), p. 
Sédeypnat, 1. aor. eetduny, v. 
mid.: 1. Zo receive, take, etc. 
—%. With Acc. and Inf. in 
force of Lat. Gerund in dum 
preceded by ad: To receive 
something tn order to do, etc., 
orfor the purpose of doing, etc., 
that which is denoted by the 
verb; vii. 88.—3. Of persons : 
To receive with hospitality, fo 
entertain.—4. Of the Gospel, 

M 


162 


etc.: To acccpt, give ear to, 
embrace, etc. [akin to Sans. 
root DAGH, ‘‘to attain ”’]. 
Sé-w, f. 3how, p. 8é3exa, 
1. aor. &%noa, v. a. To bind, 
tie, fasten, fetter s—at xx. 22 
in figurative force.— Pass. : 
Sg5eucu, 1. aor. €5¢ny, (1. f. 
3e84copna:) [probably akin to 
Sans. root DA, “to bind ”’} 
8}, adv.: As a particle of 
exhortation: Now, tadeed, etc. 
tonwnyop-de -6, v. n. [3nu- 
nyép-os, “one who harangues 
the people”’] (“To bea dnp- 
ayépos ”’; hence) To Aarangue 


VOCABULARY. 


fem. Dat.: Sypootg, Public- 
l 


"7, Ata, acc. sing. of Zets. 
2. 8a, prep. gov. gen. and 

acc.: 1. With Gen.: a. Loo 

ally: Through.—b. OF time: 


p. | (a) Throughout, during :—tsd 


wayrés (so. xpdévou), through- 
out all time, i.e. continually, 
ever, etc. ; see tlh Nay 
After, after an interval of.— 
= On p bear of, for the Tae 
of, for. —d. Through, by means 
of, by.—2, With Acc.: a. 

hrough, tn consequence of, 
owing to.—b. On account of, 


the people, to make @ public| for the sake of, for.—6. 


oration. 

t(Anprirp-tos, tov, adj. 
[Anutrnp, Anutrp-os, “ Dé- 
métér,” 4. e, “Mother Earth”; 
the Greek name of the 
goddess called by the Romans 
“Céres” |] Of, or belonging to, 
Démétér.—As Subst.:) Ay- 
pyrptog, ov, m. (“ One belong- 
ing to Démétér”) Demeir- 


sus; a silversmith of Ephesus, |. 


whose occupation it was to 
‘make silver shrines represent- 
ing the shrine of Artémis (or 
Diana); xix. 24, 38. 

+S8ipos, ov, m. The people ; 
esp. in a public assembly. 

T8ypoote ; see Squdctos. 

+8npd-olos, cia, ciov, adj. 
[ijuos, (uncontr. gen.) 3:fn0- 
os, *‘ the people”’] (“ Of, or 
belonging to, the 80s”; 
hence) Public. — Adyerbial 


Because of, by reason 
[akin to a dva, “ ae 
and so, etymologically, “twice; 
in two parts ’’}. 
Sté-Balve, f. 814-Bhoouat, 
p- 3:a-BéBnxa, 2. aor. 8:-€Bny, 
v. (a. and) n. [8d, “over, 
across ”; Balvyw, “to go” | Zo 
g9, OY pass, over or across; 
to cross. 
S.dBod-os, ov, m. [for did- 
Bad-os; fr. d:aBdA-Aw, “to 
accuse falsely” | 4 false ao- 
cuser, a slanderer; an epithet 
of — or the rise ) 
~ayyfdde, (f. 3:-ayyerd), 
1. sag ar mR v. a. [dd, 
in “strengthening” force; 
ayyéAAw, ‘to carry a message 
about ”’| (“To carry a message 
thoroughly about”’ something; 
hence) Zo proclaim; to de- 
clare, or signify, plainly, 


VOCABULARY. 


(Ha-ylyvopar, f. 8d-yern- 
Goua, p. did-yéyova), 2. aor. 
3i-eyevouny, v. mid. [di, de- 
noting “completion”; yiyvo- 
pa, “to be” In time: To be 
completed; to pass, elapse, 
be at an end.—N.B. In Gr. 
Test. only in part. of 2. aor. 
 78S-yivdone orBta-yyve- 
oxo, f. dia-yydcoun, V. y Laid, 
denoting ‘ completeness ” ; 
vyivionw, “to know”) (“To 
know completely or thorough- 
ly ”; hence) 1. 7'o take cogniz- 
ance of, examine into, hear 
a matter.—2. To decide, give 
judgment about, adjudicate 
upon, determine a matter. 

t8idyve-ors, ews, f. [did- 
yivdéonw, “ to hear” a matter, 
through verbal root S:ayve 
(= 81d; ye, root 6f yivdéonw ; 
q.v.)} A hearing ofa matter ; 
—at xxv. 21 with Subjective 
Gen. of pats 

Tota- 
ouat), 1. aor, di-e8efduny, 
v. mid, (8d, in force of 
“after,” in point of time; 
Béxonas, “to receive’”’] (“To 
receive after” another, or 
others, in point of time; 
hence) With reference to one’s 
ancestors, e¢c.: 1. With Acc. 
of thing: To receive tn sue- 
vession, to succeed to.—2. 
Abs.: Zo follow, or come, 
after ; to succeed. - 

-SSupr, f. did-3dow, 

1. aor: d8i-d8wna, v. a. .[8id, 


dxopas, (f.  did-8é- | agr 


163 


*““between”’; d{8ep, “to give” 
(‘‘To give between, or among, 
persons; hence) 1. To dinide 
out, distribute.—2. Impers. 
Pass.: Ste8(Boro, There was 
distributed, i.e. distribution 
was made.—Pass.: 8t&-8tBo- 
pat, (1. aor. 37-366). 
+8t&8oyx~-0s, ov, m. [for 
Siadex-os; fr. Stadéx-onas, in: 
force of “to come after, 
to succeed’; see 8iaddxopuai, 
no. 2] One who comes after 
another ; @ swocessor :—AauB- 
dvey Siddoxdy tiva, to receive 
one as @ successor ; i.e. to be 
succeeded by one, xxiv. 47. 
Sta Oj-nn, ans, f. [SidrlOnpe, 
in mid. force of “to arrange, 
or settle, mutually”; through 
StaGn, verbal root of S:arlOnus’ 
(3:d; 7b-Or- pt) } (“That which 
is arranged, or settled, mutu- 
ally,’’ i.e. between two parties; 
hence) 4 covenant, compact, 
eement. / 
- +8ta-ncliredéyy-opat, v. mid. 
[S:d, in “intensive” force ; 
kdrerdyy-«, “to confate”} 
To confute utterly. : 
Slaxov-éw -8, f. Saxorhow, 
(p. Se5:nxdynna), 1. aor. (late) 
Sinndyno, v. n. [SlaKov-os, “a 
servant ’’]-(* To be a didnov- 
os’*; hence) 1. With’ Dat. of 
person: a. Zo minister anto 3 
to wait, or attend, on; to do 
service to, to serve.—b. To be 
an attendant on; to atid, as- 
sist, etc. With Dat. of 
2 


164 


thing: Zo serve, to attend 
to; vi. 2. —N.B. Observe posi- 
tion of augment, and see dva- 
orardée. 


Staxov-ta, Yas, f. [Sidxor- | ete 


dw, “to serve” ] 1. A serving, 
@ ministering as a servant.— 
2. a. 4 ministration, or minis- 
tering,. to the necessities of 
others; vi. 1.—b. As a result 
of ministering, as in no. a: 
Relief.—8. Ministration, or 
ministry, in the Church :— 
Slaxovla Tov Adyou, ministry 
of the word, i.e. office of 
teaching the word, vi. 4. 
Sta-ndo-tor, iat, ia, num. 
adj. plur. Two hundred [prob- 
ably &a@ lengthened fr. did 
in its etymological power of 
“twice, in two parts” (see 
3:d) 3 xos = xar, fr. Sans. gat- 
a, “a hundred”; see é-ndr- 


dy]. 

Tye -dxote, f. 3%-&xoboopa, 
v.a. [3:-d,in “intensive” force ; 
&xotw, “to hear ’”’} With Gen. 
of person: Zo hear a person 
thoroughly, as a judge does ; 
to hear fully; xxiii. 35. 

Sla-xpive, (f. S:a-xpird), 
1. aor. &:-éxpiva, v. n. (oid, 
“between”; xplve, “to judge” | 
‘“* To judge between ’’; hence) 

Neut.: Zo distinguish; to 
make a distinction or differ- 
ence ;—at xv. 9 in connexion 
with adverbial o¥3éy.—2. Mid.: 

“Kptvonas, 1. sor. pass. in 
mid. force, d:-expidny: a. Zo 


, €63=—Sl( '\ 


VOCABULARY. 


dispute, contend; xi. 2.—b, 
With accessory notion of hesit- 
ation: Zo hesitate, doubt, 
etc., in forming a decision, 


Sta-Adyopar, (f. sid-Adzo- 
pat, p. pass. in mid. force 3 
efAXeypaz, 1. aor. d:-eAcEauny), 
1. aor. pass. in mid. force 3a 
eAdx@ny, v. mid. [8id, “one 
with another”; Aéyoua: (mid. 
of Adyw, “to speak”), “to 
speak” one’s self] (“To speak 
one with another”; hence) 1. 
To converse, discourse, speak, 
talk.—2. To reason, hold a 
discussion.—8. To argue, dis- 
pute.—N.B. The act. form 
3:aAéyw does not occur in the 
Gr. Test. 

+BtaNex-ros, Tov, M. (for 
SidAey-ros; fr. didréy-opat, 
“to speak, talk ”] (‘‘A speak- 
ing”; hence) Speech, langu- 
age; mode, or way, of 
talking ; dialect. 

THS-Ave, f. Sid-Avow, V. a. 
[Sid, “apart”; Adw, ‘ to 
oosen ”’) (“ To loosen apart ”; 
hence) Zo disperse, break ep, 
scatter a body, etc., of per- 
sons.—Pass.: (8t&-Atopas, p. 
did-AdAduar), 1. aor. Si-eADOny. 

S- vpopas, 1. aor. 3i- 
enapripauny, v. mid. (8d, in 
“strengthening” force; paprip- 
ouat, “to testify, bear wit- 
ness”’] 1. Zo bear earnest 
witness; to testify earnestly 
or repeatedly ;—at ii. 40 with 


VOCABULARY, 


Dat. of manner.—2. Folld. by 
&7:: Zo bear earnest witness, 
etce., that; x. 42.—3. To 
preach, publish, teach as a 
witness for God; xx. 21; 
xxviii. 23. 

fBta-paxyopar, (f. 31d-paxé- 
gouas), v. wid. [ did, in “inten- 
sive’’ force; pa&xoua, * to 
fight ”) (“To fight greatly ”; 
hence) Zo contend, strive, 
dispute earnestly. 

-pepite, 1. aor. 2i- 
eudpioa, v.a. (Sid, “between ”; 
pepl(w, “to part or divide’’] 
1, Act.: Zo part, or divide, 
between or among.—2. To 
part asunder, divide, cleave. 
—Pass.: (8ta-pep(Lopar), p. 
Bid-peudpiouas, 1. aor, Si. 
eneploOny, 1, fut. s8id-nepic- 
Ohoopa. 

+(Std-vépe, f. did-veua, p. 
. Sté-vevdunna, v. a. [3id, in 
intensive” force; véue, “to 
distribute ”’] “To distribute, 
to divide out”; hence) Of a 
report, eto.: To spread, or 
publish, abroad; to make 
widely known;—at iv. 17 
supply a’réd (= 7d yroordy 
onuecov) as the Subject of 
SiaveunOf.—Pass.: (Sta-vdp- 
opat), 1. aor. Si-eveunOny. 

Bt-avolyw, 1. aor. 3:-fvoita, 
v. a. (8:-d, in “strengthening” 
force ; dvolye, “to open”) 1, 
To open, ze completely, etc., 
whether literally or figura- 
‘tively.—2. To open, exwpluin 


165 


| tee Scriptures, ete.—Pass. : 


St-avolyopas), p. 31-fvorypass 
see avol-yw. 

T(S-iviw, f. dsi-dviow), 
1. aor. 3%-4vtea), v. a. [Bi-d, 
in “strengthening” force; 
aviw, “to accomplish ”] (“To 
accomplish entirely ”’; hence) 
Of a voyage, etc., as Object : 
To finish, complete. 

& - wavr (sometimes 
written separately 3:4 wayrds), 
adv. [3:d, “through”; wayrés, 
gen. of was, “all” } (“Through 
all”; hence) Of time: Con- 
tinually, ever, at all times, 
always. 

Oti-wepde -wepa, (f. did- 
wepiow), 1. aor. &:-erdpica, 
¥. n. (3d, in “strengthening” 
force; wepdw, “to cross over’’} 
To cross over, go quite across, 

t(Sta-widw, f. dsia-wAevco- 
pat), 1. aor. di-éwAevoa, v. a. 
[3:d, “across”; wAdw, “to 
sail”’] Zo sail across. 

T5ta-rovéopat -wovotpat, 
1. aor. pass. in mid. force d%- 
exovhOny, v. mid. [&d, in 
“strengthening ” force; xov- 
dopa: (mid.), * to work hard ”; 
hence, “ to trouble, or distress, 
one’s self; to be grieved’’] 
To be greatly grieved. 

(Std-wopeve, v. a. (did, 
“across, through”; mopede, 
“to make to go, to convey” ] 
Act.: “To convey across, 
transport over ”),—Mid., : 3ta- 
wopevopat, (f. d:a-ropedocopat, 


"166 


1. aor. pass. in mid. force 3:- 
ewopebOnv) (To make one’s 
self to go through”; hence) 
To pass through. 

Si-imopte -dwops, v. 2. 
and a. (8:-d, denoting “com- 
pleteness’’; awopdw, “to be at 
a joss”| 1. Neut.: 
wholly at a loss, to be per- 

lexed, to be in perplexity.— 

. Act.: Zo be perplexed, or 
in perplexity, about; to be 
quite at a loss about, or ae to, 
something. 
- f8la-wpie, v. a. [did, 
“through ”; «pte, “to saw” } 
To saw through or qsunder, 
‘whether actually or figurative- 
ly :—Biexplovro rais KapSiass 
abray, they were sawn 
‘asunder in their hearts ; i.e. 
they were stung to the quick, 
or were out to the heart, vii. 
54; where capdlais is the local 
Dat.—Pass. : piopas. 

(Sta-6-piyyvipe and Sta-g- 
diicow, p. 3i-€{hnxa), 1. aor. 
Si-éppnia, v. a. (8d, * through 
or asunder”; pityvuys (later 
pjoow), “to tear, break ”; 
with § doubled] (“To tear 
through,” etc. ; hence) Of gar- 


ments: To rend in token of |. oréAA 


grief, indignation, ete. 
Sta-cxopwife, 1. aor. 3i- 
ecxdprica, vw. a. [8d, in 
« spl aera % force ; 
oxopri{e, “to scatter” | To 
ecatter completely, to di- 
#perse, etc., whether actually 


To be}. 


VOCABULARY. 


or figuratively.— Pass.: (8{a- 
oxopwi(opa:), p. diecxdpria- 
pou, 1. aor. diecxopriaOny, 1. f 
Sia-cxopmicOhcopat 

onde -owe, f. dsia- 
ondow, 1. aor. 8:-éowdea, V.a. 
[Sd, “apart”; oxdw, “to 


tions ’; owelpe, ‘to scatter” ] 
“To popes in pasty direc- 
tions, to disperse abroad ””).— 
Pass.: Of Ds : To be 
scattered, or dispersed, in 
different directions or abroad; 
to wander about.—Pass. 
(Sta-owefpopas), 2. aor. de 
ida (2. fut. 3ta-cwdiphoo- 
pas). 

(Na-orddde, f. Sia-credAd, 
v. a. [S:d, “apart”; orddAdra, 
“‘to place or set ”] “‘ To place, 
or set, apart’; hence, “to ar- 
range, set in order’; hence, 
“to order”).—Mid.: Sa- 
ona, 1. aor. St-erreiA- 
duny: With Dat.: Zo order, 
enjoin, command, as one’s 
own especial act; fo give an 
order, or command, to. 

T “pa, pdros, nm. 
(Sitornus (neut.), “to stand 
apartor at intervals,” through 


VOCABULARY. 


verbal root Saoryn (2 dd; 
‘oy, 2 root of Tarn) } (That 
-which stands apart or at 
intervals ”; hente) In (space 
‘or) time: A apace, interval. 
Sta-orpigw, (f.  dia- 
otpéw), 1. aor. 8i-dorpeya, 
v. a. [3id, “in different direc- 
tions”; orpépw, “to turn” } 
(“To turn in different direc- 
tions ; to twist about’; hence) 
Morally: To pervert, etc. 
' (Sad-cdLe, f. 314-cdow), 1. 
‘aor. di-éowoa, v. a. [8id, in 
“ nugmentative ” force; od¢a, 
“to save” | 1. To save com- 
pletely, to keep quite safe, to 
preserve.—2. &. To carry, or 
convey, in safety; to bring a 
person safe.—b. Puss.: With 
éx{and Acc.: To be carried 
in safety to; to escape to the 
lard from a wreck; xxvii. 44. 
—8. Pass : (8ti-odfLopar), 1. 
aor. 3i-eadéOnr, T'0 recover from 
an illness; fo be made, or be- 
come, perfectly whole or well. 
Nariy-7, fs, f. [Ssardoow, 
in force of “to ordain,” 
through verbal root Sara 
= &d; Tay, root of edge) 
‘An ordaining”; hence) 
Ordinance, appotntment, dis- 


‘position, ete. 

Sla-rdcow (8ta-rdrre, f. 
Bld-rdiw), p. 
aor. di-éraga, v. a. [dfa, in 
“strengthening” iorce; rdccw, 
in force of “toappoint, order’’} 
1, Act.: To appoint, enjoin, 


167 


order, bid, etc. ;—at xviii. 2 
the clause xwpl{ec@a: ... « 
“Peéuns is the Object of did. 
revaxévan—2. Mid.: (8t&- 
Téocopar and NX&-rdrropat), 
p. pass. in mid. force 8id-réray- 
pat, 1. aor. Si-eratduny, (To 
appoint,” efc.,, as one’s own 
especial act ; hence) a. Zo ap- 
point, order, command, bid, 
enjoin ;—at xxiv. 23 with 
Dat.—b. Zo arrange, make 
arrangements; xx. 13.—8. 
Pasa: B8i&-rdocopas (8t&- 
Tartopat), p. did-réraypau, 1. 
xor. 8i-erdyOny. 

{BtlS-reAdw -reda, (f. dsid- 
reAdow and did-r ere, v. a. [ ed, 
in “strengthening” force; 
Ted éew, “to accomplish ”’] “To 
be accomplishing ”’; hence, as) 
v.n.: Folld. by part. in con- 
cord with Subject of verb: 
To keep, or continue, doing, 
etc.: — SiareAcire xpoodox- 
@vres, you keep looking for, 
xxvii. 83. 

Stareraypévos, 7, ov, P. 
perf. of didrdoow: 1. Mid.: 
xx. 18.—2. Pass.: xxiii. 31. 

Ba-rhpdw -rypa, v. a. (did, 
denoting “eompleteness”’; rnp- 
éw, “to watch”’} (“To watch 
closely’; hence) Zo keep 
diligently, strictly, or faith- 


Bid-rérdya, 1. | fully: —e& adv Biarnpodytes 


davrots, from which things 
diligently keeping yourselves, 
xv. 29; see éavrov. 


- - S&-1l, adv. f8d, “on: ae- 


168 


count of”; rf (neut. acc. sing. 
of rls, “ who, what’’), “ ara 
(“ On account of what ”’; 4. e. 


Why? ore 
(Shrine, f, s8ia-Ohow, 
v. a [8id, “apart”; rlonus, 
“ to place’’] “ To place apart”; 
hence, “‘ to arrange ”’).— Mid. : 
Sté-rOapar, f. sid-Ohoopa, 
2. aor. 8i- eBéuny, (“ To arrange 
for one’s self,” eto.; hence, 
as the result of one’s own, efc., 
will) 1. Of a covenant, efc., 
between two parties: To 
arrange, or settle, mutually. 
—2. Of God as Subject: To 
appoint, ordain, make, coven- 
ant;—at iii. 25 fs, the 
Object of didGero, is put in 
Gen. by attraction to its 
antecedent S:a0hens; see 8s, 
no. 8, a. (a). 
-tpiBe, (f. 8:a-rplyw), 
1. aor. 3:-érpupa, Vv. n. and a. 
[Sid, “ between’; rpiBe, ‘to 
rub ”’] (* To rub between” two 
substances; hence) Of time: 
1. To pass or spend; cf. Lat. 
tempus térére.—2. With el- 
lipse of xpdévov, “time”: To 
spend time; i.e. to remain, 
continue, tarry; xii. 19; xv. 


35. 
8ta-dipe, (f. 3%-olcw and 3i- 
olcoua:, 2. aor. 8i-hveyxor), 
7 n. [&d, ; 
irections ”’; pépw, “to carry” 
1. To carry in different Fest 
tions ; to carry about, or « 
and down; xxvii. 27.—2. Of 


i. 


VOCABULARY. 


the word of God: Zo carry 
abroad ; to publish, proclaim s 
—at xiii. 49 folld. by 3d and 
Gen.—Pass.: 8té-@dpopat. 

{8th-~pevyus, (f. 318-pebgouer, 
p. did-wépevya), v. n. (84, 
“through”; petye, “ to flee’”’] 
(To flee through ”; hence)° 
To get away, escape, make 
one’s etc. escape. 

+Wtapbop-é, as, f. [for 
SiapOep-d; fr. Siapbelpw, * to 
destroy utterly,” through 
verbal root S8adGep (= dd ; 
$0ep, root of pteipe) (In pass. 
force: “A being destroyed, 
or perishing, utterly ”; hence, 
“utter destruction”; hence) 
1. Death, dissolution, corrup- 
tion.—2. The seat of corrup- 
tion ; the grave; xiii. 84. 

t( Ra-yerpifer, f. Sid-xerpion, 
Attic 3:a-xecpid), v. a. [8ed, 
in “strengthening ” force; ~ 
xerpifeo, “to handle”] (“To 
handle”; hence) 1. Act.: Zo 
take, or have, in hand.—2. 
Mid. : (“To handle” on one’s 
own part; hence, in a bad 
sense) To lay hands on, to 
slay, etc.—Mid.: (8té-yapt{- 

), 1. aor. 3i-exeppioduny. 
OPE evate, v. n. (dd, 
in “strengthening ” force ; 
xAeva(w, “to jest,” etc.] To 


“in different | jest, jeer, mock greatly ;—at 


ii. 13 the readings va 
between d:axAeva{orres a 
xAevacorres. 

« - ddog, 


diAov, 2. 


VOCABULARY. 


[Bi8den-w, “to teach”) 4 
tegoker. 

_ 8t-8d-ane, £. diddato, (p. 
dedidaxa), 1. aor. ébidata, v. a. 
and n.: 1. Act.:; a. Of personal 
Objects: Zo teach, to give 
inetruction to.—b. Of things 
as Object: Zo teach ; to give 
instruction in or about.—c. 
With Ace. of person and Acc. 
of thing: Zo teach one some- 
thing.—2. Neut.: To teach, 
te give instruction [akin to 
a lost Sans. root pag}. 

$.-8ky-%, fis, f.: 1. Teach- 
ing, instruction.—2. Doctrine 

[id.; cf. de-3!-3ax-a, perf. of 
didonw ; see Uddonw). 

8t-Se-pi, f. dc, p. Sédaxa, 
pluperf. é3e3éxe.v, 1. aor. (only 
in indic.) %exa, 2. aor. wy, 
v. a3; 1.: a. With Acc. of 
thing: To give, bestow some- 
thing ;—at v. 31 the Inf. 
Sodyas denotes “purpose or 
intention”; cf. vii. 88.—b. 

With Acc. of thing and Dat. 
of person: ‘Zo give something 
ta some oue, fo bestow some- 
thing on some one.—2. With- 
out nearer Object: Zo give, 
make @ gift, etc.; xx. 35. 
8. With Inf.: Zo give, grant, 
bestow power to do, etc.; ii. 4. 
—4. With Objective clause: 
To suffer, permit, allow, grant, 
that, ete.; ii. 27; ef. xiii. 
85; xiv.3.—5. Ofa lot, etc, 
as Object: Zo give, i.e. to 
cast into the lap, urn, ete. ; 


169 


i. 26.—6. Of wonders, signs, 
ete.: To give forth; i.e. to 
show; 11.9.—7. To proclaim, 
declare, deliver, etc.; iv. 12; 
vii. 38.—8. With Acc. of re- 
fiexive pron. folld. by eis and 
Acc, of place: Zo adventure 
one’s, etc. self into; to 
venture into; xix. 31.— 
Pass.: 8t-80-pas, p. 3é8ouar, 
1. aor. €866ny, 1. f. S00hcromas 
[lengthened and strengthened 
fr. root 80, akin to Sans. root 
D4, “to give”). . 

{8t-cvbtpéopas -evOtpot~ 
pat, v. mid. [d:-d, in “strengthe 
ening ” force ; évOvuéouai, “to 
turn over in the mind,” ete. } 
To keep turning over in the 
mind ; to ponder over, reflect 
deeply upon ;—at x. 19 the 
readings vary between 387. 
evOupoupévou and évOupovpévor; 
see évOuuéopat. 

St-eppyvevo, v. a. [3:-d, in 
“strengthening” force; épp- 
nveto, “to interpret” ] Zo 
interpret ; to translate from 
another language.—Puss.: 8t- 
epp.nvevopar. 

St-épyopar, f. 5:-eAcdoopan, 
p- 3t-eAFAVOa, 2. aor. 31-7HAGov, 
v. mid. [8:-d, “through”; &px- 
ovat, “to come or go” ] 1. 
With Acc. of place: Zo go, or 
pass, through.—2. Without 
nearer Object: a. Zo go, or 
pass, through or along; to 
journey, to travel.—b. To 
travel about, journey onwards. 


170 VOCABULARY. 
(8.-tornps, f. $:a-crhow, p. 


8i-dornxa), 1. aor. 8i-éornoa, 
2. aor. 8:-éorny, only found as 
v.n.in Gr. Test. [8:-d, “apart’’s 
tornus (in force of its neut. 
tenses), “to stand’’] (“To 
ela, ias, f. [8ter-hs,| stand apart”; hence, with 
“‘of two years’ continuance ”’ | | accessory notion of advancing) 
{‘« The state, or quality, of the | Zo advance, go forward, pro- 
Bierfs”; hence) A space of | ceed.—N.B. At xxvii. 28 the 
two years; two years ;—at|1. aor. &idornoa is used in a 
xxviii. 80 8:eriay 8Any is Acc. | neuter force. 
of * Duration of time.” t-te xvpifopar, v. mid. 
St-nydopar -nyotpas, f. d7- | (8:-d, in “ augmentative ” 
nyhoouc, 1. aor. 8i-nynoduny, | force; loxvpiCoua, “ to affirm 
v. mid. [8-d, “ through ”;|or maintain strongly ”] Zo 
tryéouas, “to lead”) (“To lead | affirm, or maintain, 
through ”; hence, in reference | strongly ; to assert confid. 
toa statement) To detail, de- | ently. 
clare, narrate, relate, tell,| Stx-atos, alfa, acov, adj. 
etc. ;—at viii. 38 folld. by Acc. | [8ix-n, “ right, law’ ] (“ Per- 
of thing ;—at ix. 27; xii. 17j| taining to 8lxn”; hence) 1. 
folld. by Dat. of person, and | In reference to religion: Ob- 
by adverbial clause as Object. | servant of that: which is right 
+8t-GSAace-os, ov, adj. (87 | in the sight of God; obedient 
(= &ls), “twice”; @adAacc-a,|to the law of God; just, 
“a sea”] (‘“ Pertaining to | righteous.—AsSubst.: 8lxasog, 
twice a sea”; hence) Of a| ov, m.: a. One obedient to the 
piece of land, ete., projecting | law of God; a righteous, or 
into the sea: Washed on both | just, man;—Plur.: Religious, 
sides by the sea; rather than, | or just, men; thejust.—b. With 
as in the English Version, | art.: Of Jesus Christ: Tue 
“‘where two seas meet”; cf.| Just, or RiantTEovs, ONE; 
Lat. “bYmiaris.’—The réwros | vii. 52.—8. Right, proper, 
810tAagoos mentioned at xxvii. | fair, just, equitable. 
41 is » projecting rock inthe | Stxato-ctvy, ovrns, f.[Slxas- 
N.E. part of Mélita (“Malta”), | os, (uncontr. gen.) 8:ale-os, 
now called by the inhabitants | “ righteous "] (“ The quality 
La Cala di 8. Paolo, “ St. | of the 3ixasos”s hence) Right 
Paul’s Creek.” - | eousness. 
































+(8t-epwrie -epwris),1.aor. 
8i-npérnoe, v. a. (8:-d, in 
“intensive” force; épwrde, 
“to ask”) With Acc. of 
thing: Zo ask, or inquire, 


diligentl . 
Ht 


ap 


VOCABULARY. 


Dltaai-de -0, f. Binadow, 
1. aor. éS:xalwoa, v. a. { Blxas- 
os, “just” ] (“To make &ix- 
.asos’’; hence) To justify ; to 
pronounce, declare, or: esteem 
just or righteous; i.e. to ac- 
quit of, or absolve from, past 
offences, and to regard, or 
accept, as righteous in the 
Divine sight.—Pass.: Stxa.- 

-oupas, p. sedixalwuat, 
L.aor. €3:cardOny, 1. fat. dixai- 
aShoonat. 

-ryis, tov, m. [for 


ao 
Binad-rhs; fr. Bind (eo (= Bixdd- 


171 


* Bacchus” } (“ One belonging 
to Dionysus ”) Dionysius ; an 
Athenian, one of the judges 
of the supreme court of the 
Areopagus. 
tAtoreréds, 
Alorerhs. 
tAto-wer-rjs, fos ois, adj. 
[Als, Ards, * Dis or Jove”; 
wlwrw, * to fall,” through root 
wer] Jove-fallen; i.e. that 
has fallen, or that fell, from 
Jove.—As Subst.: Atowerés, 
dos ods (sc. &yaApa), n. With 
art.: The image that fell, or 


dos oUs; see 


gw) “to judge”) (“One who | fell down, from Dis or Jove, 


ja ”; 4.6.) A judge, um- 
pre, arbitrator, etc. 

Sten, ns, f.: 1. A judgment, 
@ judicial sentence s—at xxv. 


15 the readings vary between | gods 


Sixny and K&érasinnv.—2. Per- 
sonified as a goddess: Diké or 
Justice ; the daughter of Zeus 
and Thémis; xxviii. 4 

S.-d, conj. [d:-d, “on ac- 
count of”; 8 (neut. of 3s, 
“‘ who’’), “ which” } (“On ac- 
coant of which” thing; 4. ¢.) 
igi Sar why. 

Si-oBevw, v. a. [8:-d, 
“through ”; d3edw, “to make 
one’s way or go” | (“To make 
one’s way or go through” a 


— Demetrius: (xix. 26) had ac- 
cused Paul of endangering the 
worship of the Ephesian Diana 
by saying that those were no 
which were made with 
hands, The town-clerk in his 
address to the people insinu- 
ated that as the image had 
fallen down from Dis, it was 
not made by hands; and hence 
his statement that Panl and 
Barnabas were not “ blas- 
phemers of the goddess.” 
BtépOe-pa, -udros, n. [for 
8idp00-ua; fr. Btop0d-w, “to 
make quite straight”) (“That 
which makes quite straight ”’; 
hence) An amendment, re- 


place ; hence) 7b pase, travel, | form, etc. ;—at xxiv. 3 the 


go, journey through. 
+Atovie-fog, fou, m. [Aié- 
yuo-os, ** Dionysus” (¢.¢. the 
god of Nysa), the Gr. god of 
wine, the.same as the Roman 


readings vary between 3:0p0w- 
pdroy and xarop0wparoyr. 
Avéco-xovpor, xotpwy, m. 
plar. Als, Acds, “ Dis o7 Jove’; 
xoupos, “a boy” ] (“ Boys of 


172 


VOCABULARY. 


Dis or Jove”) The Dioscuri,| S8oxde -d, (f. 3dte and 80x- 


i.e. Castor and Pollux (Gr. 


TMoAvSeduens), the sons of Dis. 


and Léda, After their death 
they were changed, according 
to the myth, into the con- 
stellation Gemini (““ The 
Twins”), which was supposed, 
like the fires of St. Elmo at 
the present time, to bring 
safety in a storm if it appeared 
over a ship. Hence the 
adoption of their image for 
the sign of a ship, the Dioscari 


being the tutelary deities of | Da 


sailors ;—at xxviil. 11 Asog- 
xotpors is in Dat. by attraction 
to xapachyuy. 

8.-dre, conj. [for 8:2 roto, 
&r., “on account of this, that” ] 
1. Therefore.—2. Because that, 
inasmuch as, since, for. 

Slwy-pds, uov, m. [for diwx- 
pés; fr. SidK-c, “to pursue ’’; 
hence, “to persecute”] A 
persecuting, persecution. 

Steouw, £. sidtw (and sidt- 
ouat), 1. aor. élwta, v.a.: 1. 
To pursue or follow after.— 
2. In bad sense: Zo persecute. 
—Pass,: Stexopar, p. dedlay- 
pas, (1. aor. é8i6x6nr), 1. fut. 
Siwxbhoouc. 

-pna, pdros, n. [for 3dx- 
pa; fr. Sox-éw, “to seem right 
or good”] (“That which 
seems right or ”* to a 
legally-constituted public body, 
etc.; hence) A decree, ordin- 
ance, whether human or divine. 


how, p. 8e3éunnxa), 1. aor. Beta, 
v. a. and n.: 1, Act.: Zo 
think, suppose, imagine.—B 
Neut.: a.: (a) Zo seem, ap- 
pear.—(b) Impers.: With Dat. 
of person : Soxei, It seems, or 
appears, to one ;—at xxv. 27 
Soxet has for ite Subject the 
clause wéuworvra.. . onpayat. 
—b. Zo be of opinion, think, 
imagine, suppose, etc.—C.: (a) 
To appear right, good, or 
proper.—(b) Impers.: With 
t. of person: it 
seemed good, it appeared 
right or proper, to one;-~~at 
xv. 22 &8oke has for ite Subject 
the clause éxAciaudvous. .. 
&SeA Hots ; cf., algo, xv. 26, 28, 
34, 


SdéXos, ov, m. (“A bait” for 
fish; hence) Craft, deceit, 
guile. 

SdéEa, ns, f. [for 3bn-ca; fr. 
Sox-dw, “to think’) (“A 
thinking”; hence, “a rht’’s 
hence) 1. As the thought 
which others entertain of one: 
Honour, glory.— 2. Glory, 
dignity, power, etc., belonging 
to a certain rank.—3. Glary, 
glorious brightness of the 
divine presence.—4. Glery; 
brightness, splendour of light. 
E-diw, f. Sotdow, 1. aor. 
@&diaca, v. a. [3dE-a, “ honoar, 
glory” | To ascribe honour or 
glory to; to honour, glorify. 
tMopxds, ados, f. [Sopads 


VOCABULARY. 


(fr. Sdpxopa, “to see”), “a 
gazelle’’; a species of deer, 
which obtained its name from 
the brightness of ite eyes] 
(“Gazelle”) Dorcas; the Gr. 
equivalent for the Syriac 
“Tabitha”; a woman of Joppa, 
who was restored to life by 
St. Peter; ix. 36, 89. 

Sovd-cie, f. Souvrctow, p. 
ScBovAevna, 1. aor. éd0vAcvca, 
v. n. [80vA-0s, “a slave | 
(*To be a 80¥A0s”’; hence 
With Dat.: 1. To serve.—2. 
To be in bondage, or subjeo- 
tion, to. 

SovA-n, ns, f. [prob. for 
8e-dA-n ; see SovA0s | A female 
servant or slave; a hand- 
maiden, oe actually or 
figuratively. 

SotA-os, ov, m. [prob. for 
Bé-od-os; fr. 3é-c, “to bind ”; 
8A-os, “ whole” | (** One wholly 
bound ”; hence) 4 boadman, 
servant, whether actually or 
figuratively. 

Soud-de -6, f. SovAdow, V. A. 
[SedA-0s, “a slave or serv- 
ant’’] To enslave, make a 
servant, bring into bondage. 

a ov, m. [for 3pdu-os; 
fr. Spay (root of Spayu-ctpai, 
&-8pdu-ov, fut. and 2. aor. used 
with rpéxw), “to ran’ } (“That 
which runs ”; hence, “ a run- 
ning ”’; hence) A course, i. e. 
(in Gr. Test.) ministration. 

tApovorrAa, ns, f. (Gr. 
form of Lat. “ Drusilla’’] 


173 


Drusilla ; a Jewess, the wife 
of Felix; see @HAi&. 

Sivipar, imperf. etvduny . 
and dbtvaduny, f. Suvfoopa, 
p. Seddrnuar, 1. aor. eSurhOny 
and #durhOny, v. mid. irreg. : 
1. To be able.—2. With Inf. : 
To be able to do, etv.; I (etc.) 


can. 

Sivap-ws, ews, f. [Bdrdu-as, 
“to be able’’} (‘A being able 
or having power”; hence) 1. 
Power, in the widest accepta- 
tion of the word; mtght.—2. 
A powerful, or mighty, work ; 
a miracle, 

Siv-dorys, dorov, m. [3by- 
dai, in force of * to be power- 
ful ”’} (“ He that is powerful ”s 


hence) 4 powerful, or mighty, 


person, etc. 


Siv-ards, rh, ardv, adj. 
[8dv-duar, “tobe able”) 1. Of 
things: (“ Able to be done ”’; 
hence) Possible.—2. Of per- 
sons: 8. Able to do, ete.— 
b. Powerful, mighty. 

Svo (Gen. 300, Dat. duct; 
for usual 8votv), dual num. adj. 
Two :—mostly in attribution 
to a plur. subst. ;—at x. 7; 
xii, 6; xix. 22; xxiii. 23 
folld. by Gen. of “ Thing dis- 
tributed.” 

+8tcevrep-ta, fas, f. [8ic- 
évrep-os, “ suffering from dys- 
entery ” (fr. inseparable prefix 
dus, signifying “hard, dif- 
ficult” ; &vrep-a, “ bowels ””) ] 
(‘* The state, or condition, of- 


174 


the 3ucdvrepos”; hence) Dye- 
entery. 

86-8exa, num. adj. indecl. 
ae fr. 8vé-Sexa; fr. 3d 
= 8vo), “two”; Sda, “ten” | 
(“ Two and ten”; i.¢.) Twelve. 
~—As Subst. m.: Zwelve per- 
sone, twelve :—ol 8é8exa, the 
twelve (apostles) including 
Matthias, who had been chosen 
as an Apostle in the place of 
Judas Iscariot ; vi. 2; cf., also, 
i. 26 ;—see 3exdddo. 
_ tBeBexd-diA-08, ov, adj. 
[BeSexa, “twelve”; pua-h, “a 
tribe’”] Pertaining to twelve 
tribes.—As Subst.: S8eBexd- 
diXov, ov, n. With art.: 
(“ The twelve-tribed thing ”; 
t, e.) The twelve tribea of 
ge xxvi. 7. lengthened 

O-na, ueTds,D. | len 

fr. Biyepes for Séu-pa, fr. déu- 
w, “to build ”; cf. 8éu-os (for 
déu-os), “a house” ]} (* That 
which is built”; hence) 4 


ouse. 
Sep-ed, eG, f. [8wp-dw, “to 

vive, present as a gift”] (“A 

giving”; hence) 4 gift. 


1, d-dy, conj. [for ef-dy; fr.. 


el, “if’’; &y, conditional part- 
op ihe Subj.: If haply; 
if that or 80 be that ; tf :—édv 
Lh, f not, i. e. unless, except. 
2. éév (Gv), conditional part- 
icle : With relative words (= 
&v) modifying their power :— 
ts éedy, whosoever, : 


,)6hESrl(ae[ 


VOCABULARY, 


davrot (airot), 7s, 08, re- 
flexive pron. without nom. : 1. 
Strictly of 8rd person: (O/) 
himself, herself, itself, them- 
selves :—év éaurg yevéaOas, (to 
be in himself ; i. .) to come to 
himeelf, xii. 11.—2. Of 2nd 
person: (Of) thyself, gour- 
self -—Pluar. (Of) yourselees ; 
v. 85; xiii, 46; xv. 29; 
xx. 28.—3. Of let person: 
Of, etc.) myself ;—Pluar. : 
Of) ourselves ; xxiii. 14, 
édes -@, f. age, (p. lana), 
1, aor. elaca, v. a.: 1. To 
allow, suffer, permit.—2. To 
leave alone, let be 3 see aptly. 
—3. Of an anchor as Object : 
To let go, let drop. 
éB8op-1)-xov-rTa, BUM. adj. 
plur. indecl. Seventy [€B8op- 
os, “seventh ”’; (4) connecting 
vowel; xoy (= gan, in 
da-gan), “‘ten”; va suffix (= 
Lat. tus), “provided with”; 
and henee, literally, “ ided 
with the seventh ten ”’}. 
*EBp-eios, ala, atoy, adj. 
(Of, or pertaining to, the 
country beyond”; 3. ¢. *‘ be- 
yond, or across, the Euphrates; . 
“emigrant”) Hebrew. — As 
Subst. : “EBpatos, ov, m. (“An 
emigrant”) 4 Hebrew ;—at 
Gen. xiv. 18 the Septuagint 
gives 6 wepards, and Jerome 
transitor, as the equivalent for 
the word which in the English 
translation is rendered “the 


| Hebrew.” - 


VOCABULARY. 


*+EBp-als, os, 
Hebrew ; see ‘EBpaios. 

iyy-ife, (f. éyyiow), p. 
Syyixa, 1. aor. loa, V. 0. 
[éyy-vs, ‘near’ } (‘To become 
éyyis”’; hence) Zo come, or 
draw, near; to approach. 

tyy-vs, adv. [akin to &yx-s, 
“pear” ] Near, nigh ;—at ix. 
88; xxvii. 8 folld. by Dat.; 
—at i, 12 ‘lepovcaAhu is an 
indecl. subst., aud may be 
regarded as either a Dat. or 


f. adj. 


eyeipar imperat. 1. aor. mid. 
of éyeipm ; iii, 6. 
tpe, f. eyepés, (p. éyh- 
vyepea), 1. aor. Hyeipa, V. a.: 
1, <Act.: (“To awaken” ; 
hence) 8. Zo raise, or lift, up. 
—b. Zo raise the dead ; x. 40; 
xxvi. 8.—o. With dx vexpayr : 
To, raise one from the dead.— 
d. With eis: To lift wp, 
exalt, raise a person for, or as 
(= éo be) something ; xiii. 22. 
—2, Mid. : éyelpopat, (f. éyep- 
obpat), 1. aor. hyeipduny, (“To 
awaken one’s sel{'’’; hence) 
Lo lift, or raise, up one’s self; 
to rise.—8. : popas, 
p. eyfryepuat, 1. aor. hyépOny, 
1. fut. éyepOficoua, (“To be 
awakened”; hence) Zo rise, 
arise; ix. 8 [akin to Sans. 
root JAGRI, “to wake” J. 
dy-xaAdw -xido, f. é- 
maréow, (p. éy-néxAnwa), V. D. 
[for év-xdAdw; fr. dv, “in’’; 
airde, “to call” (“To call 


175 


in”; hence) 1. With Dat. of 
person: Zo sue, indict, tm- 
plead a person; xix. 38.—2. 
With Dat. of person: Zo 
accuse, to bring or lodge an 
accusation against, etc. ; xxiii.. 
28.—3. Pass.: éy-xaddopar 
-xdAotpas: a. With wepl: To be 
called to @ judicial account 
respecting; xix. 40.—bd. Zo 
be accused ;—at xxvi. 2 with 
Gen. ;—at xxiii. 29; xxvi. 7 
folld. by wep{ and Gen. 

ty-ndradelwe, f. éy-xaiTd- 
Aelyw, 2. aor. ey-KaréAiwoy, 

v. a. [for dv-ndirdvcixw; fr. 
évy, “in”; «ardAelrw, “to 
leave behind’’] 1. Zo leave 
behind tna place, etc.—2. With 
eis (see 1 ets,no. 2): Zo take, 
or cast, inta a place and leave 
behind in it; see, also, dns. 
— Pnss.:  dy-xdrddclropat, 
1. aor. éy-xareAcl@Ony; see 
war dAel wes, 

: TéyxAn-pa, paros, n. [ey- 
Kad éw, “to charge” something 
“upon” a person; through 
verbal root éyxAn (=éy; «An, 
a root of «aréw)} (“ That 
which is charged upon” a 
person; hence) 4 charge, ac- 
cusation, etc. . 

dy-xéwre, (f. éy-xdyeo), 1. 
aor. év-éxowa, v. a. [for &- 
xéurw; fr. éy, ‘without 
force’; xéwrw, in force of ‘to 
weary] 1. Zo weary, tere.— 
2. To hinder, interrupt, etc. 

éyxpirt-era, elas, f. [éyxpare. 


176 


4s, in force of “master of 
one’s self, self-disciplined ” | 
The quality of the éyxpér- 
s”s; hence) Temperance, 

moderation, self-control, self- 
discipline. 

éye (Gen. éuoi, enclitic nov), 
pron. . £;—at xxv. 18 
éyé is emphatic fakin to Sans. 
akam, “1’"}. 

tT , cos ovs,n. Ground. 

(40éXeo and) Oérw, f. (26ed- 
how and) OcAfow, 1. aor. 
H0éAnoa (and é0éAnoa, p. 
Te0éAnxa), v.n. and a.: 1, 
Neut.: a. To be willing.—b. 
To will.—%. Act.: a. With Inf.: 
To be willing to do, etc.—b. 
With Objective clause: To 
wish, or desire, that one, etc., 
should do, be, ete.—ce. With 
follg. Inf.: To be sometimes 
rendered «ili with the English 
finite verb of the Gr. Inf. 

€vog, eos ovs, n.: 1. Sing. : 
A nation, people.—2. Plur.: 
a. Nations, peoples.—b. With 
art. : (“ The nations,” includ- 
ing all who were not Jews; 
t.e.) The Gentiles or Heathen. 

og, eos ovs, n. Custom. 

(He), p. efw8a, pluperf. 
«ié0ey, (in pres. used only as 
part. in connexion with a finite 
verb; the perf. and pluperf. 
are used, respectively, as pres. 
and imperf.) Zo be accustomed 
or rt 

1. el, 2. pers. sing. pres. 
ind. of eiul. = oe a 


them, 


VOCABULARY. 


2. et, conj.: L. Uf:—el ph, 
(if not, i.e.) except, unless.—~ 
2. In interrogations, and ex- 
pressions of doubt, ete. : 
Whether, etc.—3. In ques- 
tions, merely to mark the 
question is pos avrods* 
Ei éadBere, he said anto 
Have ye received, 
etc.P xix. 2; cf., also, i. 6; 
xxi. 87; xxii. 25.—N.B. An 
adverbial or substantival clause 
connected with averb or clause 
denoting some mental emotion 
or operation is introduced at 
times by e? (é/), instead of drs 
(that), when the object, efe., 
of the mental emotion is to 
be represented as something 
which the person addressed 
can scarcely credit to be real. 
This idiom is frequently used 
in Attic Greek of a past and 
certain matter. To this usage 
must be referred xxvi. 8, 23. 

etSov, 2. aor. ind. of ee. 

(ef8-w, obsol. in pres.), £. 
ei8how (and efcoua:), p. of8a 
(plur. topev, ore, toao1), eubj. 
ef, p. perf. el3és, pluperf. 
fie, 2. aor. eldov, imperat. 
%e, subj. Be (opt. Borys), int, 
i8eiv, p. l8éy, 2. aor. mid. 
eidduny, v.a.: 1. To know, to 
perceive mentally —2 Perf. 
and pluperf. are used as a pres.. 
and imperf.: (J) know, (I) 
knew.—8. The 2. aor. applies 
to the sight: (7) saw, beheld, 
etc.—N,B. At vii. 34 the ex- 


VOCABULARY. 


woesion [Say eBoy ° (etc.) 
ongs to that peculiar Greek 
idiom whereby there is attach- 
ed to the verb of the sentence 


apart. of the same root and | ( 


similar meaning. The above- 
eited passage is a quotation 
from the Septuagint—Exod. 
iii. 7 .[akin to Sans. root VID, 
“to Datei to know ”’]. 

«tdaX6-0b-Tos, ov, 
[e¥SwAov, (uncontr. gen.) 
edaAo-os, “an idol”; 6u-0, 
“to sacrifice ’”] (‘ Idol-sacri- 
fined’; t.¢.) Sacrificed, or 
offered, to an idol or idols.— 
As Subst. : el8eAdPiroy, ov, n. 
That which is sacrificed, or 
offered, to an idol or idole ; 
qn idal-sacrifice, am idol- 

Oring. 
DS Sion, wAou, n. [el8-os, 
‘¢ a form, shape ” ] (“ A form”; 
hence) dn tmage of a false 
god; an idol, 
elSes, via, ds, P. of olda; 
see efdw. 

elxoat, num. adj. indecl. 
Twenty (akin to Sans. vimeati 
contr. fr. dvi, “two”; dacant 
(val form of dagan), ‘ten’’; 
(s) suffix); whence also Lat. 
vigint: |. 

el-pl, imperf. qv and #un», 
f. Ecoai, V-0.: La. To be.—b. 
Impers.: gorat, It shall be or 
come to pass ;—~at ii. 17 the 
Subject of Zora: is the clause 
deyes . . . Cvunviacbhoovra; 
and at ii. 21 was .. cmPhceras ; 
Acts. 


adj. 


177 


of., also, iii. 23;—2. With Dat. 
of person: a. (“To be to” a 
person ; 7. ¢. of the person as 
Subject) To have, obtain.—b, 
“To be for” a person; £. ¢.) 
To be in the opinion, sight, or 
estimation of a person ;—this 
use of the Dat. after ein 
is quite classical; but the 
words 4 (sc. Mwiojs) doreios 
TG Geq, (Moses) was in the 
sight of God beautiful (vii. 
20), are a Hebraism for very 
beautiful. With Gen.: a. 
To be the property of, to be- 
jong to; xxvii. 23.—b. In 
definitions of time or age: To 
be of the age of.—4. Folld. 
by part. in concord with Sub- 
ject, instead of the simple verb 
of such part. in the tense cor- 
responding to that of ell :— 
€.9-hoay xdOhpevor— exabnyro, 
ii, 2:—%unv wnorevwy = 
évharevoy, x. 80; but the 
reading funy vnoredoy also 
occurs: see fua.—b6. To be, 
exist, have existence (for éa- 
pl, akin to Sans, root as, “to 
be’’]. 

elvat, pres. inf. of elu. 

eladtecay, 3. pers. plur. 1. 
aor. imperat. of elroy. 

1, elwé, 2. pers. sing. im- 
perat. of elxoy. 

2. elare, 3. pers. sing. of eZroy. 

elw-oy, 2. aor., 1. aor. elza, 
v. a. without pres. Zo say, 
speak ;—at ix. 6, 11 supply 
elwey with 6 Kupios. 7 
. 


278 


el-wes, conj. [e, “if”; 
wés, ‘by any means” ] If by 


Do 

elp-rjvn, fvns,f. [prob. efp-w, 
‘to bind or fasten ”] (“ The 
binding, or fastening, thing”; 
hence) Peace ;—cf. Lat. pax 
(= pac-s), fr. root Pac = PaG, 
whence pa(n)g-0, “ to fasten,” 
eto 


(etpee, found perhaps only 
once), f. ép@ (and épéw), p. 
efpnna, pluperf. elpfxew, v.a. 


and n.: 1. a With Acc. of/1 


thing: Zo say, speak, utter ; 
—at xx. 38 re Adyy, 6 = TE 
Ad-yg, Sy; see 8s, no. 3, a. (a); 
—at villi. 24 dv = exelvwr, 
&; see 8s, no. 8, c, and no. 8, 
a, (a).—b. With xdx@s and 
folld. by Acc. of person: Zo 
speak evil of, to revile, etc. ; 
xxiii. 25.—2. Neut.: To speak, 
say.—8, Pass.: perf. elpyua, 
1. nor. €pphOnv and ¢p5d6ny, 1. 
fut. AnOncoua:, To have been 
said or spoken, etc. 

1. els, prep. gov. ace.: 1. 
With verbs of motion: a. 
Horizontally: Into, within; 
unto.—b. Of motion upwards : 
Up to, to.—ec. Of motion 
downwards : Down to, into.— 
2. With verbs of rest to de- 
note previous motion into a 
place, and then the doing, 
ete. of something ix or at it ; 
cf. ii, 81; viii. 40, ete.—38, In, 


VOCABULARY. 


at.—4. Of a state, condition, 
etc. : Into, unto ; for.—5. In 
time: a. Until, up to, for.—bd. 
In, on.—6. Of a purpose, aim, 
intention, etc. : 5 ao em: 
purpose of, for.—b. Unto . 
—7. Dele towards, fo a per- 
son.—8. As to, with respect 
to.—9. Of a result, ete. : For, 
as.—10. With eluf or ylropa:: 
(Zo be for; i.e.) To become, 
to be that which is denoted 
by the subst. dependent on 
eis; iv. 11. 

2. ele, pla, éy, num. adj.: 
. One :—sometimes folld. 
Gen. of thing distributed ; 
i, 22; xxiii. 17, etc. ; some- 
times folld. by ¢ and Gen.; 
i. 24; xi. 28, efc,—As Sabet.: 
els, évds, m. One man, one ;— 
at fi. 6 efs &acros is in ap- 
position to abrof, which is te 
be supplied as the Subject of 
Hxovor.—2. First :—év rH wig 
tiv caBBatwy, on the first 
day of the week, xx. 7. 

elo-ye, (f. cio-dte, p. ie- 
ayhoxa), 2. aor. eio-frydyor,v.a. 
[eds, “ into”; byw, “ to lead ”’ 

To lead into a place; to 
or bring in.—Pass.: ela~ty- 
opat. 

(clo-Sxotw), f. elo-axod- 
copa, Vv. a. [els, to, unto ”; 
dove, in force of “ to listen ’”} 
To listen to, give ear to, hear. 
—Pass.: (elo-axovopas, pr €i6- 
hxovopa), 1. aor. elo-nxotaOyy, 
1. fut. elo-axovobhoopas 


VOCABULARY. 


a 


B. aor. of elorpéxe. 

elo-eus, imperf. cic-fesv, 
Vv. 2. [els “into”; elu, “to 
go”’} To go into, to enter. 

ela-dpxopas, f. elo-crctoo- 
pets p. elo-eA HAVO, 2. aor. cia’ 
HAGoy, v. mid. [els, “into”; 
Epyoum, “to come or go” | 
Zo come, or go, into; to 
enter ;-—see d&épxouct for i. 21. 

etoyjev, imperf. ind. of 
efoeim. 

elotévat, pres. inf. of efoesus, 

f(clor-xddéeo -xirG, f. eic- 
xdAdow, v. a. [els, “into”; 
xitrAde, “to call”] “To call 
into” a place; ‘to call in’”’).— 
Mid. : (elo-KtiAdopar -x%dov- 
pas), 1. aor. elvexadrcoduny, To 
cail én to one’s self or as one’s 
own especial act ;— at x. 28 = 
“to invite into the house.” 

eler-oS0s, d3ou, f. [ els, “into”; 
é36s, “a way”} (“A way 
into” a place; hence) Zn- 
trance ;—at xili. 24 used 
figuratively of Christ’s en- 
trance on 
PES dah ras -4yda, f. eic- 

couat), L.aor. cic-exhinea, 

v. n. [els, “into”; xndde, 
“tospring or leap”’] To spring, 
or deap, into a place ; to leap, 
or spring, tn ;—at xiv. 14 the 
readings vary between eic- 
erhSnoay and dexhdnoay ; see 
duwnddo. 

(alo~ropeves, v. a. [els, “in- 
to”; xopede, “to cause to go” | 


179 


dv, ovoa, dv, P. |“ Tocause” one “ togo into”; 


hence, ‘to lead into ’’).— Mid.: 
elo-wopevona:, (f. elo-wop- 
evoopas), (“ To cause one’s self 
to go into”; hence) Zo go into 
a place; to go in, to enter. 

clorjxeay, pluperf. ind. of 
lornps. 

t(elo-rpdye, f. elo-3pduod- 
pat), 2. aor. eic-ddpauoy, Vv. 0. 
[els, “into”; rpéxw, “torun’”’) 
To run into a place; to rus 


in. 

elo-odpu, (f. elo-olow, p. eic- 
evhvoxa), 2. aor. elao-hyeyxoy, 
v. a. [els, “into”; pépe, “to 
bear or carry” ] To heir or 
earry into a place; fo bring 


in. 

elebes, via, ds, P. perf. of 
E06 :— 1d clenOds rq Mérpy, that 
which was customary to Peter ; 
i.e. Peter’s accustomed way 
or custom; xvii. 2. 

elev, 3. pers. plur. imperf. 
ind. of édew ; xxvii. 40. 

dx (before a vowel é€), prep. 
gov. gen.: 1. Out of, from, 


is public ministry. | forth from.—2. Of a source 


or origin, whence anything 
proceeds: a. From, of.—b. 
Of, belonging to.—8. a. To 
mark whence anything comes: 
From, from among.—b. Of, 
belonging to.—4. Of birt 

origin, etc. : Of, from.—5. Of 
the Agent after pass. verbs; 
By.—8. Of the instrument, 
means, mode, etc.: With, by. 
—7. To mark a cause: From, 


N 2 


18a 


by, i consequence of.—8. Of 
a number: Of, out of.—9. 
Put partitively with its case 
instead of simple Partitive 
Gen. used as Object :—éx 
xapwod ris éc@vos atbrod 
xabioa: éxl rot Opdvou abrod, 
that He (i.e. God) will seat 
a part) of the fruit of his 
ine on his throne—i. e. one 
who sprang from his loing, ii. 
80. For this use of éx with 
Partitive Gen. as Object ef. 
dohn 5.16; iv. 13; Luke xxii. 
16: see Suvytus. If, however, 
the reading of the “ Textus 
tus,”’as mentioned under 
art.. xaSi¢w, be followed, then 
dx xapxov will become 
Bubject of the verb, xa8ioa:.— 
10. Of time: a. Fyrom, up 
Jrom, ever since, a certain 
epmmencing point :—é€ éray 
dur, from eight years ago, i.e. 
jor, or during, eight years.— 
b. After.—l11. After numer. 
al adjectives: Of, out of.— 
12. With neut., but rarely 


VOCABULARY. 


d-xSrdéy, num. adj. indecl. 
One hundred, a hundred [: 
vere fr. cfs, év-6s, “one”; 
wdtrox, akin to Sans. caéam, 
“a hundred’’]. 
éxevrov-r-dpy-ys, and é- 
xaTév-T-apyx-0s, ov, m. | é& 
xaréy, “a hundred”; (1) ep- 
enthetio letter; Epx-0, “to 
command ”’} (*‘ One whoecom- 
mands a hundred men”; 
hence) 4 centurion. 
dx-BdédAdw, f. ex-BaArAd, 
éx-BéBAnxa), 2. aor. é§-dBaAor, 
v. a. [éx, “out”; BdAre, “to 
cast” | 1. a. Zo east, or throw, 
out.—b. Mid.: Zo cast, or 
throw, out as one’s own aes 
Zs — gel hands.—2. 
e drive forth, or out, from a 
place; to expel from.—3. Tu 
send away, dismiss, remove. 
Mid. : dx-BéAAopat. 
téxBod~1, Ws; f. {for éuBada- 
4; fr. éxBddA-Aw, “ to cast, or 
throw, out”’] (“A casting, or 
throwing, out’; hence) Of a 
ship’s cargo: 4 Weg OUCTn 


fom., adjectives to form ad- | board 


verbial expressions :-—-é« 3ev- 
sépou, @ second time, x.15; ex 
Seticn, on the right hand, vii. 
56 


, Cte. 
- dxdpptios, 1. aor. ind. of 
Karat. 

txacros, 1, ov, pron. adj. 
Bach.—-As Subst.: dxacros, 
ger Each nee each ;—at 
af. xaoros is in apposition 
$0 tysts. : ee 


dx-Béxones, (f. dx-Begoum), 
v. mid. [ dx, ‘from’; 3éxenuat, 
“to receive”] (“To roeeive 
something from”’ one; henee, 
“to succeed to” something ; 
hence) To await, wait for. 

fin-8t t -Styyotpa:, 
v. mid. (de, in “stren 
ing” force; Sinyéoma, to 
relate ”] Zb.relate, or declare, 
Sully or partioulaply, 





VOCABULARY. 


<o1s, oews, f. [for 
dudixe-ois; fr. éxdiné-e, “to 
avenge] 1. As avenging.— 
2. Vengeance. 

+&x8o-ros, tov, adj. [dx- 
SB, “ to give out or forth ”; 
hence, “ to deliver up, betray”; 
throsgh verbal root éxBe 
(= éx; 80, a root of SiSeus) |} 
Delivered up, betrayed. 
. dénei,adv.: 1. There, in that 
place.—2. Thither, to that 
piace. 
ducel-Bev, adv. [ exe?, “there”; 
suffix Oey, denoting removal 
“from ’’} (“From there’’; 3. ¢.) 
1. Of place: From that place, 
thence.—2, Of time: There- 

fier, afterwards. 

ae yn, vo, pron. dem. 
[exet, “there” ] The person 
or thing there; that person, 
or thing ;—frequently to mark 
something that has preceded. 
—~As Subst. of all genders: 
He, she, it. 

fiaeti-oe, adv. [ des, “there”; 
safix ce = Attic 3e for xpds | 
(“To there”; é.¢.) Zo that 
place, thither. 

ée-{yrdo -fyrea, (f. éx- 
(nrhow), 1. aor. e-e(hrnoa, 
v.a. [&x, “out”; (nréw, “to 
seek” } Zo seek, or search, 
out or after. 

TéxGapB-og, ov, adj. [én- 
bap B-éw (neut.), “to be greatly 
amazed ’’] Greatly amazed, 
exeeedingly astonished. 

féxOe-ros, tov, adj. [éx- 


181 


TlOnpt, “to put out or forth ”; 
hence, “to expose”; through 
verbal root éx@« (= é«; Oe, a 
root of rlénu:] Haposed, cast 
out, abaxdoned, etc. 7 

duxéyupat, perf. ind. pass: 
of éxyéeo. 

dxxAn-ote, cias, f. [ene 
xaréw, “to call, or summon, 
forth,” through verhal root 
dxxAy (= é« ; KAy, & root of 
xadée) | (“A calling, or sume 
moning, forth”; hence, “ an 
assembly ” summoned by the 
public crier; hence) In Gr. 
Test.: Zhe Church, i. e. the 
general body of believing 
people, and also such of them 
as are in any one place. 

t(dx-xodupBde -xodvpBs), 
1. aor. €f-exoAtuBnoa, Vv. 1. 
[ée, ‘out’; xoAuuBdw, “to 
swim ”] Zo swim out from a 
ship; fo escape by swimming. 

T(éx-AGAdw -AGAdds), 1. aor 
ét-eAGAnoa, v. a. [ér, “out 
AdAdw, “to speak”) (‘To 
speak out”; hence) Zo tell, 
utter, disclose, etc. 

(dx-Aéyo, 1. aor. ef-éAeta, 
p. e-elAexa, v. a. [éx, “out ’’s 
Aéyo, “to pick or gather ”] 1, 
Act.: “To pick or gather out.” , 
—2.) Mid. : éx-Adyopas, 1. aor. 
é-erctaunv, (“To pick out for 
one’s self”; hence) To choose 
out, choose, select. 

éxdoy-%, fis, f. [for exrAey-h; 
fr. éxAéy-oumr (mid.), “to 


select ”] Selection :—oxeios 


182 


dxroyis, (a vessel of selection, 
i.e.) a select, or chosen, vessel, 
ix. 15. 

t(tx-wépwe, f. ex-wéuyo), 
1. aor. ef-éweua, v. a. (ex, 
“out”; wéure, “to send” ] 
To send out or forth.—Pass. : 
(du-wépwopat), 1. sor. é- 


enone opat 
1. aor. é-exhdyoa, v.n. [éx, 
“out”; wySde, “to spring or 
leap”) To spring, or leap, out 
or forth ; see cionnddw. 
x-wlate, (f. éx-wecotma), 
p. éx-wéwrrona, 1. aor. ét-éreca, 
2. aor. éf-érecor, v. n. [éx, 
“from”; wlrre, “to fall” | 1. 


VOCABULARY. 


€xxdAtpo-ors; fr. exwranpd-we, 
“to fulfil” ] 4 fulfilling, fal- 
t, completion. 
(ix-whijcow, f. éx-wadies, 
v.a. [éx, “ out of ’; rAhoon, 
“to strike” ] 1. Act.: “To 
strike out of, drive away: by 
striking’; hence, “to @rive 
out of one’s senses ; to amase,”’ 
etc.—2.) Pass.:éx-xAyooopén, 
(p. éx-wéwArrypa, 1. aor. <i. 
exAhxOnv), 2. aor. ef-ewAtyny, 
To be amazed or astonished. 
(éx-wopevea, v. a. [ en, “oud”; 
wopetw, “to make to go” }--1. 
Act.: “To make to go out2*— 
2. Mid. :) éx-sropevopas, f. ¥x- 
wopevooua, (‘'l'o make one’s 
self to go out”; hence) a.' Zo 


Of chains: To fall from or off'| go, or come, out or forth ; to 


from the hands, etc. ;—at xii. 
7 strengthened by follg. é«.— 
2. Nautical t. t. : a. Of persons 
as Subject: Zo be cast, or 
thrown, ashore.—b. Of a ship 
as Subject: Zo be driven 
ashore, to be wrecked.—e. Of 
a boat: Zo fall off from a 
ship; 3. e. to go adrift. 

tén-whéw, (f. dx-rAetoouas), 
1. aor. é-éxAevoa [ ex, “ out”; 
ar ée, “to sail’) To sail out, 
Sorth, or away. 

T(éx-whypéo -2hnps), p. 
éx-wewArpwxa, v. a. [ée, in 
“intensive” force; Anpde, “to 
fill ’’] (* To fill quite, to make 
quite fall”; hence) Zo ‘fulfil 
& promise, etc. 

Phew pe-ovs, cews, f. [for 


proceed forth.—b. Togo away, 
depart ;—at xix. 12 the read- 
ings vary between éxropeteoOa: 
and éépyerba: ; see ebépyopeat. 

ixoté-o1s, cews, f. [dnora 
(i.e. €e ; ora, root of fornp:), 
rootof étlornui, in neut. tenses, 
“to be amazed”; see éftora}us | 
1. Amazement, astonishment. 
—2. A trance. ; 

‘tix-tipdogw (and a&- 
rapdarre, f. éx-rdpdie), v. a. 
[ée, in “intensive” force; 
répdoce, “to trouble’’} Zo 
trouble exceedingly, to oause 
great trouble to; 

dareGels, cioa, dy, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of dxri@nur;—at vii. 21 
the readings vary between 
éxredévros 8¢ abrov and éx- 





VOCABULARY. 


weOdvra 82 abréy; while in 
‘gome cases in which the latter 
reading is found, the follg. 
abréy is omitted. 
duorelver, f. dx-revd, (p. exe 
wérdxa), 1. aor. e&-éreiva, Vv. & 
. [ée, “out or forth”; relve, 
“to stretch”) 1. Zo stretch 
out or forth.—2. Of an anchor 
as Object: Zo throw out, let 
down, 


tinrdy-aa, elas, f. [eerev- 
4s, “zealous ’’) (“ The qualit 
of the éxrevfs”; hence) Zeal, 
earnestness, fervency : — év 
éxrevelg, fervently, earnestly, 
xxvi. 7; see dy, no. 12. 
tierev-vig, ds, adj. [exrefve, 
“to stretch out”; through 
verbal root derev (= ex; tev, 
root of Telvee) | (“ Stretched 
out, strained’; hence) Of 
acts: Zealous, fervent, earn- 
est, sntense;—at xii. 5 the 
readings vary between éxrev4s 
and éxreves. 
dxrev-Gs, adv. [énxrev-fs, 
“* zealous” | (“ After the man- 
ner of the éxrevfs”; hence) 
Zealously ; with zeal, fervour, 
etc.; see éxrevhs. 
T(dc-rtOnpr, f. dx-Ohow), 
vy. a. [éx, “out”; ridnus, ‘to 
put or place”) (“To put, or 
ace, out or outside”; hence) 
. Of a new-born child as Ob- 
ject: Zo expose.—2, (“To 


183 


declare for one’s self or as 
one’s own especial act.—3. 
Pass.: (de-ttOepar, p. éx- 
7éOcipar), 1. aor. df-er€éOny. 

(ex-tivdoow, f. dx-rivdtw), 
1. aor. éf-erivata, v. a. [éx, 
“off”; rivdooe, “to shake ’"} 
1. Zo shake off.—2. Mid.: 
l. aor, éf-erivatiuny, To shake 
off for one’s self or as one’s 
own especial act. 

1, dn-rog, Tn, Tov, DUM. adj. 
[for €f-ros; fr. @, ‘six’ 
(“ Provided with @’’; hence) 
Sixth :—Gpa dxrn, the sixth 
hour, i. e. mid-day. 

2. dx-rés, adv. [ éx, “out ”] 
Outside ;—at xxvi. 22 obdty 
extds Ady Gy re of xpodFras 
éAdAncay is put for obdev exrds 
éxelvow Aéywv, & of xpopiras 
‘eAdAnoay pédAdovra; see &s, 
8, c, and 8, a, (a). 

dx-dépe, (f. d&-olow), 1. aor. 
ef-fveyxa, v. a. [éx, “out ’’s 
pépe, “ to bear or carry ’’}] To 
bear or carry out; to bring 
out or forth ;—at v. 9 observe 
the change of Subject from 
axédes (with which supply eicf), 
to abrol (= ot Odwayres Toy 
&»8pa gov), to be supplied. 

ix-cevye,f. éx-pevfoua: (and 
éx-pevtovpa), p. éx-wépevya, 
2. aor. éf-épi-yov, v. n. (ex, 
“out of ’; petyw, “to flee” ] 
( To flee out of ”; hence) Zo 


expound, relate, declare.”—) | flee away, to escape. 


Mid.: dx-rt@epas, 2. nor. éf- 
eOdunv, To expound, relate, 


dx-y doo, f. ex-xed, (p. eke 
néxixa), 1. aor. é-éxea, V. ae 


184 


dx, “out”; yée, to pour 7] 

s Act.: Zo pour out, whether 
actually or figuratively :—for 
éxxe@ aed see ard, no. 8.—2. 
Of blood: Zo pour ont, spill, 
shed.—8. Pass. : Of the bowels : 
Tobe poured out; to gush out ; 
—at i. 18 étexvOn (sing.) has 
‘for ite Subject the nom. neut. 
plur. owAdyxva.—Pass.: éx- 


xéopar, p. dx-xéxtuas, 1. aor. 


df-exvOny, 1. fat. éx-xv0hoonas 
(dn-ixw), 1. aor. e&-éyvia, 
v.n. (é, “out”; pixe, “to 
breathe or blow”] (‘To 
breathe out”; hence) Zo ex- 
pire, die, give up the ghost. 
fédas-ay, vos, n. that 
“an olive-tree” ] (“ That 
which has an olive-tree or 
olive-trees”; hence) Olive- 


yard; another name for 7d- 


Spos rév dAawv, The mount of 
the olives ; i.e. Mount Olivet. 

féXdxynoa, 1. aor. ind. of 
Adoxw. 

TEAap -trys, irov, m. 
[#EAdu, “ Kiam” (¢.¢. prob. 
‘Concealment ”’), the name of 
thie eldest son of Shem ; hence, 
the country of Elam’s de- 
scendants, a Persian province 
of which Susa was the capital, 
now prob. “ Chazistan”’] 4 
son of Klam, an Elamite ;— 
Plur.: Hlamites ;—at ii. 9 = 
the Jews settled in the country 
of the Elamites. 

- DSxov, 2. aor. of Awyxdver. 
- henpo-ctvn, civns, f. [for 


—_. 


VOCABULARY. 


érenuov-curn; fr. éerchuwp, 
drehuov-os, “ pitiful, compas- 
sionate’’} (“The quality of 
the éArchuew ”’; hence, “ pity, 
compassion, mercy”; hence, 
as a result) Alms, charity. 
frev-ors, cews, f. (Epona, 

“to come,” through the root 
2ev found in fut. éAct-copas} 
A coming. ; 

dn AdOds, via, bs, P. perf. of 
tpyouat 

Od, otoa, dy, P. 2. aor. of 
fpxouat. 

Exxie, f. (Zaz and) érniow, 
1. aor. (efAga and) efAxiva, 
v.a. To draw, both ina literal 
and figurative force. | 

fEdAds, ddos, f. Hellas, (a 
district of Thessaly with a 
town of the same name ; hence, 
N. Greece as opp. to 8. Greece 
or the Peloponnesus ; hence) 
Greece in general. 

“EAAny, nvos, m. (“ Hellen”; 


a. son of Deucalion king of 


Phthia in Thessaly, who with 
his wife Pyrrha alone esca 
from thé flood that, according 
to mythology, destroyed all 
the inhabitants of Thessaly ; 
hence) 1. 4 Greek, i.e. a 
native of Hellas or Greece.—2. 
A Greek, as opp. to Jews; 4 
Gentile. 

“EAAnv-fs, iSos, adj. f, 
Re and entities “g psn 
. Of, or belonging to, a Gree 
or the Greeks ; Greek, Greo: 
4an.—2, Gentile. cok. : 


VOCABULARY, 
‘fFEMqne-rihs, 708, m. [for 


‘EAAnvid-rhs; fr. ‘EAAnvilo 


(= ‘EAAnv&é-cw), “to speak 
(“One who speaks 
Greek”; hence) 1. 4 Greek 
converted to Judaism.—3. A 
Greek Jew, Hellenist, i.e. a 
‘foreign Jew as opp. to those 


Greek ””] 


torn in Palestine. 
“EXAnn-ort, adv. [for ‘EA- 
-anud-rl; fr. ‘EAAnvis, ‘EA- 
Anvi8-os, “ Greek ”} 
‘the manner of the “EAAnpis ;” 


hence) In the Greek tongue 


or language. 

wife, f. (éariow and) 
Axia, p. fawina, 1. aor. far- 
ioa, v. n. and a. [for éAx(3-ow ; 
fr. érwls, éawi8-os, “hope” ] 
1, Neat.: To put one’s hope ; 
to hope, trust.—8, Act.: Zo 
hope, expect. 

- dale, Bos, £. Hope, expect- 
ation. 

PEXtpas, a, m. Hiymae, 
i.e. a sorcerer; the surname 
of Bar-Jesus; xiii. 6, 8 [prob. 
a Greek form of Arabic 
Alimon or Elimon, “a wise 
person 7’; also, “a magician’ ]. 

ép-avrov, avris (only in 
sing. number), reflexive pron. 
of 1st person [ éydé, éu-08, “1”; 
avrov, gen. of adrds, “self”? | 
Of, etc., myself. 

+(dp-BtBalw, f. 2u-AiBdow), 
l.-aor. dv-eBiBaoa, v. a. [for 
dy-BiBatw; fr. éy, “in”; 
BiBa¢a, “to cause to go”) 
(“ To cause to go in”; hence) 


(“< After 






185 


To put a person, eto., on board 
ship ; to entbark a person, ete. 

du-Phéwe, (f. éu-Brdyo), 
1. aor. dv-éBAeva, v. n. [for 
ev Bréreo | 1. [éy, “at”; BAéwro, 
“‘to look ”’} Folld. by eis with 
Acc.: To look ator upon; to 


Sie the eyes, or looks, upon.— 


2. [ev (like Lat. in), * without 
force”; BAdwre, “ to see’’] Zo 
see, behold. 

tép-palvopas, v. mid. [for 
év-palvouat; fr. dv, “at”; 
valvouea, “to be mad ”] With 
Dat. of person: Zo be mad 
at, to be enraged with. 

dp-péves, f. du-uevd, 1. aor. 
éy-guewa, v. n. [for év-péve ; 
fr. dv, “in”; péve, “to stay’) 
(“To stay, or remain, in” # 
place; hence) Jo abide, con- 
tinue, remain firm or stead- 
ore, ps indecl, 
(* Ass ”’) Bnmor, the father 
of Sychem; vii. 16; cf. Gen. 
xxiii. 19, where the name ap- 
pears as Hamor. 

ép-wurltio, du-wuride, 
(and ép-whwAnps, f.  eu- 
wAhow, p. tu-wérAnna), 1. aor. 
éy-érAnoa, v. a. [for év- 
windteo, lvy-miwdéw, and ty- 
wluwAnu; fr. év, in “ augment- 
ative” force; miwAdw, riwrAdo, 
or whurAnu, “to fill” ] With 
Gen.: Zo flll full with. 

fip-rvéw, (f. du-rvetcouai), 
v. n. [for édy-rvéw; fr. ey, 
“ without force”; xvdw, “ to 


186 


breathe ”] 
hence) With 
of, i.e. fo be animated with, 


*To breathe”; 


to be full of; ix.1; cf. Lat.. 


(cadem) spirare. 
é~mpocOey, adv. [for &y- 
xpooGey; fr. év, “in”; xpdo- 
Ger, “before”] (“In the 
place before ’’; hence) With 
Gen. : (“ Before, in front of” 
a place; hence) In the pre- 
-sence of, in the sight of, before 
the eyes of, @ person, etc. ;— 
at x. 14 the readings vary 
between %uxpocGery and évox- 
tov; see évdmioyv. 
epodiv-rs, és, adj. [eudalya, 
in force of “toexhibit, display,” 
through verbal root ép 
= ey; dav, root of paiva) | 
“ Exhibited, displayed ” ; 
hence) Manifest. 
éndav-ife, f. dupdviow (and 
‘€upavie), 1. aor. dvepdvion, 
v. a. [eupdv-hs, “ manifest ”’] 
(“ To make éupadvhs”; hence, 
“to show forth, exhibit” ; 
hence) 1. Zo declare, 
tell, make known, etc. ;—at 
xxiii. 22 folld. by Acc. of 
thing ;—at xxiii. 15 folld. by 
clause introduced by 3rws.—2. 
Elliptically; (either for ép- 
gavifew saurdy, etc., to show 
himself, etc.; to appear ;— 
or for dudaviferw dt8acndaAixhy 
xdprny, to show a paper per- 
taining to teaching, i. e. con- 
taining particulars; hence, 
in each case,) In a judicial 


VOCABULARY. 


sense: Zo inform, to give in- 


n.: Zo breathe | formation ; cf. dvartarée at 


end, 

du-0B-o¢, ov, adj. [for &- 
goB-os; fr. dv, “in”; pdB-as, 
“fear ”)] In fear, terrified, 
affrighted. 

dy, prep. gov. dat. only: 
1. Locally: a In, within.— 
b. Among, with; ii, 29.—0, 
etc.: In.—2. Of time: a. Zn, 
within, in the course of, dur- 
ing.—b. On, upon.—e. At.— . 
8. Of the instrument, means, 
etc,: With, by, om account 
of.—4. Of the agent: In, by, 
at.—5. OF persons is whom 
anything is regarded as 
residing or taking effect ; 
or through whom anything 
operates. — 6. Of attendant 
circumstances, feelings, ete. : 
In, with—T. Of number: a. 
In, among.—b. Up to, to 
the number of.—8. Of condi- 
tion, or mode of acting: 
In.—9. Of that which is found 
im one; also, in which one is 
engaged, efc.—l0. To denote 
a share or participation: Jn. 
—ll. In the case of, with 
respect to :—év brj{yp, with 
respect to a little; or, adverb- 
ially, almost; 80, éy woAA@, 
with respect to much ; or, ad- 
verbially, altogether.—12. To 
form adverbial expressions :— 
dv rdxet, with speed, speedily, 
xxv. 4, etc. 


VOCABULARY. 187 


t @vavn, adv. = évayrloy. éy-dduea, v.a. (ev, in”; Sdn, 

“+ @vavrlov, adv. [adverbial | “to get into or put on”; 

neut. of évayrios, “opposite,|1. Act.: (“To make to get 
facing ” | (“In the way of the | into, or put on, and to be in ”’; 

:évayrios”’; hence) With Gen.: | hence) With Acc. of person 

In the presence of, before. and Acc. of thing: Zo put 
_dv-avrios, avria, avrfoy, adj. | something on another; toclothe 

+ {é», “without force” (cf. Lat. | another s* something. — 2. 

-in); dyrios, “ opposite] | Mid.: év-Bvopar, (f. ev-ddc0- 

-«“{“ Opposite, facing”; hence) | “a:),(p.in act. form éy-8é8vKa), 

- With accessory notion of hos- | 1. aor. év-eduoduny: With Acc. 

tility, efc.: 1. With Dat. of | of thing: Zo clothe one’s sel 
person or xpés c. Acc.: Op-|in, to put om or upon one’s 

- posed, or hostile, to; against. | self. 

_—2. Of the wind: Adverse,| évéyxas, doa, ay, P. 1. aor. 

contrary, unfavourable. of pépw. 

| P$dvBe-wjg, és, adj. [év3d-w,| fév-dB-pa, pas, f. [év, “in”; 

‘to be wanting or lacking ”} | €{ouas (= €3-copaz), “ to sit,” 
Wanting, lacking, in need, in | through root é8] (“A sitting 
want. : in”? a place; hence) A lying 
tv-8exa, num. adj. indecl. | is wait, an ambush :—évedpay 
{els, éy-és, “one”; Séxa, | woseiv, (to make, i.e.) to lay, 
“ten’?] (“One (and) ten”; | or set, an ambush; to lie is 
-<4,¢.) leven :— ol @vdexa | watt ;—at xxiii. 16 the read- 
' &wéorodot, the eleven aposties, | ings vary between rhy évddpay 
4. e. those who remained after | and 7d Eve8pov; see Eve3por. 
the fall of Judas, i. 26.—As| éve8p-evo, (f. éevedpetdou), 
Subst. m.: G&S8Sexa: With | v. a. ( évé8p-a, “an ambush ” | 
- Art.: The eleven, i.e. the | (“To make an ambush for”; 
eleven Apostles ; ii. 14. hence) Jo lie in watt for. 
év-Stvaip-dw -a, 1. aor. dv- tév-e8-pov, pov, n. = évddpa: 

_ Bivduooa, v. a. [év, “in” ; | —for xxii. 16 see évedpa. 

' Bdvap-rs, “strength ”] (“To| fvexa, Fvexev, adv. With 
ut strength in” something; |Gen.: For the sake of, on 
ence) 1. Zo strengthen.—2. | account of. 

Pass.: dy-8tvap-dopat -ot-| (dv-evAoyde, -evAoye, V. a.) 
par, 1. aor. dv-edivaudbny, |[ev, “in or by”; ebdAcyda, 

- Lo be strengthened; to be |‘ to bless”] Zo bless in or by. 

- made, become, or be strong. |—Pass.: 1. fut. év-evAcynbh- 

by-Ste, (f. dv-30ew), 1. aor. | couat 


188 


dvOS8e, adv. Here. 

dv-Cip-dopas ~otpas, f. dv- 
Cip-foouat, p. dv-reduu-nuas, 
1. aor. dv-cOuu-h6ny, v. mid. 
(dv, “in”; Oup-ds, “mind ”] 
To have, or turn over, in the 
mind ; to reflect wpon, ponder, 
consider :—for x. 19 see dter- 
Ovpdouas. 

dvOtpn-ovs, cews, f. [for 
hecee es: 3 fr. évOupd-opat, “to 
think”] (“A thinking”; 
hence) A thought, device, con- 
trivance. 

iviautés, ov, m. 4 year ;— 
at xi. 26 avnavrdy SAoy is Acc. 
of “* Duration of time.” 

dv-urxw, 1. aor. év-lorx- 
voa, v. a. [ev, “in”; loyve, 


“to be strong ”] “To be 
strong in” one’s 5 hence) 
To become strong, to be 
atrengthened. 


- dyv-Sros, drn, drov, adj. 
[for dvvéearos; fr. dvvé-a, 
a nine *} (“Provided with 
nine”; hence) Ninth: ipa 
évvirn, the ninth hour, i. @. 
8 o’clock P.M. 

tivveds (leo dveds), d, dv, 
adj. Dumb, speechless. 

‘&-vop-os, ov, adj. [ev, 
“in or within” vbp-os, 
“law” ] (“ That is in, or 
within, the law”; hence) Or- 
dained by law, lawful, legal. 

évt@dA-opas, f. evreAoduat, 
1. aor. dvere:Aadunp, st aR 
in mid. force éyr 


VOCABULARY. 


prps. only in Pindar), “to odm- 
mand ””} With Dat. of person : 
To give a command, or chargé, 
to; to enjoin, command, bid. 

évroA-1}, jis, £. [for dvrea-h3 g 
fr. dvréA-Aw 3 see dvpréAAopa mat] 
(* That which is commanded”; 
hence) 4 commandment. 

tiv-rér-los, tov, adj. i [és, 
‘Cin 77s Téx-08, “a place 
(“Being in rdéwos”’; hence 
we belonging to, a ; place. _ 

Subst. : , ov, Mm. 
eee or belonging to, « 

places; am inhabitant of 8 
place. 

dv-rp0p-o8, ov, adj. ev, 
* in’; Tpdu-os, “a trembling” 
(“ Being in rpénos”; hence 
Trembling through fear; i 
terror, terri 

dv-rvyyare, Cf, dv-rebtopat, 
Pp. ty-rerixnea), 2. aor. éy- 
eran, n. [ev, “at” s 
tuyxdve, “to be ”} (“To be 
at” a place; hence, “to fall 
in with, light upon,” a per- 
son ; hence, “to converse 
with ? 3 hence) With Dat. of 
alae To apply, or make 
application, to. 

tvervi ~ GLopas, f. dvurviac 
Ohooma, (1. aor. évurviacduny 
and évurvida6ny), v. mid. 
[évbwvi-ov, “a dream”] 1. Zo 
dream.—2. To be admonished 
or taught by God és dreame. 

ttv-vev-lov, fov, n. [ds, 
“in”;  Sry-os, 


es sleep 
v. mid. [évrérr-w (very ee (“ Pertaining te that Thiol 


VOCABULARY. 


is, or takes place, in sleep”; 
hence) 4 dream, vision ;—at 
ii, 17 the readings vary between 
évunvio:s (Dat. of manner), and 
dvdevia (Acc. of nearer Object). 

éivenvov, adv. [adverbial 
Reut. sing. of dvdéwos, “in 
one’s presence” ] With Gen. : 
fs the presence of, before :— 
for x. 14 see fumpocber. 
' t(dv-arr-tLopar), lk. aor. év- 
wt-loduny, v. mid. [éx, “in”; 
ots, dr-ds, “an ear’’] To 
meceive ws the ear or ears; to 
bearken, or give heed, to. 

1. @§; see éx. 

2. %, num. adj. indecl. Siz 
[akin to Sans. shash, “six ’’). 

df-dye, (f..dt-dtw), 2. aor. 
t-trytiryor, v. a. [2t, “out” ; 
yo, “to lead”] Zo lead, or 
conduct, out or forth. 
' db-arpde -aips, f. df-aiphow 
(later éi-«Ad), 2. aor. ét-eiAoy, 
v.a. [&& (= ex), “out”; alpde, 
“to take” ] 1. Act.: Zo take 
out.—2. Mid.: (“To take out 
for one’s self, or as one’s own 
especial act”; hence) a. Zo 
select.—b. To deliver.—Mid. : 
E-arpdopar -aipodpas, (f. - 
eAovpat, 1. aor. d-npnodumy), 
2. aor. df-eAduqv and é- 
"eet aLdms, adv. [at (= & 

» adv. [é& (= éx), 
in “ strengthening a rie ; 
algvns, “suddenly ”] Sudden- 
ly, on @ sudden. 


(ag-Gdcldw), f. et-trclpo, 


L. aon df-frAcnpa, vy. a. [ee (=. 


189 


éx), in “intensive” foroe ; 
éAelow, in force of “to blot 
out] Zo blot out; i. @., of 
sin, to forgive, pardon.— Pass.: 
(U-Wlelpopas, p. ef-hAsupas 
Attic ¢&-dAfAsma), 1. aor. 
ef-nAelpOny. 

Tig-dAropar, (f. d¢-Aroduai), 
v. mid. (é (= &*), “ out from”; 
GAdAopat, “to Jeap”] (‘To 
leap out from ” a place ; hence) 
To leap «p from a lower posi- 
tion, the ground, efe. 

“éfdvderny, 2. aor. ind. of 
dbdviornu. 

(d€-tvlornps, f. et-dvacr- 
how), 1. aor. éf-dvégrnoa, 
2. aor. ét-dvéorny, v. a. and n. 
[ee (= ek), “from ”; déviornus, 
“to make to stand up ;—to 
stand up’’] 1. Act.: Pres., 
imperf., 1. fat.,and 1. aor.: Zo 
make, or cause, to stand up 
froma place, ete.—2. Neut. : 
Perf., pluperf., and 2. aor.: 
(“To stand up from” one’s seat, 
etc.; hence) Zo rise up, arise. 

é-awoord\de, f. ét-aro- 
oreA@, 1. aor. éf-awderaiaa, 
v. a. ( d& =e), in “ intensive” 
force; d&woordéAAw, “to send 
forth ’’’] Zo send forth.—Pass.: 
2. aor. éf-dweordAny. 

(é€-aptife, f. e€-aprid), 1. 
aor. éé-nprica, v.a. [dE (= ex), 
in “intensive ” force ; dpri¢a, 
‘to prepare”’] (“To prepare 
completely ”; hence) Of time: 
To ip fulfil, complete. 

e&-avurie, adv. [¢& (=. éx),- 


190 

sat” (of time) ; abrijs, fem. 
sing. of atrds, “self, 
very”; with elli of ris 
Spas, “the time “ts At the 
very time ”’; hence) At once, 
instantly, smmediately, direct- 


ly. 
eerdpyvy and efeArdpny ; 
see efapéw. 
+eE-cups, imperf. f-fey, inf. 
ét-iévas, v. D. [ee (= éx, “ out”; 
*"] Zo go out or 
Sorth. 
d&-dpyopas, f. éf-erebcouai, 
p. e&-eARAVOa, 2. aor. €&-7jAGov, 
v. mid. [é, “out’’s pyoua, 
“to come or go”’} 1. Zo come, 
or go, owt or forth :—for 
xix. 12 see édxwopetopa: ;—at 
xvi. 19 the readings vary 
between éfcAOety ris wéAews 
and dweAGeiy awd rijs réAews ; 
at xxviii. 15 between é&7AGov 


VOCABULARY. 


at xvi. 21 with clause & rapes: 
3éxeo0a: as Subject; cf. xxi’ 
87 ; xxii. 25 ;—at viii. 87 sup< 
ply the Inf. BarricOjva as 
Subject ;—at ii. 29 dd» is. 
predicated of the clause elwe?y: 
- «« Tabrns; supply, also, 
tore or éoriy as the copula. 

dEextOnv, 1. aor. i pass.’ 
of éxx de. 

eE-nydopar -nyotpas, (f. 
ek-yynoopnes), 1. aor. éf-syR-: 
cduny, v. mid. [é (= é), 
“ out or forth ”; zyéoua, “to 
lead el (To lead out or forth”; 
hence) Zo relate, or teil, at. 
length; to declare fully, to 
recount particularly. 

dfs, adv. [fr. same root as: 
¢xw in mid. force, “ to follow ”s 
hence of time, “to be next ”’} 
Of time: Next, following ;—~ 
with art. = adj. the next, the 


and 4AGov :—eicépxerGa: xa | following :—ry étjs (supply 


eépxerba, to go in and go out, 
a Hebraism for to pursue one’s 
daily life, etc.—2. Of a viper 
as Subject: Zo come forth, 
creep out; xxvili. 8.—38. Of 
hope, etc., as Subject : Zo de- 
part, go away, be lost. 

efcorinévas, perf. inf. of 
lor. 

&€-corns, (f. et-éora:), p. pres. 
é&éy, v. impers. [€& (= éx), 
denoting “completeness” ; 
éorf (impers.), ‘it is possible” } 
(“ It is quite possible ” for one; 
hence) Zé ie lawful or allow- 
able ; ét is permitted, etc. ;x— 


-)6=ESrl ae 


nuépa), on the following day, 
on the morrow; Dat. of time 
‘‘when”; only in this expres- 
sion in Acts. 

d&-lLornys, (f. ex-orhow), po- 
ét-éornna and éf-éordaa, 1. aor. 
d-dornca, 2. aor. éf-drras,: 
v.a, and n. [é& (= éx), “ont 
of”; fornu, “to make te 
stand; —to stand”] 1.: a. 
Act.: In pres., imperf., 1. fat., 
and 1. aor.: (“To make te 
stand out of” one’s self, ete. 7. 
hence) Zo amaze, astonish,. 
perplex.—b. Neut.: In perf., 
pluperf., and 2. aor.: (“ To. 


VOCABULARY. 


191 


stand out” of one’s self; hence) | set at nought, treat con- 


(a) Zo be out of one’s mind or 
wits; to be beside one’s self. 
) To be amazed or aston- 
tshed.—2. Mid.: é€-loripa 
sno. 1, b, (b)) Zo be 
or astonished, 
+é&toraéy, Soca, ay, contr. 
aca pres. of df:ordiw = é€.- 
ornut: only at viii. 9. 

dilav, otca, dv, P. pres. of 
CE acu. 

$(8E-oAcSpeve, v. a. (ez, in 
“intensive”? force; dAcGpeda, 
“to destroy” ]) Zo destroy 
utterly.—Pass.: 1. fut. d- 
odobpevOhcopas. 

&-oporoydopas -opodoy- 
ovpa, f. df-onodcyhoopa, Vv. 
mid. [é (= éx), denoting 
“‘completeness”; dunoAcyéouat 
(mid. of duodoyéw), in force 
of “to confess” ] Zo confess, 
own, or acknowledge fully or 
thoroughly. : 

d&év, P. of impers. feor:. 

tiEopxis-nrjs, rod, m. [for 
&topnid-rhs 3; fr. ttopxi¢(ew (= 
eiapnl-ow), “to adjure ”]} 
(“An adjurer”; s.¢.) An 
eporcist, as one who pretends 
to cast out devils by adjuring, 
or commanding, them in the 
divine name. 

&-ovOev-de -6, 1. aor. é- 
ovbéy-noa, v. a. [eE (= ex), 
denoting ‘completeness ” ; 
ovfdy (= oddér), “nothing” } 
«“‘ To bring completely to no- 
thing”; hence) Zo despise, 


temptuously, scorn. Pass. : 
(&-ovSev-dopas -otpat), p. é- 
ovbdy-nuct, 1. aor. éf-ovder- 
hOny. 

éEov-ota, cias, f. [for étovr- 
cia; fr. d&dv, é&dyr-os, part. 
of impers. verb &€eor:, “it is 
permitted” (‘The being per- 
mitted” to do something ; 
hence) 1. Power, authority.— 
2. Power, or liberty, to do as . 
one pleases.—3. Power, juris: 
diction, rule. 

tibox-f, fis, £. [for etex-h 
fr. d&¢x-«, “to stand out, or 
project, from” ] (“A standing 
out, or projecting, from” ; 
hence) Supertority, excellence, 
eminence, reputation, note :— 
of nar’ doxhv Bvres, men of 
eminence or note, xxv. 28 ;— 
cf. xard, no. 2, f; 6, no. 6, b. 

ti-vwv-os, ov, adj. [é€ 
(= &), “out of”; dxv-os, 
“sleep” ] (Being “out of 
sleep”; hence) Roused from 
sleep, awake. 

&-w, adv. [éé (= ex), “out’’] 
l. a. Outside, on the outside, 
without.—b. Outside, to the 
outside, out; xvi. 80.—. 
Outside a country :—of &€&w 
wéAes, (the cities outside the 


Holy nd; i.¢.) foreign 
cities, xxvi. 11.—2. With 


Gen. : a. Outside of, out of.— 

b. Out of, away from. 
T(té-wOdw -wO0, f. &t-wOhow 

and ¢{-dcw, p. ¢&-éwxa), 1, aor. 


192 


(€i-deca and) &€-woa, v. a. [et 
(= éx), “out”; wOdo, “to 
thrust or push”’} (‘‘ To thrust, 
or push, out ”; .hence) 1. Zo 
drive out, expel ;—at vii. 45 
dOvav, Gv = dvdr, &; see 3s, 
no. 8, a, (a); for the fact 
mentioned see 2 Sam. v. 6 
sqq.—2. Of a ship as Object : 
(“To thrust out” from the 
sea; hence) With eis and Acc. 
denoting “a bay,” etce.: To 
drive, run, etc., into; xxvii. 39. 

won, 1. aor. ind. of éwbéw. 

d-opr-%, jis, f. A feast, 
Sestival ;—esp. the Jewish 
Passover [prob. akin to Sans. 
orat-a, in the force of “a holy 
act,” as being, originally, a 
feast or festival held in honour 
of some deity ; or, else, in the 
force of the act of “ eating”; 
é is a prefix}. 

dwayyeA-la, ias, f. [ éxayyéa- 
Aw, in force of “ to promise” | 
1. 4 promising, a promise.— 

A promiea, in force of “a 
thing promised.’ 

(éw-ayyé\Aw, 1. aor. éx- 
dyyeiaa, Vv. a. [éa-i, “tos dy- 
yéAXo, “ to curry a message” } 
Act.: “‘To carry a message 
to”; hence, “ to promise ”).— 
Mid.: éw-ayyéAAopas, 1. aor. 
éx-nyyeiAdunv, To promise for 
one’s own self, etc. 

éw-dye, (f. éx-déw), 1. aor. 
éx-nta, 2. aor. éx-fryayoy, ¥. a. 
(éx-l, “upon”; &yw, in force 
of “to bring”) Zo bring upon; 


,|6=SlC(OY 


VOCABULARY, 


—at v. 28 used figuratively, 
ray also strengthened by follg. 
éxl. , 
dwr-alpes, (f. dx-dpw, p. éx- 
fipxa), 1. gor. éx-fipa, V. a 
éx-i, “up” to a place; alpa, 
“to lift”] 1. a. Zo lft or 
raise wp.—b. Pass.: Zo be 
lifted, or raised, up from the 
ground; i. 9.—2. Of a sail as 
Object: Zo hoist.—8. Folld. 
by gwrfy: a. To lift up the 
voice; i.e. to speak, etc.; 
ii, 14.—b. To raise the voice, — 
i.e. to cry out or aloud; 
xiv. 11; xxii. 22.—Pass.: éq- 
alpopat, (p. éx-fpua), 1. aor. 
éx-zp0ny. 

téw-axpodopa: -axpoopas, 
f. éw-axpodcoues), Vv. mid, 
ie, in ‘‘ strengthening ” 
force; dxpodoyas, “to hear” ] 
With Gen. of person as Ob- 
ject: To hear. 

eo Kes $ S00 apt bbe 

Téw-Gvayx-ns, €s (onl 
found in meat), adj. [éx-i, 
in “ strengthening ” force; 
dvd-yx-n, “ necessity” | (* Per- 


necessary things, xv. 28; see 
6, no. 6, b. 

téwapy-la, ias, f. (Exapy-os, 
“a governor, or ruler,” of a 
country; fr. éx-l, “over, 
&px-w, in force of “to rule” J 


VOCABULARY. 


193 


(“A thing pertaining to an| éw-dxewa, adv. [éw-[, “to”; 


Erapxos”’; hence) A province 
of the Roman empire; a 
district, etc., subject to a 
Roman governor. 

téwavd-t¢, id0s, f. [Erava-os, 
“a fold for cattle”; also, “a 
dwelling, abode ”’] (“ A thing 
pertaining to an fravdos”; 
hence) 4 dwelling, abode, 
habitation. 

éx-avptov, adv. [ér-f, * up- 
on”’; abpiov, “ to-morrow ”’ | 
Upon to-morrow, on the 
morrow ;—in Gr. Test. only 
with the Dat. fem. art. (77) 
preceding, so that in each in- 
stance 4u¢p¢ must be supplied. 

tide-eyes w, f. dw-evyeps), 
1. aor. éw-hyetpa, v. a. [éx-l, 
“strengthening ” force ; 
éyelpw, “to awaken, rouse 
up”’]:(“ To awaken or rouse 
up”; hence) Zo raise, or stir, 
up; to excite, etc. ;— mostly, 
and in Acts only, in bad sense. 

€wret-8y,, adv. [éwel, “since”; 
34, used in “ strengthening” 
force] Since, seeing that, inas- 
much as. 

€r-eiSov (2. aor. without 
pres.) {ér-{, “upon”; ldo», 
‘to look ”} To look upon ;— 
at iv. 29 strengthened by 
follg. éxf. 

téw-eups, v. n. [éx-4 “on”; 
elut, “to go”] Of time: Zo 
g®, or come, on or after ; to 
Sollow, succeed ;—in Acts 
only in part. 

Acts, 


éxeiva (neut. acc. plur. of éxei- 
vos, “ that’’), “those”’] (“ To 
those” parts or places ; hence) 
With Gen. denoting place: 
Beyond. 

w-épxopat, f. éx-eredcopat, 
(p. éx-eAfADOa), 2. aor. éx- 
HAGoy, v. mid: { éx-[, “ upon,” 
also, “to”; pope, “ to 
come”) 1. a. To come upon; 
—ati. 8 strengthened by follg. 
éx{.—b. In a bad sense: Folld. 
by éwf and Acc. of person: Zo 
come upon, befall, happen to. 
—2. (“To come to” a place; 
hence) To arrive from a place. 

dw-epwrdw -epetd, f. éx- 
epwrhow, 1. aor. éx-ypdrnea, 
v. a. [ éx-l, in “strengthening” 
force ; épwrdw, “to ask ”] 1. 
To ask ; to ask, or inquire, of 
a person.—3. With clause as 
Object: Zo ask, or inquire, 
that which is denoted by the 
clause. 

drdoyxov, 2. aor. ind. of 
eréxw. 

éwertGovuv, imperf. indic. of 
éwiriOnut, as if from a form 
extriddw. 

én-dyeo, (f. ép-é&w), 2. aor. 
éx-dcxov, v. a: 1. [ér-l, 
“upon”; &xw, “to have] 
(“To have upon ”; hence— 
with ellipse of rdv voi, “ the 
mind”—‘“to have the mind 
upon, or to direct the mind 
to,” something; hence) With 
Dat. of person: Zo mark, ob- 

O 


194 


serve, give heed to.—3. [éx-t, 
“at”; kw, “to have or 
hold ”} (“To have, or hold, 
at’’ a place; hence, “to de- 
tain”; hence, with ellipse of 
éaurdy, “to detain one’s self ”’; 
hence) To tarry, stay, stop, 
wait ;—at xix. 22 folld. by 
xpévow as Acc. of “ Duration 
of time.” 

éw( (before a soft vowel, éx’; 
before an aspirated vowel, ¢¢’), 
prep. gov. gen., dat., and acc. : 
1. With Gen. : a. Locally: (a) 
On, upon.—(b) In, at.—(c) 
To denote “whither” after 
verbs of motion: Towards, 
unto; x. 11.—(d) In a jud- 
icial sense: Before a mag- 
istrate, tribunal, e¢e.; xxiii. 30. 
—b. In time: Jn the time, 
or days, of; xi. 28.—c. Of an 
office, business, efe.: Over :— 
6 én) tov xo:r@vos, (the one 
over the bed-chamber, i. 6.) 
the chamberlain, xii. 20; cf., 
also, viii. 27.—d. Of a vow, 
etc.: Ona person; xxi. 23.— 
©. To form an adverbial ex- 
pression :—éx” dAndeias, in 
truth, truly, iv. 27; x. 84. 
—2. With Dat.: a. Locally : 
(a) On, upon.—(b) At, near, 
by, with.—(c) In, at.—b. 
Because of, for.—c. Of a 
name, authority, etc.: (a) In, 
by.—(b) Under the authority 
of.—d. About, concerning.— 
e. To form an adverbial ex- 
pression :—éx’ dAxid:, (in hope, 


-|6hSlC(Ceh 


VOCABULARY. 


i.e.) hopefully ;—at ii. 26 the 
expression occurs in a quota- 
tion from the Septuagint ver- 
sion of Ps. xv. 9, and represents 
the Hebr. labétach, ‘‘securely,, 
confidently.”—38. With Ace.: 
a. Locally: (a) On, spos.-~ 
(b) At.—(c) Zo, unto.—(d) 
Among persons; i. 21.—b. OF 
time: (a) Aé a certain time, 
—(b) For, during —(0) Ox, 
upon.—é. In hostile sense: 
Against.—d. For the y 
of, for.—e. After verbs denot- 
ing “trust ”: On, apon, in.— 
f. To form an adverbial ox- 
pression :—ém} roAd, for a long 
time or while, long, xxviii. 65 
éxl xAciov, to a greater ex- 
tent, further, iv. 17; for « 
very long time, xx.9; any 
more, any longer, xxiv. 4.—4. 
With Adv.: Up to :—én} 
tpls, up to thrice. 

éut-Balves, (f. éxi-Bhoouas), 
p. éwi-BéBnxa, 2. aor. éx-€Bys, 
v. n. [éxl, “upon”; Balyu, 
“to go”] (“To go upon”; 
hence) 1. a. Zo go on board 
a vessel, to embark.—b. With 
Dat., or with eis and Acc.: 
To go on board of, to embark 
tn.—2. With els and Acc. of 
country : Zo go, or come, into; 
to enter into.—8. With Dat. : 
Of a government, efc.: To 
enter upon; xxv. 1. 

éwt-Badro, f. éxi-Barad, 2. 
aor, éx-éBadoy, v. a. [éxl, 
“upon ”; BdAAw, “ to throw” } 


VOCABULARY. 


(*To throw upon”; hence) 
With x eipas, and folld. by Dat. 
of person, or éx{ with Acc. of 
person : To lay (violent) hands 
oa a person, etc. ; to arrest a 
person, efc.;—at xii. 1 éx- 
Barevras xeipas xaxooal rivas 
sy nd Tis exxAnolas, arrest- 
ed in order to maltreat certain 
of the Church, is put for éx- 
| Ae vas xeipds Tiow ard 
rhs exxrAnalas xaxdoa abrovs, 
wurrested certain of the Church 
in order to maltreat them; 
‘see, also, xaxdw, no. 1; 4, 


no. 3, 2. 

(ant-BiBafe), 1. aor. én- 
«BiBdoa, v.a. [érl, “upon”; 
‘BiBa(w, “to make to go” | 
(“To make, or cause, to go 
upon”; hence) To mount, or 
et ae Bode” Bos (f. ¢ 
. t- -Bow, (f. émi- 
Bohooua), v. a. ([éxl, in 
-¢gtrengthening ” force ; Bode, 
*to call out”] With Objective 
‘clause: Zo call out aloud, or 
ory out, that, etc. ;—at xxv. 24 
the readings vary between éxi- 
Powvres and Bowrres. 

fint-Bovdy -BovAjs, f. [éexf, 
“against ”; BovAf, “a plan or 
design’’] (“A plan, or design, 
against” another; hence) 
1. A plot.—2. With Dat. of 
perzon or eis with Acc. of per- 
son: 4 plot against one. 

t(éat-ylyvopar or éaxt- 
Yivonar, f. dwi-yerfoouat, p. 
| dal-ydyova), 2 aor. dr- 


195 


eyeréuny, v. mid. [éxl; ylyve- 
pot] 1, [éxl, in “ strengthen- 
ing” force; ylyvoua: (of 
things), ‘“‘to be produced or 
arise” | Of the wind : Zb arise, 
spring up ;—at xxviii. 18 éwi- 
yevouevou vdérov is Gen. Abs. 
—2. [éxl, “after” in time; 
ylyvona, “to be”] (“To be 
after”; hence) Of time, eto, : 
To follow, come on :—see 
ylvopai, no, 5, a. 
énl-ytyveone or ént-yive- 
one, f. éri-yvdoopa, (p. éx- 
éyvexa), 2. aor. éx-éyray, Vv. a. 
{éwf, in “strengthening ” 
force; yiryyéoxw or yivdéone, 
“to perceive, to know”] 1. 
To perceive, to know ;—at 
xix. 84 éxvyydytes is Nom. 
Abs., the sentence being an 
instance of anacoluthon. Had 
the strict grammatical con- 
struction been followed, instead 
of éxvyydvres . . .« Gavh dydv- 
ero ula éx xdytwy, the passage 
would have run éwryvdvyres 
- « « epdyvncay anxayres. — 2. 
To know, discern.—8. To 
know from information sup- 
plied.—4. To recognize. 
dm-ypide, f.  dxi-ypdyo, 
(1. aor. dx-éypava), v. a. [éxl,. 
“upon”; ypade, * to write” } 
To write upon, ¢ ibe. 
Pass.: dms-ypddopar, p. éxi- 
véypappai. 
éwxt8e, imperat. of eweidor. 
dnt-Selxvipr (dnt-Serxvie), 
(f. dwi-delw), 1. aor. éx-ddesta, 


02 


196 
v.a. [éxf, in “strengthening ” 
force; Selxvvjui, “to show ” | 
1. To show, exhibit, display.— 
2. Mid.: Zo show, etc. as 
one’s own especial act or for 
one’s self.— Mid. : dwt-8eluvt- 

t, 1. aor. év-e8eréauny. 

+entOnp-deo -&, (p. exidqp- 
how, p. éenidedhunna), v. n. 
(éxl8nu-os, “ sojourning ” ina 

swe (“To be éwl8npos ”’; 
ence) Zo sojourn, or reside, 

in a place; to be a sofourner 
or resident.—N.B. Observe 
the position of the augment, 
and see dvacrardw. 
: ént-B8iSepr, f. exi-3deu, 1. 
aor..én-€dwxa, 2. aor. dr-édcey, 
v.a. [éwl; 3idcme, “ to give” 
I. [éri, in “intensive” force 
To give, give up, surrender ;— 
at xxvii. 156 supply éavrods as 
Object.—2. [éri, “to”] To 
give, deliver, etc., into the 
hands; xv. 30. - 

énlSeve, otox, dy, P. 2. aor. 
of eriSiBoop. 

entela-era, elas, f. [extern-hs, 
“gentle, kind,” efe.} (“ The 
quality of the éwie:«hs”’; hence) 
Gentleness, kindness, courtesy, 


etc. 

ém-{nrde -fnre, 1. aor. 
éx-eCitnoa, Vv. a. [éxl, “for”; 
(nréw, “to seek ”] 1. To seek 
Jor or ofter.—2. To require, 
demand.—8. To seek, or re- 
quire, to know; to inquire. 
« dntOe-o1g, cews, f. [eni- 
widnnt, “to put, or lay, on”; 


,|)6hS—rlC(ae 


VOCABULARY. 


through verbal root dsT@e (= 
éx{; Oe, a shortened form. of 
On, root of ri@yu:)] A putting, 
or laying, on ;—in Gr. Test. 
only of the hands. ; 
ént-0tp-de -&, f. éxi-dvp- 
how, 1. aor. éx-e0uu-noa, V. D. 
Bs “upon”; Ovpu-ds, “mind” |} 
“To set the mind upon” a 
thing; hence) In a bad sense : 
With Gen.: To covet. 
(ent-ntirde -x&AG, f. dri 
ndAdow), 1. aor. éw-exdAcoa, 
v. a. [éwl; «drdw, ‘to call’’] 
1. [éxl, “ upon”) a. Act.: (a) 
To call upon, invoke, etc.— 
(b) To appeal to.—b. Mid.: 
énxi-ndddopas -xadotpas, (f. 
éwi-nirécouog), 1. aor. dre 
exdAecauny, pluperf. pass. in 
mid. force tae 82), ér- 
exexAyjpyv: &. = nos. a, (a) 
and (b) above.—b. With Qb- 
jective clause: Z’o demand, or 
wire, by an appeal that, etc: 
—%. [érl, “in addition” ] a. 
Aet.: To call in addstion.— 
b. Pass. : dwt-xiAdopeas -xaid~- 
ovpas, p. éxi-néxAnuat, 1. aor. 
ér-exandynv, To be called (is 
addition; 1. 6.) bya surname, 
to be surnamed. : 
évt-xespas, v. mid. [exl, 
“upon”; Ketuat, “to lie "1 
(“ To lie, or be laid, upon’; 
hence) Of a storm: Zo &e, or 
7e88, UPOR. : 
t(dwt-xéAdw, 1. nor. (ex- 
dceAXoa and) dwedxeiAa, V. &. 
féwl, ‘on.”; obsol. eéAAw, “ to 





VOCABULARY. 


drive ”] (“To drive on”; 
hence) Of a ship as Object: 
To rus aground, bring to 
shore ; see éxoxéAAw. 
+Entxovp-ero, eiwy, m. 
plar. ("Ewixoup-os, “ Epicirus” 
(== “* Helper ”), a Greek philo- 
sdpher, born at Samos, 8.0. 342, 
the founder of a school of 
philosophy at Athens ] (“Those 
belonging to Epicirus ”; 3. .) 
The followers, or disciples, of 
Epicurus ; the Kpicureans. 


tdmluoup-ta, tas, f. [eni- 
xoup-os, “helping” ] (“The 


quality, or state, of the éwi- 
xovpos”’; hence) Help, aid, 
assistance. 

éwi-AapBivopa, (f.  em- 
Afppouat, p. pass. in mid. force, 
éw-efAnuuat), 2. aor. ér-cAdB- 
éunv, v. n. [érl, in “strength- 
ening” force; AauBdvoua 
(mid. of AauBSarw, “to take 
hold of’’), “to take, or lay, 
hold of,” as one’s own act] 
With Acc. or Gen.: Zo take, 
or tay, kold of. 

(awt-Adyo, v. a. [éxf, in 
“strengthening” force; Adya, 
“to choose”] ‘To choose, 
choose out, select.” — Mid. :) 
éwt-Adyopar, 1. aor. éx- 
edctdunv, To choose, choose 
out, select, for one’s self. 

éxt-Ate, v. a. (érf, in 
“strengthening’’ force; Ave, 
“to loose’’| (“ To loose, un- 
fasten,” eto.; hence, “to ex- 
plain”; hence) Zo defermine, 


197 


decide.—Pass.: 1. fut. eni- 
AvPhooua, 

éwipdd-era, elas, f. [ewiued- 
fs, “careful, attentive ’’] 
The quality of the éxizea- 

s”; hence) Attention be- 
stowed on a person :—riydy 
éwiuerelas, having obtained 
attention, or having had at- 
tention paid to him, ¢.e. hav- 
ing been kindly, or courteous- 
ly, treated, xxvii. 8. 

éni-pévo, f. éxi-uerd, 1. 
aor. éwx-duewa, v. n. [éexl, 
“further”; yévw, “to re- 
main” (“To remain further 
or longer”; hence) 1. Zo re- 
main on, to abide still, to 
tarry ;—at x. 48 folld. by 
Ace. of “ Duration of time”; 
cf., also, xxviii. 12, 14.—2. 
With part. in concord with . 
Subject of verb: Zo continue 
doing, ete.; xii. 16. 

t(dart-vever, f. dri-vebow and 
éxt-vedcouat), 1. aor. ér-évevoa, 
v. n. [eéxl, “to”; vedw, “to 
nod ”’] (“To nod to” a person 
in token of assent, efc.; hence) 
To assent, consent. 

téntvo-1a (quadrisyll.), fas, 
f. [érivo- dw, “ to think upon” | 
(«A thinking upon” some- 
thing; hence) 4 thought, 
notion, or idea; @ device of 
the mind, efe. 

éwtwerrexds, via, és, P. 
perf. of éwirlxra. 

dnt-wlirre, (f. ér:-weroiuat), 
p. éxi-wéwtwxa, 2. aor. £n- 


198 


® éxecov, v.0. (éxl, “upon ”’; alee 


vo, “to fall”) With Dat., or 


dxf with Acc.: To fall upon, 


whether actually or figurative- 
] e 
: deri-ondwropas, (f. dxi-oxdy- 
ona), 1. aor. ér-coxepduny, 
v. mid. [éxl, “upon”; oxérr- | 
ova, “to look’”’] 1. To look 
upon, behold.—3. To come, or 
go, to seé & person ; to visit a 
person.—8. With accesso 
notion of assisting, etc. : 
visit in order to assist or 
benefit.—4. Zo choose out, 
select by inspecting, efc.; to 
search out.—5. With accessory 
notion of care, intention, etc. ; 
With Inf.: To take care to 
do, etc.; to intend, purpose, 
etc. —N.B. The present is 
used only by late authors, 
éxicxonéw being the word 
employed in classical writers. 
his latter verb, however, 

takes ite tenses from ém- 
oxérropct. 

+(ém-oxevate, f. ém-onev- 
&ow, v. a. (él, in “strength- 
ening” force; oxeva(w, “to 
pre ie “To prepare 
thoroughly, get ready”).— 
Mid.: (émi-oxevafopar), 
aor. é¢x-eoxvacduny, To get 
one’s self ready ;—at xxi. 15 
the readings vary between 
*rioxevacduevol, awookevacd- 
Bevo, Tapackevacduevo, and 
drorakduevos. 

ém-onxtlafe, (f, éxi-cxidow), 


ap. 








VOCABULARY. 


1. aor. éxt-eoxiadoa, v. n. fewl, 
in “strengthening” force; 
oxa(w, “to shade, ver 
shadow ” | Zo overshadow, to 
cast a shadow on ;—at v. 15 
folld. by Dat. 

éimvoxow-yj, js, f. [érlowom- 
os, “an overseer ”; hence, “an 
ecclesiastical superintendent’? ] 
(“ The office of an éxloxoros”; 
hence) An office in general, 
@ charge ;—at i. 20 the word 
occurs in a quotation ftom 
the Septuagint version of Ps. 
cix. 10, and is the representa- 
tive of the Hebr. pequdds. 

éwloxow-og, ov, n.[ éxickor- 
dw, “to oversee”] (“ One 
who oversees” others; “an 
overseer ”’; hence, in the Apo- 
stolic age) An ecclesiastic- 
al superintendent.—N.B. ‘The 
meaning of “ Bishop ” as such 
belongs to a later time. 

éwl-ord-pat, (f. éwt-orfco- 
po), v. mid. (érl, “at; wra, 
root of f-orn-u, “to make to 
stand”; Mid., “to make one’s 
self to stand, to stand ”] (“To 
stand at, or by,” a thing; 
hence) Mentally : 1. With Acc. 
of person or thing: Zo know, 


1. | have or possess knowledge of, 


be acquainted with.—2. With 
Part. pres. in concord ‘with 
Object of verb: Zo knoe, or 
be assured, that a person, etc., 
is, etc.—8. Folld. by dr: or 
os: To know, etc., that.—4. 
Folld. by és: Zo know how 





VOCABULARY. 


. erin what way.—d. Without 

, fellg. Object: Zo know; to 

- have or possess knowledge, 
ete. 


dwlori-ovs, cews, f. [ep- 
fornut, in force of “to stand 
inst” in a hostile way, 
through verbal root 
(= éxl; ova, root of fornu:) 
(A standing against”; hence 
O£ a mob, etc.: A riotous 
opposition to constituted au- 
thorities ; see émictordots. 
(tm-orddde, f. émi-credAo, 
p. éx-érradxa), 1. aor. éx- 
doreiAa, v. n. [éxl, “to”; 
oré\Aw, “to send”) (“To 
send ” something “to” one; 
hence, with reference to a 
written communication) To 
enjoin by letter, to write ;—at 
xv. 20 folld. by Dat. of per- 
son and by an Inf. preceded 
by Gen. neut. of article to 
express the aim or intention ; 
see 6, no. 8, b;—at xxi. 25 
folld. by arep{ and its case. 
tim-ornpile, (f. éxi-ornp- 
ftw), 1, aor. éx-eorhpita, Vv. a. 


[éxf, in “strengthening ” 
force; ornpi{w, “tu make 
fast”’] (“To make quite 


fast”; hence) Zo confirm, 
strengthen, establish ;—in Gr. 
Test. only in a_ figurative 
force. 

émorod-4, js, f. [for 
émioredA-4,; fr. emiordAAw, “to 
send to,” through verbal 
root éwsoreN (= éxl; oed, 


199 


root of oréAAw)] (“A thing 
sent to”? a person; hence) 4 
letter, epistle, 

im-orpida, f. exi-orpdya, 
1, aor. éx-dorpewa, Vv. a. and n. 
[éxl, “to”; orpépe, “to turn” ] 
(“To turn to”’ some object; 
hence) 1. Act.: To turn round 
or about ; to turn.—2. Neut. : 
(“ To turn one’s self about ”; 
hence) a. Zo return, go, or 
come back.—b. To turn one’s 
self, to turn.—c. To turn to 
God, fo be converted. 

timorpod-%, jis, f. [for 
emiorpep-h; fr. exiorpéd-w, 
in force of “to be convert- 
ed”; hence) Conversion, turn- 
ing to God. 

énlovori-ors, cews, f. [ext- 
cuvlornut, in force of “to 
rise up together, or conspire, 
against”; through verbal root 
éroveta (= éxi; obv; ora, 
a root of fornus)] (“A rising 
up together, or conspiring, 
against ” constituted author- 
ities, efc.; hence) 4 riotous 
meeting or gathering ;— at 
xxiv. 12 the readings va 
between émotordow and éwi- 
ordow; see éxlordats. 


in 
o 
rhe fall””} (‘Making to 
fall”; hence) Perilous, dan- 
gerous, hazardous. 
éni-rdcce, (f. éxi-rdtw), 
1. aor. éx-érata, Ve nN. -Léwl, 


7, 


200 


“to”: rdoow, “to assign” | 
(“ To assign ” something ‘‘to” 
a person asa duty, e¢e ; hence, 
“to order, command,’’ etc. ; 
hence) With Dat. of person 
and Inf.: Zo order, or com- 
mand, one fo do, ete. 

dwl-rlOnys, f. éxi-Chow, (p. 
éwi-rédeiuxa), 1, aor. éx- Onna, 
2. aor. éx-é0ny, v. a. [éxl, 
“npon,” also, “ over’; rlOnus, 
“to put” ] With Acc. of nearer 
Object and Dat. or éwi with 
its case: 1. Zo put, or pluce, 
upon; to lay upon, whether 
actually or figuratively.—2. 
Of a blow, etc., as Object : Zo 
lay on one, inflict.—3. Mid. : 
a. (“To put one’s self on”; 
hence) In a hostile force: With 
Dat. of person: To set, or fall, 
upon; to attack, assault, 
assail.—b. (“To put on, or 
upon,” as one’s own especial 
act; hence) With Acc. of 
nearer Object und Dat. of 
person ; (a) To lay, or impose, 
a moral burden on one; xv. 
28.—(b) To put something on 
board ship as a gift for some 
one; to lade one with some- 
thing; xxviii. 10.—Mid.: éwt- 
tepar, f. exi-Ofooua, 2. aor. 
éx-eBeunv. 

ént-tpdte, (f. ért-rpdpw), 1. 
aor. éx-érpewa,v.a. | él, “ to”; 
Tpérw, “to turn” | (“To turn ” 
something “to” a person; 
hence, “to give up, yield ”; 
hence) 1. With Dat. of person 


Ah 


VOCABULARY. 


and Inf.: Zo permit, suffer, 
allow one to do, etc. ;—at xxi. 
40 supply adt@ AaAjoa from 
preceding context.—2. With 
Objective clause: To permit, 
suffer, allow that one should 
do, or one to do, etc., some~ 
thing ;—at xxvii. 3 the reading 
varies between ropev@éyra and 
wopev0évrt.—. Pass. : 8. To be 
permitted, etc.—b. Impers.: 
éwurpéweras, It is permitted 5 
éwetpawn, It was permitted ; 
—at xxvi. 1 éwirpéweros: has 
for its Subject the Substantival 
Inf. Aéyew; cf. xxviii. 16, 
where uévesy is the Subject of 
éxetpawn.—Pass.: émi-tpéw- 
opat, p. émt-rétpaupar, 2. aor. 
éx-eTparny. 

témutpow-%, 7s, f. [for em- 
tpex-fh; fr. émxirpéx-w, ‘to 
turn over to”; hence, ‘to 
commit or entrust to”] (“A 
committing or entrusting to” 
one; hence, concrete) As 
office committed, etc., to one; 
commission, delegated power. 

ént-dalvw, (f. éri-pava), 
1. aor. éw-épnva and é€r-épava, 
v.n, [€xf, in “ strengthening ” 
force; galvw (neut.), “to 
give light ”] Of the heavenly 
bodies : Zo give light, to shine, 
etc. 

ténthav-rs, és, adj. [éxt- 
galyouas (pass.), “to- come 
into view,” through verbal 
root émupay (= éx{; dav, root 
of galye and ¢palyoua)] 


VOCABULARY. 


(* Coming into view ”; hence, 
‘‘ conspicuous ”; ; hence) Nota- 
ble, glorious, ete. 

dwt-ddpw, (f. éx-olow, 1. 
gor. éx-fveyna), 2, aor. éx- 
dveyxoy, v. a.[éxi; pépw, “ to 
bring” ] 1. [éxl, “to”"} To 
bring, or carry, to ;—at xix. 
12 strengthened by follg. éxf | et 
with Acc. ; see, also, drodepa. 
—2, (él, “against” ] Of an 
aceusation, efc.: To bring 
against one ; to bring forward, 
to adduoe, etc.—Pass.: éni- 
ddpopas, (1. fut. éx-evex04- 
Couat). 

dwt-hovéw -dwve, v. n. [exf, 
gavéw, ‘to speak or call 
aloud’’} 1. Hig “ against ” 
With Dat. of person : Zoe ca 
aloud, or ery out against.— 
2. [éxi, in “intensive” force] 
To call aloud, call or ery out ; 
—at xxi. 34 the readings vary 
between éreddévouy and éBdwy. 
. énl-yap-de -6, 1. aor. é7- 
«-xelp-noa, v. n. énl, “to”; 
xelp, “ hand”’] (“To put the 
hand to” a thing; hence) With 
Inf.: 1. Zo take upon one, to 
dare, to do, etc.—2. To en- 
deavour, attempt, to do, ete 

éxlav, ovtca, dv, P. pres. of 
Zweuus.—As Subst.: éritoa, 
ns (sc. tpépa), f. With Art. : 
The following day, the mor- 
row ;—at xvi. 11 émotcy is 
Dat. of time “ when.” 

éwAyjoOny, 1. aor. ind. pass. 
of xluxAnmi. 


201 


drr-or.nco8opndo Sayer 
1. aor. éx-gxddqea, v. a. [én-l, 
in “strengthening” force; 
oixodoudw, “ to build a house ”s 
hence, ‘‘to build,” generally ; 3 
hence) Zo build, or build up, 
in a figurative force ; to esta- 
a or confirm, in the faith, © 


“t(dr-onéAdw), 1. aor. éx- 
éxeiha,v.a. [éx-l, in “strength. 
ening” force; éxéAAw, “to 
run (a ship) aground”] Of 
a ship as Object: Zo rus 
aground ;—at xxvii. 41 the 
readings vary between ér- 
@xecvday and éwéxeAay; see 
éwixéAAw. 

éwra, num.adj.indecl. Seven. 
—As Subst. m.: Seren men, 
seven : :—ol ard, the Seven; 
xxi. 8; cf. vi. 5 Takin to Sans, 
saptan ; cf. Lat. septem]}. 

“Epact-og, ov, m. [epacrds, 
as beloved ””'] (“« Beloved One ”) 
Erastus; one of Paul’s at- 
tendants ; xix. 22.—N.B. Per- 
sonal names obtained from 
oxytone adjectives throw back 
the accent for the sake of 
distinction ; see above. 

epy-a{opat, (f. épydoouat), 
1. aor. eipyaoduny, v. mid, 
[ &py-ov, * work ’ ’] 1. Zo work, 
perform, practise, do ;—at 
xiii. 41 folld. by cognate Acc. 
—2. Without nearer Object: 
To work, to perform @ work 
or toorks. 

épya-ota, oias, f. [for épyad- 


202 


cia; fr. epyad(opa f = épydi- 
gopuas), “ to work ”’} (“A work- 
ing ”; hence) 1. Work, labour, 
exertion.—2. Work, employ- 
ment, occupation.—3. As a 
result of labour: Gain, profit, 
earnings.—A. Trade, business. 

épy-irys, drov, m. [épy, 
root of gpy-w (obsol.), “to 
work” ] 4 workman, arti- 


. 
Epy-ov, ov, n. [root épy ; see 


épyarns | 1. Work —2. A deed, 
act, action.—8. A work, office, 
business. 


t(tpeiSe,f. 2pelow, p. pena), 
1. aor. Hpeoa, (v. a “To 
make” one thing “to lean 
upon” another; hence, “to press 
or fix firmly”; hence, in reflexive 
force and as) v. n. (“ To press, 
or fix, itself, efc., firmly”; 
hence) Of a vessel as Subject : 
To become fixed, to stick fast. 

Epypos, ov, adj. Of places: 
Lonely, solitary, desolate, 
desert.—As Subst.: gpnpos, 
ov, f. A wilderness, desert, 
etc. [prob. to be divided &-pn- 
pos, and to be referred to 
Sans. root RAH, “to leave”; 
past part. “abandoned ”; so 
that é@ will be a prefix, and 
pos @ suffix j. 

“Eppijs, of, m. Hermes; a 
deity of the heathen Greeks— 
identical with the Roman 
Mercurius — who, amongst 
other things, was regarded as 
the god of eloquence; a 


pp 


VOCABULARY. 


reference to which belief is to 
be found at xiv. 12. 

épw-erdv, erov, n. [Epw-e, 
“to creep’’] (That which 
creeps’; hence). 4 creeping 
thing, reptile. 

_Eppwoo, Epub; see pdr- 
vUpt. 

ipvOpds, d, dx, adj. Red.— 
"Epv0pa + @dAaoca, the Red 
Sea, was called in Heb. Yam 
Staph (“the sea of weeds or the 
weedy sea”), and by the 
Greeks Ildvros "Epv@paios (of 
which Mare Erythreum is but 
the Latin rendering), as well 
as "Epv#pa @ddAacoa. The 
origin of the term “ Red 
Sea” has been the source of 
much speculation. The theor- 
ies put forth respecting it 
may be divided into two 
classes, of which the one is 
based on certain natural 
phenomena, the other on 
etymology. The writers be- 
longing to the former of these 
classes variously ascribe the 
term “ Red Sea” to the red 
appearance of the mountains 
on its western coast, or to the 
redness reflected from them 
on the adjacent waters. 
Others, again, refer it to the 
red colour of the water pro- 
duced by the presence of cer- 
tain zodphytes; to the exist- 
ence of red coral or of red sea- 
weed; and yet further to the 
red storks that have been seen 


VOCABULARY. 


’ there in large numbers. With 
respect to those who belong 
. to the other class, &. e. to those 
‘who look to etymology for a 
solution of the question, some 
_ bave considered that the 

*“ Red Sea” means the “Sea 
_ of Edom,” inasmuch as in 
Hebrew “Edom” signifies 
. “Red.” Others take a dif- 
. ferent view. The Greeks, as 
_ before stated, termed this sea 
Iidyros ’Epv@patos, as well as 
- *Epv@pa @dAacaa. Now ’Epv6p- 
aios may be either a lengthened 
form of ’Epu@pds, or a deriva- 
tive from "Epudpds (Erythras, 
i.e. ‘*Red Man”). In the 
former case Idvros ‘EpvOpaios 
and ’Epu0pa @dAacoa are but 
. convertible terms, and what 
has been said at the commence- 
ment of this article holds 
good here. With regard to 
the other it has to be stated 
that ’Epuépds is said by Strabo, 
Pliny, Mela, and other writers 
to have been a king of Arabia, 
and that it was from him this 
sea received its name. "Epu@p- 
ds appears to be the Greek 
equivalent for Himyer, the 
name of the chief family of 
Arabia Felix or the great 
South Arabian kingdom. The 
word Himyer is seemingly de- 
rived from the Arabic ahmar, 
“red”; and the founder of 
the family, who first bore the 
name, is said to have obtained 


203 


it from the red clothing which 
he customarily wore. His 
tribe or people were called 
Himyari (the Greek ‘Ounpira:), 
who inhabited the country 
now known as the peninsula 
of Yémen. This last-stuted 
origin of "Epuépaios is now 
generally regarded as the 
correct one; and according to 
it Iiéyros ’Epv@paios will mean 
the “Sea of Erythras” (= 
Himyer), i.e. the “Sea of the 
Red Man.” It follows, as a 
necessary consequence of itsad- 
option, that the term ’Epu@pa 
@dAacoa must have arisen 
from *Epv@p4s and ’Epu€paios 
being regarded as words of. 
similar import, the formation 
of the latter of them from 
*"Epv@pds being overlooked. 

Zpxopat, f. érAevoouat, p. 
€AfAvVOa, 2. aor. FAGoy, v. 
mid.: 1. Zo come, to go ;— at 
xy. 80 the readings vary be- 
tween FAGoy and Ka&riAGov 3 
so, at xix. 1 between éAé@eiv 
and xdéreAGetvy.—2. In time: 
a. To come, arrive.—b. Part. 
pres.: Coming, approaching, 
following, next; xviii. 21 
[akin to Sans. archha (fr. root 
RICHH or BI, “to go”) = 
toxouat]. 

épo, fut. of pres. eclpw, 
which occurs perhaps only 
once: J, etc., will say. 

dpwrdew -a, f. epwrhow, (p. 
hpwotyjxa), 1. aor. hpwrnoa, 


_ 


204 
v.a.: 1. To ask, inquire of, 
question.—2. a. To ask, re- 
quest, beseech, entreat.—b. 
With reference to alms: Zo 
ask, beg.—3. Folld. by Acc. 
and Inf.: Zo ask, beg, entreat, 
request a person to do, etc., 
or that he would do, etc., 
something.—4. Without near- 
er Object: Zo ask, entreat, 
make entreaty. 

do-Oys, Ofjros, f. (“ That 
which is worn ”; hence) Cloth- 
ing, @ garment [akin to Sans. 
root vas, “‘ to wear’’s cf. Lat. 
‘ ves-tis ” ]. 

do Ole, (f. Zone, p. 5430na), 
v.a.and n.: 1. Act.: Zo eat 
something.—2. Neut.: 7 eat, 
take food, etc. 

éorrépa, as, f. Kvening. 


toryxa, perf.. ind. 
dornus. 

éornv, 2. aor. ind. of 
torn. 


- €xrncay, 3. pers. plur. 1. 
aor. ind. of fornu; i. 23; 
v. 27, ete. 

iotds, oa, és and ds (= 
daoryxas, via, ds), P. perf. of 
lornpt. 

gaytitos, 1, ov, sup. adj. 
[perhaps akin to é«, é, “out’’ 
(“ Outermost”’; hence) 1. In 
space: Furthest, most distant. 
—As Subst.: grydrov, ov, n. 
furthest, or most distant, 
place or part ; end, extremity. 
—2. Of time, order, rank, 
ete. : Last. 


of | érépq (se. 


VOCABULARY. 


éo-w, adv. [és = els, “ ime 
to” ] Within, enside. 

dow-repos, répa, repay, 
comp. adj. [%ow, “ within ”] 
Inner. (G88 No Pos.; Sup.: 
éod-rT&ros.) 

Erepos, a, ov, adj.: 1. Other 
(of two) ; the other.—2. An- 
other of several (= Lat. 
alius); — at xiii. 35 supply 
Warug with érépy.—As Subst. : 
&. &repos, ov, m. Another 
person, another; — Plur. : 
Others :—rwas érépouvs (= 
Twas &dAAous), certain others, 
xxvii. 1.—b. &repa, wy, n. plur. 
Other things ;—at xix. 39 the 
readings vary between ep) 
érépwy and wepaitépw; see 
wepast épw.—3. Second (= Lat. 
alter; Gr. Sedrepos): — TH 
nuépa), on the 
second day; Dat. of time 
“when ”’; xx. 15; xxvii. 3.— 
4, New, fresh ;—at vii. 18 the 
passage is a quotation from 
the Septuagint version of 
Exodus i. 8, where €repos 
represents the Hebr. chédésh. 

éru, adv. : 1. Of time: Still, 
yet.—2. Further, moreover 
{akin to Sans. afi, “beyond” }, 

érowp-alw, f. éromdow, p. 
nrolpaxa, 1. aor. yrolpaoa, Vv. a. 
[eromm-os, “ready | To make 
or get ready, to prepare. 

Erowpsos, 7, ov, adj. Ready, 
prepared. 

érofp-we, adv. [€rom-os, 


“ready ”] (After the man- 


VOCABULARY. 


ner of the ¢romos”; hence) 
In a state of readiness or 
preparation: — for érolpas 
Exw see Exw, no. 2. 

dros, cos ovs n. A year ;— 
at vii. 6, 86, 42; xiii. 21 
try recoapdxovra is Acc. of 
“Duration of time”; — at 
xiii, 20 &reos rpiaxoolors is 
Dat. of “Space of time ”;— 
at vii. 30 wAnpw0évray éray 
is Gen. Abs. ;—at iv. 22. érdy 
Acidvey is gen. of definition 
of time; cf. in Lat., quam 
annorum octoginta in Zgypt- 
um fsset (sc. Agesilaus), 
Nepos, Ages. viii. 2; see, also, 
woAts, no. 2, a; and #, no. 2 
[akin to Sans. vateas, ‘‘a 
year ’’}. 

et, adv. Well [like és, 
* good,” akin to Sans. sw, 
which signifies both * good ” 
and ‘ well ‘a 

evayycA-tLopat, 1. aor. ed- 
* wyyeAtoadunp, v. mid. [ ebdyyea- 
os, “bringing good tidings ” ] 
“To be eddyryeAos”; hence) 1. 

ith Acc. of person or thing: 
To bring, convey, or announce 
good tidings of; to preach; 
v. 42; viii, 4, etc. ;—some- 
times, also, with Dat. of per. 
son; vill. 35.—2. With Ace. 
of person preached to: To 
preach the Gospel to; xvi. 10. 
—8. With Acc. of person and 
Acc. of thing: To preach, or de- 
clare, something unto a person, 
‘ete. ; xiii. 82.—4. With Ape. of 


place: To preach the Gospel 
in, to convey the Gospel to; 
viii. 25, 40 ; xiv. 21.—8. With 
Objective clause: To preach 
that one should do, efe.— 
6. With Acc. of thing and 
Dat. of person: Zo preach, or 
declare, something to some 
one, etc.; xvii. 18; cf. above, 
no. 3.—7. Alone: Zo preach 
the Gospel; xiv. 7. 

ebayyA-lov, iov, n. [id.] 
“A thing pertaining to ed- 
yyeAos ”; hence) Good tid- 
ings, glad message; i.e. the 
Gospel. 

ebayyehio~ni}js, Tov, m. [for 
ebayyedud-rhs ; fr. evayyeri(~ 
opm (= ebayyeAl3-couat), “to 
preach the Gospel”] 4 
preacher of the Gospel, an 
evangelist, 

eb-yev-r}¢, és, adj.(¢d, ‘well’; 
yev, root of yivoua, “to be 
born ”} (“ Well-born, noble ”’; 
hence) In _ character, efe.: 
Noble-minded, high-minded, 
generous, etce.—Comp.: edyev- 
éorepos. 

evepye-ota; cias, f. [for 
ebepyer-oia; fr. ebepyet-€w, 
to ‘“‘benefit”] (“A benefit- 
ing”; hence) A benefit; a 
oe daa eit : 

te -deo -a, (f. ebepyer- 
hoo, Am evepyér-nxa = and 
ebnpyér-nxa), v. 0. [edepyér- 
ms, “a doer of good” ] (‘To 
be an edepyérns”; hence) Ta 
do good to others. | 


206 


ebOd-ag, adv. [ed0ds, eb0é-os, 
“straight ”] (“ After the man- 
ner of the ebéés ”; hence) Of 
time: Straightway, forthwith, 
immediately. 

T(ebOvBpop-de -6), 1. aor. 
ebOv8pdunoa, v.n. [eddudpdp- 
os, “running a straight 
course”] (“To be ed6u8pdu- 
os”; hence) Of vessels : 
runs a straight course. 

etOip-de -6, v.n. [eS0up-os, 
“of good cheer”] (“To be 
e¥Ovpos”; hence) To be of 
-good cheer; to take courage, 


mind ”; hence) Of 
good cheer, cheerful, in good 
spirits or heart. 
fevOipdrepov, comp. adj. 
[adverbial neut. of eb0updrepos, 
comp. of ef@vpuos; see efOvp- 
os] More cheerfully, more 


readily, etc. 
Leb bcs, eta, 6, adj. Straight, 


whether actually or figura- 
tively. 

2. ethig, adv. [1. ed6ds] 
(“After the manner of the 
evéus ”; hence) In time: 
Straightway, forthwith, imme- 
diately, instantly; see xdAuv. 

elxatp-ée -6, imperf. «d- 
kalpouy and nixalpouy, (1. aor. 
ebxalpnoa), v.n. [eBxaip-os, 
“ seasonable ”}] (“To be 
eUxaipos”; hence, “to have 
opportunity, leisure, or time ”; 


> wa 


To | spect,” eto. ] 


VOCABULARY, 


hence) With els and Acc. of 
thing: Zo devote one’s, etej 
leisure, or time, to; to occupy 
one’s self, etc., in. 

(ebAGB-dopa. -otpas, f: 
eVAdB-hoopa:), 1. aor. in pass, 
form 7lAdB-7Ony and ebA&P 
hOny, v. mid. [evadp-fs, in 
force of “cautious, circum- 
(“To be esAgp- 
hs’; hence) Folld. by uh oc. 
Subj.: Zo fear, or be afraid, 
that ;—at xxiii. 10 the read- 
ings vary between eiAaBnOels 
and dofnbels. 

eb-A&B-H, és, n. [ ed, “well”; 
AaB, root of AauBdvw, “to 


] | take hold of ’”] (“‘ Taking hold 


of well ’’; hence, “‘ undertaking 
prudently ”; hence) Reverent, 
devout, pious, religious ; see 
evoeBhs. 
eb-hoy-dw -6, (imperf. ¢é- 
Adby-eov and nv-Ady-eor ov, f. 
ed-Aoy-fhow, 1. aor, eb-Ady-noa 
(and 1d-Ady-noa), v. a. [26-8, 
“‘ good ”; Ady-os, ‘‘a word”? ] 
(*To use good words of or 
to ;” hence) To bless. 
evvovx-o¢s, ov, m. [contr. 
fr. eby-d-ex-os ; fr. eby-f, “a 
bed”; (0) connecting vowel ; 
éx-w, in force of “to have 
charge of” ] (“He who has 
charge of the bed”; hence, 
as ore in Eastern coun- 
tries for taking charge of the 
women) 4 exsuch. 
T(ebwop-dw -6, f. ebwop- 
how,p. ebxdp-yxa and nimdp- 


VOCABULARY. 207 


xa, v.n.) [etwop-os, of per- 
gons, “well off or provided ; 
wealthy” ] (“To be etwop- 
os”; hence) To be well off, etc.; 
oe ree thrive.— Pass.: 
op-dopat -ovpas, 1. aor. 
ebxop-hOnvy and niwxop-hOnv 
s= ebwopéw, neut.; see above, 
tebwop-ta, ias, f.[id.} (“The 
quality, or condition, of the 
atropos”; hence) Wealth. 
_ TEtp-SntAav, dxiAwves, m. 
[Edp-os, ‘‘East wind ”’; "Axva- 
wy (Gr. form of Lat. Aquilo, 
Aquilon-ts), “ North wind ”] 
(“ North-east wind”) FZur- 
Gkylon, called in Vulgate 
Hiuro-Aquilo; i.e. the N.E. 
wind. It is the most stormy 
wind known in the Medi- 
terranean, and prevails especi- 
ally in the early spring. It 
ia now called Gregali; see 
EbpoxrAvdov. 
etp-loxw, f. eiphow, p. eB¢- 
nea, 1. aor. eipyoa, 2. nor. edp- 
ov, v. a. irreg. [root etp] 1. 
To find.—2. To find out, dis- 
cover ;—at xxiv. 5 evdpdvyres 
stands as a Nom. Abs., in 
consequence of the construc- 
tion being changed through 
the parenthesis intervening 
between it and what would 
otherwise be its verb, viz. 
dxparhoaner. — Pass.: evp- 
lexopas, (p. eSpyua:), 1. aor. 
evpddny, 1. fut. evpePhoouai. 
TEtpo-cABSwv, cATS@vos, m. 
[Edpos, (uncontr. gen.) Evpo- 


os, “ Kast wind”; «rAv8wr, “a 
billow”] ((‘ East-wind _ bil- 
low”) Hurocl#don, i.e. probs 
ably a storm from the east ; 
xxvii. 14, where however the 
readings vary ; see EdpaxtAwy 
and EdpuxAv8ay. 
ftEtp-v-nAt8av, KAL3wvos, 
m. [edp-bs, “wide”; (uv) con- 
necting vowel ; KAvdwy, “ bil- 
low” ] (‘““Wide, or wide-ex- 
tending, billow”) Huryclyd- 
on ; i.e. prob. a widely spread, 
or extensive, storm ; see Evpo- 
KAVS wy. 
eUpév, odea, dv, P. 2. aor. 
of evpicxa, 
evoéB-ara, efas,f. [eboeB-fs, 

“reverent” towards the gods 

. The quality of the edcep- 

s’; hence, “reverence ” to- 
wards the gods; hence) Holi- 
ness, piety, 

evoeB-de -, v. a. [id.} (To 
be evoeBhs”; hence) To treat 
with reverence, to worship. 

: eb-oeB-yjs, ds, adj. [ed, 
‘“‘well”’; hence, in “ augment- 
ative” force; oéB-ouat, “ to 
reverence” the gods | (““Great- 
ly reverencing” the gods; 
hence) Devout, religious, etc.; 
—at xxii. 12 the readings vary 
between edoeBhs and evAadBis; 
see ebAGBhs. 

eb-ox-Hpev, nuoy, adj. [€d, 
“good, excellent”; ay, a root of 
Ew (neut.), “to be”’] (“Being 
good or excellent’; hence) 

Morally, efc.: Honourable ; 


A 


208 


bearing, or having, a good 
reputation. 

ebrév-ws, adv. [eBrov-os, in 
force of “zealous”; hence, of 
an orator, “forcible” etc. ] 
(‘After the manner of the 
erovos’’; hence) Forcibly, 
powerfully, mightily. 

Hi it ly ov, m. [edrix- 
é, ‘to be prosperous ” | 
(‘He that is prosperous ”) 
Eutichos or Eutjchos; the 
name of a young man whom 
Paul restored to life; xx. 9; 
cf. Lat. Felix. 

(eddpalva, f. ebppdivd,1.aor. 
et opava, v. a. [akin to efppwr, 
“cheerful ”’] (“To make eé- 
gpwyv”’; hence) 1. Act.: “To 
cheer, delight, gladden.”—2. ) 
Pass. : ebppalvopat, 1. aor. eb- 
GpdvOny and nidpdvOny, 1. fut. 
edppavOfoopa, To be glad- 
dened, to rejoice. 

tethpo-civn, civns, f. [for 
edppov-civn; fr. eppwr, e¥- 
gpov-os, “mirthful, glad ’’] 
(“« The state, or quality, of the 
eSppav”’; hence) Mirthful- 
ness, mirth, gladness. 

ebydpior-ée -@, 1. aor. 
ebyaplornoa, v.n. [edxdpior- 
os, “thankful”’] (“To be 
thankful”; hence, as a result) 
Lo offer, or give, thanks. 

ebydpior-ta, tas, f. ig 
Xapior-os, “thankfal” ] (“The 
quality of the ebydpioros ”s 
0 Thankfulness, grati- 


- 63S '\ 


VOCABULARY. 


eby-, fis, f. [eBy-opal, “to 
pray ”’] (“A praying’’; hence, 
“a prayer ”’; hence) 4 vow. 

edx-opat, (f. etouaz), 1. aor. 
eviduny and nbtdéuny, v. mid. i 
1. To pray.—2: To wish. 

eb-ovip-os, ov, adj. Nength- 
ened fr. ed-dviju-os; fr. ed, . 
“good”; Ssuuz-a, Holic form’ 
of Svopu-a, “a seer (* Hav- 
ing a good name”; hence, of. 
omens, “lucky’’; hence, eu- 
phemistic for dpvorepds, “left,” ' 
which was regarded as an ill: 
omened word) Left, as op- 


posed to “right ”; on the left 
hand 


é-diiy-ov, inf. pdyeiv, part. 
payor, 2. aor. without present. 
To eat [akin to Sans. root 
BHAKSH, “to eat” }. 2 
tég-dAAdopa:, v. mid. [2¢” 
(= éen-f), “upon”; GAAoua, 
“to leap ”’] To leap upon ; — 
at xix. 16 strengthened by 
folly. éwf and Acc. ° 
PEddotos, a, ov; "Eddotos, 
ov; see “Edegos. 
“Edecos, ov, f. Ephesus; a 
Greek city of Ionia in Asia 
Minor ;—at xix. 26 ’Epécov is 
Gen. of place “where.”— 
Hence, PEdéa-tog, ia, tov, adj. 
Of, or belonging to, Ephesus ; 
Ephesian.—’Edéotos, ov, m. 
A man of Ephesus, an Ephes: 
tan ;—Plur.: The Ephesians. 
épeotras, Goa, és, for ep 
ecrnkés, via, és, P. perf. of 
eglornpt. , 





VOCABULARY. 


Ad-lornps, f. en-orico, 
1. aor. éx-€ornoa, p. éo- 
éornxa), 2. aor. éx-éorny, Vv. a. 
and n. [é¢’ (= éwi), “over 
at, by”; fornui, “to cause to 
stand; to stand” ] 1. Act.: 
In pres., imperf., fut., and 
l. aor.: To set over.— 
2. Neut.: In perf., pluperf., 
and 2. aor.: a. Zo stand over 
or above.—b. To stand at, by, 
or nevr.—o. In a hostile sense: 
(a) Zo come upon.—(b) To 
attack, assault a house, etc.— 
ad. To come near, approach. 
—0e. To be present. 

dy @ég, adv. aS lengthened 
forin of x0ésj Yesterday ; see 

Gés. 

- (4x 8-péds, pd, pdr, adj. [%6- 
w, ‘“‘to hate’’] ‘ Jon aba 
As Subst.:) éy@pés, ov, m. 
(‘One who hates”; hence) 
An enemy, adversary. 

ExBva, ns, f. A serpent, 
viper, adder. 

- €yo, imperf. elxov, f. deo 
and oxiHuw, p. Zoxnna, 2. aor. 
&cxov, v.a. and n.: 1. Act.: 
a.: (a) Zo have in any way.— 
(b) Zo have, possess.—(c) 
With second Acc.: Zo have, 
ete., an object as, or for, that 
which is denoted by the second 
Ace. ; xiii. 5.—(d) With Inf.: 
(a) To have power, or be able, 
to do, ete.—(8) With preced- 
ing negative: Zo be without 
the power, or to be unable, to 


do, eto.; xxv. 26; iv. 14, 


Acts. 


209 
where obd8éy is used as 
Adv.—b. (“To hold, con- 


tain”; hence) With Adj. as 
a second Acc.: Zo hold, re- 
gard, consider, count, esteem 
an object as possessing the 
quality, ete., denoted by such 
second Acc.; xx. 24. — 2. 
Neut.: With Adv.: (“To 
have one’s self,” ete., i.e.) Zo 
be in the state denoted by the 
Adv. :—zas Exovc1, how they 
are, xv. 86 :—el raira otrws 
Exe, if these things are so, Vii. 
1:—érolpas Exo, I am in a 
state of readiness, i.e. I am 
ready, xxi.138: — 7d vip 
Exov, (with respect to that 
which now is, i.e.) for the 
present, xxiv. 25, wherg 7d 
%xov is Acc. of respect after 
ropevov.—8. sa i opat, (f. 
efouas and ox coma), 2; aor. 
éoxdunv, (“To hold one’s 
self” to something, “to cling 
closely”; hence) Of time: Zo 
follow, be next :—t7 exouevy 
nuepg (xxi. 26), or rf éxouérp 
alone, 4. ¢. with ellipse of 
nuépe (xx. 15), on the follow~ 
ing day, Dat of time “when”; 
—at xiii. 44 the readings vary 
between éxoudévp and épxo- 
pévy.—N.B. At i. 12 the words 
8 (sc. pos) Lori eyyis ‘lepou- 
cad caBBirov Exov s8dy, 
are rendered in the English 
Version, which is from (= di- 
stant from) Jerusalem a Sab- 
bath-day’s journey. Not to 
P 


210 


speak of the force of éyyés, it 
must be remarked that no 
instance is certainly known 
in which &w is used for 
dxréxo, * to be from or distant 
from.” It is necessary, there- 
fore, to fall back upon the 
literal rendering of the words, 
viz., which is near Jerusalem, 
having « Sabbath-day’s jour- 
ney. Now Mount Olivet is 
described as an eminence of 
about a mile in length, and 
running from North to South, 
and covering the whole Eastern 
side of Jerusalem. At the 
North end it bends westward 
to the city, from which it is 
here about a mile distant; 
whereas at the other end the 
Mount is close to the walls, se- 
parated from them only by the 
narrow ravine of the Kidron. 
If, then, the words saBBarov 
Exov 536» are considered as 
defining é¢yyés, it is clear 
that the definition holds good 
of only one part of the Mount, 
viz., its northern end. It is 
scarcely probable, however, 
that the more distant, rather 
than the nearer, part of the 
Mount should have been 
mentioned, had it been in- 
tended to point out how far 
the Mount itself was from the 
city. Neither can the de- 
fining words represent the 
height of the Mount; for that 
is computed as being at the 


(a 


VOCABULARY. 


Church of the Ascension, on its 
summit, only 2724 feet above 
the Mediterranean. Hence it 
follows that the solution must 
rather be looked for either in 
the length of the Mount, which, 
as above stated, is crid to be 
about a mile; or, else, in the 
rise of the ground from the 
foot to the top of the Mount. 
dws, adv.: 1. Of time: 
Until, tell :—éwos &y with 
Subj., see &», no. 2:—with 
Gen.: fas rijs tudépas, untsl 
the day, i, 22 :—é€ws Yauovha, 
until Samuel, xiii. 20 :—é€ws 
rou €AOciv airdy, until he 
came, viii. 40:—%es ob (se. 
xpdvov), until the time that.— 
2. Of place: As far as, up to: 
—with Gen.: €ws’Avrioxelas, 
as far as Antioch, xi. 22: 
—a0, with eis and Acc., xxvi. 
11 ;—at xvii. 14 the readings 
vary between éws én) rhy 
OdAacocay and ws éxl thy 
OdAaocay.—3. Of order, ete. : 
With Gen.: Until, up to; 
viii. 10.—4. Folld. by prep. : 
As far as; xxi. 6. 


{ae, {0, f. (how and ¢h- 
gona, (p. e{nxa), 1. aor. 
(naa, v. n.: 1. To be alive, 
to live, have life, both in a 
physical and spiritual sense.— 
2. To live, have one’s, ete., 
course of life, continue living 
in some particular way, ete. ; 
xxvi. 6. 2 00 


VOCABULARY. 


¢teverrip-tos, ia, tor, adj. : 
Ceuserhp, “that which yokes” | | 


Pertaining. to that whie 
yokes ; yoking.— As Subst. : 
teuerypia, as, f. 4 ecross-bar 
connecting the rudders of an- 
cient ships. 

+Zevg, Gen. Aids, m. Zeue ; 
the Greek name of the Roman 
Jupiter, the king of the 
mythic heathen deities ;—at 
xiv. 13 rod Aids means of the 
statue, or femple, of Zeus, a 
tutelary deity of the city (akin 
to Sans. div, “ heaven” }. 

Ldeo, (f. (éow, 1. aor. tera), 
v. n. (Of water, “to boil”; of 
solids, “to glow, be hot”; 
hence) Mentally or morally: 
To be fervent. 

: [-Aos, Aou, m. [lengthened 

fr. (e-Aos; fr. (é-c, * to boil ” 

(That which boils ”; sea 

Morally: 1. Fervour, zeal.— 

2. Jealousy, envy; xiii. 45 
akin to Sans. root JVAL, ‘‘to 
laze, to burn ””}. 

{nd-deo -6, (f. (nAdew, p. 
Chawna), 1. nor. e(hacwca, 
v. n. [QHA-os, “emulation”; 
in a bad sense, “jealousy, 
envy] To be fealous or 
envious, ; 

Znrw-7¥s, rod, m. [length- 
ened fr. ZnAo-rhs; fr. (nré-w, 
“to be zealous”] 1. With 
Gen. : One who is zealous of 
or for; one filled with zeal 
for; a tealot of.—2. Zélotes; 


a name of Simon, the brother 
P 


211 


of Thaddéus. He is called 
by 8t. Matthew and: St. Mark 


| Kavavirfs 3; aname of Hebrew 


origin, having the same menn- 
ing as ZnAwrts. : 
Cnp.-ta, tas, f. Hurt, harm 
damage, loss [akin to Sans. 
root YAM, “to restrain ”’], 
{yurdw -d, f. Cnthcw, (p. 
eChrnna), 1. aor. éChrnoa, v.a.: 
1. To seék, look for.—2. To 
ask for, demand, require.—8. 
With Inf,: Zo seek, or en- 
gin to do, ete. ' 4 
tliry-pa, udros, n.flength- 
eaied fr. Cas fr. he 
“to seék ”’; hence, “to inquire 
into”}] (“That which is 
sought or inquired into”; 
hence) 4 question, matter in 
question ;—at xviii. 15 the 
readings vary between (4rqya, 
sing., and (nrhuara, plur. 
Lijrn-o1s, vews, f. [length- 
ened fr. (fre-ors; fr. (yré-w, 
“to seek ”’; hence, “to inquire 
into’) (“ An inquiring into” 
something ; hence) 1. An in» 
quiry, a questioning, etc.—2, 
A debate, dispute, contro- 
versy, etc.; — at xv. 2 the 
readings vary between (nr#- 
cews and cu(nrhoews. 
tvy-ds, of, m. [Cedyvdur, 
* to join,” through root {vy] 
(* The joining thing”; hence, 
“a yoke” for draught cattle ; 
hence, in a figurative force) 


Yoke. : 
Lw-1}, hs, £. [¢deo, (a, -“ td 
2 


212 


live’ ] (“That which lives ”; 
hence) 1. Life.—2. With or 
without aidvios: Life eternal. 
Lev, (aca, (av, contr. part. 
ines eee 
ns, f. [<ov-vijp, * to 
gn") 7) ‘1e “That which girds ”’; 
ence) A girdle, belt. 
{e-v-vieo and {6-v-vins, f. 
(éoe, (1. aor. fora), v. a.: 1. 
To gird.—2. Mid.: ({e-v- 
vipas, f. (écouc), 1. aor. é¢co- 
ciuny, To gird one’s self; 
see wepi(évyvupu: [akin to Sans. 
root XU, “ to bind |: 
ovedes -@, f. (oyorhece, 
v. a. (woydv-os, “ life-bring- 
ing ”} (‘To be (woydvos to”; 
hence, “to endue with -life *, 
hence) To preserve alive.— 


Pass.: {woyov-dopas -otpas. 


4, conj.: 1. a. Or.—b. 
ted: 4... %, either 
- « or.—O. Or else.—2. 
After words denoting com- 


parison: Than;—there is 
generally an ellipse of 
(“ than”) after neut. sing. or 


plur.of ig al. dadrrop, 
neler, if joined to a numeral ; 

cf. iv. 22, where éray Fv tA 
évav Teccapdxovra is put for 
drév iy wrcibver  Tecoapd- 
novra (érdy).—3. In time: 

That :—npiv 4, before that.— 
4. In indirect questions: 

Whether. 

| Yye-pev, pudvos, m. [Hyé- 
opat, “to lead”’; hence, ‘ to 


VOCABULARY. 


rale”] (“One who ru 
hence, “a ruler”; hence) The 
Roman governor, or pro- 
curator, of J udeea. 

fry~fonas ~ -otpas, (f. iryh- 


Gouas), p. Frynua, 1. aor. iryn- 
caéuny, v. mid. [root ty, ao 
to &y-c0, “to d ”') 1. Zo 


lead, whether actually or 
figuratively.—2. To rule, coms- 
mand, etc.—38. With second 
Acc.: To hold, regard, con- 
sider, deem, think one’s self, 
etc., that which is denoted b 
the. second Acc. ; xxvi. 2. 
Folld. by Ace. ‘and part. in 
concord with such Acc.: Zo 
deem, think, etc., that a per- 
son, efc., is, etc. ;—at xxvi. 8 
iryodpevos is to be supplied 
Shia preceding frynza:) be- 
ore yréorny byra ce, where 
yoorny i is Acc. pie Syra. 4 

fy youpevos, Np OV, &. Pres. 
tryéouar.—As Subst.: tyot- 
pavos, ov, m.: &. A leader ;— 
at xiv. 12 in figurative force. 

. 4 ruler 3 vii. 10. 
48n, adv. Now, already 
(akin to Sans. adya, “to-day, 
now ” 

fico, f. fiw, p. Axa, 1. aor. 
hia, v. n. TG hcvs bos 3 be 
present ; to come. 

HA-tos, iov, m. The sun 
[akin to Sans. svar, “the 


sun luce 


im fipnv (only in 
ge and j mS aelinpet ), ¥. mid fs 
seated, to sit; see eiul, 


VOCABULARY. 


ae hyper, plur. of éyd. 
pépa, as, f. Day ;—at ix. 
24 audpas is Gen. of ‘Space 
of time ”;—at ix. 9 judpas is 
Acc. of “ Duration of time.” 
ty~érepos, erdpa, érepoy, 
pron. ~ [Hp-ets, “ we’) 
Of, or belonging to, us; our. 
1. 4pyv, an imperf, ind. of 
elul ; see eciul. 
2. Hyyqv, imperf. ind. of ua. 
“Hpw8ns, ov, m. Herod: 1. 
Surnamed “ The Great,” the 
second son of Antipiter, pro- 
curator of Judea. He was 
appointed King of Judmwa by a 
decree of the Senate, B.o. 40; 
xxiii. 35.—2. Surnamed Anti- 
pas; the second son of Herod 
the Great, king of Judwa, by 
his fourth wife Malthacé, a 
Samaritan woman, He was 
Tetrarch of Galilee and Perma ; 
iv. 27; xiii. 1—8. Surnamed 
Agrippa, was the son of 
Aristobilus and Berenicé, and 
the grandzon of Herod the 
Great. ‘The Emperor Caligula 
ve him the governments 
ormerly held by the Tetrarchs 
Philip and Lysanias, and be- 
stowed on him the ensigns of 
royalty, whence he is styled at 
xii. 1 6 BaoAeds, “ the king.” 
“Hoatas, ov, m. (“ Help of 
Jehovah”) ae - cha ; 
the t evangelical] prophet, 
who" lived between 760 and 
698 B.0. 
hoty-ale, (f. jovxdow), 1. 


213 


aor. Robydca, v. n. [Fovxos, 
‘* quiet ”’] (“To keep forvyxos’’; 
hence) Zo be silent, hold one’s 


peace. 
hotx-la, las, f. [id.] («The 
uality, or state, of the 
ovxos”; hence) Silence, etc. 
hxos, ov, m. A sound of 
any kind. 


Oddacca, ns, f. The sea :— 
for épv@pa OdAagca see épubpds 
[prob. akin to Sans. root TRAS, 
‘to tremble,” and so ‘‘the 
trembling or agitated thing,” 
in reference to the action of 
the winds and tide]. 

OapB-dw -&, f. PauBhow, 1. 
aor. ¢0duBnoa, v. n. [OduB- 
os, “astonishment”] Zo be 
amazed or astonished ; to be 
struck with amazement, etc. 

OdypBos, eos ous, n. Aston- 
tshment, amazement. 

Odv-tiros, Zrov, m. [Oav, 
root of Ovf-cxw, “to die”) 
Death. 

Odwre, f. Odwe, 1. aor. apa, 
v.a. Zo bury.—Pass.: (p. 
TréOappat, 1. aor. 26dp6ny), 2. 
aor. tradgnyp, (2. fat. raphoopa:) 
[root rad]. 

Gapo-dw -0, (f. Capohow), 
v. n. [@dpo-os, “ courage ”’] 1. 
To take courage, to be of 
good courage.—2. Imperat.: 


re Be of good courage, 
take | hte cheer. 
TOapaoe, cos 


i] he 
Courage, boldness. 


ous, 


214 


Oavpalw, (f. Oavyiow, p. 
TeCavpaea), 1. aor. @atpaca, 
v. n.and a. [for Gaupdr- ow ; fr. 
Gaijua, Cadpar-os, “ wonder ? 
L, Neut. : Zo wonder, marvel, 
be astonished.—2. Act.: To 
wonder, marvel, or be aston- 
ished, at. 

t0ed, as, f. [akin to @cds; 
see @cds | A goddess ;—at xix. 
37 the readings vary between 
thy Gedy, Thy Oedv, and roy Oedy. 

Oc-dopat -Spas, f. Pedoopuat, 
1, aor. eacauny, p. reOdauas, 
v.mid. [0é-a, “ a seeing, view,” 
etc.| (“ To obtain a seeing, or 
view, of ” some object ; hence) 
To see, behold. 

04a-tpov, rpov, n. [Bed-ouat, 
“to see, behold’’] (“ That 
which serves for seeing or 
beholding ” the public games, 
eto.; hence) A theatre. — 

Oe-iog (dissyll.), a, ov, adj. 
[Oe-ds, “a god”] Of, or be- 
longing to,a god; divine.— 
As Subst. : {@etov, ov, n. With 
Art.: The Divine Essence or 
Being ; the Deity; xvii. 29. 

OAA-na, fudros, n. [B€A-c, 
“to will’ } (“That which 
wills”; hence) Will, wish, etc.; 
—at xiii. 22 in plur. 

Oé\e, a shortened form of 
é6érw; see béAu. 

OepddXtov, ov, n. [OeuéAios, 
“of, or pertaining to, a found- 
ation,” used as a Subst. } (“A 
thing pertaining to a found- 
ation ”; hence) 4 foundation. 


VOCABULARY. 


fOcbpiiyx-de -@, Vv. ne 
[@couady-os, “ fighting God or 
against God’’] To fight God 
or against God ;—at xxiii. 9 
(uh) Oconaxdper, 1. pers: plar. 
subj., is used in a hortatory 
foree, let us (not) fight, etc. ;— 
in some editions the words «) 
Ocopax@perv are omitted. 

f8co-payx-os, ov, m. [Ceds, 
uncontr. gen. @ed-os, “ God”; 
pax-ouas “to fight” } (“God- 
fighting”; i. ¢.) Sighting 
against God. 

@cds, vd, m. and f.: 1, 
Masc.: a. A heathen god or 
deity ;—at vii. 40 in plur.—b. 
God; see 6, no. 1, a, (f).—2. 
Fem.: A goddess; see Ged 
[akin to Sans. deva; cf. Lat. 
deus |. 

Ged-GlAos, Plrou, m. [ Ceds, 
uncontr. gen. @ed-os, “ "3 
olros, “ friend ”] (“ Friend of 
God ”) Theophilus ; the name 
of the early Christian to whom 
St. Luke inscribed his Gospel 
and the Acts of the Apostles. 

Ocpiw-eve, f. Separetow, 
(p. reOepawevaa), 1.aor. ébepaw- 
evoa, Vv. a. [Odpay, O€pan-os, 
‘‘a servant, attendant ’”’ | (“To 
be a Oépay to” one; hence, 
“to serve, attend upon’’; 
hence, “to take care of ”; 
hence) To heal, cure, etc.— 
Pass. : Oeptiw-evopas, p. Te 
Oepaxeuuar, lL. aor. Oepareveny, 
(f. OepdmevPficopat). 

Tdp-pn, uns, f [0€p-a, “to 


VOCABULARY. 


make hot ” |] (“ Amaking-hot”; 
hence) Heat. —N.B. This 
subst. takes the accent on the 
penultima to distinguish it 
from the fem. of the adjective 
Bepuds, “hot,” which. is ac- 
centuated on the final syllable, 
viz. Oepuh. 
Ocoadrovixevs, éws; 
@ecoadorikn. 
Geccdidovien, ns, f. Thes- 
salonica (now Saloniki), 
originally called “Therma” 
(@épuaz, *‘ Hot-springs ’’) from 
the hot springs in its neigh- 
bourhood, was situated at the 
head of the Thermaic Gulf in 
the district of Mygdonia, and 
under the Romans formed the 
capital of their province of 
Macedonia. The origin of its 
name is doubtful. According 
to some accounts, Cassander 
rebuilt the city, and called it 
after his wife Thessalonica, the 
daughter of king Philip. Ac- 
cording to others, Philip him- 
self named it after his daugh- 
ter. Further still, Philip is 
said to have given it its new 
name in commemoration of a 
victory obtained by him over 
the Thessalians (see end of 
article)—Hence, O«cai&do- 
vix-evs, cws,m. A man of Thes- 
salonica ; xxvii. 2 ;—at xx. 4 
in plur. (@éccdAos, uncontr. 
gen. @ecadAo-os, Thessalian”; 
yixn, “ victory”; and so, liter- 
ally, “‘ Thessalian Vietory ’’). 


215 


T*Ocev8as; 2, m. Theudas ; 
an insurgent mentioned in 
Gamaliel’s speech, v.36. The 
name is probably of Hebrew 
origin, and is obtained from 
thédéh, which means ‘cone 
fession,” and also “thanks- 
giving.” 

Ceap-dw -d, (f. Sewphaw, p. 
TeOecpnxa), 1. aor. éBedpnea, 
v. a. [Oewp-ds, “a beholder ” 
(“ To be a Gewpds of ”; hence 

- Zo see, behold ;—at xvii. 
16 the readings vary between 
Gewpovyts and Oewpovvros.—2. 
Mentally: Zo see, perceive, 
observe.—N.B. As one of the 
“verba sentiendi,’’ @ewpo may 
be folld. either by 87s and 
Indic., or by Acc. and Inf. 
At xxvii. 10, however, the 
clause introduced by 87: ends 
with Acc. and Inf. This 
arises from the numerous 
words intervening between 87: 
and the verb, whereby the 
writer appears to have lost 
sight of the grammatical re- 
quirements of construction. 
‘This deviation from the ordin- 
ary rule is by no means un» 
common in classical Greek 
authors. To this it may be 
added that, strictly speaking, 
the words should be br oo. 
peAAe EvecGas 6 rAods, or else 
péaAdew 8cecba: roy wAouv 
without 87:2. 

Onp-tov, tov, n. (dim. in 
form only) [@fp, “a wild 


a 


216 


beast ’’] 4 eild beast ;—at 
xxviii. 5 the term is applied to 
the viper which fastened on 
Paul’s hand. 

Odiyrs, ews, f. [for OATB-ors ; 
fr. OA[B-w, “to rab, gall’; 
hence, “to distress, afflict 3 
(“An afflicting”; hence 
Affliction, distress, tribula- 
tion, etc. 

(Ov¥i-onw, f. Oavyovpas), p. 
+éOvnxa, v.n.: 1. In present 
tense: Zo die.—2. In perf. 
tenses: (“To have died’; ¢.¢.) 
To be dead [root @av, akin to 
Sans. root HAN, “to strike, 
to kill”). 

OoptB-de -&, f. dopiBhow, 
1. aor. é00péByca, v. a. pree 
os, “ clamour, noise ”’} 1. Act.: 
To make a clamour, or noise, 
in or at; to trouble, disturb. 
—2, Pass.: @optB - dopa, 
-otpas, (p. rePopsBnuat, 1. fat. 
GopuBnOhoopa:), To be troubled 
or disturbed ; to make lament- 
ations, etc. 

OsptBos, ov, m. Clamour, 
me eta ai IL), las, £ 

oxe-fa (trisyll.), ae & 
féenacecte (trisyll.),  ‘‘to 
worship, adore”’] (“A wor. 
shipping or adoring ”’; hence) 
Religion. 
 OplE, rpixds (mostly plur.), f. 
4 hair of the head {akin to 
ae apoipsingiae “to grow ”; 
and so “ the growing thing ”’; 
cf. Lat. eri-nis for ee wia, fr. 
ore-8co, < to grow *), ~ 


VOCABULARY. 


Hpi you, m. (“ The 
ring or supporting thing”’s 
hace): 1. A pte chair 2 
A throne, as being a seat or 
chair of state [akin to Sans. 
root DHRI, “ to bear”’]. 
Ovarepa, wy, n. plar. 
Thyatira; a city of Lydia in 
Asia Minor. In earlier times 
it successively bore the names 
of Pelopeia, Euhippa, and 
Semiramis. ; ae 
Oiyitnp, drdpos, drpés, f. 
A deughtes: whether actually 
or figuratively [akin to Sans. 
duhitr-i, “a daughter”; fr. 
root DUH, “to milk”; and so, 
literally, “a milker’’}. 
Otpo- x-ée -@, Vv. n. 
(Ovpds, (uncontr. gen.) Ouud-os, 
in force of ‘rage, anger, 
wrath”; udy-oua, ‘‘to fight’ ] 
(*To fight with anger”; 
hence, “ to fight desperately ”; 
hence) Zo have a ce 
quarrel, to be bitterly enraged 
or asgry :—for construction 
of Fv Ounopdx ay see eiul, no. 4. 
05-pds, nov, m. (“ Breath ”; 
hence, “the soul”; hence, 
“the mind”; hence, as an 
affection of the mind) Rage, 
wrath, anger [akin to Sans. 
root DHE, or DAU, “to blow” }. 
Otpa, as, f. A door, whether 
actual or figurative (akin 
to Sans. dvéra, “a door, a 
gate’’). 
Otp-(s, tos, f. dim. [6dp-a, 
“a door’’] (“A little door ’’; 


VOCABULARY. 


hence) 4 window, as being a 
small door-like opening in the 
wall of a house, ete. 

 C-ala, cias, f. [Od-e, “ to 
offer sacrifice’’] (“ A sacrific- 
ing or offering”; hence) 4 
victim offered in sacrifice; a 
sacrifice, offering. 

Ove, f.ddow, p.Té0txa, 1. aor. 
Soa, v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: 
a. To offer, to sacrifice.—». 
To kill, slay.—2. Neut.: a. 
To offer sacrifice. —bd. To kill, 
slay. 
SOupae, & m. (* Twin”) 
Thomas, called also Didjmus 
(see end of art.); one of the 
twelve Apostles. According 
to tradition he carried the 
Gospel into Parthia, Media, 
Persia, Ethiopia, and India 
[Gr. di3upos, (“double’’s as 
subst.) “a twin” ]. 


*laxeB, m. indecl. (“ Heel- 
catcher,or Supplanter”) Jacob; 
son of Isaac, brother of Esau, 
and an ancestor of Christ. 

*"IldxaBog, ov (a lengthened 
form of ’laxé8), m. James : 1. 
A son of Zebedee and brother 
of John; one of the twelve 
Apostles, and surnamed “ The 
Great.”—2. A son of Alphsous, 
and one of the twelve Apostles ; 
he was surnamed * The Less,” 
and, also, Lebbseus, and Thad- 


deus ;—at i. 18 "IaxdéBov is | the English 


dependent on d&3eApds to be 
supplied. 


217 


ldopar -Gypas, f. lacouar, 
1. aor. idoduny, v. mid. and 
pass.: 1. Mid.: Zo heal, cure. 
—2. Pass.: tdopas -Gpat, p. 
Yaua:, 1. aor. la@ny, 1. fut. ia- 
Ohoouat, To be healed or 
cured. 

Va-ors, cews, f. [id-opat, “to 
heal”) 4 healing or curing. 

*lac-ev, ovos, m. [Tao-ts, 
“healing”] (“One having 
healing; healer’’) Jason or 
Jason ; a man of Thesealonica, 
who received Paul into his 
house ; xvii. 5 qq. 

T8tos, a, ov, adj. ( Pertain- 
ing to one’s self”; hence) 1. 
Private-—Adverbial expres- 
sion: xat’ i8lav, Privately, in 
 oaita apart from others,— 

. Own ; one’s etc. own.—As 
Subst.: a. (tor, w», m. plur. 
One’s etc. own people, etc. ; 
those belonging to one, etc.— 
b. : (a) (ta, w», n. plur. One’s 
etc. own things or property ; 
that which belongs to one, etc. 
—(b) One’s etc. own house or 
home ; xxi. 6. 

L8t-sryns, drov, m. [%i-os, 
“private”] (“One made 
Yios”’; hence, “a private per- 
son,” #.¢. one in a private 
station; hence, “one who has 
no professional knowledge ”’ ; 
hence) As ignorant, or ill- 
informed, man.—N.B, Hence, 
“idiot.” 

t80u (2. pers. sing. im- 
perat. of ei8dun», 2. aor. mid; 


218 


see efSw. As) Adv.: See! | 
look! lo! behold! 
(Sav, odca, dv, P. of elon; 
see ef3a. 
lep-evs, ws, m. [lep-d, 
“offerings, sacrifices” } (‘ He 
who attends to, or makes, 
lepd”’; hence) 1. A heathen 
priest ; xiv. 13.—2. 4 Jewish 
priest.—The Jewish priests 
were the descendants of Levi, 
the third son of the patriarch 
Jacob, through Aaron. To 
them belonged the offices of 
the priesthood, in contra- 
distinction to those performed 
by the Levites; see Aevirns. 
lep-dv, od, n. [neut. of iep- 
és, “ sacred,” used as a subst. | 
(“A sacred thing or place”’; 
hence) A temple ;—at xix. 27 
of the heathen goddess Diana ; 
in other places of Acta, the 
temple at Jerusalem. 
*lepogdédtpa, wy, n. plur. 
Jerusalem ; see ‘lepovedAhp. 
flepé-cid-o¢, ov, m. [iepdy, 
(uncontr. gen.) iepd-os, “a 
temple”; cva-dw -0, “to 
strip, spoil”] (“A temple- 
stripper, a temple-spoiler ”; 
hence) 4 temple-robber, a 
sacrilegious person. 
*lepovodAyp, f. indecl. 
(“ Possession, or Inheritance, 
of Peace”) Jerusalem; the 
chief city of the Holy Land. 
*“leooal, m. indecl. (prps. 
“ Gift”) Jesse; the father of 
king David:—for roy od | 


VOCABULARY, 


"lecoal at xiii. 22, see’ d, no: 


*Inaots, ov, m. (“ The Lord 
He delivers” ;—or ‘* Whose 
help is Jehovah”) 1. Jesus 
Christ, the incarnate son of 
God, the Saviour of mankind. 
—2, Jesue or Joshua; the 
son of Nun; vii. 45. 

ix-dvd¢, dvh, dvdy,adj. fusa- 
ally referred to tx, root of 
in-dve, ix-vdouas, “to come” ] 
(“ Coming”? to one; hence, 
“becoming, fitting’; hence) 
1. Sufficient, satisfactory.— 
As Subst.: tx&vév, o¥, n. 
(“That which is sufficient or 
satisfactory’; hence) Bail, 
security.—2. In number or 
amount : Much, great, many ; 
—at xix. 19 with Gen. of 
thing distributed: — ixdyais 
nucpas, for many days, xxvii, 
7; Dat. of time.—As Subst. : 
ixdvol, dy, m. plur. Many 
persons, many; xii. 12; xiv. 
21.—3. In duration: Zong, 
considerable ;—at xx. 11 sup- 
ply xpévoy with ixdydy. 

*Inéviov, ov, n. Jconium 
(gow Konieh); a city of 
Lycaonia, or, according to 
Xenophon, of Phrygia in Asia 
Minor. 

i-uds, pdyros, m. (“That 
which binds or fastens”; 
hence) 4 leathern strap or 
thong [akin to Sans. root sr, 
to bind ”]. 

tpar-tov, tov, n. (dim. only 


VOCABULARY. 


in form) [obsol. Tua (= efua), 
tudr-os, “that which one puts 
on”; hence, ‘‘ a cloak,” efc. | 
1. A cloak, mantle, outer 
garment.—2, Plar.: Clothes 
or garments in general. 

paric-pés, pov, m. [for 
iuarid-uds; fr. luari(g (= 
iuarl8-ow), “to clothe” ;— 
prps. found only in Gr. Test., 
and in p. perf. pass. luario- 
pévos | (“That which clothes”; 
hence) Clothing, clothes, rai- 
ment, apparel. 

tva, conj. with Subj.: That, 
in order that :—tva ph, that 
not, lest:—Tva ri, or, as one 
word, ivarf (sc. yévnra), that 


219 


brother of James, and one of 
the twelve Apostles; i. 13.— 
2. Iscariot; i. 16, 25.—3. A 
Galilean, who headed a po- 
pular revolt at the time when 
the census was taken by 
Quirinus, the Roman Govern- 
or, A.D. 6; v. 37.—4. Sur. 
named Barsibas; see Bap- 
oaBas, no. 2; xv. 22.—5. A 
man of Damascus, in whose 
house Paul was healed of his 
blindness by Ananias; ix. 11. 

ft’lovAtos, ov, m. [Gr. form 
of Lat. Julius] Julius; a 
Roman centurion, who had 
charge of Paul in his memor- 
able voyage to Rome; xxvii. 


what may happen, i.e. to}1,838 


‘what end or purpose, why, 
wherefore. 

tvar(; see Yva. 

*+'l , ns, f. (“ Beauty ”) 
Joppa (now Yafé or Jaffa) ;x 
a sea-port town on the S.W. 
coast of Palestine. 

*lov8ala, as; see "lovdaios, 
no. b. 

*lovB-aios, alfa, aiov, adj. 
[lov5-as, “Judah,” the son 
of Jacob; hence, ‘the land of 
Judah ; Judewa’’] Of, or be- 
longing to, Judah or Judaa.— 
As Subst. : a. "lov8atos, ov, m. 
A man of Judah or Judea; 
a Jew ;—Plur.: The Jews.— 
b. “lovSaia, as, f£. Judah or 
Judea. 

*¥ lovdag, a, m. (“ Celebrated 
or Praised”) Judas: 1. The 


*loverros, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. Justus] Justus: 1, 
The surname of Joseph Bar- 
sabas; i. 23.—2. A man of 
Corinth ; xviii. 7. 

tlywa-evs, dws, m. [Trw-os, 
‘“‘a horse ” | 4 horseman. 

*"load«, m. indeck. (“ Sport- 
ing’) Jeaac; the son of 
Abraham. 

toaor, 3. pers. plur. of olda ; 
see eda. . 

tacos, 7, ov, adj. Hqual in 
quantity, amount, etc.; dike. 

*lopayA, m. indecl. (“ God- 
wrestling or God’s Prince”) 

Israel, (the name given to 
Jacob, the son of Isaac, after 
wrestling with the Angel at 
the river Jabbok (now El- 
Zerka), and refusing to let him 


220 


go till he had received a bless- 
ing from him; hence) The de- 
scendants of Israel; Israel, 
the Israelites.— Hence, ‘lapa- 
nd-itys, irov, m. A man of 
Lerael ; an Israelite. 

*lopanXirys, ov; see "Iopit- 

A 


t-orn-ps, f. orhow, p. €- 
ornxa, pluperf. elorhxey, 1. 
aor. fornca, 2. aor. frrny, V. a. 
and n.: 1. Act.: Pres., im- 
perf., 1. fut., 1. aor.: a. To 


make to stand ; to set, place, | ia. 


etc.—b. To appoint; i. 28.— 
c. With Dat. of person and 
Ace. of thing: Zo set some- 
thing down to one’s, etc., 
charge; to impute to one, etc. 
—2. Neut.: Perf., pluperf. (as 
pres. and imperf. in force), 2. 
aor.: a. To stand.—b. In 
perf.: Zo remain, continue ; 
xxvi. 22.—e. In 2. aor.: To 
stand still, to stop; viii. 38. 
—S. Pass.: ((-oraipas, p. grra- 
pa), 1. aor. dora@ny, 1. f. 
ocrabhooua, To be set or 
laced; to stand; cf. no. 2 
akin to Sans. root stH4, “ to 
stand”; cf. Lat. sto (= sta-o) |. 

loyi-w, (f. ioxvow), p. 


Yoxvuna, 1. aor. Yoxvoa, v. 0. | Bap 


[ic xus, ioxi-os, “ strength ”’} 
(“To have isxdés ”; hence) 1, 
To be strong in body or health. 
—2. With Inf.: Zo have 
power, or be able, to do, ete.; 
—at xv. 10 ioxdcauer takes 
the person of its nearest and 


hp. 


VOCABULARY. 


more worthy Subject, viz. 
area ay Pe ene 
actually or figuratively. 

*IlrSA-la, tas, f. (Gr. form 
of Lat. “ Italia” ] Italy; a 
country of S. Europe.——Hence, 
"IrEAI-nde, wh, «dv, adj. Of, or 
belonging to, Italy; Italian 
pene YréA -os, “a bull,” og 

ing famous for its breed of 
horned cattle; or a man named 
Ital-us }. 

ft lr&Xixds, 7, dv ; seo IrdA- 


*’ledvyns, ov, m. (“ Whom 
Jehovah bestows,”or “Jehovah 
is gracious”) John: 1. The 
Baptist; the son of Zacharias, 
the priest, and of Elizabeth. 
—2. The Evangelist, son of 
Zebedee, and one of the twelve 
Apostles.—3. Surnamed Mark; 
xii, 12.—4. A kinsman of 
Annas ; iv. 6. - 

"lenjA, m. indecl. (“ Jehovah 
is might or God”) Joel, one 
of the twelve minor Prophets. 
He is more generally supposed 
to have prophesied in the 
reign of Uzziah, é.e. between 
B.0. 808—757. 

"loots, ff, m. Jose; see 


vaBas. 
“leon, m. indecl. [(prob.) 
“He — 4. @. — gives in- 
crease’”’?] Joseph: 1. The 
dearly-loved son of the patri- 
arch Jacob, sold by his breth- 
ren to Ishmnaélite merchants, 
and carried by them into 





VOCABULARY, 


Egypt, where he arrived, after 
various trials, at the highest 
dignity under Pharaoh, and 
thus became the instrument 
of preserving the lives of his 
futher and brethren and their 
households in the seven years’ 
famine which he had foretold. 
Wher the promised land came 
mto the possession of the 
Israelites, Joseph’s bones were 
buried in Shechem, which be- 
came the inheritance of his 
descendiunts.—2. Joseph Bar- 
siibas; see BapodBas, no. 1. 


Kayo, xdpol, for xa) éyd, 
Kal So cand P 

n&0-aipdw -atpa, (f. xad- 
aiphow), 2. aor. She, 2. 
fut. xa6-erd, v. a. [1ab? (see 
ward), “down”; aipéw, “ to 
take”’} 1. To take down.—2. 
To destroy, overthrow.—3. To 
bring to nothing, to set at 
nought.—Pasa, : xi0-atpdopat 
~arpoupat. 

T(d8-dwre, f. xad-dyw), 
1. aor. x&0-Fa, v. a. [xal? 
(see xard), in “augmentative” 
force; &xro, for mid. &rropa, 
“to cling to” ] With Gen. : 
1. To cling to; to fasten, or 
fiz, one’s self, efe., on.—2. 
Mid. : (xa@-darropas), 1. aor. 
xad-nyauny = no. 1; — at 
xxviii, 8 the readings vary 
between xaljwe and xabifparo. 

K&OGp-iLes, f. (nddapiow and) 
Kd0epid, 1. aor. éxaldpica, v. a. 


221 


[xa@dp-ds, “clean,” whether 
physically or morally] (‘To 
make xaSapdés ”; hence) 1. Zo 
cleanse.—2. To purify. 

KdO-tpds,. apd, apdv, adj. 
Pure [akin to Sans, root gUDH, 
“to purify’). 

xiO-dLopan, (f. xaf-eSooua:), 
v. mid. [xaé’ (see xard), 
“down”; €Couat, “to sit” 
To sit down, seat one’s self, 
take one’s seat. 

wi0-efjs, adv. [xaé’ (see 
xard), in “strengthening ”’ 
force; éfjjs, “in order” ] In 
order, successively, one after 
another. 

K&0-nw, 1. aor. xX6-ixa, 
v. n. [xaé’ (see xard) “down”; 
finw, “to come”]} (“To come 
down”; hence, “to comedown” 
to one, 1. e. “to be meet, fit, 
or proper”; hence) Impers. : 
It is meet, fit, or proper ;—at 
xxii. 22 xa@fjixe has the clause 
avroy (qv for its Subject. 

«x&0-ypat, imperf. é-xad- 
funy, imperat. «dé0-ov (contr. 
fr. xd0-noo), inf, «a0-jjor8at, 

rt. xa0-fuevos, v. mid, [xad" 
(see xard), “down”; fas, 
“to git ’’] Zo ett down, to be 
me to ya bi ak 

Tn&0-ynpep-tvds, ivh, tvrdv, 
adj. [sad silp-av, “day by 
day, daily ”; see xara] (“ Per- 
taining to nae’ judpay”; hence) 
Daily. 

(x&O-tnpr, f. «ad-how, p. 
xaQ-eixa), 1. aor. xa0-7xa, Vv. a, 


222 


fxal? (see ward), “down’’; 
Tus, ‘‘to send” | To send down, 
let down, lower.— Pass. : x&8- 
Vepas. 

«x&0-ife, f. xtid-low, p. Ke- 
“&0-ixa, 1. aor. ¢-x&0-ioa, Vv. A. 
and n. [xa@ (see xard), 
‘* down ”; 1(w, (act.) “to make 
to sit; (neat.) “to sit”) 1. 
Act.: Zo make, or cause, to 
sit down ; to seat ; to place on 
a seat.—2. Neut.: a. To sit 
down, to be seated, to sit ;— 
at ii. 8 supply abrd (= 7d wip) 
as the Subject of éxa0ice.—b. 
To sit down in a place; to 
remain, stay, abide, etc. ; xviii. 
11, where éxé6:ce is folld. by 
éviaurdy, Acc. of “ Daration of 
time.’”—N.B. At ii. 30 the 
“Textus Receptus” has the 
words 7d xara odpxa dvaorh- 
oew roy Xpiordy before xdGioa. 

hey are, however, generally 
rejected as a gloss. If they 
are admitted, x&@ica: is neut. 
(“to sit”); if omitted, act. 
(“to seat, place ”’) ; see, also, 
éx, no. 9. 

xtiOvo-rdées -d, collateral form 
of xéOlornp:, found in part. 
pres. caOiordwr Gy, dovea Soa, 
dov ay, at xvii. 15 = xaé- 
lornu, no. 1, a. 

ni0-lornpe, f. xdta-orhocw, 
(p. «a0-dornxa), 1. aor. xar- 
éornoa, v. a. and n. [xaé’ (see 
ard), “down”; fornut, “to 
cause to stand; to stand ”’} 1. 
Act. : In pres., imperf,, 1. fut., 


VOCABULARY. 


and 1. aor.: (“To cause to 
stand down”; hence) a. Zo 
bring, or conduct, down to or 
from a place.—b. (“To set in 
order ’’; hence) (a) To appoint 
to, to place or set in, some 
office of trust or dignity.—(b) 
To appoint, ordain, etc.—(c) 
With double Acc.: Zo appoint 
one, efc., that denoted by 
second Acc.—2. Neut.: In 
perf., pluperf., and 2. aor. : Z'o 
set one’s self down, setile, be 
set. — N. In the Acts 
only as verb act. 

+x&Oddov, adv. [for xaf 
Sdov; fr. xaé’ (see xard) 
“according to”; 8Aou, gen. of 
8Aos, “ whole’’} (“ According 
to the whole’’s; hence) 4¢ ail. 

«a0-déri, adv. [xa@ (see 
ward, “according to”; Sri, 
“what’’] ( According to 
what’ *; hence) As, inasmuch 
as, since. 

xdBov; see xdOnuat. 

wa$-es, adv. [xad’(see ard), 
“according to”; as, “as” 
1. According as, just as.—2. 
Of time: As, when; vii. 17. 

xal, conj.and adv.: 1. Conj.: 
a. And ;—after a parenthetical 
clause xaf is sometimes re- 
peated ; see i. 10:—nwad... 
kal, both . .. and.—bd. In 
“adversative’’ force: But.— 
2. Adv.: a. Kven.—bd. Also, 
likewise, too.—e. For, for of 
@ truth. 

Kalddas, @, Mm. Cataphas, 





VOCABULARY. 


appointed High Priest of the 
Jews by Valerius Gratus, the 
procurator of Judea, in the 
room of Simon who was de- 
poe: Subsequently he was, 
imself, deprived of his office 
by Vitellius, the Governor of 
Judea, whoelevated Jonathan, 
son of Ananus, to the High- 
priesthood ; see “Avvas. 
- weaves, 4h, dv, adj. New, in 
the fullest meaning of the 
word. §@° (Comp.: xawy- 
érepos.) ; 
watpdg, ov, m.: 1. An ap- 
pointed time or season.—2. A 
particular time or season of 
the year for productions of 
the earth, etc.—38, 4 con- 
wement, or suitable, time or 
season. 

Kaicap, wpos, m. [Greek 
form of Lat. Cesar] Cesar ; a 
cognomen in the Julian family 
at Rome, esp. of Caius Julius, 
the first Roman emperor, who 
was assassinated by Brutusand 
Cassius, B.o. 44. After him 
all the Roman emperors bore 
the name of Cesar, with the 
title of Augustus, till the time 
of Adrian, A.D. 117—138, when 
Augustus came to denote the 
reigning emperor, Cesar the 
heir to the throne. In the 
Act3, Kaicap denotes: a. The 
Emperor Claudius, who reign- 
ed from B.0. 41-—-6§4; xvii. 7.— 
b. The Einperor Nero, whose 
reign extended from 8.0. 54 to 


223 
68; xxv.—xxviii. [akin to 
Sans. kega, “hair”; aud so, 
‘*Huiry One,” as born with 
much hair on the body]. 
Kasoitip-aa, elas, f. [Kai- 
aap, Cesar”) (“A thing— 
here, city — pertaining to 
Cesar”; é. e. “ Ceesar’s city”) 
Casaréa; a city on the coast 
of Palestine, built by Herod 
the Great, and satel by him 
after Augustus Cesar. tt was 
the residence of the Herodian 
kings, and also of the Roman 
procurators of Judwa. The 
theatre of this city was the 
scene of the death of Herod 
Agrippa I., as mentioned at 
xii. 23. In reference to Aug- 
ustus it was sometimes called 
Ka:cdpea Xefaor4; and from 
its situation on the coast 4 
wdptidios or 7 é@x) Oaddrrp. 
This is the only Ceesarea men- 
tioned in the Acts. It is to 
be distinguished from another 
Cesarea mentioned by the 
Evangelists Matthew and 
Mark. This last place was in 
the north of Palestine, and 
was originally called Paneas 
(whence the modern name 
Bénids) from its being situated 
at the foot of Mount Panium, 
a branch of Lebanon. The 
old city was rebuilt by Philip 
the Tetrarch, who gaveit the 
name of Cesarea in honour 
of the Roman emperor, to 
which he added the term 


224 


in order to di-| 


VOCABULARY. 


uctix-og, adv. [xax-ds, “bad?” ] 


stinguish it from the other | (“After the manner of the 


Ceesarea. Subsequently Herod 
Agrippa named it Neronias 
(Nero-city) in honour of the 
Roman emperor Nero. 

xal-rou, adv. [xal, “and”; 
vo, “indeed ”] And indeed ; 
—with ye added, xaltorye, and 
get indeed. 

xalrosye; see xalrot. 

dct Yor wal dees; xaxet» 
Gev for wa) dxetOev; K&xetvos, 7, 
o, etc , for xal exeivos, 7, 0, etc. 

xaa-fa, Yas, f. [«dn-ds, 
“bad ’”] (“ The quality of the 
waxés”; hence, “ badness”; 
hence) Evil, wickedness. 

xixodoy-ée -@ 1. aor. 
exaxordynoa, v. a. [xdeorAdy- 
os, “ evil-speaking ”’ | (“ To be 
xaxodéyos about”; hence) Zo 
speak evil of or about; to 
slander, revile, etc. 

wands, 4, dy, adj. Bad of 
its kind, evid.—As Subst. : a. 
x&ady, ov, n. (a) A bad thing ; 
an evil, wickedness. — (b) 
Hurt, harm, injury.—b. Plur.: 
xiad, oy, n. Koil things, i. e. 
injuries, ete. 

(xdin-de0 -@), f. xdxdco, 
1. aor. dxdawoa, y. a. [ xan-ds, 
“evil” ] 1. Zo do evil to; to 
ill-treat, hurt, injure, ete. ;— 
at vii. 6 &y rerpaxdécia is 
Acc. of * Duration of time ”:— 
for rot xax@oat, xviii. 10, see 
6, no. 8, a.—2. To make ill- 
_ affected or badly disposed. 


jp. 


xaxéds”’; hence) Of language, 
etc.: Badly, i.e. in an andbe- 
coming or disrespectful way, 
disrespectfully, etc.; see elpe, 
no. 1, b. 

teixe-o, cews, f. [for 
waxo-ors; fr. xaxd-w, ‘to ill- 
treat ”] (“ An ill-treating ”’; 
hence) Ill-treatment, injury, 
affliction, etc. 

xahdw -0, f. xardow (and 
KGA®), Pp. «éxAnna, -1. aor. 
éxdAeoa, y. a.: 1. To call, call 
to one’s self, etc.—2. In a 
legal dense: Zo call, cite, 
summon before a judge, ete. ; 
iv. 18; xxiv. 23: a. Act.: 
With second Acc.: Zo call 
one that which is denoted by 
the second Acc.—b. Puss. : 
Folld. by same case as that of 
the Subject of the verb: Zo 
be called something ;—at 
xxviii. 1 folld. by Nom. ;—at 
i. 19 folld. by Acc. ;—at i. 13 
and in all places where the 
part. occurs, such part. is folld. 
by a word in the same case as 
that of the subst., efc., with 
which it is in concord ;—at 
xiii. 9 supply xaAoduevos with 
6in 6 «al TlavAos.—Pass.: xiA- 
dopas -ovpat, p. xéxAnuas, 1, 
aor. (KAR@ny, 1. f. xAnOhocopat. 

kdAXiovy, comp. adv. [ad- 
verbial neut. of saAAtep, 
“better” ] As a modified sup, : 
Very well, right well, 


VOCABULARY, 


Kadot Aipdves, masc. nom. 
plur. of xaddés and A:uqy re- 
spectively: Fair Havens; a 
haven or harbour in the island 
of Crete not mentioned by 
any ancient classical writers ; 


xxvii. 8. It is aly ares that 
the place was the harbour of 
Lasea, a Cretan city, of which 
the ruins were discovered so 
- late only as January, 1856, or 
about 22 years ago. 

xdd-ds, ty dy, adj. Fair, 
beautiful [akin to Sans. chdr- 
w, “ beautiful a. 

x&A-o6, adv. | xad-ds, “good, 
right,” eto. } (‘After the man- 
ner of the xadés”; hence) 1. 
Well, in the fullest meaning 
of the term.—2. Rightly, true 
dere = nad iuol. 

nav = cal hy: L And tf.— 
2. Even if, of but. 

+Kavdacn, ns, f. Candace ; 
the name of a dynasty of 
Ethiopian queens, uot the 
proper name of any one of 
them; viii. 27 (Pliny, Nat. 
Hist. 6, 35). 
. wawves, ov, m. Smoke. 

KawraSoxta, as, f. Cappa- 
docia ; a country in the East- 
ern part of Asia Minor. 

xapd-la, fas, f. A heart, 
whether in proper or figurative 
sense [akin to Sans. Arid, 
‘heart’; cf. Lat. cor, cord- 
is]. 

txap8St-o-yve-orns, rou, 

Acts. 


228 


m. [sap8i-a, “heart”; (0) con- 
necting vowel; yve, root 
yi-yvé-cxne, “to know” ] A 
knower of the heart. 

xapwés, ov, m. Fruit, pro- 
duce, etc., both in proper and 
figurative sense [by some re- 
ferred to , root of apwa(w, 
“to seize,” etc., with « as 
compensation for the aspirate 
(cf. Lat. carpo), and so, “that 
which is seized or plucked”; 
acc. to others akin to Sans. 
root CRA, “to ripen”; and 60, 
‘‘that which is ripened ”]. 


twapwo-ddp-o8, ov, adj. 
for xapwo-pép-os ; fr. xapwds, 
uncontr. kapwd-os, 


pen-) 
“fruit”; pép-w, “to bear or 
produce ”] Fruit-bearing, fer- 
tile, fruitful. 

iy Telos a soft vowel 
xar’, before an aspirated vowel 
xa6'), prep. gov. gen. and acc. : 
1. With Gen.: a. Locally: 
(‘Down ”) Of a district or 
country: Allover, throughout. 
—b. Ina hostilesense: Againsé. 
—2. With Acc.: a. Locally: 
(“ Down ”’) (a) Down to.—(b) 
Along, all along, throughout. 
—(c) In, at.—(d) Through- 
out, through.—(e) Towards. 
—(f) Among. — (g) Over 
against, opposite.—(h) Be- 
fore a person’s face, ete.—(i) 
To mark “distribution” :—kar’ 
olxov, from house to house, 
ii. 46; cf. xx. 20.—(j) Dis- 
tributively: By:—xaé’ éaurdy, 

Q 


226 


by himself, i.e. separately 
with reference to others; at 
hie own house, xxviii. 16.— 
b. In time: (a) Throughout, 
during, for.—{b) About, at, 
on, in.—(c) To mark “ dis- 
tribution” :—xara ray codBBar- 
ov, sabbath by sabbath, every 
sabbath, xv. 21 ;—Kal? hyuépay, 
day by day, day after day, 
daily, ii. 46, etc. ;—xar’ éx- 
wAnolay, church by church, 
i.e. in every church, xiv. 23 ; 
cf. xara xéAu, xv. 21.—c. Ac- 
cording to, in accordance with, 
after.—d. As to, concern- 
ing, about.—e. With num- 
erals: To mark “distribu- 
tion”’:—xaf’ év, one by one, 
separately, xxi. 19.—f. To 
form adverbial expressions :— 
nar’ Byvoay, tgnorantly, in 
ignorance, iii. 17 ;—xar’ i8iav, 
apart, aside, privately, xxiii. 
19;—xard xparos, mightily ; 
—xar’ dkoxhy, especially. 

xara-Balve, f. xaird.Bh- 
goua, p. xara-BéBnea, 2. aor. 
xir-éBny, v. 0. [xard, “down”; 
Balvwo, “to go” |] Zo go, or 
come, down ; to descend ;—at 
vii. 84 xaréBny is folld. by 
the inf. (denoting the final 
cause) éeAdoOa, for the pur- 
pose of delivering, in order 
to deliver. 

xiraBnOt, 2. aor. imperats 
of xiraBalyes. 

Ulewide Areas: 


éws, 
[xarayyéA-Aw, 


“to declare, | 


VOCABULARY. 


set forth ”] One who deciares 
or sets forth; a setter forth; 
—at xvii. 18 folld. by Objective 
Gen. 

xar-ayyédXe, f. wiir-oyyerd, 
(p. edr-hyyeAna), 1. aor. xdir- 
fryyeiAa, Vv. a. calli in 
“strengthening” force; dy- 
yéA\Aw, “to announce” } Tb 
announce, proclaim, declare, 
speak of, spread, publish, etc.; 
—at iii. 24 the readings vary 
between «xarfryyeiAay and 
mpokartryyetAay.— Pass.: Kar 
ayy&\Aopa, 2. aor. Kar 
ayyéany. 

(uSir-Syw, f. xair-dieo, p. 
war-d&yhoxa), 2. aor. Kadt- 
try&yov, v. a. [xar-d, “down”; 
byw, “ to bring] 1. OF per- 
sons as Object: a. To bring, 
lead, or conduct down from a 
higher place.—b. Zo bring 
down from the interior of a 
country.—2. Pass.: Of persons 
as Subject: With els and 
Acc.: (“To be brought down” 
from the high seas “to” a 
place or port; hence) Zo touch 
at; to arrive, or land, at.— 
Pass.: («iir-&yopas), 1. aor. 
KirhyOny ;—at xxi. 3 and 
xxvii. 6 the readings vary 
between «dérfxOnpey and xar- 
hrGouer. 

fx&r&-8lan, siens, f. [xard, 
“against”; dixcn, “judgment”? 
(“Judgment against” one; 
i Condemnation ; see 





VOCABULAR Y. 


xirh-Stvacreve, v.a.[xard, 
“against”; Suvacreta, “to 
exercise power’’] (“To exer- 
cise power against”; hence) To 
prevail against or over; to 
overcome, 0 ower.—Paas. : 
xirh-Suvacrevopas. 


227 
to allots;—at xiii. 19 the 
readings vary between xar- 
exAnpovopncery and KarexAnpo- 
dérncev. Z 
(x&r-&xolovOde -Sxokov8a), 
1. aor. xar-nxoAobOnea, v. D. 
[xar-d, in ‘strengthening ” 


x&rd-xalw, f. x&éra-xatow, | force; dxodov0de, “to hao 
(p. xart-xdeavea), 1. aor. c&r-| With Dat. of person: 
dxavoa (and xatr-éxya), v. a. | follow after, follow. 


ward, in “strengthening” 
orce ; xalw, “to burn” ] Zo 
burn up, consume. 
waira-xepas, f. xira-xel- 
Gouai),v. mid. [xard, “down”; 
xetum, “to lie”] 1. To lie 
down on something.—2. To lse 
sick on one’s bed, ete. 
(x&ira-xAalw, f. Attic xéra- 
KAI), 1. aor. KaT-EéxACICa, V. 8. 
[rard, in “strengthening” 
orce ; «Aelw, “to shut” ] To 
shut up. 
+(xiira-xAnpo8otée -xAy- 
®), 1. aor. Kdr-exAnpo- 
Sérnoa, Vv. &. [xard, in 
“ strengthening ” force ; xA7- 
potordw, “to give by lot”’] 
To give, assign, or distribute 
by lot ; see xaraxAnpovopéw. 
+(xtira-KAnpovopds -KAy- 
povone), 1. aor. «&r-exAnpo- 
younoa, v. a. [xard, in 
“strengthening” force; «An- 
povonew, “to make” one “a 
xAnpovdpos, or heir, of” pro- 
perty, etc.} (“To make” 
one “an heir of” property, 
etc.; hence) Zo give in pos- 
session ; to distribute by lot, 


xiri-xipleva, 1. aor. xir 
exvplevoa, v. n. [xard, in 
“strengthening” force ; «upi- 
eda, “to be lord of, to rule 
over” ] With Gen.: Zo get 
the mastery of or over; to, 
overpower, overcome, 

niré-AapBive, f. ci7rd-rafy- 
ovat, p. Ktr-elAnpa, 2. aor. 
xir-€rtBoy, v. a. [xard, in 
‘‘strengthening ” force; AauB- 
ave, “to take 4 (“To take, 
or lay, hold of”; hence) 1. 
Mentally: Zo comprehend, 
understand, perceive, find, dis- 
cover.—2. Mid. : x&r&-AapB- 
G&vopat, 2. vor. xdir-eAd Bury, 
To comprehend, etc., for one’s 
self, ete. 

x&7&-Aclre, f. ndrd-Aclba, 
(p. xdérd-AéAowa), 2. aor. kaT- 
éAtroy,v.a.[ card, in “strength- 
ening” force; Aelare,“toleave” | 
1. a. Zo leave behind.—b. 
With els (see els, no. 2): Zo 
take, or cast, into a place and 
leave behind in it; ii. 81, 
where the readings vary be- 
tween xarerAeipOy and éyxar- 
eAelp6n.—2. To leave, aban- 


Q 2 


® 


228 


dos.—8. To leave—A. To 
quit, depart from, forsake, 
oe ap, etc.—Pass.: x&ta- 
wopat, p. xard-AdAciupat, 
1. aor. xdt-crclpeyy, (1. fat. 
K&T&-Agi~Ohcouat). 
tx&t&douw-os, ov, adj. [for 
kdtGAeiw-os; fr. «a7aA 
‘Sto leave behind”] (. 
behind ”; hence) 
out of, or rest of 
—at xv: 17 _ v 
“thing distributed : of xaTd- 
Rowwot THY dvOpoxwv, the rest 
mankind, the residue of men. 
xitd-Ata, f. card-rAvce, 1. 
aor, xéT-€Avoa, v. a. [xard, 
«down ”’; Ave, “to loosen ”’] 
(“ To loosen down”; hence) 
» To overthrow, destroy, etc., 
whether actually or figurative- 
ly.—2. To bring to sought, 
to subvert, etc.—Pass.: (xara- 
Vopat, p. xard-AdAtpaz), 1. 
aor, «a&r-edvOny, 1. f. xaTa- 
AvOhoopat. 


tkari-pdéve, v. n. eard, 
in “strengthening” force; 


pévw, “to remain”] Zo re- 
main, abide anywhere ; — at 
i. 18 Foay xatayévorres = 
Karéuevoy; see eiul, no. 4. 
uati-vode -vow, (f. xdra- 
vohow), 1. aor. xar-evdnoa, Vv. a. 
[xard, in “strengthening ” 
torce; voéw, in force of “to 
perceive ”] 1. To perceive.—3. 
Lo mark, observe, consider. 


VOCABULARY. 


“strengthening” force; dvr- 
dw, “to meet (“To meet”; 
hence) 1. Of a place: a. With 
cis and Acc.: To come £0, 
arrive at.—b. With arrinpts: 
Jo come, OF arrive, over 
against or opposite to.— 2. Of 
a promise, etc.: With els and 
Acc.: Zo come to, attain to. 
t(kiri-viccopas), 2. aor. 
Kat-eviryny, v. pass. [xard, in 
“strengthening” force; wéic- 
goua, “to be pricked”] Zo 
be greatly, or sorely, pricked ; 
—at ii. 37 the readings va 
between rp Kapdig (Dat. of 
pi Pact Thy xapdiay (Acc. 
of “ ”), 

(xir-afliéw -afie, f. xdir- 

atidow), p. xat-nilwea, v. a. 
[xar-d, in “strengthening” 
force ; agidw, “to think worth- 
y” ] To think, or reckon, worth- 
y.—Pass.: (xn&r-afsdopat -afe- 
Ovpat, p. Kar-nilwpa), 1. aor. 
xdr-ngs@Ony, (1. fut. xdr-age- 
wOhoouas). 
- kirimwav-ow, cews, _ f. 
[x&tréwad-w (in neut. force), 
“to rest] (“A resting, 
rest’; hence) A resting-place, 
@ dwelling. 

(xtir&-waves, f. xird-wavow), 
1. aor, Kar-éwavoa, V. &. [xard, 
in “strengthening” force ; 
wate, “to make to cease”’] 
With neut. art. rov and Inf. : 
To make to cease, or refrain, 


(xtit-avtraw -avte), 1. uor. | from; to restrain from ;—at 


kaT-hytnoa, Vv. n. [xared, in 


LLU 


CN 


xiv. 18 the negative idea con- 


VOCABULARY. 


tained in the verb is strength. 
ened by the follg. negative 


uh. 
xiraiwerey, otoa, dy, P. 3. 
aor. of xcaraalarra. 
t+nirdi-wiwre, (f. card-weo- 
oipa, p. xdrd-wérroxa),; 2. 
aor. Kar-érecov, Vv. n. [ kard) 


“down”; xlaxre, “to fall”); 


To fall down. 
Kira-wovde - Tove, Vv. a. 

frerd, in “strengthening” 

rece; wovdw (act.), “to make 
to toil”; hence, “to afflict, 
distress’; Pass.:) «xa&rt-ov- 
dopat -trovol To be af- 
Ricted or distressed fo suffer 
greatly, to be oppressed. 

‘t(kdr-Sprbp.do aja ; 
v.a. [xar-d, in “ strengthen- 
ing’ force; dpiduéw, “to 
number” } With é: Zo num- 
ber, reckon, or count among. 
— Pass.: (x&ir-aprOpdéopas 
~apOpodpas), p. xdr-npléun- 
pa::—in Gr. Test. only in P. 
perf. pass. 

t(xiri-celw, f. nird-celow, 
p. ndrd-cdvena), 1. aor. Kar- 
éréioa, v. a, and n. [xard, in 
“ strengthening ” force ; celw, 
“to move to and fro’’] 1. 
‘Act.: With rhy yeipa: To 
move the hand to and fro; i.e. 
to make signs with the hand ; 
xix, 33.—2. Neut.: With r7 
xetpl: To move to and fro with 
the hand ; i.e. to make signs 
with the hand; xii, 17; xiii. 
16; xxiv. 40. Sa 


229 


(xiira-oxdwre, ff. xdro= 
oxdye, p. xar-éoxdpa), 1. aor. 
Kar-éoxava, v. a. [xard, 
“down”; oxdrre, “to dig ”] 
(“To dig down’”’; hence) Zo 
raze to the ground, overthrow, 
throw down, destroy utterly, 
ruin.— Pass. : (xira-oxarro- 
pat), p. xdér-doxauuas, (1. aor. 
nar-eoxdpOny, 1. fut. xira- 


oxapOhaopua). 
kita-oxnyée - e, f. 
wéra-cxnydow, 1. aor. Kar- 


ecrhveoa, v. n. [xard, in 
“strengthening ” force; oxnv- 
de, “to pitch a tent} (“To 
pitch one’s tent, encamp”; 
hence) Zo settle, rest, &c. 

f(xar&i-codi{opa), 1. aor. 
kdr-evopicduny, Vv. mid. [xard, 
against ”; codiCouat (mid.), 
“to deal subtlely ”] Zo deal 
subtlely against or with, 

t(xéra-ordAdw, f. xara- 
oreA®), 1. aor. xdr-éoretra, 
v. a. [xard, “down”; créAAw, 
“‘to send ” | (* To send down”; 
hence) With reference to the 
passions, etc.: To appease, 
pacify, quiet, still.— Pass. : 
oe au), p. Kat- 
oraApas, (2. fut. eara-ordAh- 
wouat).- 

teirdoy-eors, doews, f. 
[xaréxw, in force of “to 
possess,” through verbal root 
xaracy (= xatd; oy, a root 
of &@ found in 2. aor. &-ox- 
ov) ] (“A possessing ”; hence) 
A possession. 


. 


230 


(n&r&-rtOnps, f. xdira-Onow), 
1. aor. (only in indic.) xar- 
é6nxa, v. a. [xard, “down ”; 
Tidnus, “to put” ] 1. To put, 
or lay, down.—2. Mid.: (‘To 
lay down for one’s self’; 
hence) To lay up in store, or 
to lay up a store of, for one’s 
self, whether actually or 
figuratively :—xdpiw (or xdp- 


VOCABULARY. 


Sanhedrim, and consequently 
possessed no vote respecting a 
matter before that assembly. 
(xita-pevye, f. xdrd- 
gevioua:, p. Kard-répevya), 
2. aor. Kit-épiryoy, v. n. [ard, 
“down”; getyw, “to flee” ] 
(“To flee down” to a place; 
hence, with accessory notion 
of seeking protection) Zo flee 


tras) xarabéoGai, folld. by Dat. | for refuge; to betake one’s 


of person, fo lay up a store of 
gratitude, or of thanks, with 
& person ; i. e. to show favour 
to a person in the hope of a 
return being made; fo lay a 
n under obligation, xxv. 
§: xxiv. 27.—Mid.: (xaré- 
w(Gepar), 2. aor. car-eOguny. 
f(xira-rpéye, f. xdra-3pap- 
ovyet), 2. aor. Kar-éSpdpor, 
v. n. [xard, “down”; tpéxo, 
“to run”) Zo run doton. 
Txiri-déipe, (f. gejfaaaie'g 
1. aor. xdir-hveyna, v. a. [ard ; 
pipe “to bring or bear ”’] 
. [ward, “down”] a. To 
bring, or bear, down. —b. 
Pass.: Zo be borne down, or 
overcome, by ; to fall, or sink, 
into sleep, efc.; xx. 9.—2. 
aie in “strengthening” 
orce | To bring: —wijpor xara- 
oépey — in é ical Greek 
Wigpov pépew—(to bring one’s 
pebble for voting; hence) to 
give one’s vote; but at xxvi. 
10 the phrase is equivalent to 
to assent, inasmuch as Paul 
was not a member of the 


self for safety or protection. 

xirad-dthée -dtAS, 1. aor, 
Kat-epiAnoa, v. a. (xard, in 
“augmentative ’’ force ; piAde, 
“‘to love’; hence, as a sign of 
love, “‘ tokiss ”] To kiss earue 
estly or fondly. 

Tkitadpovn-rys, Tov, m. 
[for xarappove-rhs ; fr. xara> 
ppové-w, “to despise”’] One 
who despises; a@ despiser; 
see 6, no. 11. 

ttir-el8wA-os, ov, adj. 
[«xar-d, “in intensive ” force; 
€3aA-oy, “an idol” ] (“Greatly 
 gebpore to an idol or idols ’’; 

ence) Wholly given to tdol- 

atry or the worship of idole; 
very idolatrous. 

xateviyny, 2. aor. ind of 
Kat aviocopat. 

xiterdorny, 2. aor. ind. of 
néreplornus, 

xiir-épyopas, (f. xdr-er€b- 
gona), 2. nor. KaT-FAGoy, V. . 
mid. [xar-d, “ down”; Spxouat, 
“to come or go”’] 1. Zo come, 
or go, down; to descend.—, 
Zo go, or come, down from 








VOCABULARY. 


the interior of a country to 
the coast or a place by the 
ea; xix. 1.—3. With eis and 
Acc.: Zo come down to or 
arrive at a place by sea; 
xxvii. 5; see xarayo. 
Kireokappevos, 7, oy, P. 
perf. pass. of xdtaocndrrw.— 
As Subst. : xateoxappéva, wy, 
n. plur. With Art.: Zhe 
ruined places, the ruins. 
T(nir-edlorynpr, perhaps 
found only in) 2. aor. kdr- 
exéotny, v. 0. ([xat-d, in 
“strengthening ” force; éo- 
fornus (in neut. tenses), “to 
stand by or near”; hence, 
in hosiile force, “to stand 
against ; to make an attack 
upon ”] With Dat. of person : 
To make an attack upon; 
to attack, fall upon, assault, 
ete. 
xair-dxw, f. xd0-éfe and 
ndita-cxhow, p. xadr-éoxnea, 
2. aor. xar-doxov, v. (a. and) 
n. [xar-d, “down”; Fw, “ to 
have”] (“To have down”; 
hence, through ellipse of per- 
sonal pron. in reflexive force) 
Of persons as Subject: (“ To 
have one’s self, e¢c., down ”; 
hence) Zo come down from the 
high seas to the shore; to put 
to shore; to make, or bear 
down, for the land or shore: 
—sometimes folld., as at xxvii. 
40, with eis and Acc. denoting 
the (place or) shore. 
Karnyop-éw -0, f. xarnyop- 


231 


how, 1. aor. Kitnydépnee, v. n. 
and a. [xarfyop-os, “an acs 
cuser”] 1. Neut.: a. Toaccuse ; 
to bring forward an accusa- 
tion or charge.—b. With Gen. 
of person: Zo be an accuser 
of; to accuse.—o. With Gen. 
of person: Zo lay to the charge 
of; to accuse.—2. Act.: a. With 
Acc. of persou: Zo accuse.— 
b. With Acc. of charge: Zo 
allege, object, lay to one’s etc. 
charge.—o. With Acc.ofcharge 
and Gen. of person: To lay 
something fo the charge of; 
to accuse one of something; 
to object something to one; 
—at xxiv. 8 the Acc. of the 
charge is changed into the 
Gen. by attraction; see 8s, 
no. 3, a, (a); ef., also, xxv. 11. 
—3. Pass.: a. Zo be accused.— 
b. Offa thing as Subject : Zo de 
brought forward as a charge, 
to be laid to the charge of 
a person.—Pass.: xa&tyyop- 
dopat -otpas, (p. carnydépnyat, 
1. aor. KarnyophOny). 

Kit-1}yop-os, ov, m. [for 
kar -dyop-os; fr. xar-d, “a- 
oe ”; &yop, verbal root of 
yop-ebw, in force of ‘to 
speak ”] (“One who speaks 
against’ another ; hence) 4s 
accuser. 

xaryAGov, 2. aor. ind. of 
karépxouat. : 

(xir-7 x de -4X@, V. 2.) [xaT- 
d, in “strengthening ” force ; 
Axéw, in meaning of * to sound 


232 


forth ’] (“To sound forth”; 
hence, “to teach by word of 
mouth ”; hence, generally) 1. 
To instruct, teach ;—at xviii. 
25 the pass. (part. xarnxot- 
pevos) is folld. by Acc. of 
“* Respect.”—2. a. Zo inform. 
—b. Pass.: Zo be informed ; 
to receive information or in- 
telligence ;—at xxi. 24 &v xar- 
Axnvra... obdéy éoriy is put 
for éxelvwv, & xarhynvrat, ete.; 
where éxelyvwv is a partitive 
gen. dependent on obdéy; dv 
is attracted to the case of the 
omitted demonstrative édrelycy 
(see 3s, nos. 8. a and c), and 
is put for 4, the Acc. of “ Re- 
spect” after the pass. verb rar- 
xnvras; dorty is the predicate 
of the sentence: not one of 
those things, as to which they 
have received information 
respecting thee, has (any) 
existence; cf. eiul, no. 6.— 
Pass.: xait-nyxéopas -yyov- 
pu, p. Kar-hynpa, 1. aor. 
nar-nxneny. 
eatr-orxdes -o1ed, 1. aor. 
xar-genoa, v.n. anda, [xar-d, 
in “strengthening” force; 
oixéw, “to dwell”’| 1. Neut. : 
To dwell, have a habitation ; 
fo live in a place.—2. Act.: 
With Acc. of place: Zo dwell 
in, inhabit a place; i. 19; ix. 
82, ete. 
txtrou-ta, tas, f. [xdiroix- 
dw, “ to dwell’) (The act of 
dwelling”; hence) 4 dwelling- 


>, SL 


VOCABULARY. 
place, habitation ;—at xvii, 


26 applied to countries as the 
dwelling-place of their inhabit- 
ants. 

fxirdpOe-na, uiros, n. [for 
xarép0o-ma; fr. carop0d-w, “to 
set upright”; hence, “ to 
accomplish successfully, bring 
to a successfal or prosperous 
issue ”] (“That which is 
brought to a successful or 
prosperous issue ”; hence) 4 
excellent, or worthy, deed ; 
see SidpSeona. 

kar-w, adv. (xar-d, “down’”] 
1, Downwards, down.—2. Be- 
low, beneath, underneath. 

space a; Pisa = KAatédn. 

eyxpeal, dy, f. plur. Cen- 

chree; the ei harbour 
of Corinth on the Saronie 
Gulf. It wae distant from 
Corinth about nine miles. 

xelpw, (f. xepa, 1. aor. 
Exeipa), v. a. (“To cut” the 
hair, efc., “short”; hence) L 
Of a sheep or lamb as Object: 
To shear.—2, Of the head as 
Object: 2. Zo shave.—b. 
Mid.: Zo shave on one’s own 
behalf, or through one’s own 
instrumentality ; to cause to 
be shaved.—Mid.: (xelpopas, 
f. xepovmat), 1. aor. éxecpauny. 

xexptpdvog, 7, ov, P. perf. 
pass. of xpiveo. 

xed-ete, f. xeAcbow, yp. 
en 1. aor. éxdAevoa, 
v. a. (“To urge on, impel ”; 
hence) Zo bid, order, oa 








VOCABULARY. 233 


mand [akin to Sans. root xa, 
*to impel ”’]. 

nevis, 4, dv, adj. (“Empty”; 
hence) In nature or charac- 
ter: Vain, empty.—As Subst.: 
xevd, Sv, n. plur. Vain things 
fprob. akin to Sans. - cinya, 
“empty ”]. 

ndv-rpov, Tpov, n. [for xévr- 
Tpov; fr. xevr-éw, “to prick 
or goad” ] (“That which 
pricks or goads”; hence) 4 
goad for cattle ;—at ix. 5; 


_ xxv. 14 in figurative force. 


(xep8-alvw, f. xep8ive and 
xepdShow, p. Kexépdayna), 1. 
nor. éxépdnoa, v. a [Képd-os, 
“gain”] (“To have, or 
obtain, as gain; to gain ”; 
hence) With Acc. of loss, efe.; 
To gain a loss; i.e. to reap, 
i.e. to suffer loss, hurt, ete. 

xedAaov, ov; see Kepar- 
aos. 

(xepdA-atog, ala, ay, adj. 
[xepaa-f, “a head” ] (“ Of, 
or pertaining to, the head”; 
hence, “principal, chief”; 
hence, as Subst.) xep&Aatoy, 
ov, 0. (“ A principal, or chief, 
thing’’; hence) Of money: 8. 
Capital as opp. to interest or 
income.—b. 4 sum total; a 
sum paid down ;—at xxii. 28 
woAAov Kxepadalov is Gen. of 
en 4, fis, f.: 1. OF th 

xeGaaA-%, Hs, f.: 1. ) 
body: A head.—2. Of things: 
A chief, or principal, thing of 


thing (i.e. head-stone, or prin- 
cipal stone) of the corner 
{akin to Sans. kapédl-as, 
“* head ”’]. 

Knpicow, f. xnpdto, (p. xe- 
khpvxa), 1. aor. éxhputa, v. a. 
(* To proclaim, or announce,” 
as a herald does; hence) Zo 
proclaim publicly, to preach. 

KiAfala, as, f. Cilicia; a 
country on the 8.E. coast of 
Asia Minor. 

xivOtv-eve, (f. civ8ivetow, 
p. cexiwSvveuna), v.n. [elydyy- 
os, “danger” | To bein danger 
or peril, whether actually or 
figuratively. 

ki-vdw -ve, f. xivfoo, 1. aor. 
éxiynoa, v. a. [Ki-w, to go’’] 
“ To make to go”; hence) 

. a. To move.—b. Mid.: To 
move one’s self, etc.; to move, 
have motion,—2, Of sedition : 
To stir up, excite.—8, Pass. : 
To be moved; to be put in 
commotion or tumult; xxi. 80. 
—Mid.: xi-véopar -votpas, 
(f. Kivfooua:, 1. aor. éxivn- 
odunv).— Pass.: xt-vdopar 
~voUpat, p. rexivgpat), 1. aor, 
extvhOnp, (1. fat. evn Ofoouar). 

*+Kis, m. indecl. (perhaps 
* Fowler ”) Cés or Kish; the 
father of king Saul. 

wAralw, f. cAatow and KAav- 
coua, 1. aor. %eAavoa, Vv. n. 
To weep, lament, bewail. 

KAd-ots, cews, f. [KrAd-o, 
“to break ”] A breaking. 


its kind:—xepadr) ywrlas,chief| +KAavbn, ns, f. Clandé or 


234 


Clauda (otherwise named by 
the ancients Gauda, Gaudos, 
and Claudos) ; a small island 
W. of Cape Matala on the S. 
coast of Crete. It is now 
called by the Greeks Clauda- 
nesa or Gaudonese, which the 
Italians have corrupted into 
Gozzo. 

KAav8tos, ov, m. [Greek 
form of Lat. “ Claudius’’] 
Claudius : 1. The fourth Rom- 
an emperor. —2. The pra- 
nomen of Lysias; see Avgias. 

wAav-0-pnd6, uot, m. [xAav, 
a root of xAalw, “to weep,” 
etc.) A weeping, wailing, etc. 

-dw -@, f. KAdow, 1. aor. 
&xAaoa, v. a. To break [akin 
to Sans. root ori, “to 
break ”’}. 

wreles, (f. wxrelow, p. Ké- 
wAewa), 1. aor. txAeiva, Vv. a. 
To shut, whether actually or 
figuratively. — Pass.: («Ael- 
Opa, p. xéxAeuas and) «é- 
kAeouat, 1. aor. exaAeloOny, 
(1. fut. cAccOfcouas). 

xArnOels, etoa, év, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of karéw. 

xAnpovop-ta, fas, f. [xAnpo- 
vou-éw, “to inherit ’’] (“An 
inheriting”; hence) An in- 
heritance. 

KAf-pos, pov, m. (“That 
which is broken”; hence) 1. 
A lot, as formed by a frag- 
ment of pottery,a broken twig, 
etc.—2, A lot, allotment, part, 
share.—3. An inheritance 


form of fuy-ds ; fr. = 


VOCABULARY. 


[akin to Sans. root cri, in 
pass. “to be broken”; ef. 
«rdw ]}. 

teXiv-dptov, dptov, n. dim. 
[Atv-n, “a couch ”’] A little 
couch or bed ; see KAivn. 

xXiv-n, 75, f. [xAly-w, “to 
recline; to lie”] (‘‘The re. 
clining thing ”; 3. e. “ that on 
which one reclines or lies’’s 
hence) A couch; a bed, includ- 
ing the frame of it ;—at v. 15 
the readings vary between 
KAivey and KAivapioy. 

+Kvi8og, ov, f. Cnidos or 
Cnidus ; a Greek city, with a 
harbour of the same name, in 
the extreme S.W. of Caria, in 
Asia Minor, on a promontory 
now called Cape Crio. 

wotA-ta, vas, f. [xoidA-os, 
“hollow’’] (“The condition, 
or quality, of the «otrAos” ; 
hence, “ hollowness”’; hence) 
1, The hollow of the belly, the 
belly.—2, Of a woman: The 
womb. 

(xot-pde -po, f. xomhow, 
v.a.: 1. Act.: ‘*To put, or 
lull, to sleep”).—2. Pass. : xot- 


pdopat -pepat, p. cexolunpat, 
1. aor. éxomuhOny, 1. fat. coun 
Ohoopa: a. To fall asleep, to 
sleep.—b. To sleep in death 
[akin to Sans. root ¢1, “ to lie 
down ’’]. 
xow-6¢, f, dv, adj. [another 
o through 
xbv = tdv] (‘* Being held, etc., 
with” another; hence) 1. 


VOCABULARY. 


Common; possessed, or held, 
tn common.—2, Morally: Com- 
mon, profane, defiled, cere- 
monially unclean. 

xoty-dw -o, (f. xowdow), p. 
xexolvewxa, 1. aor. éxolywoa, 
v. a. [xoww-ds, (morally) ‘ com- 
mon,” ete.] (To make xoww- 
és’’; hence) 1. Zo profane, 
pollute, defile—2. Zo pro- 
nounce, or regard as, common. 
_ wotveay-ta, tas, f. [xomway- doo 
(“to be a xowwrds,’’ i.e. “ one 
who has,” efe., something 
“‘ xowds, or in common,” with 
another), “to have, eéc., in 
common” with another ] (“The 
having,” etc., something “in 
common’ with another ; hence, 
“a partaking, participation ”; 
hence) Communion, fellow- 
ship, etc. 
cr teour-ov, Svos, m. [xolr-n, 
“a bed " (“ That which has 
a xolry”; hence) 4 bed- 
chamber, a sleeping-room :—6é 
ér) rot xoita@vos, the chamber- 
lain. 

(roAaLo, f. xoAdow, 1. aor. 
éxdAdoa, v. a. “To curtail, 
dock,’’ eée. ; hence, “to pun- 
ish ”) Mid.: xodafLopar, (f. 
KoAdoonat), 1. aor. éxoAacd- 
pnv, To punish, as one’s own 
especial act. 

(koAA-dw -0, f. KodAAhow, 
p- «exdAAnna, V. a [KdAA-a, 
« glue” ]1. Act.: “To glue”). 
— 2. Pass. : kohA-dopas -opat, 
p- KexdAAnuat, 1. aor. exoAAt- 


235 


Ony, 1. fut. roAAnOhoopna, (“To 
be glued ”; hence, ‘to adhere, 
cleave, cling ”; hence) Of per- 
sons : In mid. force: Zo join, 
or attach, one’s self, etc., to a 
person. 

xé\wos, ov, m. (“A bosom’s 
hence, “any bosom-shaped 
thing ;”’ hence) 4 gulf, bay, 
creek, etc. 

teodvpBdw -d, v.n. (“To 
dive”; hence) Zo swim. 

txodwvia, as, f. [Gr. form 
of Lat. cé/énia] 4 Roman 
colony. 

Kovi-dw -6, p. pass. Kexovi~ 
Gua, v. a [Kovi-a, ‘plaster, 
stucco” | To plaster, or stucco, 
over. 

xovl-op-ré¢, Tov, m. [xdy- 
ts, xdvi-os, “dust”; 8p-vopus, 
“to raise, stir up,” e¢c.] 1. 
Dust raised or stirred up.—2. 
Dust that has settled on a 
person, his clothes, etc. 

tow-etdg, erov, m. [Kom, 
root of xéx-rw, “to beat or 
strike”}] (“A beating, or 
striking,” of the head, or 
breast, in token of grief; 
hence) Lamentation, mourn- 
ing, watling. 

xow-tde -to, f. xomidiow, p. 
xexonlaxa, 1. aor. éexonlaca, 
v.n. [xéx-os, “toil” ] (“To 
be in a state of «dros’’; hence) 
To toil, labour, etc. 

(xop-évvijps, f. xopéow, 1. aor. 
éxdpeca, V. a. ees “ one’s 
fill’’] (“To have xépos”s 


236 


hence) 1. Act.: With Acc. of 
person and Dat. or Gen. of 
thing: Zo have one’s fill of 
something, fo satisfy one’s 
self with -something. — 2.) 
Pass.: With Gen. of thing: 
To be filled, or satisfied, with. 
—Pass. : (xop-dvvipat), p. 
xexdpeopat, 1. aor. exopéaOny, 
(1. fat. xoperOhoopat). 
xopeoGels, etoa, dv, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of kopévy vs. 
Koptv6tos, ov ; see KépivOos. 
KépevOos, ov, f. Corinth; a 
city situate on the Isthmus 
separating N. from 8. Greece. 
—Hence, (Kop(v0-tog, ia, tov, 
adj. Of, or belonging to, 
Corinth; Corinthian. — As 
Subst. :) Koplv@tos, ov, m. 4 
man of Corinth, a Corinthian; 
—Plur.: With Art.: Zhe 
Corinthians. 
tKopvyAlos, ov, m. [Gr. 
form of Lat. ‘“ Cornélius’’] 
Cornelius ; a Roman centuri- 
on, whose name occurs fre- 
quently in ch. x. 
xéopos, ov, m. (“ Order, 
arrangement ”’; hence, from ite 
perfect order, etc.) The world. 
txovd-ife, (f. xovpia), v.a. 
[xodp-os, “light” ] (“To make 
kovpos’’; hence) Of a ship as 
Objeet: Zo lighten of the 
cargo. 
xpaBBaros, ov, m. A couch 
or bed [said to be a word of 
Mucedonian origin; cf. Lat. 
grabatus |. 


VOCABULARY. 


xpale, f. xexpdfoucs, p. ré- 
xpavya, 1. aor. &xpata, v. n. and 
a.: 1. Neut.: Zocry out, call 
out alowd.—2. With Acc. of 
thing : Zo call out something ; 
xix. 32 :—for construction of 
hs Expage see Ss, no. 8, a, (a) 
[prob. akin toSans. root KRUG, 
“to cry out ” j. 
xpat-de -0, f. xpirhow, p. 
xexpdrnna, 1. aor. éxpdrnoa, 
v. a. [xpdr-os, “ power ”’} 1. 
To get a person into one’s 
power ; to seize upon, seize, 
lay hold of in hostile sense.— 
2. To lay, or take, hold of ; 
to detain, hold fast.—8. Pass.: 
(* Tobe overpowered’; hence) 
To be restrained, kept back, 
holden, etc.—Pass.: x«part- 
dopa. -otpat, p. Kexpdrnuat, 
(1. aor. éxparhOny, 1. fut. npars 
nOfhropary. 
KpaTICTOS, 7, ov, SUP. adj. 
rig most excellent ; cf. aya0- 
s. 
xpar-og, eos ous, n. Strength, 
might :—for xara xpdros see 
card, no. 2, f. [akin to Sans. 
krat-w, “ power ’””}, 
xpavy-afw, f. xpavyaoo, 
1. aor. éxpatydea, Vv. n. 
[xpavy-f, “a crying out”) 
ery out. : 
mpavy—t js, f. [strength- 
ened fr. xpay-h, fr. xpa¢w 
(= xpdy-ow), “to cry out,” 
through root xpay] 4 crying 
out, an outcry, etc. 
Kpep-devips (kpepavviw, f. 


VOCABULARY. 


wpendow), 1. aor. expéuiioa, 
v.a. To hang, hang up, sus- 
pend. — Pass.: (xpepdvvipat, 

erhaps only in shortened 

orm) xpép&pat, 1. aor. éxpep- 
dc@mv {prob. akin to Sans. 
root KERAM, “to go to”’; and 
so in causative force, and with 
accessory notion of fixity, “‘ to 
cause to go to a place, and to 
be there ” ]. 

Kove, Kpnrés, m. A Cretan; 
—Plur. so mostly) : Cretans ; 
—at ii. 11 = the Jews settled 
among the Cretans. 

Kpyjr-n, ns, f. [Kpiir-es, 
“‘ Cretans” ] (*‘ The land of the 
Cretans”) Crete we Kriti 
or Candia) ; an island in the 
Mediterranean Sea to the S. of 
Greece. 

Kpi-pa, udros, n. («pt, root 
of xpirw, “to judge’’} (“‘ That 
which judges”; hence) 4 

judging, judgment. 

Kpt-ve, f. xpiva, p. xéxpixa, 
1. aor. &«piva, v. n. and a. 
(‘To separate”; hence, “to 
pick out, choose”; hence) 
1. Neut.: a. Zo decide, de- 
termine, resolve. — Impers. 
Pass.: éxpt@n, Jt was deter- 
mined, etc.; xxvii. 1.—b. Zo 
Sorm a judgment or opinion. 
—2. Act.: a. Zo judge, bring 
to trial, try, etc.—b. To ad- 
judge to punishment, to pass 
judgment or sentence upon, to 
condemn.—6. (a) With second 
Ace.: Zo judge, reckon, deem, 


237 


consider an object to he that 
denoted by second Acc. ; xiii. 
46.—(b) Pass.: With Adj. 
us complement in Nom.: Zo 
be reckoned, deemed, con- 
sidered; xxvi. 8, where the 
adverbial clause ¢ 6 @ceds 
vexpovs éyelpe: is the Subject 
of xpiverat, and &xicroyr is the 
complement or predicate ; see 
also «i, N.B.—d. With Ob- 
jective clause: (a) Zo judge, 
reckon, deem, consider that a 
person, ete., is, etc.—(b) To 
judge, decide, give one’s etc. 
opinion that something is, 
etc., or that a person should 
do, ete. ; to esteem one to be, 
etc.; xvi. 15, ete. ;—at xv. 19 
supply quads as Subject of 
mwapevoxAciv.—e. To ordain, 
decree, etc.; xvi. 4.—Pass. : 
Kpt-vopan, p. «éxpiuas, 1. aor. 
expiOny, 1. fut. xpsOhoouc [akin 
to Sans. root Krf, “to pour 
out ”’]. 

kpt-aus, cews, f. [xpt, root 
of xpi-vw, “to judge”) 1. 
Judgment, trial—2. Judg- 
ment, condemnation.—3. A 
cause, or ground, of con- 
demnation or punishment. 

Kplowos, ov, m. [Gr. form 
of Lat. Crispus, ‘“ Curled ”} 
Crispus ; “the chief ruler of 
the Synagogue” at Corinth ; 
xviii. aa co 

xpt-ris, Tov, m. | xpt, r 
of Sota “to judge ”] (“ One 
who judges”; hence) 1. 4 


238 


qudge, decider, etc.—2. A 
Judge ; i.e. a raler or govern- 
or of Israel from the days of 
Joshua to Samuel; xiii. 20. 
xpove, (f. xpotow, p. xé- 
«pouxa), 1. aor. Expovca, V.a. 
To beat, strike, etc. :—xpotew 
Thy Obpay, or simply Kxpovery, 
(to beat the door, i.e.) to 
knock at the door on the 
outside for the purpose of 
gaining admission into the 
house. 
ardopos -Spar, f. xerhoopai, 
1. aor. éxrnoduny, p. pass. in 
mid. force «xéxrnua:, v. mid. : 
1, In pres., imperf., fut., and 
l. aor.: To acquire, get, etc. 
—2. In perfect tenses: Jo 
have acquired, i.e. to possess 
{akin to Sans, root KSHI, “ to 
possess ”’]. 

Kryj-pa, udros, n. [ery, & 
root of xrdopai, “ to acquire” ] 
(“That which has been ac- 
quired, or is possessed”; 
hence) 1. A possession; @ 
landed estate, etc.—2. Plur.: 
Possessions, wealth, property. 

KTHj-vos, eos ous, n. [xTn, 
a root of xrdopa:, in force of 
“to possess ’’] (“ That which 
is ssed; possessions ” ; 
hence, mostly plur., “ property 
in herds or flocks”; hence) 4 
beast of draught or burden. 

tKryj-twp, ropos, m. [id.] 
A possessor, owner, ate. 

KiBepy-4rns, frov, m. 
[xuBepy-des, ‘ ta steer] 1. A 


_p. 


VOCABULARY. 


steersman, pilot.—2. A com- 
mander, or captain, of a 
vessel. 


(cuxA-d0 -6, f. euxAdow, p. 
xextxrAwna), 1. aor. éxvnAwoa, 
v. a. [xdxd-os, “a circle’’| 
To form a circle round, stand 
round, surround. 

xi-pa, péros,n. (“A swollen 
thing”; hence) 4 wave or 
billow. 

+tKveaptos, a, ov; Kuzpios, 
ov; see Kéxpos. 

+Kvmwpos, ov, f. Cyprus ; an 
island of the Mediterranean 
Sea lying off the coasts of 
Pheenicia and Cilicia.— Hence, 
Kvwp-tos, ia, for, adj. Of, or 
belonging to, Cyprus ; Cypr- 
tan.—As Subst. : Kvaptos, ov, 
m. A man of Cyprus; a 
Cyprian. 

Kvupyvatos, a, ov; Kvpyy- 
Gatos, ov; see Kupivn. 

tKupivyn, ns, f. Cyréné; 
under the Romans a province 
of N. Africa; also called, from 
the time of the Ptolemies, 
Pentapdlis. — Hence, Kupny- 
atos, ala, aiov, adj. Of, or be- 
longing to, Cyréné.— As Subst.: 
Kupnvatos, ov, m. 4 man of 
Cyréné ; a Cyrenian ;—Plur.: 
Cyrenians. 

KuUpt-og, ov, m. [«dpi-os, 
“‘ possessing supreme power ”’ | 
[** One sessing supreme 
power”; hence) 1. Of men: 
a. A lord, master, etc. ;—at 
ix. 5 the readings vary between 


VOCABULARY. 


239 


6 8, Eyé eius and 4 3& Kupios | efAnxa (poet. AdAcyxa), 2. aor. 
elxey "Evy eius.—bd. Asa term  frdyxov, v.a. (“To obtain by 
of respect: Sir.—2. With or; lot’; hence) Zo obtain as 
without Article: THE LORD ; | one’s share, portion, ete. 


‘fe. Christ; see elroy. 


AdO-pa, adv. [Aad, root of 


nwolve, (f. xwAvcw, p. Ke- | AavOdive, “to lie hid”) Secret- 
KOAUKa), 1. aor. éxdAvoa, v.a.: ly, in secret, in a secret or 


1. Wit 
hinder, prevent, forbid ;—at 
x. 47 the negative power of 
the word is strengthened by 
follg. yu.—2. With Acc. of 
‘ person: Zo stop, oppose, with- 
stand; xi. 17.—8. With Ob- 
jective clause: To hinder, or 
prevent, from doing, being, 
etc.; to forbid to do, etc.; 
viii. 36;—at xvi. 6 in pass. 
constr.—4. With Acc. of per- 
son and Gen. of thing: Zo 
hinder one from something ; 
xxvii. 43.—Pass.: xwAvopat, 
(p. xexddAvpuat), 1. aor. éxwAv- 
Ony, (1. fat. xwAvOjoopnas).— 
N.B. The v is always long 
before a consonant; but it is 
common before a vowel. 

xo-py, wns, f. (“A thing— 
or place—for lying down or 
sleeping ”; hence) 4 village, 
as a dwelling-place [akin to 
Sans. root 91, “ to lie down, to 
sleep ”’ |}. 

+Kas, Ka, f. Cos (now Stanko 
or Stanchio); an island of 
the Aigean Sea (now the Archi- 
pelago) over aguinust the coast 
of Caria. 


Aayxdive, f. ArlEouat, p. 


Acc. of thing: Zo! hidden manner. 


tAax-tifw, (f. Aaxriow, 1. 
aor. éAderica), v.n. [AdE (= 
Adx-s), “with the foot”] 
(“To strike with the foot ’’; 
hence) Zo kick :—wnpbds xévrpa 
Aaxrifew, to kick against the 
pricks or goads, a proverbial 
expression taken from oxen 
kicking against the goad of 
the drivers, and implying “ to 
make ineffectual resistance 
against superior power,” ix. 
5; xxvi. 14. 

NGA-dw -@, f. AdArow, p. 
AeAGAnKa, 1. aor. €CAGANGA, V.n. 
and a.: 1. Neut.: a. Zo speak, 
to utter speech.—b. To talk, 
converse.—2. Act.: a. To speak, 
utter by speech, utter.—b. To 
speak of, tell, publish, etc.—c. 
Impers. Pass. : (a) AdAnOrjcre- 
vat, lt shall betold or declared ; 
ix. 6, where the clause rf ce 
Se? wosety forms its Subject ;— 
at xxii. 10 its Subject is in- 
cluded in it, viz. # Aaaid, “ the 
speech.” —(b) AcASAHTAL, It 
has been told or declared ;— 
at xxvii. 25 its Subject (viz. 4 
AdAid) is included in it; cf. 
above, no. c, (a).—Pass.: A&A- 
dopas -otpat, p. AcAdAnuai,. 


240 


1. aor. €AcAsOny, 1. f. Aadr- 
nOtcouc [ perhapsakin to Sans. 
root LAD, “touse the tongue” ]. 

Lap(B)-tve, f. Afpouat, p. 
efAnoda, 2. aor. EAGBoy, Vv. a.: 
1. To take, in the fullest 
sense of the term.—2. To take 
or receive ;—at i. 25 the Inf. 
A&Bety denotes the aim or 
object : in order that he may 
take, for the purpose of his 
taking ;—at xx. 35 without 
nearer Object.—3. Of an 
office, etc.: To take, assume, 
etc.—4. With Acc. of abstract 
Subst. for verb cognate to 
such Subst.: AauBavew Odpcos 
= Oapceiv, to take courage ; to 
be of good courage or heart 
[strengthened fr. root AaB, 
akin to Sans. root LABH, ‘to 
obtain ”’}. 

Aapw-ds, ados, f. [Adur-w, 
“to shine, be bright ”.] (“‘ The 
shining, or bright, thing” ; 
hence) 4 lamp, light. 

Aapn-pés, pd, pdy, adj. 
[Adur-c, “to shine”} (“Shin- 
ing ”’; hence) Of a garment: 
Splendid, magnificent, gorge- 
ous. 

+Aapwpd-rys, tnTos, f. 
[Aauxpés, (uncontr. gen.) 
Aaumpd-os, “ shining, bright” | 
(“The quality of the Aauz- 
ods”; hence) Of the sun: 
Brightness, brilliancy. 

Adpwe, (f. Aduyo, p. Aé- 
Aauga), 1. aor. EAauya, v. n. 
Zo shine, glitter, gleam. 


VOCABULARY. 


ha(v)O-tive, (f. Afow and 
Ancopat, p. AéAnfa), 2. acr. 
fAdOov, v. a. With Acc. of per- 
son: Zo escape the notice of ; 
to be hid or concealed from ; 
to be unknown fo [strength- 
ened fr. root Aa@, akin to 
Sans. root RAH (originally 
RADH), “to leave, quit” ]. 

Aads, od, m.: 1. 4 people, 
nation—2. A number of 
people ; v. 37.—8. With Art. : 
a. The people.—b. The Jewish 
people or nation ;—at iv. 25, 
27, in plur.—c. The people, 
or multitude, as opp. to rulers, 
etc. —4. People, persone; 
xviii. 10. 

tAagala, as, f. Lasaa; a 
city of Crete, a few miles KE. 
of Fair Havens; see Kadet 
Aiméves s—at xxvii. 8 Aagala 
is in apposition to wéAus. 

t(Adoxe, f. Aakhooua, p. 
AéAaxa), 1. aor. dAd«nea, Vv. n. 
(‘To rattle, crash”; hence) 
To burst asunder with a 
crash, etc. 

harp-evw, f. Aarpetdow, 1. 
aor. €Adrpevoa, v. n. [Adrp-is, 
“a hired servant ”] (“To be 
a Adrpis ”; hence, “to serve”’; 
hence) In a religions sense : 
1. With Dat.: To serve, 
worship.—2. Alone: To serve 
or worship God; xxvi. 4, 
where vixra xal jucpay is 
Acc. of “Duration of time.” 

Aéyw, (f. Ack, p. AdAExa), 
v. n. and a: 1. Neut.: Za 





VOCABULARY. 


épeak, say.—2. Act.: 2. To 
say; — mostly with follg. 
clause as Object.—b. With 
Objective clause (Acc. and 
In?) : To say that a person 
or thing is, et¢.—c. To speak, 
utter, etc.—d.: (a) Act.: With 
second Acec.: Zo call, or 
name, an object that which 
is denoted by the second Acc.; 
xxiv. 14.—(b) Pass.: Pre- 
ceded and followed by a like 
case: To be called or named ; 
ix. 36.—e. P. Pres. Pass.: 
With Art.: That which is 
oslled ornamed; the so called; 
iii. 2; vi. 9.—f. Zo speak of 
or about.—g. With Inf. as 
Object: Zo bid, enjoin, direct, 
command : — A€yovtes xepi- 
réuverOa nal rnpetv Toy yduor, 
commanding to be circumcised 
and ‘to observe the Law, i.e. 
commanding that the Gentile 
converts should be circum- 
cised, etc. This construction 
is quite classical, and is found 
in a passage of Euripides 
(Orestes, 263) quoted in Jelf’s 
Gr. Gr., § 664, A. 1.—Pass. : 
Adyopas, (p. AéAeypas, 1. aor. 
€A€x On, 1. fut. AexO@hoopa). 

Aevroupy-dw ~0, (f. Aecroupy- 
how), 1. aor. dde:totpynoa 
v. n. [Aecroupy-ds, “a publi’ 
servant ”’] (“ To bea Acsroupy- 
és”; hence) With Dat.: Zo 
serve, minister to. 

trAew-(s, idos, f. [adr-o, 
«to peel”] (‘The peeled 


Acts. 


241 
thing”; hence) 4 scale; ix. 
18. 


Aevi-rys, tov, m. [Aevt, 
“ Levi”; the third son of the 
Patriarch Jacob] (“A son of 
Levi”; hence, “one of the 
tribe of Levi,” and, in a more 
restricted sense, a descendant 
of Levi through either Ger- 
shom, Kohath, or Merari; 
s. e.) A Levite, one of the order 
appointed by Jehovah to assist 
the Priests, and to perform 
certain specified offices in the 
temple, etc. 

Aeva-ds, f, dv, adj. ( Shin- 
ing, bright, brilliant ”; hence) 
White [akin to Sans. root 
RUCH, “to shine”’ }. 

tAiBeprivor, wy, m. plar. 
The Libertines. Some have 
supposed that this name de- 
notes the men of Zebertum, a 
town of proconsular Africa, 
Others have regarded it as the 
Gr. form of the Lat. Libertins 
(‘‘Freedmen”), and have 
variously assigned it the fol- 
lowing meanings, viz.: a. 
Natives of Palestine who had 
fallen into slavery, and been 
manumitted by their Jewish 
masters.—b. Italian freedmen 
who had become converts to 
Judaism.—c, Jews who had 
been taken prisoners by Pom- 
pey and other Roman generals 
in the Syrian wars, and had 
been sold as slaves, but had 
subsequently been emancip- 

R 


242 


ated, and had returned te 
their own land. This is the 
earliest explanation of the 
term, and _is moreover that 
which has received the support 
of the most recent author- 
“T Bun f. Lib th 

tA.Bun, ns, f. Libya; the 
N. partof Africa, west of Egypt. 
 NLO-GLa, 1. aor. éalOdea, v.a. 
[Aié-os, “a stone] Zo cast 
stones at, to stone.—Pass.: 
Ge Sree) 1. aor. éAi@- 


oOny. 

At8o-Bod-éo -&, 1. aor. 
€Ai0oBéAnoa, v. & [for Ardo- 
Bor-ée ; fr. Al0-os, (uncontr. 
gen.) Aléo-os, “‘astone”; Bad, 
a root of BdAAw, “ to throw’’] 
1. To throw, or cast, stones 
at; to pelt with stones.—2. To 
stone to death ; cf. Deut. xiii. 
9; xvii. 6, 7. 

AXOog, ov, m. A stone s—at 
iv. 11 used figuratively of 
Christ. 

trApHv, évos, m. A harbour, 
ae creek. . 

Tpds, ov, m. (“ Hanger”; 
hence) Famine. ( 2s 

TAlyp, AiBds, m. [for Alp-s ; 
fr. AelBw, “to wet,” through 
root AB] (“The wettin 
thing”) Libs, or the 8.W. 
Wind, which usually brought 
wet weather. 

" NoyiLopar, (p. AcAdyiopar), 
1. aor. dAoyla@ny, 1. f. Aoyie- 
Ohoopa, v. pass. [Ady-os, in 
force of “an eccount””] To be 


VOCABULARY. 


accounted or ranked; to be 
reckoned, numbered, etc. 

Ady-tov, Tov, n. [Ady-os, in 
force of “an oracular re- 
sponse’’] (“A thing pertain- 
ing to Adyos”; hence) An 
thy ad. [My 

TASy-Tos, ta, tov, adj. [Ady- 
os, “a word ”] ( Of, or per- 
taining to, Adyos”; hence) 
Skilled in the use of words, 
eloquent. 

Ady-o¢, ov, m. [for Ady-os ; 
fr. A¢y-w, “to say or speak ””] 
(“ That which is said or spok- 
en”; hence) 1. 4 word ;— 
Plur.: Words.—2. A state- 
ment, declaration.—8. A say- 
ing, speech, discourse. —4. A 
report, rumour, tidings.—5. 

ith or without rot @ecod: 
The Word of God ;—at x. 36 
the pron. relative 8», which 
follows roy Adyor, is omitted 
in some editions; and where 
this is the case Ad-yor becomes 
the Acc. of nearer Object 
after dréoretAe. When, how- 
ever, Sy is admitted into the 
Text, the passage must be re- 
garded as an instance of inter- 
rapted construction, caused 
by the following parenthesis 
otrds dort xdytov Képios, the 
introduction of which seeming- 
ly broke off the mode in which 
the writer was intending to 
convey his thoughts. The 
thoughts themselves, though 
expressed ‘under a different 





VOCABULARY. 


mode of construction, are re- 
sumed at v. 37.—6. Reason: 
—KaT& Adyov, according to 
reason, reasonably, xviii. 14. 
—7%. An account of one’s 
actions, efc.; xix. 40.—8. An 
account, historical narrative, 
history, treatise, etc. ;—at i.1 
Tov. xp@rov Aéyoy refers to St. 
Luke’s Gospel.—9. Account, 
value, regard; xx. 24.—10. 
Account, reason, cause :—rin 
Adyy, for what account, i.e. 
why, wherefore, x. 29.—11. 
An affair, matter, etc., as 
the subject of discourse; viii. 
21; xv. 6. 

Aovdop-dew =, (f. Aoophow, 


p. AeAaddpnna), 1. aor. €Aaiddp- | Ly 


noa, v. a. [Aoldop-os, ‘* abus- 
ive” ] To be abusive to; to 
abuse, rail at, revile. 

Aotpds, oF, m. A plague, 
pestilence ;—at xxiv. 5 in 
figurative force. 

A(o)tw-dg, 4, dy, adj. 
[strengthened fr. Aum, root of 
Aelrw, “to leave”) 1. Left, 
remaining, out of a number.— 
As Subst.: XAowrol, ay, m. 
plur. With Art.: Those who 
are, etc., left; the rest.—2. 
The rest of that denoted by 
the subst. to which it is in 
attribution; the remaining, the 
other.—3. Of time: Remain- 
ing, remainder of ;—at xxvii. 
20 Aoiwdy is an adverbial ex- 
pression = henceforth; also 
already, now. 


243 


Aovxtos, ov, m. (Gr, form 
of Lat. Liicius, “One pertain- 
ing to the light’’] Lecius; a 
man’s name. 

(Aove, f. Aotcw, 1. aor, 
ZAovea), v. a. To wash :—for 
xvi. 88 see ard, no. 8.—Pags.: 
Aotopat, p. AéAouuas, (1. aor. 
€Adoveny and éAoteOny). 

TAVS8a, as, f. Lydda; a 
town of Palestine, standing in 
the great fertile plain which 
anciently bore the name of 
Sharon, and situated about 
nine miles from Joppa. 

+tAv8ta, as, f. [fem. of adj. 
Avdios, “Lydian,” used as 
Subst.] (“Lydian woman”) 
dia; a female convert 
resident at Philippi, and the 
hostess of St. Paul during his 
first stay in that city. 

tAvxaovta; as, f. Lycaonia ; 
a country of Asia Minor. 

tAvxaoviorl, adv. In the 

caonian speech or language. 
rR. The formation of this 
word points to an adj. 
Avxaovls, i8os, * Lycaonian”’s ' 
cf. ‘EBpacri, in the Hebrew 
language, fr. ‘EBpats, * He- 
brew’; ‘EAAnvorl, in the 
Greek language, fr. ‘EAAnvls, 
“ Greek, Grecian.” 

+Auxta, as, f. Lycia; a 
country in the S.W. of Asia 
Minor. 

Avn-og, ov, m. A wolf ;—at 
xx. 29 in figurative force [acc. 
to some, akin to Sans. root 


R 2 


244 


LuP, “to destroy,” and s0, 
“the destroyer”; acc. to 
others, akin to Sans. erika, 
“a wolf”; fr. root VRACCH, 
“to tear,” and so “the tearer”; 
cf. Lat. lup-us]. 

TAtp-alvopar, (f. Avudr- 
ovpa:r, p. AeAvpacuas, 1. aor. 
éAvunvauny), v. mid. [Avu-n, 
“ ae To outrage, treat 
outrageously, maltreat, etc. 

tAvotas, ov, wm. sas 
(Claudius) ; 2 Roman cent- 
urion ; xxiv. 7, ete. 

dpa te as, f.; Avorpa, 
ey, ur. Lystra ; a city of 
Lycaonia : a, Fem. Sing. : xiv. 
6, 21; xvi. 1.—b. Neut. Plar.: 
xiv. 8; xvi. 2. 

tAvtpe-tis, Tov, m. [for 
Aurpo-rhs; fr. Aurpd-w, “ to 
ransom, redeem ”] 4 ransom- 
er, redeemer. 

Av-«, f. Avow, p. AAAT«a, 1. 
aor. fAvea, v. a.: 1. To loosen, 
loose, unfasten, whether act- 
ually or figuratively —2. Zo 
loose from bonds, etc.; to 
release, set free.—3. To break, 
destroy, whether literally or 
figuratively.—4. Of an assem- 
bly, ete.: To breakup, dissolve. 
—Pass.: Av-opat, p. AéADuAL, 
1. aor. €AvOny, 1. f. AvOfcona 
[akin to Sans. root Lt, “to 
cut”. 


tpiye-la (trisyll), fas, £. 
[Maye-vw, in force of “to use 
magic arte”] (“A using of 


VOCABULARY. 


magic arte’; hence) Sorcery, 
enchaniment, magic. 

tptiy-eve, (f. ndyedou, 1. 
aor. éudiyevoa), Vv. n. [uay-os, 
in force of “a sorcerer’’] 
(“To be a udyos”’; hence) Zo 
ase sorcery or enchantments ; 
to employ magic arts. 


payos, ov, m. [Ma&yos, “a 
Magus or ian”; one of 
the Median tribe of the 


Mdyo:; hence, “a priest, or 
wise man, of the Mdyo:,”’ who 
interpreted dreams; hence} 4 
sorcerer, enchanter, magician, 
wizard.—N.B. The name of 
the Magi is probably obtained 
fr. the Persian mugh, “ great, 
mighty” (a word akin to 
Sans. ge ae Lat. 
mag-nus), and thus signifies 
“ Great, or Mighty, Ones.” 

*+M » m._ indecl. 
(“Strife,contention’”’) Madiass 
or Midian ; a son of Abraham 
and Keturah (Gen. xxv. 2), 
the ancestor of the Midianites, 
an Arabian people dwelling 
privcipally in the desert north 
of the peninsula of Arabia (cf. 
Exod. ii. 15). On the south 
the Midianites extended along 
the eastern shore of the Sinus 
laniticus (now the Gulf of 
Akabah); while northwards 
they stretched along the 
eastern frontier of Palestine. 
They were a very wealthy 
people, and their country has 
been said to have contained 


VOCABULARY. 


productive gold and other « 
mines. The present Khedive 
of Egypt has recently sent 
two expeditions into what has 
long been an unknown land, 
with a view of ascertaining 
how much of its natural 
wealth remains unexhausted. 
Of these, which were under 
the command of Captain 
Burton, the second has only 
recently returned, having suc- 
cessfully fulfilled the purpose 
for which it was sent out. 
The following is an extract 
from an article in the “Times” 
of May 10, 1878, respecting 
the very important discoveries 
that have been made :—* The 
expedition which has just 
returned was a very serious 
affair. No doubt it had the 
benefit of the preliminary ex- 
pedition modestly called a 
Fortnight’s Tour, and de- 
scribed in ‘The Gold Mines 
of Midian and the ruined 
Midianitish Cities.’ The cara- 
van consisted of eight Europ- 
eans, three Egyptian officers 
of the Staff and two of the 
line, 25 soldiers and 30 miners, 
10 mules and about 100. 
camels. After an absence of 
four months and explorations 
amounting to 2500 miles, en- 
countering dangers both by 
land and sea, and with only 
the loss of one man, they 
returned with such an amount 


245 


of spoil, in the highest sense 
of the word, as even an army 
might have been proud of, 
The procession recalls the 
triumphant return of Columb- 
us. The interesting trophies 
aud valuable booty weighed 
altogether 25 tons. There 
is something for everybody. 
The precious metals have the 
pre-eminence, for no doubt it 
was they tliat most interested 
the Khedive, at whose cost 
this expedition, as well as the 
former, was undertaken. The 
precious metals themselves, 
ore in all forms, indications of 
mining and smelting in various 
ages, minerals, precious stones, 
murbles and alabaster, botan- 
ical specimens, coins, inscrip- 
tions in Nabathean and Cufic, 
worked stones, glass, pottery, 
portions of temples, a great 
number of sketches, and a 
complete survey of the country 
were the rewards of the enter- 
prise. The Land of Midian 
—that is, the whole region 
lying along the eastern 
shore of the Red Sea for 


| three hundred miles from 


its northern extremity, and 
stretching deep into the 
hitherto unknown interior— 
is laid bare. Some thirty 
ruined cities, once prosperous, 
rich, and magnificent, have 
contributed to the show. 
Placts that have long been 


246 


only names in the records of 
geographers have been visited 
and will be described. There 
they lie in fragments amid 
the tokens of long cultivation 
and high fertility, aqueducts, 
barrages, shafts, tunnels, 
furnaces, manufactories, and 
-catacombe. It was once a 
busy world. . . . . Though 
these mines have been worked 
for it is hard even to con- 
jecture how many ages, they 
must everywhere have been 
limited by the want of 
mechanical appliances, and in 
many places they are mere 
‘scratchings” If the Midian- 
ites, and the Romans after 
them, did only as much as the 
-Pheenicians, and after them 
the Romans, did in this island, 
-they left an enormous +re- 


mainder to future enter- 
prise.” 
(paOnr-evw), 1. aor. éuabfr- 


evoa, v. a. [uabnr-fs, “a disci- 
ple’’] Zo make a disciple: or 
disciples of; to teach, in- 
struct, etc. 

pid-nmis, nrov, m. [pav6- 
ave, to learn,” through root 
pad] (“A learner”; hence) 4 
disciple ;—at i. 15 the reading 
varies between palnray and 
BSeADar, 

tpad-yrpla, nrpias, f. (id. 
(“A female learner”; hence 
- A female disciple. 
palvonar, (f. parheouo: and 


VOCABULARY. 


pavovma, p. wéunva), v. mid. 
To be mad or frenzied ; to be 
out of one’s mind, to be beside 
one’s self. 

Gnx&ptos, a, ov, also og, ov, 
adj. Blessed, happy ;—at xx. 
85 paxapioy is predicated of 
the substantival inf. 3:3déva: ; 
see, also, a@AAop. 

Ma&xeS8ov-ta, tas, f. [Maxedér, 
Maxedéy-os, “‘a Macedonian”; 
Plur. Maxeddp-es, “the Mace- 
donians”] The country of the 
Macedonians, Macedonia, a 
country to the N. of Greece, 
of which Philip and his son 
Alexander the Great were 
kings. Under the Romans 
Macedonia was the name of 
that province which comprised 
Macedonia proper, Illyricum, 


Epirus, and Thessaly; sce 
*Axala. 
MaxeSav, dvos, m. A 


Macedonian ; see MaxeSovia. 
paxpdy ; see parpds. 
tpaxpoOtp-ws, adv. [ uaxpd- 

6v-pnos, “long-suffering, pat- 

ient’’] (“After the manner 
of the paxpé@vuos”’; hence) 

Patiently, with patience. 
pax-pd¢, pd, pdy, adj.: L 

Long, whether in space or time. 

—2. Far, far off, distant.— 

Adverbial expression: Acc. 

fem. sing.: paxpdv, 4 long 

way, far, far off :—rois eis 
paxpay, (to those unto a long 
way ;”’ i.e.) to those afar 

off, ii. 89 [akin to Sans. root . 


‘VOCABULARY. 


‘WAH, originally mMaaH, “to 
be great’”’]. 

A igieredPo sup. adv. Most of 
all, chiefly, especially; see 
paidAoyv. 

paA-Aov, comp. adv. (fr. 
Pos. udA-a, “ very, exceeding- 
- ly”} 1. More, in a higher 
‘degree ;—at xx. 85 used with 
pos. adj. in place of compara- 
tive—2. Rather, in prefer- 
ence, etc. §4F Sup.: udviora 
[acc. to some akin to Sans. 
var-as, “remarkable”; acc. 
to others akin to Sans. root 
MAH ; see paxpés }. 

*+Mavary, m.indecl. (“Com- 
forter or Consoler’’) Manaén ; 
‘the ovvrpopos of Herod Anti- 
pas; see ‘Hpwdys, no. 2; and 
otyrpopes.—N.B, The name 
also occurs in the Septuagint 
(2 Kings xv. 17, ete.) as that 
of a king of Israel, and is 

ven, in the English Version, 
in accordance with the Hebrew 
form, as “ Menahem.” 

pavOive, (f. pabfow and 
pabhoouat), p. weudOnna, 2. aor. 
®uddor, v.a. To learn, aascer- 
tain Oat ee fr. root 
pad, akin to Sans. root MATH, 
*‘to churn ”; hence, “ to agit- 
ate ” in the ae 

tpav-ta, fas, f. [uatvopa, 
“to be mad,” through root 
pav] (“A being mad”; hence) 
Madness. 

tpavr-evopa, (f. paryred- 
gopat, 1. aor. cuavrevoduny), 


247 


v. mid. [udvris, udyr-ews, “a 
diviner”] (‘To be a udvris”’; 
hence) Zo divine, utter divin- 
ations, etc.; to be a sooth- 


sayer. 

*Miapla, as, f. (“ Rebellion’) 
Mary: 1. The mother of Jesus; 
i. 14.—2. The mother of John 
Mark ; xii. 12, 

Mdpxos, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. Marcus (“ Hammer”’) } 
Marcus or Mark (John) ; the 
Evangelist ; xii. 12, etc. 

paptup-dw -&, f. napruphow, 
Pp. wexapripynka, 1. aor. éuap- 
TUupnoa, Vv. n. and a. [pdprus, 
mdprip-os, “a witness”] 1, 
Neut.: Zo bear witness or 
testimony ;—at xxii.5 papripe? 
has a compound Subject, viz. 
Gpxsepeds and xpeoBurépioy ; 
but it is put in the sing. 
mext to dpxiepeds, as that 
word is to be more prominent- 
ly brought forward.—2. Act. : 
a. Zo bear witness to, to 
testify to.—b. Folld. by Ob- 
jective clause: Zo bear wit- 
ness, or testify, that; x. 48.—8. 
Pass.: a. Zo be borne witness 
to; to have witness borne to one, 
etc.—b. To be of good report, 
to have @ good character; 
vi. 8.—Pass.: paptip-dopar 
-oUpat, p. wepapTupyuai, l.aor. 
duapripheny, (1. fut. paprup- 
n@fcouat). 

aptip-ta, Yas, f. [udprus, 
pdprip-os, ‘a witness ”] (“A 
thing pertaining toa udprus”’; 


an 


248 


hence) Testimony in legal 
matters, evidence, witness. 

paptup-tov, iou, n. [id. ] (id.) 
Testimony or witness in gene- 
ral, proof. a ; 

paprip-opas, (1. aor. duap- 
ripsany), v. mid. [id.] Z’o call 
to witness or record. é 

-Tus, Tupos, m. (“One 

BE eg sth ”; hence) 1. 
4. witness, as one who relates 
what -he remembers.—2. 4 
martyr, as one who bears 
witness to Christ and His 
Gospel at the cost of his own 
life (akin to Sans. root 8MRI, 
“to remember ”’ }. 

tpactife, (1. aor. dudor- 
ita), v. a. [for pacrly-cw ; 
fr. pdorit, ty-0s, 
scourge” | (“To use the ud s7- 
t& to’’; hence) Zo scourge, 
flog. By the Porcian Law it 
was enacted that no one 
should bind, scourge, or kill a 
Roman citizen. To this St. 
Paul refers at xxii. 25; while 
he makes the case still strong- 
er by the words xa) dkara- 
kpirovy, “and uncondemned 
too.”—N.B. The Attic form 
of the verb is pacriydw. 

paorcé, tyos, m. A scourge, 
as an instrument of punish- 
ment; xxii. 24. 

par-aos, ala, aiov, adj. 
(udr-n, “folly ”] (* Pertain- 
ing to udrn”; hence) Of 
things: Foolish, unprofitable, 
vain, etc.—As Subst.: pdrasa, 


,)6hErlUCUe/ 


Se pd 


VOCABULARY. 


wy, 0. plur. Foolish, unprofit- 
able, or vain things ; vanities. 
*MarOaios, ov, m. (“ Gift 
of Jehovah” ] Matthew, the 
Evangelist, named also Levi, 
the son of Alpheus, and one 
of the twelve Apostles. 
t*Mar@ias, ov, m. (id.) 
Matthias ; the disciple chosen 
to succeed Judas Iecariot in 
the Apostleship ; i. 23. 
pax-atpa, alpas, f. 4 sabre 
or sword [like pdx-ouat, “ to 
fight ”’; akin to Sans. makh-a, 
“a warrior’; and so “ the 
thing for fighting,” or “the 
warrior’s weapon ” }. 
pax-opas, (f. paxérouat, 
Baxfoouat, paxotuat, p. pee 
XNuat, weudxeopat), Vv. mid. 
irreg. To fight [root pay, akin 
to Sans. makh-a, ‘a warrior’ J. 
peyadeta, wv; see MeyaArcios. 
peyad-eiog, efa, efor, adj. 
[meyas, meyaA-ov,  “ great, 
mighty] (“Pertaining to 
péyas”; hence) Great, mighty. 
—As Subst.: peyadcia, wy, 
n. plur. Great, or mighty, 
things. 
peyoded-rns, Tntos, f. 
[meyadei-os, (uncontr. gen.) 
Heyadeio-os, “mighty” | (“The 
quality of the peyadeios”; 
hence, ‘‘mightiness’’; hence) 
Majesty, magnificence. 
peyad-tve, v. a. [udyas, 
peyda-ov, ‘great’ ] (“To 
make great”; hence) Zo 
magnify, extol, etc. 











VOCABULARY. 
péy-as, GAn, a, adj.: 1. Of | 


size: Great, large.—2. Of a 
voice, sound, etc.: Great, 
mighty, loud.—8. Of degree: 
Great, vast, mighty. Of 
number : Great, large, numer- 
ous.—5. Of rank, authority, 
etc.: Great, powerful, mighty, 
exalted.—As Subst.: péyas, 
peyadov, m. A great, power- 
ful, mighty, etc., person.—6. 
Of importance, efc.: Great, 
important, etc. Ay Comp. : 
pel(oy ; (Sup. : uéyioros) [from 
“ial. root as paK-pds ; See LaK- 

s]. 
peO-epurnvevo, v. a. [ped 
(see werd), denoting “change”; 
épunvedw, “to interpret "1 
(To interpret by changing’ 
into another language ; hence) 
To Nae 3 to translate.— 
Pass. :) pe0-eppnvevopar. 

et locaui (f. pera-crhow, 
p. med-éornna), 1. aor. pet- 
éornoa, v. a. and n. [e6’ 
(see nerd), denoting “change”; 
Torn, “‘ to cause to stand ;— 
to stand”’] 1. Act.: In pres., 
imperf., and 1. aor.: (‘To 
cause to stand in a different 
place or apart ;” hence) Zo 
remove, etc.—2. Neut.: In 
perf., pluperf., and 2. aor.: 
(“To stand apart ”’; hence) Zo 
retire, be removed. 

pe0t-w (found only in pres. 
and imperf. and pres. part.), 
v. n. [uéév (found only in 
nom. and acc.), “ wine” ] (“To 


249 


have pééu ”; hence, as a result 
of taking too much of it) Zo 
be drunken, or intoxicated, 
with wine. 

peder-dw -0, (f. nererfow 
and meAerfooua:), 1. aor. 
eueAdrnoa, v. a. [pedrér-n, 
“care” ] (“To have a care 
for”; hence) With Acc. of 
thing: Zo attend to, give 
attention to, meditate, devise, 


ete. 

tMedtry, ns, f. Melite now 
Malta); an island in the 
Mediterranean Sea. 

pédrX\w, f. weAAfow, (1. aor. 
€ueAAnoa), v. n.: 1. Zo be 
about to be or happen; to be 
on the point of being or taking 
place.—2. With Inf.: Zo de 
about to do, etc., or on the 
point of doing,. etc.; some- 
times to be rendered by the 
English sign “will” ; —at 
xxvii, 2 the readings vary 
between péAAovtes in concord 
with jets (to be supplied as) 
the Subject of dv}xOnuer ; and 
BéAAoyT: in concord with 
wAoly.—Inasmuch as péAAw 
has in itself a future meaning, 
the Inf. dependent on it is 
usually future also. It also, 
however, takes an Inf. pres. 
(e. g. xxii. 26); and also, at 
times, an Inf. aor.— 8. Zo 
delay, hesitate, etc.; xxii. 16. 

(péde, f. peAfow, p. menéa- 
nea, 1. aor. €uéAnoa, v.n. Zo 


_be an object of care or inter- 


250 


est.—In Greek authors gener- 
ally, and always in Gr. Test.) 
‘Impers.: péAe, etc., with 
Dat.: Z¢ ts, or there is, an 
object of care, etc., to one ; t¢ 
‘ts, or there ts, a care to one; 
—at xviii. 17 ZueAev (imperf.) 
contains its Subject within 
its own meaning, viz. wéAnua ; 
ob3éy in the same clause is used 
in adverbial force. 
pév, conj. Indeed, on the 
one hand :—péy ... 86 on 
the one hand .. . onthe other 
hand. 
péver, f. nerd, (p. neuévnxa), 
1. aor. %uewa, v.n. and a.: 
1. Neut. : a. Zo wait, remain. 
—b. To tarry, continue.—e. 
To abide, dwell ;—at xxi. 7 
and xxviii. 80 folld. by Acc. of 
** Duration of time.” —2. Act. : 
pt wait for, await; xx. 5, 
3. 
pep-(s, 130s, f. [pep, root of 
obsol. pelpw, “to portion out” 
(“That which is portion 
out”; hence) 1. 4 part, por- 
tion, ete—2. Of a country, 
etc.: A part, region, division. 
p-ép-os, eos ous, n. [id.] (id.) : 
1. A part, portion. —2. Plur. : 
Of a country: With Art.: 
The parts.—8. An occupation, 
eh employment ; xix. 27. 
peo-npBp-ta, ias, f. [for 
Meo-nuep-ia; fr. uéo-os, “ mid- 
dle of”; uép-a, “day ”] 
(“That which pertains to the 
middle of the day’; 


VOCABULARY. 


1. Mid-day, noon.—2. The 
South, as that part of the 
heavens in which the sun is at 
noon. 

peco-vinr-log, Yor, adj. 
[uéoos, (uncontr. gen.) uégo- 
os, “middle”; wut, ‘vunr-ds, 
“night ”] Of, or belonging to, 
midnight ; at midnight.—As 
Subst.: perovinttov, ov, n. 
Midnight. 

tMecororapta, as, f. [fem. 
of pecororduios, ‘between 
rivers,’’ used as Subst. ] (“ The 
country between rivers ”’) 
Mesopotamia; the country 
between the rivers Tigris and 
Euphrates. 

péor-os, 7, ov, adj.: 1. Mid- 
dle ;—at xxvi. 13 fudpas wérns 
is Gen. of time “* when.’”’—. 
Subst.: pdéoov, ov, n. The 
middle, the midst.—2. In the 
middle :—éadknoe pécos, he 
burst inthe middle or asunder, 
i. 18 [akin to Sans. madh-yas, 
“middle ”; cf., also, Lat. m&d- 
tus |. 

T(peor-dw -6, f. peordcm, 
Pp. wenéorwra, Vv. a. [peor-ds, 
“full”] “To make peortds ”; 
hence, “to fill”). — Pass. : 
(peor-dopat ‘-otpat), p. me- 
héctopat, (1. aor. dueor aon», 
1. fut. peorwbhooua) : With 
Gen.: Zo be filled with, to be 
full of. 

petdé (before a soft vowel 
per’, before an aspirated vowel 


hence) | pe@’), prep. gov. gen. and ace. : 


» 


VOCABULARY. 


"1. With Gen.: a. With, to- 
‘gether with.—b. In the midst 
: of, amid.—o. Among, amongst. 
—2. With Acc.: After. 
peri-Balve, f. uerd-Bhoo- 
pat, p. perad-BéBnxa, 2. aor. 
*pet-éBny, V.N. [perd, denoting 
“change”; Balvw, “to go’’ | 
1. To go, or pass, from one 
place or state to another.—2. 
To go away, depart. 
+(pert-BadXw, f. perd- 
"B&AG, 2. aor. wer-EBAAOyr, V. a. 
(werd, denoting “change”; 
‘BdddAw, “to throw”] “To 
‘throwin a different direction”; 
hence, “to change, alter”). 
—Mid.: per&-BddXopar, (f. 
‘perd-Badrovua), (“To throw 
one’s self in a different direc- 
tion”; hence, “to turn one’s 
self, turn about’’; hence) 
‘Mentally: Zo change one’s 
‘mind or optnion. 
T(per&-KaAdopat -Kadod- 
"pat), f. uerd-naréoouar, 1. aor. 
pet-exaAreoauny, Vv. mid. [ werd, 
‘denoting ‘“‘ change’; xaAéouas 
(mid. of wxadréw, “to call’’), 
‘to call,” as one’s own especial 
act] (“ To call from one place 
‘to another ”; hence) Zo call 
‘for, summon, send for. 
peré-AapBave, (f. perd- 
Afoua), 2. aor. per-EABor, 
“Vv. fuerds Anbar] 1. [merd, 
denoting “ partieipatiun ” ; 
‘AapBavw, “to take”’}] With 
Partitive Gen. as Object: Zo 
partake of ; to take some of 


251 


that denoted by the Gen.—2. 
(nerd, denoting “an interval” 
In time; AapBdye, (“to re- 
ceive”; hence) “to get”’] 
With Acc.: Zo get, or obtain, 
after an interval of time or at 
later or future time; xxiv. 


et&-vodw -voe, f. perd- 
vonow, 1: aor. ner-evdnea, V. 0. 
(werd, denoting “change”’; 
vow, “to think ”] (“To think 
differently, have a change of 
mind ”; hence, with accessory 
notion of sorrow) Zo repent. 
perdvo-.a (quadrisyll.), fas, 
f. [ueravo-éw, “to repent ”] 
A repenting, repentance. 
petagy, adv.: 1. Locally: 
With Gen.: Between.—2. Of - 
time: In late Gr.: After. 
wards, after :—for rd petatd 
odBB&roy at xiii. 42, see d, 
no. 6, a. 
tpeta-ménwopat, (f. perd- 
wéupoua), 1. aor. uer-erenpa- 
pny, v. mid. [uerd, denoting 
“change”’; réuropa, ‘to send 
for” | To send for from an- 
other place, to summon.— 
Pass.: 1. aor. per-erdépdOny, 
To have been sent for or sum. 
moned, 
pera-orpédw, (f. pera- 
orpéjw, 1. aor. per-éorpeda, 
p. per-éorpopa), v. a. [merd, 
denoting “change” of con- 
dition; orpépw, “to turn ”] 
To turn into a different con- 
dition or state; to change.— 


252 


Pags.: (1. aor. per-eorpépbny), 
2. aor. mer-eotpagny, 2. fut. 
pera-o7 piphocouai. 
(pera-rlOnpr, f. nerd-Ohow), 
1. aor. per-d6yxa, v. a. [perd, 
denoting ‘‘change ” of place; 
Tiénut, “to put or place’’] 
(* To put, or place, in a dif- 
ferent position,” etc. ; hence) 
1. Zo change, alter.—2. Pass. : 
(‘To be changed or altered ”; 
hence) Zo be removed, trans- 
ferred, or carried over. — 
Pass.: perd-ttOepas, 1. aor. 
per-erddny. 
+(per-orntfo), f. (uer-orxlow 
and) er-ouid, 1. aor. per- 
pxioa, v. a. [uer-d, denoting 
“change” of place; olki{w, 
in force of “to settle or fix” 
& person in a place as an in- 
habitant, efc.] With Acc. of 
person: (“To settle, or fix, 
in a different place”; hence) 
To remove from one habita- 
tion or place to another ;—at 
vii. 4 supply abrds (= 6 @eds) 
as Subject of pergxicer. 
_ tperpt-ws, adv. [yérpi-os, 
“‘moderate”] (‘ After the 
manner of the pérpios”’; hence) 
Moderately : —od werpiws, (not 
moderately; i.e.) inno emall 
degree, very greatly, xx. 12; 
see vs ob, ger ee dey 
péexpt, uw, adv. f 
time: With Gen.: Until. 
py, adv. and conj.: 1. Adv.: 
a. Not, as ne ba a negative 
impression :—also in independ- 


VOCABULARY, 


ent clauses containing a com. 
mand, entreaty, or warning ; 
or expressing a wish or fear. 
—b. In combinations: (a) e 
uh, If not; i.e. except.—(b) 
ob ph, Not by any means, 
no means,—G. In prohibitions: 
© With Imperat. forbids 
what is occurring or being 
done,—(b) With Subj. forbids 
generally, or something not 
yet begun.—d. When used in 
questions a negative reply is 
expected, and yf is not rend- 
ered inta English :—p) codyia 
xal Ouoias spoonvéyKaré por 3 
have ye brought (i.e. offered) 
to me victims and sacrifices ? 
i.e. ye have not brought, ete., 
have ye? vii. 42; cf. vii. 28. 
—e. Used to strengthen a 
preceding negative, whether 
expressed or implied ;—at xiv. 
18 it strengthens the negative 
idea contained in xaréxaucev. 
—2. Conj.: a. That not.—b. 
Lest. ‘ av. P 

tpndap-os, adv. [unddu-ds, 
“ nati no | Of manner: Zs 
no wise, not at all, by no 
means. 

pn-8é, conj. and adv. [uh, 
“not”; 3¢, “and ”] 1. Conj.: 
And not, nor :—p}... pndé, 
not... nor:—pyh... undd 
oo « pNdé, mot... MOF... 
nor :—pndé. . . unde, neither 
-..nor.—2, Adv.: a. Not. 
—b. After a negative: Hoven. 

pnd-els, unde-pia, pnd-d, 








VOCABULARY. 


num. adj. [un8-é, “ not even”; 
els, “one”] Not even one, not 
one, none ;—at iv. 17 folld. by 
Gen. of “ Thing Distributed.” 
—Adverbial neut.: pn8dv, Zn 
no respect, not at all; iv. 21, 
etc.—As Subst.: a. pndels, 
evés, m. No one, nobody ;— 
after a negative: Any oxe.— 
b. py8dv, evds, n. Nothing. 
*+M780, wy, mm. plur. 
(“ Midland’’; hence, ‘the 


inhabitants of the midland | na:) 


country or interior”) The 
Medes; the inhabitants of 
Media, which obtained its 
name from its supposed central 
position in Asia; cf., also, 7 
Mydia xetva: wept péony thy 
*Aciay, “ Media lies about the 
middle of Asia,” Polybius, 5, 4 ; 
—at ii. 9 = the Jews settled 
among the Medes. 

py-n-én, adv. (uf, “not”; 
Eri, “any more”] Not any 
more, no more, no longer. 

piv, unvds, m. A month (a8 
a measure of time) ;—at vii. 20 
Bijvas wévre is Acc. of * Dura- 
tion of time’; cf., also, xviii. 
11 [akin to Sans. root mA, 
“to measure”; md-su, “a 
month”; cf. Lat. men-sis }. 

(pyvio, f. unvicw, p. me- 
phvuna), 1. aor. éuhvvca, v. a. 
To disclose, reveal, make 
kenown, show, give information 
about ;—at xxiii. 30 the words 
penvvOelons por emiBovajjs els 
Toy wipa pdddAcw cera 


253 


supply an instance of an- 
acoluthon, The grammatical 
structure requires weAAovons. 
Had the sentence opened with 
Lynvuodyroy pos ériBovah», the 
employment of wéAAew would 
have been right. As the case 
now stands, abrhy (= rhy ém- 
BovAfhy) must be supplied as 
its Subject. — Pass.: (pyvi- 
opas, p. wewhyvpas), 1. aor. 
éunvudny, (1. fat. pnvvehoo- 


py-twore, adv. and conj. 
(uh, “that not, lest’; wore, 
“at any time”] 1. Adv.: 
(“That not at any time”; 
hence) That at no time, that 
never.—2, Conj.: Lest at any 
time, lest ever, lest perchance. 
tprj-mov, adv. (uh, “ lest”; 
mov, “perhaps”’| Lest per- 
haps, lest perchance; see uh- 
Rws. 
py-wes, conj. (uh, “ lest ”’; 
ws, “in any way’’] Lest in 
any way, lest perchance, etc. 
py-re, adv. (uh, “not’’s 
re, “and”’?] And not, nor :— 
pire... pire, neither. ..nor. 
py-mp, tépos tpds, f. A 
mother [akin to Sans. md-tri, 
fr. root MA, in meaning of 
“to produce”; and so “A 
producer”; cf. Lat. ma-ter]. 
pyrt, adv. [adverbial nent. 
of pris, “that no one, that 
nothing’’} In questions to 
which a negative answer is 
expected, much about equi- 


254 


valent to a negative statement 
which the speaker challenges 
the persons, efc., addressed, 
to deny, if they can:—pirs 
Stvaral ris; can any one? i.e. 
no one can, can he? x. 47; 
cf. pif, no. 1, d. 

pixpéds, d, dv, adj. (“ Little” 
in size; hence) In rank, im- 
sider peek etc.: Little, hum- 

, lowly, mean.—As Subst. : 

pés, ov, m. A lowly, or 
humble, person. 

Midnros, ov, f. Miletus ; 
an important city of Ionia, in 
Asia Minor. 

-pi-prij-cxopar, (f. psf- 
Cova), p. wéurynuat, 1. aor. 
dunjcOny, v. mid.: 1. With 
Gen. of Object: Zo call to 
mind, remember.—2. Pass.: To 
be called to mind; to be borne 
in mind or remembered; x.31 
[akin to Sans. root MwA, “ to 
remeniber ”’ ]. 

piobds, ov, m. (“ Wages, 
pay’; hence, with accessory 
notion of giving) Reward, re- 
compense, 

tplofe-pa, dros, n. 
[lengthened fr. ulo@o-ua; fr. 
pio 06-w, ‘to let out for hire’’] 
(“That which is let out for 
hire ’’; hence) 4 hired house. 

TMirvArjvy, ns, f. Mityléné; 
the capital of Lesbos, an island 
in the Agean Sea. 

TMvdowv, wvos, m. Mnason; 
& disciple, who was a native of 
Cyprus ; xxi. 16. 


VOCABULARY. 


j-pa, uaros, n. [pvy, root 
of Pier wiaae “to peutad 7 
(“ That which reminds”; 
hence, “a memorial” of any 
kind; hence, of one dead) 4 
monument, sepulchre, tomb ; 
cf, Lat. mon-umentum, fr. _ 
mon-eo. 
pvy-petov, pelov, n. = vi}- 
pa. 
vypov-ever, (f. uynuovetow, 
p. €uvyudvevxa), L.aor.éurnudy- 
€uga, V. a. Mov, Lv LOoV-oOs, 
“mindful” | (“To be pefjuwr’’s 
hence) 1. With Gen. as Object: 
To bear in mind, recollect, 
remember.—2. Folld. by 8r: : ' 
To bear tn mind, recollect, or . 
remember, that. 
prnp.d-cuvov, cdvou, n. (for. 
pynpnoy-cuvoy; fr. Meov, 
prijuov-os, (in act. force) “re-_ 
minding ”’] (“ The remindin 
thing’’; hence) 4 emcee 
record, remembrance. 
porus, adv. (for udyis, “ with 
toil and pain Bern -ieaduaes | 
ly, hardly, with difficulty. 
f M shee. m.indecl.(““King’’) 
Moloch; the fire-god of the 
Ammonites, in whose worship 
human sacrifices were offered. 
pdvov, adv. [adverbial neut. 
of zdvos, “only” ] Only. 
+(poayo-worde - ow), 1. 
aor. €nooxorolnea, v. 0. [adox- 
os, (uncontr, gen.) pdoxo-os, 
“a calf”; worée, “to make ””] 
To make (the image of) a 
calf.—N.B. The word is per- 











VOCABULARY. 


haps found only in Gr. Test., 
and there only at vii. 41. 
TMupa, wy, n. plur. Myra 
(now called Myra by the 
Greeks, and by the Turks 
Dembre) ; a town on the 8S. 
coast of Lycia in Asia Minor. 
pupt-de, ddos, f. [udpt-os, 
“ten thousand”) (“ That 
which pertains to ppc”; 
hence) The number of ten 
thousand ; @ myriad. 
TMuota, as, f. Mysia; a 
country in the N.W. of Asia 
Minor. , 
- *Mewoys (Matoys), éws, m. 
(“ Water-saved One”; or, 
else, with reference to Pha- 
raoh’s daughter “ Drawing ” 
(him) from the water) Moses; 
the great lawgiver of the Jews. 


Nafipdd, NaLipér, f. indecl. 
Nazareth or Nazaret (now 
En-Nizirah); a city of 
Galilee. 

Na{wp-atos, alfa, aiov, adj. 
{for Nd{ap-atos; fr. Na(ap-d, 
another form of Na(apé6; see 
Na(apd6] Of, or belonging to, 
Nazara or Nazareth; Nazar- 
ene.—As Subst.: Nafwpatos, 
ov, m. A 1.an of Nazara or 
Nazareth; oa@ Nazarene:— 
Plur.: With Art.: The 
Nazarenes, as a term for the 
followers of Jesns; xxiv. 5. 

val, a particle used in strong 
affirmations. Yes, eves 30, 
verily. 


255 


va-d6, ov, m. [for ya-és; fr. 
val-w, in act. force, “to dwell 
in’’] (“That which is dwelt 
in”; hence, “a dwelling-place, 
a oe My use restricted 
ta a dwelling for a god; hence 
A temple. J — ) 

tvav-KAyp-og, ov, m. [for 
vdF-xAnp-os; fr. vais, vak-ds, 
“aship”; xAnp-da, “to allot 
or assign’’] (“One to whom 
a ship is allotted or assigned ”* 
hence) A ship-master or own- 
er ; @ supercargo. 

vavv, acc. sing. of vais. 

tvavs, gen. vads and veds, 
f. A ship [akin to Sans. saus ; 
cf. Lat. navis]. 

vav-rTyg, Tov, m. [for vdF- 
ns; fr. vais, vak-ds, “a 
ship ’’] (‘‘ Ship-doer ”; hence) 
A sailor, as one who does what 
is necessary for working a 
ship. : 

tvetiv-las, lov, m. [vedy, 
vedy-os, “young” ] 4 young 
man, a youth, 

veav(-oxog, gxov (dim. only 
in form), m. [veavl-as, “a 
youth ”] A youth, young man. 

fNeG-wolig -wédAews, f. 
[véa, fem. of véos, “new 7; 
nérrs, “a city ’] (“ New- 
city’’) Neapolis ; a town in 
the S.E. extremity of Mace- 
donia, on the coast of the 
/igean Sea. 

1. vex-pds, pov, m.: 1.: a. 
Sing. : e dead, a dead 
person.—b, Plur. (so mostly) : 


256 


VOCABULARY. 


The dead;—at xxiv. 15 | wasoften adopted by cities that 


vexpay is omitted in some 
editions. Where this is the 
case, Sixaloy and adixer be- 
come Substantives.—As Adj.: 
vexpde, d, dv, adj. Dead.—2. 
A dead body, a corpse [akin 
to Sans. root wac, “to 


1. vexpds, no. 1. 

vé-og (i. ¢. véF-os), a, ov, 
adj.: 1. New.—2. Young. Ge" 
Comp.: vedrepos ; (Sup. : ved- 
véros) [akin to Sans. nav-a, 
“new ”; cf. Lat. ndous]. 

ved-tTys, TnTos, f. [véos, 
(uncontr. gen.) »éo-os, “new”; 
hence, “young”} (“ The 
state, or condition, of the véos”’; 
hence) Youth, early years. 

vevu, (f. vedow, p. vévevca), 
1. aor. @vevoa, v. n.: 1. To 
nod with the head. — 2. Zo 
beckon. 

vep-édn, Ans, f. (“A thing 
" pertaining to the sky or atmo- 
sphere”; hence) 4 cloud [akin 
to Sans. nabh-as, “the sky, 
the atmosphere ’’]. 

tvew-xdp-0¢, ov, (m. but) f. 
when applied to cities ors 
yew (Attic for vads, ov), “a 
temple ”; xop-éw, “to sweep” ] 
(“ Temple-sweeper”; hence, 
like the Lat. editius, “tem- 
ple-gnardian ”) 4 femple- 
Guardian or -warden; a 
sacristan.— N.B. The title 


._ e 


assumed the guardianship of 
the shrine of some deity, 
under whose protection they 
more especially placed them. 
selves. Of this, Ephesus is a 
notable instance ; see xix. 85. 
tvyo-toy, tov, n. din. [rjc- 


.| os, “an island” ] 4 small, or 


little, island. 

vii-oos, cov, f. An island 

akin to Sans. root syn, * to 

the”; as “that which is. 
bathed ”’ by the sea, etc. ] 

yvnore-fa (trisyll.), fas, f. 
[ynore-b0, “to fast”] I. 
Fasting.—2. With Art.: Taz 
fast, i.e. probably of the 
great day of Atonement, which 
was kept on the tenth day of 
the seventh month, z. ¢. Tizri, 
corresponding to our October ; 
cf. Lev. xvi. 29; xxiii. 27; 
xxv. 9; Num. xxix. 7 The 
language of thewriter at xxvii. 
9 arises from the circumstance 
of navigation being consider- 
ed especially dangerous in the 
Mediterranean during the 
winter months. 

vynot-evo, f. vnoretom, 1. 
aor. évfiorevoa, Vv. n. [ vjoT-ts, 
“not eating, fasting ”| (“To 
be in a state of vijaris”’; 
hence) Not fo eat, to fast. 

tNlyep, m. indecl. (Gr. 
form of Te Niger, “ Black’’] 
Niger; the surname of 
Symeon; xiii. 1. 

TNixdvwp, opos,m. Nicanor; 





VOCABULARY. 


one of the seven deacons of 
the early Church at Jeru- 
salem; vi. 5. 

tNix-6-Adog, Adouv, m. [vix- 
dw, “to conquer’’; (0) con- 
necting vowel; Aads, “the 
people ”} (‘One conquering 
—or the conqueror of—the 
people”) Nicolatis ; one of the 
seven deacons of the early 
Church at Jerusalem ; vi. 5. 

vop-tle, (f. voulcw, Attic 
vouiw, p. vevdpixa), 1, aor. 
évduioa, v. a. [vdu-os, “a 
custom”] 1. (Act.: “To 
hold, or own, as a custom ”’) 
Pass.: Zo be held as, or to be, 
a custom; to be customary or 
wont; xvi. 13.—2. With Ob- 
jective clause or 8r: c. Ind. : 
To hold, deem, consider, think, 
etc., that something is, efe.— 
Pass.: vop-itLopat, (p. verdu- 
topat, 1. aor. évouicOny, 1. fat. 
vouiaOhroua). 

vopo-8t8dcxddos, sidacK- 
dAov, m. [vduos, (uncontr. 
gen.) véuo-os, “the law” of 

oses ; 8iddondAos, “a teach- 
a4 A teacher, or doctor, of 
the law of Moses. 

vép-og, ov, m. [for véu-or; 
fr. véu-w, “to assign, appor- 
tion ¥ (“That which is as- 
signed or apportioned’; hence, 
*a custom ”’; hence) 1. 4 dae, 
ordinance, —2. The Mosaic 


w. 
vécog, ov, £. Sickness, dis- 


ease. 
Acts. 


257 


(vordi-Lo, f. vorptd, 1. aor. 
évécgica,v. a.[vdogi,“apart” | 
“To set apart.” — Mid.) voedi- 
Copas, (Epic f. vorplacopa), 
l. aor. dvorgiciuny, To set 
apart for one’s self; to ap- 
propriate for one’s own use 
or purposes, to keep back 
from the legitimate use, etc. 

vérog, ov, m. Zhe South 
wind, 

vov-Qe-réw -r&, v. a. [contr. 
for voo-Oe-réw; fr. ydos, (un- 
contr. gen.) »do-os, “mind ”; 
Oc, a root of riOnui, “to put”’ 
(*To put in mind ”; hence 
To warn, advise, admonish. 

voy, adv.: 1. Now ;— ard rod 
viv, from the present time, 
henceforth, xviii. 6 :—7a viv, 
as to the present circum- 
stances, now:— for rd viv 
Exov see Fyw, no. 2.—2. Used 
to strengthen a command: 
Then [akin to Sans se or nd, 
“now” }. 

viv-(, adv. [viv, “now”; 
t, demonstrative suffix] Novo, 
at this moment, at this present 
time. 

vvE, vuerds, f. Night ;—at 
ix. 24 yuxrds is Gen. of time 
‘“‘when ”; cf. ix. 25;—at xii. 
6 vuxrl is Dat. of time in 
which a thing occurs; cf. 
xxiii, L1; xxvii. 23 ;—at xx. 
81 védxra is Acc. of “ Duration 
of time ”; cf. xxvi. 7 [akin to 
Sans. nica, “ night’; nektam, 
“by night ”’]. 

S 


258 


fev-ta, tas, f. [Fev-os, “a 
guest-friend”; hence, “a 
stranger” ] (“‘ That which ap- 
pertains to a tévos”’; hence) 
A hired lodging as occupied 
by a stranger. 

Eev-ife, (f. Zeviow and fev- 
16), 1. aor. éfévioa, v. a. and 
n. [tév-os, “a guest-friend ”; 
also, “a stranger” ] 1. Act.: 
To receive as @ guest-friend ; 
to entertain hospitably.—2. 
Neut.: (“To be a stranger ”’; 
hence) Of things: Zo be 
strange or unusual. — Pass.: 
Fev-iLopar, 1. aor. ckevicOny. 

Eévos, ov, m. (“A guest- 
friend,” ¢.e.a person of some 
foreign state, with whom a 
man had a treaty of hospitalit 
for himself and his descend- 
ants; hence) 4 foreigner, 
stranger.—As Adj. : §évos, 7, 
ov, adj. Foreign, strange, 

EvXov, Aov, n. [ib-w, “to 
scrape or plane”| (‘“ That 
which is scraped or planed ”; 
hence, “timber” for build- 
ings; hence, “ wood” in gen- 
eral; hence) As being made 
of wood: 1. A cross, gibbet.— 
2. Stocks for the feet. 

(€ip-dw -6 and fip-dwe -a, 
f£. Euphow, 1. aor. étpyea, v. a. 
[tup-dy, “a razor ’’] To use 
a razor to”; hence, “to 
shave’’). — Mid.: (%p-dopar 
-Opas and ftp-dopat -otpat, 
f. tUphooua), 1. aor. etupn- 
cadunv, Zo shave as one’s own 


, 6S 


VOCABULARY. 


especial act, or for one’s 


self. 


1. 6, 4, 76, definite article: 
1. With Subst.: a. To point 
out (a) Some particular person 
or thing :—7d @6vos, the nation, 
vill. 9; ris d300 Bvras, bee 
longing to the (particular) 
way (i.e. of religion), ix. 2.— 
(b) Some person or thing be- 
fore mentioned: —7T@ wredt- 
part, xvi. 18, refers to xrvetpua 
T1d@wvos, xvi. 16.—(c) What 
belongs, etc., to one :—rods 
i8ious, their own friends (or 
companions), iv. 28; eis 7a 
Bia, to their own home, xxi. 6, 
—(d) The collected members 
of a class:—oi &v@pwxo:, men 
in general, xxiv. 16.—(e) The 
greater definiteness or indi- 
viduality of something partic. 
ularized by its own nature :— 
6 fAlos, the sun, ii. 20, ete. 3 
but at xxvii. 20 fAtos alone.— 
(f) Some distinction in the 
nature, character, efc, of the 
word to which it is prefixed: 
—@ecds, God, i. e. the Supreme 
Being, the Deity; 6 @eds, 
God, i.e. the one or true God. 
—b. With Personal names of 
individuals the art. points out 
the person, (a) As the one just 
previously spoken of :—Iérpoy 
kal "Iwdyyny, iii. 8; rdv Mérpoy 
Kal *Iwdyyny, iii. 11;—Madaos, 
xvi. 25; 6 TlatAos, xvi. 28.— 
This distinction, however, does 


VOCABULARY. 


not always hold good in the 
Gr. Test., as may be seen most 
notably in St. Matthew’s 
genealogy of our Lord.—(b) 
As distinguished from others 
of the same name, or as de- 
noting: some famous or well- 
known person :—fxove Tui 
HatvaAou Aadovrros, xiv. 9.—2. 
The neut. art. sing. of all 
cases, @ Joined to an Inf. 
forms a verbal noun: — 7d 
(woyovetcbat, vii. 19; row 
oubijvos, xiv. 9.—b. Prefixed 
to a clause containing an Inf. 
imparts to such clause a sub- 
stantival character :—é€ws Tov 
dAGety abrdy, viii. 40; dy re 
CupTAnpoda bar Thy Hpepay, ii. 2; 
pera Td wabeciy abrdy, i. 3.—3. 
The neut. art. Gen. sing. joined 
toan Inf. expresses, a. The aim, 
otherwise termed ‘‘the final 
cause’: -— Tov aiteiy éAenpo- 
ouvyny, tn order to ask, or for 
the purpose of asking, alms ; 
iii, 2.—b. The object, result, 
or consequence :—rov orev 
ExBera Ta Byépn, so that they 
(made exposed, i.e.) exposed 
their children, vii. 19; cf., 
also, iii. 12; xxvii. 1.—4, The 
masc. or fem. art. with Gen. of 
the name of a person denotes 
the son, daughter, wife, 
brother, mother or father of 
such person :—~AaBld roy (se. 
vibv) rot "leccal, David the 
son of Jesse, xili. 22; *Eupodp 
Tov (sc.watpds) Zuxelu, Hmmor 


259 


the "Atecas of Syohem, vii.16.— 
5. With participles = Lat. és 
etc. gui, etc., he who, etc. :— 
6 xaroixdy, he that dweileth, 
i, 20; 7d elpnudvoy, that 
which was spoken, ii. 16; 1d 
yeyovds, that which had hap- 
pened, v. 7:—for ellipse of 
xadovmeros at xiii. 9 see xavAéw. 
—6. With Adverbs the Art, 
forms, a. An adjectival ex- 
pression :-—rd perath odBBar- 
ov, the next, or following, 
Sabbath, xiii. 42; ras thw 
adres, (the outside, i. e.) 
foreign cities, xxvi. 11; rAhy 
tay éxdvayKes Tutor, except 
these necessary things, xv. 28. 
—b. A complex noun :—érd 
Tov wiv, from the present time, 
henceforth, xviii. 6; eis thy 
abpiov, anto the next day or 
the morrow, iv.3; Trav xabetijs, 
those in succession, i.e. those 
who follow after, iii. 24.—7. 
The mase. art. plur., with ov» 
and Dat., or wep{ with Acc., of 
the name of a person, or of a 
pron. referring to a person, 
denotes, a, That person’s 
followers, eto.:—-65 dpxiepeds 
aal of atv atr@, the high 
priest and they that were 
with him, i.e. his adherents 
or party, v. 21; cf. preceding 
verse 17.—b, That person bim- 
self, together with his follow- 
ers, etc. :—ol rept Tov TlavaAov, 
(those around Paul, i. e.) 
Paul and his companions, 


S$ 2 


260 


xiii. 18.—8. The neut. art., &. 
Folld. by dependent Gen. de- 
notes the thing, or things, of,or 
pertaining to, a person, ete. : 
—ra Tov Bod, the things of, or 
pertaining to, God.—b. Folld. 
by a prep. and its case denotes 
the thing, etc., connected with 
that which such prep., eéc., 
points out:— Ta wep) Tis 
BaoiAelas, the things concern- 
ing the kingdom, i. 3.—9. The 
peut. art. sing. prefixed to a 
clause or sentence imparts to 
such clause, efc., a substan- 
tival power, and renders it 
much about equivalent to a 
dependent oor explanatory 
clause :—-undtv eiploxovres 7d 
was KoAdoowvras abrots, in nO 
respect finding how = can 

unish them, iv. 21; cf. also 
lv. 18 and xxii. 30.—10. 
The neut. art. sing. prefixed 
to a neut. adj sing. used as a 
subst. imparts to it an abstract 
notion: —7d &yaddy, goodness. 
—11. Joined to a Nom. in the 
place of a Voc. :—3déarxora, ob 
5 @eds, iv. 24; Were, of xatra- 
gpoynral, xiii. 41.—12. Re- 
peated with an attributive 
adj., after a subst. to which it 
has also been prefixed, for the 
sake of emphasis :—vTov @eov 
tov iplorou, of the most high 
God ; rather, of God, the most 
high one, xvi. 173; tas d80ds 
Kuplov ras ebOcias, the straight 
ways of the Lord; rather, 


- €63Erl(ae'/' 


VOCABULARY. 


the ways of the Lord, the 
straight ones, xiii. 10.—1%. 
With cardinal numerals, a. 
Marks a number decisively.— 
—b. Has a demonstrative force 
= This, those, etc. [akin to 
Sans. sa, “ one”’}. 

2. 6, 4, +6, demonstr. pron. 
He, she, tt :—rov yévos eonev, 
we are his offspring, xvii. 28: 
—ol pév...ol Sé, some, on 
the one hand .. . others, om 
the other hand, xiv. 4, etc.; 
cf., also, xvii. 32; xxvii. 24: 
—tivés ... of 86, some... 
gre inky rigs 18. adj. [f 

-008, én, cov, adj. [for 
Snr-oos ; fr. dnr-&, “ eight a 
(*Of£ or pertaining to,“ eight; 
hence) Eighth. 

8-54, 4-5, +é-3e, pron. dem. 
[46, old dem. pron.; 3¢, enclitic 
particle} Fhis, this person or 
thing here.—As Subst. : rade, 
tovse, n. plur. These things 
or words. 

68-ny-¢e -0, f. S3yyhow, 1. 
aor. &dfynoa, v. a. [63-ds, “a 
way ;” iry-éoua:, “to lead ”] 
(‘To lead on the way”; hence) 
To be a@ guide to one; to 
guide, lead. 

68-ny-ds, ov, m. [id.] (“One 
who leads on the way ”’; hence) 
A leader, a guide. 

+éSo.mop-ée -&, (Ff. d8a:- 
wophoew, p. ddonxépnxa and 
G&do:ndpnna), v. n. [ d8ocrdp-os, 
“a wayfarer”] (“To be an 
bd3esrdpos ”; hence) To proceed 


VOCABULARY. 


on one’s way, to journey, 
travel, etc. 

68-és, ai, f. (“That which 
approaches or forms an ap- 
proach”; hence) 1. 4 way, 
whether actual or figurative ; 
—at ix. 2 r#s 6800 depends on 
byras.—2. A journey, etc. :— 
caBBarov 486s, a Sabbath- 
.day’s journey,which is various- 
ly estimated at 7 and 8 stadia, 
or seven-eighths of a mile and 
a mile respectively; see, algo, 
&w, N.B. [akin Sans. root 
SAD, in force of “to ap- 
proach’’}. 

ddov¢, dvros, m. (‘* The eat- 
ing thing”; hence) 4 tooth 
[preb. = éd0d-s for e5dv7-s, 

. wy, ESovr-os, part. pres. 
of %w, “ to eat’; 
dantas, “a tooth’’}, 

(88tv-de -c, f. d3urhow, V. A. 
[33ty-m, “ pain’’} 1. Act.: “To 
inflict pain upon; to pain, 
torment.”—2.) Pass.: d8vv- 
dopas -spat, 1. aor. ddurfOny, 
1. fat. d3uvnOAooua: (a. To be 

ained or tormented pbysical- 
ly ; t0 suffer pain.—b.) To be 
pained mentally, to sorrow. 

&-Gev, adv. (8s, (uncontr. 
gen.) 8-os, “who, which”; Ger, 
inseparable particle denoting 
motion “from”} 1. From 
which place, etc. ; whence.—2. 
From which cause, wherefore. 

Té0dvn, xs, f. (“ Fine white 
-linen”; hence) 4 linen oloth, 
sheet, etc. 


cf. Sans. 


261 

otBa ; see cfSe. 
olx-érys, érov, m. [olx-de 
(neut.), “to dwell”] (“A 


dweller” in a house; hence, 
generally) 4 house-slave, serv- 
ant, mental. 
tolxyn-pe, pdros, n. [for 
ofxe-ua; fr. oixd-w (act.), “to 
inhabit ”} (“That which is 
inhabited ”’; hence, “a habit- 
ation, dwelling,” etc.; hence) 
In a bad sense: A prison. 
olx-Ya, ias, f. [oin-éw (act.), 
“ to inhabit 3 (‘* An inhabit- 
ing”; hence) 1. A house, 
dwelling, abode, habitation.— 
2. A house or family. 
olxo-Sop-de -6, f. olxo- 
Souhow, 1. aor. geoddunoa, 
v. a. [for olxo-3eu-ée; fr. olxos, 
(uncontr. gen.) ofxo-os, “a 
house”; 3éu-w, “to build” 
(“ To build a house ’’; hence 
To build, raise, erect, con- 
struct, etc., whether actually 
or figuratively.—Pass.: olxo- 
Sop-dopas -otpar, p. gxoddp- 
muat, 1. aor. gxodouhOny, 1. 
fut. olxodounOhoopas. 
tolxo-8ép-08, ov, m. [for 
oixo-3éu-os; fr. id.] 4 house- 
builder; a builder. 
olxoSopév, oiva, ody, contr. 
P. pres. of oixodoudw.—As 
Subst.: olxo8opev, obvros, m. 
4. builder ;—at iv. 11 in figur- 
ative force :—where, also, the 
readings vary between oixo- 
Souotyray and oixoddépeovy. 
gix-os, ov, m. (“ That in 


262 


which one sits down ”; hence) 
1. A house, abode, dwelling.— 
2. A house, household, family, 
etc.—3, 4 house, race, etc., of 
persons [akin to Sans. vec-a, 
‘‘a house”; from root vIo¢, 
“to sit down”; cf. Lat. vic- 
us]. 

otxou , ns, f. [fem. of 
olxoduevos, “inhabited,” used 
as a Subst. ] With Art.: (“The 
inhabited land”; hence) Zhe 
world, the earth. 

T(dnv-de -6, f. dnvhow), 
1. aor. &xvnoa, v. n. [Sxv-os, 
“hesitation ’”’] (“To be in 
Sxvos”; hence) With Inf.: 
To hesitate to do, etc.; to 
shrink from doing, etc.; to be 
loth, or delay, to do, etc. 

dere, num. adj. indecl. 
Hight (akin to Sans. ashtan, 
“eight ”}. 

éAtyos, 7, ov, adj.: 1. In 
amount, degree, efc.: a. Sing.: 
Small, little.— As Subst.: 
éAtyov, ov, n. That which 
is little, a little ;—év datye, 
see éy, no. 11.—b. Plur.: Few; 
—at xvii. 4, 12 folld. by Gen. of 
“Thing Distributed.”—2. Of 
time: Little, short ;—at xiv. 
28 xpdvov ox dAryor is Acc. 
of “Duration of time’’; see 
ov for both 1 and 2. 

tédonAnp-ta, tas, f. [dAd- 
KAnp-os, “having the whole 
lot”; hence, ‘entire, com- 
plete ”} («* The state, or con- 
dition, the dAdxAnpos” ; 


,)6hSErl(<a a] 


VOCABULARY. 


hence) Of the body: Com. 
pleteness, soundness. 

SA-o8, 7, ov, adj.: 1. Whole, 
entire, complete.—2. The whole 
of that denoted by the subst. 
to which it is in attribution; 
all [akin to Sans. sam-a, “all, 
whole, entire ”’}. 

éptr-deo -c, (f. dutatoo, p. 
Gpmirnna), 1. aor. &uiAnoa, v. Dn. 
[Suia-os, “a throng” of peo- 

le} (“To be in an 8utAos ”; 

ence, “to join in company ”; 
hence, as a result) Zo kold 
conversation, to converse. 

Su-vipe, (f. duodua, later 
dudow, p. Sudpoxa), 1. aor. 
Gpooa, v.n.: 1. Zo swear s— 
at vii. 17 rijs éxayyeAXias, fs 
Gpocey = rhs éwayyeXias, hy 
&poceyv, the relative being at- 
tracted into the case of the 
antecedent. Further, 4» = 
éxayyeAlay, and is thus the 
Acc. of cognate meaning de- 
pendent on &pocev.—2. a. To 
swear; to affirm, or declare, 
with an oath.—b. Folld. by 
Inf. (of fat. mostly, but also) 
of Aor., and relating to the 
same Subject as the finite verb: 
To swear, etc., that a person, 
ete., will do, etc. [prob. akin to 
Sans. root YAM, “to restrain’ ]. 

épobtp-&8dy, adv. [duddvp- 
os, “of one mind; unanimous” | 
(“After the manner of the 
duddvpos ”; hence) With one 
mind, with one accord, un- 
animously, 


VOCABULARY. 


- bporo-wa8-te, és, adj. [Su- 
oos, (uncontr. gen.) dpolo- 
os, “like’’; +d6-os, any “feel- 
ing or passion” ] With Dat. 
of person: Of like feelings, 
or passions, with one. 
p-orog, ola, cov, adj. Like 

or similar ;—at xvii. 29 with 
Dat. [akin to Sans. sam-a, in 
force of “ like,’ ete. ]. 

épou-dew -o, f. dpuodow, 
1. aor. dpolwoa, v. a. [Buor-os, 
“like” ] (“To make dpoos ”; 
hence) With Dat.: Zo liken, 
compare, etc., to.— Pass.: 
(dpor-dopar -ovpas, p. dpol- 
wuat), 1. aor, dporwOny, 1. fut. 
épowPhoomas. 

époroy-dw -3, f. Suoroyhow, 
(p. &porAdynxa), 1. aor. dmordy- 
noa, Vv. a. [ duddoy-os, ‘‘assent- 
ing ’’] (“To be dudacyos to”; 
hence) Zo confess, acknow- 
ledge. 

tépd-reyyv-og, ov, adj. [duds, 
(uncontr. gen.) cud-os, “one 
and the same, like, common”; 
véxy-n, in force of “an art, 
craft, trade” ] Of the like 
art, craft, or trade. 

épov, adv. [adverbial neut. 
gen. of duds, “same,” as a 
gen. of place} (“ At the same 
place’’; hence) Together. 

8-vo-pa, patos, n. [for 8- 
yvo-ua; fr. root yvo, short 
form of yvw (see yi-yvdb-oKxw 
in yi-yé-oxw), with 4 as pre- 
fix; cf. Lat. no-men for gno- 
men | (‘The thing which serves 


| 


263 


for knowing an object by ”s 
hence) 1. 4 name by which a 
person or thing is known or 
distinguished : — dyduar:, dy 
name, Dat. dependent on 
"lovAig, xxvii. 1;—the more 
usual construction is that of 
the adverbial acc. Svona.—2. 
A person, man ; i. 15. 

pale, (f. dvondcw, p. 
a@véudxa), 1. aor. wvdpdoa, Vv. a. 
[for dvoudr-ow; fr. Svoua, 
vépar-os, “a name”’] 1. Zo 
name.—2. With 7d dvona as 
Object: Zo name the name, 
i.e. to call out, or make men- 
tion of, the name. 

dntow, adv.: 1. After, be- 
hind.—2. With Gen.: After, 
or behind, one. 

Sxoios, a, ov, adj.: 1. Of 
what sort, kind, or quality.— 
2. As a correlative to to.ovros, 
“such”: As [either fr. obeol. 
bxés = obsol. xés, akin to 
Sans. ka, “who ?” or length- 
ened fr. wotos, “of what sort 
or kind’’}. 

owov, adv. Of place: Where 
[either akin to obsol. da/s = 
obsol. #és, akin to Sans. ka, 
“who”? or lengthened fr. 
wou, “ where” }. 

dn-rive, v. a. [root dn, 
found in Spoua: (= br-copat), 
fut. of dpdw, “to see” ] Zo 
see.—Pass.: With Dat. of 
person: Zo be seen by, to ap- 
pear to.—Pass.: éw-tavopas. 
énr-Gota, acias, f. [orr- 


264 


dive (rare), “to see”] (“A 
seeing’’; hence, “a sight”; 
hence) A vision. 

Swes, adv. and conj. [either 
fr, obsol. dads (see Swov); or 
lengthened fr. r@s, “in what 
way,” etc.) 1. Adv.: a. In 
‘what way or manner; how. 
—b. Of time: When :—txws 
ky, whenever, iii. 19; see as, 
no. 2.—2. Conj.: a. That, in 
order that; xv. 17.—b. For 
that, because, inasmuch as. 

opa-pa, piros, n. [dpd-w, 
“to see”] (“That which is 
‘seen’; hence) 4 vision. 

Spa-ovs, cews, f. [id] (“A 
seeing”; hence) A vision. 

bode -@, f. Bpopas, p. (ébpa- 
wa and) éépaixa, v. n. and a.: 
1. Neut.: (“To see, look”; 
hence) Zo see to, look to, a 
thing; fo pay heed to.—2. 
Act.: a. Zo see.—b. Mental- 
Wy: With part. in concord with 

ce. of nearer Object: 7b see, 
perceive that one, etc., ts, etc.; 
viii, 23.—3. Puss.: épdopat 
-Opat, (p. éopaua: and dupa), 
1. aor. SPOny (and éwpaény, 
‘1. f. d¢6foouas and later dpa- 
Ohoopa), To be seen, to ap- 
pear ;—at xxvi. 16 udpripa 
ay re eldes Sv Te bPOhaoual cor 
= udpriipa dxelvay re & eldes, 
dxelvoy re dy ofs dpOhoopal 
go; see Ss, no. 3, a, (A). 
tépyud, Gs, f. A fathom; 
& measure of length, equal to 
about six feet [commonly re- 


‘VOCABULARY. 


garded as a derivative from 
épéye, “to stretch out,” and 
so denoting “the length of 
the outstretched arms”; but 
rather akin to Sans. rife, 
“ straight,” thus denoting tlie 
measure of a tall, upright 
man, i. e. six feet, in general]. 
bp0ds, f, dy, adj. Straight, 
upright, erect [prob. akin to 
Sans. drdhva, “ erect op 

Ep-Opos, Opov, m. [8p-viu, 
in meaning of ‘‘to awaken ”’] 
(“ That which awakens; the 
awakening time”; hence) 
Dawn, early morn, the time 
just before day-break. 

ép-iLe, (f. dpicw, Attic dps, 

. Spixa), 1. aor. Spica, v. a. 
Pipes, “a boundary ’’] (“ To 
orm a boundary to, to bound”; 
hence, “to mark out by bound- 
aries”; hence) Zo determine, 
appoint.—Pass.: (dp-iLopas), 
p- Gpioua, 1. aor. dploOny, 
(1. fut. dpro6hoopas). 

Spt-ov, ov, n. [ dpi-os, “* per- 
taining to a boundary’) 
(“That which pertains to a 
boundary ”; hence) Of a coun- 
try: 1. A border, frontier, 
limit.—2. A country, district, 
region. 

épx-tfw, v. a. [Spx-os, “an 
oath} (“To tender an oath 
to”? a person; hence) With 
Acc. of person and Acc. of that 
to which the oath relates: Zo 
adjure one by. 

Spx-os, ov, m. [for Fépy-os ; 


VOCABULARY. 


fr. Fépy-w = elpy-w, “ to shut 
in, restrain” ] (“ That which 
restrains’’; hence, morally) 
An oath as restraining a per- 
son from violating his word, 


ete. 

(Spp-dw -&, f. dpyhow, p. 
&punxa), 1. aor. Spunea, v. a. 
[4pu-h, in force of “a start, 
setting out’’}] (“To make a 
start,’ etc.; hence) With ac- 
cessory notion of impetuosity, 
etc.: To rush violently or 
Suriously. 

dppy, jis, f. An assault, 
attack, onset. 

tépo-@e-ola, cias, f. [Spos, 
(uncontr. gen.) 8po-os, “a 
boundary”’; @¢, a root of i- 
On-mi, “to place”] (A 
placing, or fixing, of a bound- 
ary or of boundaries”; hence) 
Boundaries, bounds, limits. 
Spos, eos ous, n. A moun- 
tain. 

Ss, 4, 8, pron. demonstr. 
and rel.: 1. Demonstrative : 
= obros, This, that :—obs 
péev . .. obs 34, some on the 
one hand ... others on the 
other hand, xxvii. 44.—2. 
Relative: Who, which :—for 
wap’ ov at xxiv. 8, see wapeArd- 
év ;—at xxiv. 18 the readings 
vary between éy als (referring 
to éAenuoctvas and mpocgopds) 
folld. by a comma, and éy ols 
follg. a full stop :—od (supply 
+éxov), adverbial gen. of place, 


where, i, 18, etc.:—&ws od 


265 


(supply xpévov), up fo what 
time, or the time that; antil, 
xxi. 26, etc. ; so &xpt, or Exprs, 
od, in same construction and 
force, xxvii. 88; vii. 18 :— 
dv? Sv (supply xpnudrer), (in 
return for which things; 
hence) wherefore, xii. 23 :— 
év ols (supply xphudor), (in 
which things; hence) where- 
upon, xxvi. 12; for xxiv. 18 
see above.—At xxiv. 11 qudpas 
(gen. sing.) is to be supplied 
with 4s from preceding fuépat. 
—8. Particular constructions : 
a. By attraction the relative 
(a) Is put in the case of the 
antecedent, instead of that 
required by grammatical con- 
struction :—wep) rdyrwy . . . 
dy Hptaro woetv for & Hptaro, 
etc., i. 1 :—ws rijs Hudpas, Fs 
dveAfoen, for F dveahpén, i. 
22:—éOvav, dy SEwoev, for 
& ttwoev, vii. 45:—wep) wdvr- 
wv dy réraxtal cot rorjoa: for 
& réraxrai, etc., xxii. 10.—(b) 
Takes the subst. of the de- 
monstrative clause into ite own 
clause and its own case :— 
Kyovres wap @ leviodduev 
Mvdowm for &yovres, wap’ ® 
feriabGper, Mydowva. Towhich 
it must be added that the two 
following words in apposition 
to Mvdowm in Text would 
strictly be in Acc., in apposi- 
tion to Mvdowva the regular 
formation ; xxi. 16.—(c) Takes 
the number of.the word in- 


266 


plied in a collective noun in- 
stead of the grammatical num- 
ber :—1d wAjO0s . . . p¢oovres, 
the multitude (= many per- 
sons), bringing, v. 16.—(d) 
Takes the gender of the ex- 
planatory word, instead of the 
gender of the word to be 
explained.—b. When the rela- 
tive refers to a word (or clause) 
which is to be explained, it is 
put in the neut. nom. sing. 
with dori, Aéyera, or épuny- 
evera: :—BapvaBas..., & dors 
peBepunveuduevowy vids xapa- 
wAhoews, iv. 36; cf. obros.— 
c. The demonstrative pron. is 
frequently omitted before the 
relative: —& «xpoxarhyye:Ae 
oo oy CxAfpwoerv, for Exeva, &, 
ete., iii. 18 :—yywdones & dva- 
ywéoxes for Exewa, &, viii. 
80 :—éya elu, dy Cyretre, for 
éxetvos, Sv, x. 21; ef., also, 
xiii. 37 :—obdéy dori, dv, for 
otdév eorw exelywy, G, xxv. 
11; cf., also, no. 3, a, (a) 
above.—d. For %s &v, bs édy, 
etc., see by and 2. édy.—e. 
Sometimes a demonstr. pron. 
is found in the same clause as 
a relative; and, when this is 
the case, the demonstrative is 
both emphatic and explana- 
tory :—éq’ obs éxindéxAnra: ‘rd 
Svoud pov én’ abtots, upon 
whom my. name is called— 
upon them, I mean, xv. 17.— 
f. Sometimes the relative refers 
to a clause, and is then put in 


,.)6hSE UC 


VOCABULARY. 


the neut. sing. and the case re- 
quired by the construction :— 
tovroy tov "Incoty avéornoev 
b @eds, ob xdvres Tucis eouey 
pdpripes, ii. 82. Here of 
refers to preceding clause, and 
is Gen. dependent on pdpripes; 
ef. iii. 15 :—evavria xpatat. *O 
wal érolnoa. Here é refers to 
évaytia wpata:, and is the Acc. 
dependent on éxolfnoa; xxvi.9 
at end and 10 at beginning. — 
g. The relative sometimes 
takes the gender of the per. 
sons, eéc., denoted by the ante- 
cedent, and not its grammat- 
ical gender :—ra fOr, é¢’ ofs, 
xv.17; cf., also, xxvi. 17.—h. 
The relative is sometimes put 
for a copulative conj., and a 
demonstrative pron.:—8s = 
wal €xeivos, xiii. 31 [prob. 
akin to Sans. rel. pron. ya, 
“who, which ”’}. 

Satos, a, ov, adj.: 1. Of per- 
sons: Holy, sinless, pure.— 
As Subst.: Se%os, ov, m. Of 
Christ: With Art.: The 
Holy One; ii. 27; xiii. 35. 
—2. Of things: Holy, hal- 
lowed ; sanctioned, or ordain- 
ed, by divine law, etc.—As 
Subst.: Sora, wy, n. plur. 
Holy things ; xiii. 34, where 
it is a quotation from Isaiah 
lv. 3, and represents the 
Heberw word which means 
“‘ mercies or benefits’”’ bestow- 
ed by God. 

doos, 7, ov, adj.: 1. Of 


VOCABULARY. 


time: As long as, how long. 
-—2. Of number: As many as, 
how many ;—for 800: by, 800 
&y, see dv, no. 2,.—As Subst. : a. 
Scot, wy, m. plur. As many as. 
—-b. doa, wy, n. plur. 4s many 
things as, how many things. 
—8. Of degree: As much as, 
how much. —N.B. The correla- 
tive réoos (“so many”) in 
its proper case, and whether 
as adj. or subst., is often 
omitted before 3cos, eto. ;—at 
iv. 6 supply récovs before 
Sco: ;—at iv. 23 supply réoa 
before 3ea. 

So-t1s, f-r1s, 8-71, pron. 
indef., rel. and interrog. [8s, 
‘“‘who”; rls, any”) 1. In- 
definite : (“ Any one who, any- 
thing which’; se.) Whoever, 
whatever person, or thing.— 
2. Relative: Referring to a 
definite person, or thing, but 
with a certain general notion 
attaching to it: Who ;—at 
xvi. 12 %#ris relates to #iA- 
swrot, but by attraction is pat 
in the gender and number of 
the explanatory word wdais ; 
cf, vs, no. 3, a, (d).—8. Inter- 
rogative: Who? What? 

Ss, tos, f. The hip, the 
loins. 

Sr-av, adv. [8-re, “ when ”; 
&», indefinite particle] With 
Subj., always in classical au- 
thors and mostly in Gr. Test.: 


Sre, adv. When. 


267 


1. 3,n, adv. [adverbial neut. 
of oris ; see Joris, no. 3} For 
what reason, why, wherefore, 
—N.B. This word is written 
8,7: and 8 71, to distinguish it 
from 8r:, “that’’; see follow. 
ing word. 

2. Sri, adv. and conj.: 1. 
Adv.: a. That.—b. Used after 
a verb, eto., denoting “speak- 
ing,” etc. before the quoted 
words of another person. In 
this case it is equivalent to 
the inverted commas used in 
English, and is not to be 
rendered: Ad¢yovres 871... 
eUpouer, saying, We found, v. 
23 :—Mwojs ... elwev 87: 
mpophrny sui = dvacrhoe 
Képios, Moses ... said, The 
Lord shall raise up unto you 
a prophet, iii. 22; cf., also, 
ii. 18, etc. ;—at xiv. 22 Sr: 
introduces a change from the 
preceding oratio obliqua to 
the oratio recta. Here, there- 
fore, some such word as Aéy- 
ovres must be supplied.—2. 
Conj.: a. Because.—b. Seeing 
that, inasmuch as, for that. 

1, ot, masc, and neut. gen. 
sing. of 8s. 

2. ob, as adv. Where; see 
8s no. 2. 

3. ob (before a consonant ; 
ovx before a soft vowel; before 
an aspirated vowel ot ), adv. : 
1. Not :—obd ph (with Subj.), 
not by any means, by no 
means.—2. Imparting to a 


268 


word the very reverse of the 
meaning which such word has 
by itself :— 3brdua:, to be able; 
ob Sévduat, to be unable; Or, 
to be willing ; ob 0éAw, to be 
unwilling ; drjyo, few; obx 
dAi‘yot, not a few, 1. e. many, 
several; perpiws, moderate- 
ys ob perpiws, not moderate- 
ly, i. e. exceedingly, very 
greatly. 

ob-Bé, conj. and adv. [o2, 
“not”; 8é, “and’’] 1. Conj.: 
And not, nor :—ovdé .. . ov8¢, 
neither ...nor; ob... ovd€, 
mob... sor.—B, Adv.: Not 
even. 

ot8-elg, ob8e-ula, ob8-ér, 
adj. [0v8-é, “not even”; ls, 
“one” }] Not even one, not 
one ;—at v.18 with Gen. of 
“thing distributed ’:—otd¢év, 
nent. in adverbial force: Not 
at all, in no respect.—As 
Subst.: a. ot8els, m. No one, 
nobody; — after a negative, 
any one, anybody.—b. ovdév, 
n. Nothing ;—after a negative, 
anything. 

ot8é-mwore, adv. [oddé, “not 
even ”; woré, “at any time” | 
Not even at any time, never 
at any time, never. 

obhd-wes, adv. [ovdé, “and 
not”; “not even”; rw, “yet” 
1. Not even yet, and not yet, 
‘not as yet; see otxw.—2, 
Not even yet, never as yet ;— 
after a negative, ever as yet. 

ob; see 8, 0d. . 


VOCABULARY. 


obn-éri, adv. [ov«, “not” ; 
tri, “any longer”’}] Not any 
longer, no longer, no more ;— 
after a preceding negative, 
any longer, any more. 

ot, adv.: 1. Then.—32. 
Therefore, consequently. 

ot-we, adv. (od, “not”; 
ww, “yet” ] Not yet, sot as 
yet ;—at viii. 16 the readings 
vary between ofxw and ovdé- 


TO. 

obpdv-los, tov (also, tos, ia, 
tov), adj. [odpdiv-ds, “heaven” ] 
Of, or belonging to, heaven ; 
heavenly. 

fovptvd-Bev, adv. [otpavds, 
(anoontr. gen.) otpayd-os, 
‘heaven ”; suffix 0e or Ger = 
‘“‘ from” | From heaven. 

obpivds, od, m., sing. and 
plur. Heaven, the heavens. 

ovs, wrés, n. 4 ear. 

o¥-re, conj. [od, “not”’; re, 
“and” | And not, nor :—obre 
.. . obre, neither... nor: 
—otre ... otre... obfe, 

otros, airy, rovro, pron. 
dem. This.—At xvii. 24 in- 
serted after several intervening 
words in the case and gender 
of preceding Subject of the 
verb forthe sake of emphasis.— 
Particular construction: When 
the demonstrative refers to a 
word (or clause) which is to be 
explained, it is put in the 
neat. nom. sing. with éo7f :— 
*"AxeASauad, Tout’ ior xepioy 


VOCABULARY. 


aludros, i. 19:—els roy épx- 
ducvov... Tour’ Ear els roy 
Xpiordy "Incowr, xix, 4; cf. 8s, 
no.8, b.—As Subst.: a. Mase. : 
otros, This man ;-——Plur.: 
Phese men, these.—b. Fem. : 
atrn, This woman, she; ix. 
86.—c. Neut.: (a) rovro, This 
thing, this.—(b) Plur.: ravra, 
These things. 

otr-ws (before a consonant 
ovr-w), adv. [ofr-os, “ this ””] 
In this way or manner ; thus, 
80. 

oby ; see od. 

oby(, a strengthened form 
of ob. 

Sdeftw, (f. dperrdfow, p. 
&pelAnna), 1. aor. Spernca, 
v.a.: l. To owe.—2. With Inf. : 
(7, ah Meg to do, or " 

-Ga » QaApod, m.| pro 
akin t toot bm," to, 600" 
(‘‘ The seeing thing”’’; hence 
An eye, whether actually or 


figuratively. 

b6els, cioa, dy, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of dpde. 

Spbiyicopar, 1. fat. ind. 


pass. of dpde. 

Soman, fut. ind. of dpdw. 

dxA-dw -o, v. a. [ByA-os, “a 
crowd”; hence, “noise or 
tumult of a crowd”; hence, 
“trouble or disturbance ’”] 
(‘*To cause 8xAos” to one; 
hence) To trouble, harass, etc. 
—Pass.: dyA-dopar -otpas. 

+(x A0-wordw -wores), 1. aor. 
@xXAoxoinoa, v. n. L[8xAos, 


269 


(ancontr. gen.) 8 yAo-os, in 
force of “disturbance” (see 
dxAdw at beginning) ; rode, 
“to make” } Zo make a dis- 
turbance or a riot. 

SyAog, ov, m.: 1. Of per- 
sons: 4 crowd, multitude, 
number, great number, throng. 
—2, Disturbance, tumult, ete. 


+why-0g, ov, m. [rhryvupt, 
**to make fast,” through root 
way] (“That which is made 
fast”; hence, ‘2 firm-set 
rock”; hence) 4 rocky Aill; 
see “Apeios. 

twid-y7d, nrh, nrdv, adj. 
[wa®, root of wdoxyew (= wd6~ 
oxw), “to suffer’’} (“That 
must suffer”; hence) Destined 
to suffer. 

wa8-ate, (f. raidetow, p. 
wenaldevea), 1. aor. éralSevoa, 
v. a, [ wats, waid-ds, “a child” ] 
( To treat as a wats’; hence, 
“to bring up, rear, a 
child”; hence) Zo instruct, 
train, educate, etc.—Pass.: 
qa.8-evopat, p. weralBevpat, 
1. aor. dwaideb@ny, (1. fut. 
watdevOhoopat). 

waS-lonyn, foxns, f. dim. 
mais, wad-ds, “a child’”’] 4 
sttle, or young, female child ; 
a little, ‘or young, girl; a 
maiden. 

arate, xaidés, m. and f. 4 
child, whether doy or girl. 

wédw, adv.: 1. Again, a 
second. —23. Again, back 


. wavt-os, “all”; 


270 


agais ;—at x. 16 the readin 
vary between wdAcy and ev0bs. 

pNapeoir-ta, ias,f.[Tdupva- 
o:—for wdyr-pvaA-o1; fr. was, 
Qva-oy, “a 
race or tribe’’—‘“men of all 
races or tribes.” “The 
Pamphyli”; a people of mixed 
race on the S. coast of Asia 
Minor, sprung from the Ab- 
origines and from Cilicians, 
Greeks, and other foreigners 
who settled in their country} 
The country of the Pamphyli ; 
Pamphylia. 

fravout, adv. [irregular 
form of savoixig) With all 
the house or family. 

mavT-ayxh, TavT-&Xov, adv. 
[was, wavyr-ds, “all” ] Hvery- 
where, in all directions ;—at 
xxi. 28 the readings vary 
between the two forms. 

wavr-y or wdvr-p, adv. (id. | 
By all means, altogether. 

wavr-we, adv. (id. } (‘“ After 
the manner of the was”; 
hence) At all events, at any 
rate, at least. 

wapd, prep. gov. gen., dat., 
and acc.: 1.: a. With Gen.: 
From.—b. By; xxii. 30.—2. 
With Dat.: a. Near, beside.—b. 
With.—c. Before, among.—d. 
Like the Lat. apud: A or in 
the house of ; xxi.8.—3. With 
Acc.: a. By the side of, be- 
side, pital by.—b. Near, at. 
—0©. Contrary to; xviii. 18 
(akin to Sans. pard, “away”. 





VOCABULARY. 


wtipi-Balvw, f. wipi-Bt- 
goua, p. wipd-BéBynxa, v. n. 
[wrapd, “by or beyond”; Balvw, 

go” | (“To go by or 
beyond ”’; hence) Morally: Zo 
depart, or fall, by trans- 
gression. 
~BdédAXo, (f. wdpa-Barg, 
p. wdpd-BéBAnKa), 2. aor. wiip- 
éBddov, v. n. [wapd, “ beside”; 
BdAAw, “to throw”’] (“To 
throw beside ”’; hence, in neut. 
force) Nautical t.t.: Of a 
vessel or those in it: With eis 
and Acc.: 1. Jo cross over 
to.—2. To arrive, or touch, 
at. 

(wipi-Btafopar, f. wapi- 
Bidcopas), 1. aor. wiip-eBiioti- 
uny, v. mid. [xapd, “ beside ”’; 
Bid(opat, “to force, press 
hard’’] (“To come beside, 
and force, one”; hence) Zo 
orce, constrain, compel. 

wipayyeA-ta, ias, f. [wiip- 
ayyéA-Aw, “to command’) 
(* A commanding”; hence) 
4. command, order, etc. - 

wap-ayy&hw, (f. rdp-ay- 
YeA@, p. Fap-fryyeAna), 1. aor. 
wap-fryyeiAa, v. 8 [mwap-d, 
“from’’; dyyéAAw, “to con- 
vey & message ie (“ To convey 
a message from” one; hence, 
“to pass the word” from 
soldier to soldier; hence) Zo 
order, command, bid, give 
orders: — xapayyedig wip- 
ayyéAAey, (to command with 
@ command ; i.e.) to give a 


VOCABULARY. 


strict command ;—often folld. 
by Dat. of person. 
wipi-yivopas, (f. wdpa- 


vyevhooua), 2. aor. wap-eyer- 
éuny, v. mid. [wapd, “near”; 
ylvoua, “to be”]} (‘To be 
near, to be at hand”; hence) 
To arrive, come up, 
sent. 


wipa-Sdyopar, f. wapd-déi- 
oot, v. mid. [wapd, “ from ” ; 
3éxopnar, “to receive”) (“To 
receive from ” one; hence) 
To receive to one’s self, accept, 


etc. 

wapt-StBeur, (imperf. fr. a 
contracted form sape8i8our, 
xxvii. 1), f. rapa-Bdew, p. rapa- 
3e3waa, pluperf. without aug- 
ment wapa-deddéxex, 1. aor. 
wap-€3wxa, 2. acr. wap-édwy, 
v. a. and n. [aapd, “ from ’’; 
3lSaput, “ to give” ] (“To give 
from” one’s self to another; 
hence) 1. Zu hand down, 
transmit, deliver.—2. a. To 
give up, surrender.—b. To 
deliver up, betray.—c. To 
give, or hand, over a prisoner 
to the custody of another ;— 
at xxvii. 1 supply adrof (i.¢. 


be pre- | [ 


271 


abandon ; vii. 42.—8. To give 
up to peril; to expose, hazard; 
xv. 26.—Pass.: wip&-8(8o- 
pas, p. wapa-8éSouai, 1. aor. 
wap-edd60ny, 1. f. wapa-800hco- 


pea. 
+wapa-Sewpde ~fewpd, v. a 
wapd, ‘* beside ”; santa “to 


“strengthening” force; alvdw, 
in meaning of ‘to recom. 
mend ”} 1. With Acc. of per- 
son and Inf.: Zo recommend, 
advise, exhort that one should 
be, etc.—2. Without Object : 
To recommend, admonish. 
wap-attéopas -arroupas, f. 
wap-aThooua, 1. aor. wap- 
pTncduny, p.-pass, in mid. 
force wap-7;rnuat, v. mid. 
{wap-d, “from”; airéopat, 
‘to ask for one’s self’’} (“To 
ask for one’s self that some- 
thing may be removed, eféc., 
from one”; hence) Zo de- 


ol SecpoptrAdnes, the keepers of | precate a thing. 


the prison) as the Subject of 
wapedidovr.—3. With els rhy 
guaachy: To deliver up to a 


judge, etc., and throw into | [ 


prison.—4. In a good sense: 
To commit, commend; xiv. 
26; xv. 40.—5. In a bad 
sense: Zo give up, give over, 


mapi-Kirdw -Kahe, f. rapa- 
KarA@ and later wapa-xaréow, 
1. aor, wdp-exdAega, Vv. a. 
wapd, “to”; w«adrdéw, to 
call’’] (“To call to” oneself; 
hence) 1. To call for, send for, 
summon ;—at xxviii. 20 folld. 
by Ace. of person, and by Inf. 


272 


VOCABULARY. 


denoting “purpose or inten-;m. 4 paralysed person, a 


tion”; viz. i8eiy «al xpoc- 
Aadfou, in order to see you 
and converse with you.—2. To 
entreat, beg, pray, desire, be- 
seech;— at xxi. 12 -wap- 
exadovpey takes the person of 
its nearest Subject, viz. jyueis. 
—8. To call upon, admonis 
exhort, etc.—4. To comfort, 
console. — Pass.: waipd-xaA- 
dopa: -xidovpas, 1. aor. rap- 
exAnOny, 1. fat. rapa-xAn@hoo- 


peas. 
wipixdy-ovs, cews, f. [wapa- 
xadéw, “to console,” through 
verbal root wapaxAy (i. ¢. 
wapd, and xAy, a root of «aA- 
da) ] (‘A consoling ”; hence) 
Consolation. 
wipt-apBive, f. wipd- 
Afpfoua:, 2. aor. wap-éAdBov, 
v.a. [wapd, “from ’’; AauBave, 
“to take’’] 1. To take from the 
hands, etc., of another.—2. To 
take to one’s self, or with one, 
as a companion, witness, etc 
—3. To receive.— Pass.: wiipi- 
AapBavoner, 1. fut. widpd- 
Anpehoopas. ; 
por, v. mid, 


-héyo 

[wapd, “by the side of”; 
Aéyouar—in force of Lat. 
legere (oram, etc.)—* to sail 
along - Of a coast, place,.ete.: 
Lo sail along by the side of, 
to coast along. 

Wipddchipdvos, 7, ov, P. 
pert pass. of zapd-Atw.—As 
ubst.: wip&dedipévog, ov, 


paralytic. 

wipa-hie, f, wipd-Avce, 
Pp. wapa-AdAvua, v. a. [wapd, 
“beside, at the side”; Ave, 
“to loosen” ] (“To loosen at 
the side”; hence, “to disable 
at the side”; hence) To para- 


h, | lyse.— Pass. : (wipt-hiopas), 


p- apa-AdAtua, (1. aor. wap- 
€AUBny). 

twipivon-de -&, (f. wapa- 
vouhow, p. wipa-vevdunka), Vv. 
p. [xapavou-os, “contrary to 
law”’] (“To be wapadvonos ”’: 
hence) Zo transgress the law. 
dvacrardée at end. 


t(wipti-whie, f. wapa- 
wActcopas and wapa-wAev- 


cvovpua), 1. aor. wap-éxAevca, 
v. a. [x “past”; wAdw, 
“to sail’’] Zo sail past, to 
pass by in sailing. 

twip&onp-ov, ov, n. [neut. 
of xdpdonu-os, in force 
“conspicuous” ] (“A  con- 
spicuous thing”; hence) Of a 
vessel: 4 figure-head, sign. 

Waipa-oxevale, (f. wipa- 
okevaow, 1. aor. wip-erxevaca), 
v.n. [ wapd, in “strengthening” 
force; oxeva tw, ‘to prepare” | 
1. Zo prepare, make prepara- 
tions. — 2. Mid. : (wapa-oxev- 
GfLopas), 1. aor. wap-erxevicd- 
nv, To prepare one’s self, to 
make one’s preparations; see 
exirxeva Ce. 

fwiip&-relve, v. a. [wapd, 
beside”; relvea, “to stretch” ] 





VOCABULARY. 


(*To stretch beside’; hence, 
“to stretch along or out”; 
hence) Of speech, efc., as 
Object: Zo protract, prolong, 
draw out toa great length. 

wipi-rnpdw -Typo, 1. aor. 
wap-erhpnoa, v.a. | zapd, “ be- 
side”; rypéw, “to watch”) 
(“To watch beside” one; 
hence) Zo watch narrowly, 
observe closely. 

wipa-rTlOnws, f. ripd-lhow, 
1. aor. wip-€6nxa, v. a. [wapd, 
“* beside”; rlOnus, ‘to put or 
‘place’”’] 1. Zo put, or place, 
beside a person when reclining 
in order to take a meal; fo 
set before one.—3. Mid.: a. 
Of a statement: Zo put, or 
set, forth; to allege, etc.—Db. 
To entrust, give in charge, to 
another.— ¢. Zo commend, 
commit, intc another’s hands. 
— Mid.: qwaipa-ridepa, f. 
wdpd-Ofcouat, 2. aor. wip- 
ebéuny. 

Pripd-ryyxive, (f. rdpé- 
rTebtouat, 2. aor. wdp-érixoy), 
v. n. [wapd, * beside’’; ruvyx- 
avo, “to happen to be”’] 
. (“To happen to be beside ”; 

hence) To happen to be near 
or present. 

(wipt-yewafe, f. wapda- 
Xetudow), p. wapd-nexeluara, 
1. aor. wap-exeipaoa, V. D. 
[wapd, ‘‘at’’s xemalw, “to 
winter ” | To winter at, or tn, 
@ place. 

fwipixapa-oia, cias, f. 


Acts, 


273 


[for rdpaxeuad-cia; fr. ra pd- 
xepata (= wapixemdd-ow), 
“to winter at, or in,” a place] 
A wintering at, or in, a place. 
wapd-ypipa, adv. [= rapa 
Td xpnua, “ beside the thing ”’] 
On the spot, forthwith, im- 
mediately, stratghtway. 
w&pediSourv, 3. pers. plur. 
imperf. indic. of wapadidupr, 
as if fr. a contracted form 
wapadiddéw; xxvii. 1. 
wip-eupt, f. wap-doopat, V. 0. 
[wap-d, “by, beside”; eiul, 
“to be”) (“To be by, or be- 
side,”’ one, e¢c.; hence) Of per- 
sons: 1. To be present, to have 
come.—2. To have arrived. 
awaip-extés, adv. [wap-d, 
“from”; é«rés, in force of 
“except” ] With ve Ee- 
t from, or for, a thing. 
werdipeNOev, ovoa, dv, P. 2. 
aor. of wdpépxopar. Inchap- 
ter xxiv., verse 7 (napeAOay . 2 
éx) oé) is omitted in some 
editions. When omitted, od, 
verse 8, refers to &ydpa in 
verse 5; when received, ov. 
refers to airrod in verse 7. 
wapepBodA-y, as, f. [for 
wdpeuBar-% ; fr. wdpepBdrA-Aw, 
in force of “to draw up in 
battle-order”] (‘‘A drawing 
up in battle-order”; hence, 
“an encampment, camp” ; 
hence, “ soldiers’ quarters or 
barracks”; hence) 4 castle, or 
Sortress, occupied by soldiers. 
twip-cvoyAde -evox As, v.n. 
~ OF 


274 


[wap-d, in “ strengthening” 
torce ; évoxAéw, “to trouble’”] 
With Dat. of person: To 
trouble, harass, disturb, dis- 
quiet a person; to cause 
trouble, or uneasiness, to a 
person. 

- w&ip-épyopat, f. wip-cred- 
Toual, p. wap-eAHAVOa, 2. aor. 
wap-7A Gor, v. mid. [rapd; Epy- 
ona, “to come or go’”’} 1. 
[rapd, “< past’ ] a. With Acc. 

ependent on prep. in verb: 

To come, or go, past or by.— 
b. With reference to time: Zo 

ass by. —2. [wapd, “ near, 
Ceside | To come near or 
forward ; to approach. 

wipeornkes, via, és, and 
oTHs, Goa, os and ds, P. 
perf. of rdplornus. 
wip-dxe, f. rip-d&o (and 
wipa-cxhow, p. wdp-trxnka), 
2. aor. wdp-doxoy, v. a [wape-d, 
“beside”; xa, ‘‘ to have or 
hold” ] (“To have, or hold, 
beside ” a person, etc. ; hence) 
1. Zo cause, occasion, bring. 
—2 To render, give: — 
hovxiay wépéxey, (to render, 
i.e.) to keep silence ;—dginr- 
avOpwxtay xipéxey, (to ren- 
der, i.e.) to show kindness ; 
—lorw xaiptyeayv, to give a 
pledge or assurance.——8. Mid.: 
Tép-exopes, (f. wdp-dtoucs 
and réipa-cxhoopna:), To cause, 
Occasion, bring as one’s own 
act ; fo be the cause, or occa- 
sion, of 3 xix, 24, 


VOCABULARY. 


_mwapbdvos, ov, f. 4 maiden, 
virgin. - 

+NdpGor, wy, m. plur. The 
Parthi or Parthiane; a 
people of W. Asia. Accord- 
ing to their own account, as 
recorded by Justin, they came 
originally from Scythia, inas- 
much as in the Scythian 
language their name meant 
‘‘ Exiles.” Modern research, 
however, has established their 
connexion with the Iranian 
tribes, and shown that their 
name is to be found in the 
Zend “ Pardu” and the San. 
scrit ‘“ Parata’”’ (which last 
word means primarily “Quick- 
silver”). As a nation they 
were more especially noted 
for their horsemanship and as 
archers ;—at ii. 9 = Jews 
settled in Parthia. 

wip-lornns, f. rdpa-crhoe, 
p- ap-éornxa, pluperf. wdp- 
evorhew, 1. aor. rap- Td, 
(2. aor. rép-éornv), v. a. and 
n. [wap-d, “ beside, before ”’; 
Torn, “to cause to stand ;— 
to stand ” | Act., in pres., im- 
perf., 1. fut., and 1. sor. ;— 
Neut., in perf., pluperf., and 
2. aor.: 1. [wapd, ‘ beside ”] 
(‘To cause to stand. beside or 
near”; henoe) a. Act: (a) 
To place, or set, some object 
beside or near one.—(b) To 
prove, show ;—at xxiv. 13 the 
Ace. is the demonstr. pron. 
éxeiva, which is omitted before 


VOCABULARY. 


the follg. rel. dv.—(c) (“To 
place beside”? one for some 
special purpose; hence) Zo 
provide ;—at xxiii. 24 the 
construction changes at wapa- 
orjea (1. aor. Inf.) to oratio 
obliqgua from the preceding 
oratio recta.—b. Neut.: Zo 
stand beside, by, or near ;— 
at iv. 26 the word is variously 
considered as meaning (a) 
(“To stand side by side” 
with the view of renderin 
mutual aid, ete. ; and so) 
combine, enter into alliance. 
—(B8) (*To stand beside”a 
person with the view of op- 
ing; ahd so) Zo stand up 
in opposition ; to withstand ; 
oppose ;—this last meaning 
is in accordance with the 
Hebrew at Ps. ii. 2, whence 
the e is quoted.—2. 
wapd, “before”] a. Act.: 
*¢To cause to stand before ”’; 
hence) (a) Zo set or place 
before.—(b) To present to 
one.—b. Nent.: Zo stand 
before or in the presence of 
any one. 
pNappevas, 4, m. Parmen- 
as; one of the deacons of the 
early Church ; vi. 5. 
mwapoux-ta, tas, f. [wdpoix- 
éw, “to sojourn”) 4 sojourn- 
tng, sojourn. 
w&poux-o¢, ov, m. [id.] 4 
sojourner in a foreign land ; 
@ stranger, alien, foreigner. 
-F(ardip-olxopar, f. wdp-orx- 
sen a aes T 


275 


foopat, p. xip-gxnka, and 
late) widp-exnua, v. mid. 
[wap-d, “ past’; ofyouat, “to 
be gone”) Of time: To be 
gone past or by. 

(wiip-oftve, f. wip-otiva, 
p. wup-dfvyka), v. a. [wap-d, 
in ‘strengthening ”’ force ; 
dtivw, “to sharpen”; hence, 
“to goad to anger, to pro- 
voke”] To provoke, exasper- 
ate, irritate—Pass.: wip- 
ofivopar, (p. wdp-dfuupai, 
1. aor. whp-wkdvOnv, 1. fut. 
wiip-ofvyOfaopat). 

maipotvo-pés, pov, m. [for 
wadpokuv-uds ; fr. xapotvyv-o, 
“to irritate’) (“An irritat- 
ing”; hence) Irritation, ex- 
asperation, contention. 

t(wip-orpive), 1. aor. rap- 
érpiva, vy. a. [wmap-d, in 
‘strengthening ” force; drp- 
vve, “to stir up” ] Zo stir up, 
rouse, urge On. 

wap-py-ota, cias, f. [for 
wayr-pe-cia; fr. xas, wavt-ds, 
“all”; fe, root of obsol. fé-w, 
“to say”) (“A saying all 
things or everything” that 
one pleases; hence) Of speech: 
Freedom, boldness. 

mappnot-afopa, (f. xap- 
pnoidcoua), 1. aor. éxappnot- 
dcduny, (p. mewappnoiacpuat), 
v. mid. {wappnot-a, “freedom, 
or boldness, of speech ”’ | (** To 
employ wafpnoia”; hence) 
To speak with freedom or 
boldness ; to speak boldly. 

2 


276 

wippynpdvos, 7, ov, P. 
perf. of wrapolxouat. 

"Gs, nGca, way, adj.: 1. 
Sing.: a. All, the whole, the 
whole abel x. 2; xxiv. 16 
with 8:4 xavrdés supply xpdvou, 
(through all time; i.e.) con- 
tinually, always, sr ever.— 
b. Zvery.—As Subst.: (a) 
was, xaytés, m. Hvery one, 
each man.—(b) wav, wavyrds, 
n. Everything.—2. Plur.: All. 
—As Subst.: a. wavresg, wy, 
m. plur. Ali men or persons, 
all.—b. wdyra, wy, n. plur. 
All things.—8. In a restricted 
or qualified force: Ali, in the 
meaning of @ very large num- 
ber of.—As Subst.: wavres, 
wy, m. plur. All men; i.e. 
very many men.—4. <Any, 
any one, any whatsoever.— 
As Subst.: wav, xayrds, n. 
Anything ; x. 14.—5. Position 
of was: a. When a subst., 
preceded by the article, is to 
be strongly marked, was is 
placed either before the Art- 
icle or after the Subst. :—was 
6 Aads, all THE PEOPLE, iil. 
11 :—ai Oupas waca, all THE 
DOcRS, xvi. 26.—b. When 
the total number, e¢c., is to be 
especially pointed out, was is 
placed between the Article 
and the Subst.:—vul xdyres 
&vSpes, ALL the men, THE 
WHOLE of the men, i.e. their 
entire number, xix. 7; cf. af 
wGomu YWuxal, xxvii. 87 :—rdy 


ap. 


VOCABULARY. 


mdvra xpévoy, during THE 
WHOLE time (Acc. of “ Dura- 
tion of time ”), xx. 18. 

*Mdoya, n. indecl. (“A 
passing over”; hence, “a 
sparing’’) The Passover ; i. e. 
the Jewish feast of seven days 
kept annually in commemora- 
tion of God’s deliverance of 
His people from Egyptian 
bondage. 

wé-ox@, (f. welcoua), p. 
n@rov0a, 2. aor. ExaGov, v. a. 
and n.irreg. [for wd0-axo, fr. 
root wa6} Zo suffer [akin to 
Sans. root BADH, “to press 
hard, torture,”’ ec. ]. 

+H dripa, wy, n. plur. 
Patara; a maritime city on 
the S.W. coast of Lycia in 
Asia Minor. It was especially 
noted in early times for an 
oracle of Apollo held in almost 
equal honour with that at 
Delphi. 

wardcoe, f. rardiw, 1. aor. 
éxirata, v.a. To strike, smite, 
wound, esp. with a deadly 
blow. 

wi.-rihp, Tépos rpds, m. (“ A 
protector’; also “a nour- 
isher”’”) 1. 4 father, as one 
who protects, ete.—2. Of God, 
as The Father of Christ and 
Christ’s people [akin to Sans. 
pitri, fr. root P&, “to pro- 
tect, to nourish”; ef. Ent. 
pater). 


matp-td, ‘as, f. [warhp, 
warp-és, “a father” |] (“A 


VOCABULARY. 


thing pertaining to a father | 
hence) 4, the sea.—b. New Paphos (now 


or ancestor ”; 
Samily, tribe, etc. 
WaTp- X- Hs; OU, m. 
warpi-d, “a family or tribe’’; 
x-0, “to rule”) (‘ Ruler 
of a family or tribe ”; hence) 
4 head of a family or tribe; 

a patriarch. 

tratp-gos, ga, gov (or 
“#06, - Gov), adj. [rarhp, waTp- 


és, “a father ’’] Of, or belong- 


ing to, (a father, or) fathers ; 
—in Acts only of the fathers 
or ancestors of the Jewish 
nation. 

MatXoes, ov, m. (Gr. form of 
Lat. Paulus, “ Little”] 1. 
sas Paul; the eer 

rne by the t apostle o 
the Gentiles her his conver- 
sion; see SaovA.—2. t Paulus 
(Sergius) ; the Roman govern- 
or of Cyprus; xiii. 7. 

(rave, f. ratow, p.xéravna), 
1. aor. éxavoa, v. a.: 1. Act.: 
To make to cease; to restrain, 
ete.—2, Mid.: wavopat, f. 
watoouat, 1. aor. éwavodiny, 
(“To make one’s self to 
cease ”’; hence) Jo cease, stop, 
leave’ off;—in Acts always 
folld. by part. in concord with 
Subject in the place of an Inf., 
except at xx. l. 

+Tddeos, ov, f. Paphos; 
the name of two towns in the 
S.W. extremity of Cyprus: a. 
Old Paphos (now “ Kukla or 
Konuklia”) was built about 


277 
one mile and a quarter from 


“‘ Baffa”’).—- The two towns 
were between seven and eight 
miles apart. At xiii. 6 and 
13 New Paphos is meant. 

(wiix-tve, f. rdxtvd, v. a. 
(wdx-bs, ‘“‘thick’’; hence, 
“fat’’] (“To make fat, to 
fatten”; hence) Morally: 1. 
To make gross or stupid.— 
2.) Pass. : (wSx-tvopat, p. Tee 
wdxvopat), 1. aor, érdxuvOny, 
To be made, or become, gross 
or stupid ; to waz gross. 

fref-evo, v. D. [re(-ds, “ on 
foot””] To go on foot, to walk. 

aquWapy-dw -«, f. reiBapx- 
how, vy. nn. [welOapx-os, 
“ obedient ”] With Dat.: Zo 
be obedient to, to obey. 

are(Be, f. welow, (p. réweixa), 
1. aor. &reroa, v. a.: 1. Act.: 
To persuade.—2. Mid. : wei@- 
opar, (f. welooua), 2. p. wd- 
wo0a: With Dat. of person: 
To listen to, to obey.—3. 
Pass.: awel@opat, p. réresopuat, 
1. aor. éxeloOny, 1. fut. wei 
Ofooua, To be persuaded or 
conrinced.  . 

weip-atw, 1. aor. éxelpica, 
v. a. [mweip-a, “a trial or 
proof” (“To make reipa”’; 
hence) 1. Zo try, attempt.— 
2. To try, or tempt, ; 

mweipac-pés, pov, m. [for 
wepad-ués; fr. weipate (= 
xeipdd-ow) “to tempt ”j 
Temptation. 


278 


(wap-de -6, f. xeipdow, 
p. wewelpaxa, v. a. [id.]) Zo 
' attempt, endeavour, try.— 
Mid.: wetp-dopar -Gpat, (f. 
mweipacouat, 1, aor. éxeipaca- 
pny), To attempt, endeavour, 
try as one’s own especial act. 

awédayos, cos ovs, n. The 
sea; the open expanse of the 
sea. 

adywe, f. weupo, (p. aé- 
woupa), 1, aor. Exeua, Vv. a. 
To send. — 

wévte, nom. adj. indecl. 

Five [akin to Sans. panchan, 
“ five ’”]. 
_ aevr-j-xoyra, num. adj. 
indecl. Fifty [xévr-e, “ five”; 
‘(n) connecting vowel; «oy 
(= gan, in Sans. dagan), 
“ten”; ta, su t. 
tus), “provided with”; and 
80, literally, “ provided with 
five tens ry 

wevrynxooty, 7s, f. [fem. of 
xevrnkoorés, “ fiftieth,” used 
as a Subst. (supply auépa) 
Pentecost; as being the 
fiftieth day after the Pass- 
over. 

wentToxes, via, 6s, P. perf. 
of wlarrw. 

wepattép-w, comp. adv. 

wepalrepos, “further ”’] 

“ Farther, beyond ” in place ; 
hence) Further, beyond, in 
addition, besides ; see érepos, 
no. 2, b. 

_ tilépyn, ons, f. Pergé or 
Perga (now the ruins of 


,)6hSrlC(a' 


‘ VOCABULARY. 


“ Eski-Kalesi.”); an import- 
ant city of Pamphylia; see 
ss (aa ' 

mepl, prep. gov. gen. (dat. 
and Ge : 1° With Gen. : 
(“ Around, about”; hence) 
A bout, concerning, respecting. 
—2. With Acc.: a. Locally: 
Around, about :—ol wep) rov 
témov eéxeivoy, those about 
that place, i.e. dwelling a- 
round it, xxviii. 7:—for of 
wep) roy TavaAoy, xiii, 13, see 
6, no. 7, b.—b. About, respect- 
ing. —c. Of time: About, 
near. 3 

aept-ayes, imperf. repi-jyov, 
v. sg Pat “ sound 7. Eye, 
“to lead” (‘To lead” a per- 
son, ete., ‘around ”; hence, 
in reflexive force, ‘to lead 
one’s self around ”; hence) Zo 
go around or about. 

(wept-aipéw -arpa, f. wepi- 
aiphow), 2. aor. wepi-eZAoy, Vv. a. 
[wepl, “around ”; aipéw, *“ to 
take away’’] (“To take away” 
something “around ors all 
round’’; hence) 1. Of an 
anchor as Object: Zo cut off; 
xxvii, 40. By reference to 
preceding v. 29 it will be seen 
that the vessel had four 
anchors out at the stern.—2. 
Pass.: Of hope as Subject : 
To be cut off or taken away. 
—Pass.: wept-arpdopat -arp- 
oUpat, (p. wepi-ypnua, 1. aor. 
wepi-ppeOny, 1. fut. rept-asp- 
€0hoopas). 


VOCABULARY. 


279 


+(wept-acrpdwrew), 1. aor. | Zo go round, to coast along; 
‘wepi-hotpaya, v. nm. [wepl, | xxviii. 18.—2. To go about 
‘‘around”; dorpderw, “to | from place to place, to wander 


lighten”; hence, “to flash ” 
like lightning] Zo flash 
around like lightning; to 
shine dazzlingly around ;—at 
ix. 8 folld. by Acc. dependent 
on prep. in verb;—at xxii. 6 
strengthened by follg. xepl. 

(wept-BddAw), f. wrept-AarAG, 
2. aor. wepi-¢BdAoy, v.a. [wepl, 
“ around”; BdAAm, ‘to throw 
or cast””} 1. Act.: Zo throw, 
or cast, something arownd one, 
etc.—2. Mid.: (wept-Béd- 
Aopat), f. wepl-BdAovma, 2. 
nor. wepl-eBarduny, To throw, 
or cast, something around 
one’s, etc., self, 

weplepya, wy; see mrepiepy- 


os. 
(wept-epy-os, ov, adj. [wepl, 
in . force of “excessively ” ; 
obsol. &py-w, “to do” | “Done 
excessively’; hence, ‘ done 
with excessive, or jal, 
eare”?; hence, “elaborate, 
cnrious.”—As Subst. :) aept- 
epya, wy, n. plur. With 
Art., and with a0qudra 
(plur.) in force of “learn- 
ing, science” to be supplied : 
The elaborate learning; the 
curious science or art; i.e. 
magico art, magic. 
aept-{pyopas, 2. aor. repi- 
- §A@ov, v. n. [-xepl, “ around, 
about”’; foxyouas. “to go”’} 
1, Of persons on board a ship: 


about; xix. 18, where the 
rt. pres. answers to the 
Dglish “ vagabond.” 
awept-dxw (and xepi-loxye, 
f. wepi-dim and wepi-oxhow), 
2. aor. wepi-éoxov, Vv. a. [repl, 
“around”; &@ (in -neut. 
force), “to be’’] (“To be 
around ” some object ; hence, 
“to surround, encompass ”; 
hence) Zo comprise, contain. 
(wepi-{ovvipe, 1. aor. wept- 
duoc), v. a. [wepl, “around”; 
(évvvpi, “to gird’) 1. Act.: 
Togird around.—Pass.: (wepi- 
Covvipar), p. wept-éCwopar.— 
2. Mid.: (wepi-févvipar), f. 
mwepte(écouat, 1. aor. mepl- 
e(woduny, To gird one’s self, 
etc., around ;—at xii. 8 the 
readings vary between wepl-. 
(wou: and (aoa. 
(wept-lornpt), 1. aor. wepi- 
éornoa, p. xepi-éotnxa, V. a. 
and n.: 1. Act.: Zo place 
around.—2. Neut.: Zo stand 
around.—N.B. For the act. 
and neut. tenses of Yorn: and 
its compounds see torn. 
aepl-xeipat, (f. weps-xeloro- 
pas), v. mid. [wepi, “around”; 
keiuat, “to lie”] (‘To lie 
around’; hence) With Acc, 
of thing: Zo have something 
around one, etc.; to wear, to 
be surrounded with. 


Twepucpait-ye, és, adj. [wepe- 


280 


apar-ée, to master thorough- 
ly, to have full command 
of” ] With Gen.: Having full 
command of; possessed of: 
—wnepicpare:s yevéoOas rijs 
onxdgns, to become possessed 
of the long-boat, i.e. to regain 
possession of it; see oxdgn. 

(wept-Aduwe), 1. aor. repi- 
éAauwa, v.a. [wepl, “around”; 
Adu, “to shine” ] To shine 
@round a person, ete. 

fwept-pévo, (1. aor. wepi- 
ae .8. [wepl,in “strength- 
ening” force; pévw (act.), 
“to wait for” |] Zo wait for, 
await. 

{wépi-€, adv. [strengthened 
form of epi, “around” ] 
Around: —al xépigt wédes, 
the surrounding, or neighbour- 
ing, cities ; see 6, no. 6, a. 

freploy-1}, js, f. [for wepi- 
€x-h; fr. repiéx-w, “ to com- 
prise, contain ”’] (“ A compris- 
ing or containing”; hence, 
“that which is comprised or 
contained”; hence) 4 passage 
contained in a book, eée. 

wepl-watde -waTe, f. wept- 


wirhow, 1. aor. repi-erdrnoa, | ly 


v. n. [wepl, “around”; wraréw, 
“to Te 1. To walk around, 
to walk about.—2. To walk; 
i.e. to follow a certain course 
of life, to live, etc. ; xxi. 21. 
weplweowyv, ovoa, dy, P. 2. 
aor. of repixiwrre. 
(wept-alare, f. wepi-recov- 
fat), 2. aor. wepi-éxecov, V. D. 


VOCABULARY. 


[xepl, “round about”; wlxre, 
“to fall”) (“To fall round 
about ”; hence) With eis and 
Ace. denoting “ place”: Zo 


Sall in with, light upon. 


wepl-wovlopat -wovovpas, 
1. aor. repi-eroinoduny, v. mid. 
[wept, in “intensive” force; 
wotéouat, “to make for one’s 
self” ] (“To make entirely 
for one’s self”; hence) To get, 
or acquire, for one’s, etc., self. 

t(wepi-p-pnyvips, f. wepi- 
phhtw), 1. aor. wepi-éphnta, v. 
a. [wepl, “around”; phyvumi, 
“to break,” with the initial 
p reduplicated] (“To break 
around”; hence) Of clothes 
as Object: Zo tear all around; 
to rend off. 

mweptoo-eve, 1. aor. érepioc- 
evoa, Vv. n. [wepioo-ds, “* over 
and above” ] (To be over 
and above”; hence) With Dat.: 
To abound, or increase, in; to 
be increased in. 

wepioo-ae, adv. [wepioo-ds, 
“exceeding ”] (After the 


‘manner of the mepiocds ”; 


hence) Exceedingly, excessive: 
, very much, etc. 
wept-tépve, 2. aor. wepi- 
érenoy, v. a. [wepl, “around ”; 
Téuve, “to cut’) (“To cut 
around ”’; hence) Zo circum- 
cise, 

aeptrop-%, jis, f. [for wepi- 
Teu-h; fr. wepvrep, root of 
wenitéu-ve, “to circumcise ’’] 
Circumcision. 





VOCABULARY. 


prepu-rpdwe, (Ff. wepi-rpdy- 
w), v. a. [wepl, “around”; 
tpéxw, “to turn” | To turn 
around, 

(wepl~ywp-os, ov, adj. [wepl, 
“around ”; x@p-os, ‘“‘a place 
or spot ”] “ Being, or that is, 
etc., around or round about a 
place.”’—As Subst.:) wepl- 
xwpos, ov (supply yi), f. 
Neighbouring country ; coun- 
try in the neighbourhood of 
or round about a place, etc. 

weowv, ovca, dv, P. 2. aor. 
of xinrw. 

aeTewvd, Gy; see rereiyés. 

(wer-avés, eh, exvdv, adj. 
[wér-opat, “ to fly ’] “ Flying, 
able to fly, winged.”— As 
Subst. :) werawd, oy, n. plur. 
(“ Flying, or winged, things ” 
—t. @. here, “creatures”; 
hence) Birds, fowls. 

Nérpos, ov, m. [wérpos, “a 
piece of rock, a stone” | 
Peter; the interpretation of 
Cephas, a name given by 
Christ to Simon the son of 
Jonas, and one of the twelve 
Apostles. 

anyy, jis, f. 4 fountain, 
spring, etc. 

arndu.Atov, ov, n. A rudder ; 
—as Greek vessels had two 
rudders, the word usually 
occurs (cf. xxvii. 40) in plur. 

(wtabe), 1. aor. éxidoa, v. a. 
[a Doric and Hellenic form of 
wid(w| 1. Zo lay hold of, 
seize.—2. With Acc. of person 


281 


and Gen. of part affected: Zo 
ia of, or take, one by; 
iii 


mixp-ta, tas, f. [sxucp-ds, 
* bitter 7) (“The quality of 
the wixpés”; hence) Bitter- 
ness ;—at viii. 23 in figurative 
force. 

MAGros, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. Pilatus] Pilatus or 
Pilate (Pontius); a Roman 
Procurator of Judsa, who 
came into office a.D. 26, and 
held it for ten years. His 
conduct during that time ap- 
pears to have been very tyr- 
annical; so much so, indeed, 
that it caused an insurrection 
at Jerusalem, and subsequent. 
ly a rising of the people at 
Samaria, neither of which was 
suppressed without bloodshed. 
The Samaritans having laid a 
complaint against him before 
Vitellius, the governor of 
Syria, he was deprived of 
power and sent to Rome to 
answer for his conduct. There 
he arrived shortly after the 
death of Tiberius in March 
A.D. 87. Caligula, the suc- 
cessor of Tiberius, banished 
him into Gaul, and in that 
country he is said to have 
died by his own act, A.D. 41. 

alw-why-pt, f. wAfow, p. 
wéwAnna, 1. aor. €xAnoa, V. a. 
With Acc. and Gen.: To fill 
a thing with something.— In 
Pass. folld. by Gen. alone.— 


282 


-Pass.: (p. wérAno pat), 1. aor. 
eéxAhobny, 1. fut. rAncOhoopas 
{lengthened fr. root Ay, akin 
to Sans. root PRA, “ to fill”’]. 


(wly-wpy-pe, f. xrphow, p. | pers 


. wéxpyeaa, v. a. “To barn.”—) 
Pass.: awlp-wpa-pas, (p. mé- 
apnouat, 1. aor. éxphobny, 1. 
fut. xpnobhoopa), (“To be 
burned”; hence) Zo be in- 
flamed, to be swollen with in- 
Jjlammation (lengthened fr. 
.root apy, akin to Sans. root 
_ PRUSH, “to burn”’]. 
, @i-ve, f. rloua:, p. réxwna, 
2. aor. Exiov, v. a. To drink 
[roots wt and ao, akin to Sans. 
roots Pi and PA, “todrink ”’]. 
WUT o, p. wéxpaxa, 
‘v.a. To sell.—Pass.: wuepé- 
okopar, p. wéxpapuas, 1. aor. 
éxpadny, (f. rpabhoopat). 
aire, f. xecotuas, p. wé- 
atwxa, 2. aor. &xecoy, ¥. Nn. 
Lo fall [reduplicated fr. root 
.wer, akin to Sans. Pat, “to 
fly ”; also “ to fall down ”}. 
tMstB-ta, fas, f, [Micid-as, 
“The Pisida ”; 


Minor] The country of the 
Piside ; Pisidia. 
mirr-evw, f. mioretow, p. 
wemlorevxa, pluperf. (without 
Yeduplication, xiv. 23) remor- 
evxety, 1. aor. éxlorevoa, V. 0. 
[xlor-ss, “ belief”’] (To have 
wloris”; hence) I. To believe 
(T credit,—2. To believe, have 
Satth.—8. With Dat. of per- 


a people | et 
dwelling in the S. of Asia |. 


VOCABULARY. 


son: Zo believe, etc., a pere 
son. 

arlo-rusg, Tews, f£. [for wi0- 
vis; fr. 310, root of rel@w, “ to 
uade”’; Paas., “ to be per- 
suaded, to believe or trust ”’] 
(“A believing or trusting ”’; 
hence) 1. Belief, trust, faith. 
—2. The doctrine of faith or 
belief.—3. Assurance, pledge, 
proof; xvii. 31. 

.wwr-16¢, Th, Téy, adj. [for 
wi0-rés ; fr. wv, roat of reid, 
‘to persuade ”’; Pass., “ to be 
persuaded ; to believeor trust” | 
1. Believing, trusting.—%. 
Faithful, trusty.—3.Ofthings: 
To be believed or trusted ; 
certain, eure. 

whareia, as, f. [fem. of adj. 
wAartts, ‘broad,’ used as a 
Subst.] 4 broad road or way, 
as opposed to fdun, a street ; 
see piun. 
thelav (whdev), ov; see 
woAus. 

ahevpd, as, f. (“A rib”; 
hence) 4 side of a person, 


c. 
athéw,(f.xArAetoopat, rAevcou- 
pat, and later wAedow, p. wé- 
wAeuxa, 1. aor. xAevoa), Vv. 1. 
Of persons: Zo sail ; to go, or 
be, on the sea, etc. ;—at xxvii. 
2 folld. by Acc. of place to 
which motion is directed [akin 
to Sans. root PLU, “to swim, to 
navigate’. f. [md 

w > ns, fT. jor. Wy. a 
root of enheoa. ‘‘ to strike ”’] 


VOCABULARY, 


(*A striking”; hence) 4 
stroke, blow, stripe, etc. — 
ah70-0¢, eos ous, n. [rAf0- 
ew, “to fill”) (“A filling”; 
Concrete, “ that which fills”; 
hence) 1. 4 great number, a 
multitude ;—at xxv. 24regard- 
ed as a noun of number, and 
joined with a plur. verb; cf., 
also, xv. 12, where it is used 
with sing. verb (éciynoe), and 
also with a plur. verb (#xovov) ; 
—at iv. 82 ray morevodyrey 
is not dependent on, but in 
logical concordance with, rod 
A fGous, this latter word being 
at once a noun of number and 
denoting, in the present pass- 
“age, persons.—2, With Art.: 
The multitude, i.e.: a. The 
‘whole assembly or council ; 
xxiii. 7.—b. The body of the 
disciples; vi. 25, ete. 

(rine vw), v. n. and a. 
wA0-w, “to fill” ] 1. Neut. : 
“To be full”; hence) Zo 

abound; to be multiplied or 
tncreased.—2, Act.: a. To 
Jill, make full.—b. To muiti- 
ply, increase.—Pass.: wA78- 
tvopat, 1. aor. éxAnduvOny. 
why, adv.: 1. With Gen. : 
Hzcept.—2. But, but however. 
wh1}-pns, pes, adj.: 1. Filled, 
Sull.—2. With Gen.: Filled 
with, full of [akin to Sans. 
root PRA, “to fill’’]. 
awhyp-de -&, f. xAnpdéce, 
p- wewAfpwxa, 1. aor. éwAfpwoa, 
v. a. [wAtp-ns, “full’’] (“To 


‘for wAéd-cov, 


283 


make” a thing, efc., ‘Ah. 
pns’’; hence) 1. To fill.—2. 
To fulfil, accomplish.—8. To 
complete. — Pass.: wAnp- 
dopar -otpat, p. rerAfpmpats 
1. aor. éxAnpdbnv, 1. fut. 
as tg 

ainotoy, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of wAnatos, “ near’) 1, 
With Gen.: Near, nigh.—2. 
With Art. prefixed : 4 neigh- 
bour ; see 1, 4, 6, b. 

wXotov, ou, n. [8. €. rAd-107, 
fr. wAd-w, “to 
swim or float ”] (“ The swim- 
ming or floating thing’; 
hence) 4 vessel, ship, ete. ; 
esp. one for commerce; @ 
merchant-man. 

trhots, xrAods (Attic form 
of wAd-os, wAd-ov), m. [for 
wAd-os; fr. wAé-e, “ il?) 
A sailing; a voyage. 

Tvev-pa, pdros, n. [wvev, 
lengthened form of ave, ro@t 
of xyvéw, “ to blow or breathe’ ] 
(“That which blows or 
breathes ”; hence, “the air” 
we breathe ; “ breath”; hence, 
“spirit, life”; hence) 1. 
Spirit, disposition. —2. A 
spirit, spiritual being :—when 
used of an evil spirit mostly 
with some attributive adj. ;— 
at xvi. 16 folld. by dependent 
Gen.— 8. With or without the 
art., and also sometimes with 
dyiov: The > ides the Holy 

irit,—4, irit, inspira- 
bn imparted by the Holy 


284 
Spirit; vi. 10.—5.-A 


eto. 

avie, (f. wvebcopa, rvev- 
covyu, and in late poets 
xvetow, p. éxvevxa), 1. aor. 


éxvevoa, vo. nn. Zo blow, 
breathe. 


avéwy, ovea, ov, P. pres. of 


wvéw.—As Subst.: wvdovoa, 
ns (sc. apa, “air’’), f. With 
Art.: (“The blowing air”; 
i.e.) The breeze, the wind; 
» xxvii. 40. 
tarvux-rée, Th, dy, adj 
[for wy-rés ; fr. xvly-w, “to 
strangle”’] Strangled,— As 
Subst.: wvucrév, ov, n. A 
strangled thing or animal ;— 
at xv. 20 and 29; xxi. 25 used 
of animals killed without 
bloodshed ; see Levit. xvi. 13. 
trvo-%, js, f. [for wve-; 
fr. «xvé.w, “to blow, to 
breathe”’] 1. (“A blowing” ; 
hence) Wind, a blast of air. 
—2. (“A breathing ” ; hence) 
Breath. 
woke -&, f. xoufow, p. 
newolnxa, 1, aor. éxolnaa, 
pluperf. without augment 
weroijxey, V. a and n.: 1. 
Act.: a.: (a) Zo make, in the 
fullest acceptation of the term : 
—tw roe, (to make outside; 
i.e.) to put forth or remove, 
v. 84.—(b) With second Ace. : 
To make an object that which 


n’s 
spirit, or soul.—6. One’s soul 
or spirit, as the residence, 
etc., of one’s mind, feelings, 








VOCABULARY. 


is denoted by the second Acc. ; 
ii. 36.—(c) Zo make, cause, 
produce, bring about, effect, 
etc.—b. : (a) To do, performs 
—at ii. 22 ofs érolnve = b 
éxolnce; see ds, no. 38, a ;—at 
xxi. 19 Gy éxolnoe = & dxolnee, 
there being an ellipse after 
preceding ; nes of the de- 
monstrative éxelywy, to which 
éy is attracted.—(b) With Ace. 
of verbal Subst.: Zo do, per- 
orm, execute, etc.; in combi- 
nation with it being tanta- 
mount to the verb from which 
such subst. is derived :—zorery 
éx8lenow rit, to execute the 
avenging for one = éxdineiv 
Twa, to avenge one, vii. 24.— 
(c) With Acc. of thing and 
Acc. of person; Zo do some- 
thing to one.—(d) Of a mira- 
cle: Zo do, perform.—(e) Of 
will, commandment, 
etc.: To do, accomplish, ete. 
—(f) Of the Law: Zo do, 
carry out, obey, etc.—(g) Of 
sin, sinful acte, efc.: Zo do, 
commit.—(h) Of a festival, 
etc.: To keep, celebrate, 
hold; xviii. 21:—(i) Of time, 
etce.: To pass, spend, etc. 3 
xv. 83; xviil. 23;—at xx. 3 
wothoas is a Nom. Abs., the 
sentence being an instance of 
Anacoluthon. Had the gram- 
matical requirements been 
followed, &yrw (3. pers. sing. 
of &yvwy, 2. aor. of yryvyéane) 
would have been given instead 


VOCABULARY. 


285 


of dyévero yroun.—2. Neut.:{be a wodirns or citizen” 
Zo do, or act, in any way :— | (“The being a citizen”’; hence 


Kades éxolnoas, thou hast 
done well, x. 88.—3. Mid.: 
movdopar -otpat, (f. rohoo- 
po), 1. aor. droincduny, To 
make for one’s self or by one’s 
own act; fo cause, etc. 


wouy-ris, Tov, tm. [for 
woe-rThs; fr. rod-w, ‘to 


make ”’] (“ A maker ”; hence) 
4 poet, as a maker or com- 
poser of verses, 

woupalve, f. xoindye, 1. aor. 
eroludva, v.a. To herd, tend, 
sheep, étc.; to feed, whether 
actually or figuratively [like 
sont», “a shepherd,” akin to 
Sans. root PA, “to nourish, 
protect ”). 

mwolpv-tov, You, n. [for 
wowdv-tov; fr. xomuhy, wotuéy- 
of, “a shepherd ”’} (“ A thin 
belonging toa womuqv”; hence 
A flock ;—in Acts used figura- 
tively of Christ’s people. 

wotos, a, ov, adj.: 1. Of what 
sort or kind, what kind of, 
etc.—2. What, which. 

mwér-ts, ews, f.: 1. A city. 
—2. The people of'a city ; the 
_ etdizens [akin to Sans. pur-a, 
“a town or city”). 

twodir-dpy-ns, ov, m. 
[woAir-ns, “a citizen”; &px-e, 
“to rale ”} (“ Citizen-ruler ”’; 
t.¢.) A ruler of a city; a 
magistrate, 

woNitre-la (quadrisyll.), fas, 
f. [woAire-de (quadrisyll.), “to 


Citizenship ; freedom of a 
city. 

woNtt-evopan, (f. rodiredoo. 
pat, 1. aor. dwoAtrevoduny), p 
wenoAirevpat, V. wid. een 
ns, “a citizen” ] (‘To live 
as, or be, a citizen”; hence) 
To pass one’s life, live. 

aod-irns, irov, m. [rdA-ts, 
“a city” ] (“One who does 
something in, or is made for, 
a city ”’; hence) 4 dweller in 
a city, @ citizen, 

qwohA-Gxig, adv. [oAds, 
wOAA-ov, “much”;  plur. 
“many” ] Many times, often- 
times, frequently, 

WoNvs,. KOAAH, OAL, adj. : 
1. Pos.: a. Of number or 
quantity: (a) Sing.: Much, 
large, great.—(b) Plur.: 
Many ;—at xxvi. 10, efc., 
with Gen. of “Thing Distrib- 
uted.”—As Subst.: (@) woAA- 
of, Sy, m. plur. Many persons, 
many.—(B) wodda, Gy, n. 
plur. Many things.—b. Of 
degree, efc.: Much, great; 
xxvi. 24.—As Subst.: oAv, 
woAAoi, n. That whichis much, 
much :—for év woAAg see ey, 
no. 11.— Adverbial neut.: 
Sing.: wodt, Much, greatly. 
—c. Of time: Great, long.— 
As Subst.: woAv, roAAod (sc. 
8idornua), n. A long interval 
or space ;—at xxvii. 14 with 
preceding negative, no long 


286 


saterval, i.e. a short interval ; 
see 3. od, no. 2:— for éx) woAd see 
éxf, no. 8, f.—2. Comp.: whelov 
(théev), ov: a. Of number or 
quantity: More :—for ellipse 
of % (than) after the neut. 
sing. or plur. of xAelwy or 
Tr éwy, see f, no. 2.—As Subst.: 
welovg, dvwy, m. plur.: (a) 
More persons, more.—(b) 
With Art.: Zhe more, the 
greater number, the majority. 
—b. Of time: (a) More, 
longer :—for tx) xAciox, xx. 
9; xxiv. 4, see éxf, no. 8, f. 
—(b) As a modified superl.: 
Very many, several; xxiv. 
17; xxv. 14, ete.—c. Of de- 
ee or extent: More :—for 
wl wAciov, iv. 17, see éxt, 
no. 8, f. Bay Sup.: wAcior- 
os. 
aovnp-ta, tas, f. [wovnp-ds, 
“wicked ”’] (“The quality or 
condition of the zovnpés” ; 
hence) Wickedness ;—at iii. 
26 in plur. to denote various 
forms of wickedness. 
arovn-pés, pd, péy, adj. 
[lengthened fr. wrove-pds; fr. 
mové-c, in force of “to fevl, or 
suffer, pain”’] (‘ Feeling, or 
suffering, pain”; hence, * pain- 
ful”’; hence, “in sorry plight, 
bad”; hence) Morally: Bad, 
evil, wicked. 
tMovrixdés, of; see Mdvros. 
Mévrtog, ov; see M:Adros. 
Mévros, ov, m. [xdvros, 
“‘sea”’] Pontus; a country in 


VOCABULARY. 


the N.E. of Asia Minor. It 
derived its name from ite 
bordering on fhe Pontus’ 
Euxinus (Black Sea).— Hence, 
(tMlovr-txds, ixh, ixdy, adj. 
Of, or belonging to, Pontus. 
—As Subst.:) Plovrtxds, o7, 
m. 4A man of Pontus. 
+Néwrlos, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. “ Publius” ] Poplios 
or Publius ; the chief man in 
the island of Melita (now 
Malta), at the time of Paul’s 
shipwreck ; xxviii. 7. 
(wop-eve, f. xropetdow, 1. aor. 
éxdpevoa, v. a. [xdp-os, “a 
way,” etc.; also, “a going,” 
etc.| 1. Act.: “To muke, or 
cause, to go.” —2. Mid. :) wop- 
evopar, f. wopedcouat, (1. aor. 
éxopevoduny), 1. aor. pass. in 
mid. force, éxopevOny, (“ To. 
make one’s self to go”; $. e.) 
To go, proceed, etc. ;—at i. 25 
wopev0jva: denotes the aim or 
object ; cf. AauBavew, no. 2;— 
at viii. 89 éwopevero is folld. by 
Acc. of “‘ Motion along.” 
mop0-da -c, (f. ropéhow), 
1. aor. éxdpOnoa, v. a. [col- 
lateral form of wép@w, ‘to. 
destroy ”] Of persons as Ob- 
ject: Zo destroy, despoil, 
slay, make havoc of. 
TNdpxtos, ov, m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. “ Porcius,” s. e. “One 
pertaining to porcws or pig; - 
Pig-man”’] Porkios or Pore- . 
ius; a Roman preenomen ; see 
S70TO0s. 


VOCABULARY. 


wopve-fa (trisyll.), fas, f. 
[xopve-bw, “to fornicate ”] 4 
Sornicating, fornication. 
fropdtp-d-ael-ts, ios, f. 
[xoppip-a, “a purple-fish ’’; 
hence, “ purple dye ” obtained 
from the fish; hence, “a pur- 
ple garment”; (0) connecting 
vowel; xwA-éw, “to sell” | 4 
female seller of purple gar- 
ments ; @ dealer tn purple. 
- wda-05, 7, ov, adj. How 
much ;—- Piur.: How many 
{akin to Sans. kas, “ who?” 
ef. Ionic and Aolic pron. «éo- 


os | 


dy, “drink ”] (‘‘ That which 
pertains to drink ”; hence) 4 
river, as being drinkable 
water. 

tNlorforor, wy, m. plur. [Gr. 
form of Lat. Puteoli, “ Little 
Wells” ] Potiols or Puteols 
(now Pozzuolo); a city on the 
coast of Campania, opposite 
Bais. It had mineral springs, 
and was a favourite resort of 
the Romans. 

. mows, wod-ds, m. (“ The 

oing thing ”’; hence) 4 foot 
Ffor x68-s; akin to Sans. péd, 
or pad, “a foot,” fr. root PaD, 
“to go”; cf. Lat. pes, péd-ts ; 
also, English foot]. 

. Epay-pa, udros, n. [wpay, 
root of xpdv-cw, “to do ” 1. 
That which is done; a deed, 
act, etc.—2. A thing; amatter, 
an aff air. . 


wor-tin.ds, aod, m. [xor- 


287 


apabels, eioa, év, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of mixpdoxw. 

mpaireptoy, ov, n. [Gr. 
form of Lat. pretorium] (The 
pretorium; i.e. the official 
residence of a Roman Pretor, 
or Governor, in his province ; 
hence) 1. 4 Governor’s pal. 
ace.—2. A judgment-hall in a 
Governor’s palace. 

mpatis, ews, f. [for mpay- 
ows; fr. wpay, root of xpdcow, 
in force of “to do”] (*A 
doing”; hence) Action, act, 
deed, 


wpac-ow (mpdat-Te, f. 
apdiw), p. wémpaxa, 1. aor. 
Uxpata, v. a. and n. [for xpdy-' 
ow; fr. root wpay| 1. Act.: 
a. To do, perform.—b. Of. 
injury, e¢e.,as Objeet: To do, 
commit ; xvi. 28.—3. Neut. : 
To do, act, etc. :—eb xpdiere, 
ye shall do well, xv. 29.— 
Pass.: (xpdooopet, wpdr-" 
Topat), p. rémpayuai, (1. aor. 
éxpdxOny, 1. fut. rpaxOhoopat).- 

apeoPirép-Tov, fov, n.. 
[xpeoBorep-os, “an elder’’] 
(“A thing pertaining to a. 
apeoBbrepos”’; hence) 4 coun- 
cil of the elders; a presbytery. - 

arpeo Birep-os, ov, m. [ xpec- 
Bérep-os, “older”; comp. adj. 
formed from xpéofus, “an old 
man”] 1. Sing.: An elder.— 
2. Plur.: a. Ancestors, fathers. 
—b. Hiders, i.e. the Seniors 
or Senators, who were members 
of the Sanhedrim; mostly in 


288 


connexion with dpxsepets and 
ypaupareis, and preceded by 
m4 aie és, adj. With the 
t™ » és, adj. Wi 
face jl iy head-fore- 
most: —apnvhs ‘yevdpueros, 
having become with the face 
wnwards ; i. e.) having fall- 
en on his face; not, as 
rendered in the English Ver- 
sion, “having fallen head- 
long,” i. 18. 

aplv,adv.: 1. Before.—2. 
With (or without) 4: Before 
that. 

MploxAXa, ns, f. [Gr. form 
of Lat. Priscilla, the diminu- 
tive of Prisca, “Ancient”’] 
Priscilla, the wife of Aquila. 
—At Rom. xvi. 3; 2 Tim. iv. 
19 she is called Mplaxa. 

arp6, prep. gov. gen. Before. 

arpo-aye, f. xpo-déw, 2 aor. 
=po-hyayor, v.a. [ xpd, “forth”; 
&yw, “to lead, bring,” efc.] 
1 To lead, bring, conduct 
forth from a place; to bring 
out; xvi. 30.—2, Zo bring 
forth a prisoner from a prison, 
before a judge, etc.; xii. 6; 
xxv. 26. 

apo-Bdddw, (f. xpo-Bara, 
Pp. xpo-BéBAnka), 2. aor. mpo- 
€BdAov, v.a. [wpd, * forwards”; 
Baddow, * to cast] (* To cast 
ee al @ per- 
son as Object: Zo or- 
wards, bring pk s 

«p6-Ba-rov, rou (mostly 
plur.), n. (xpd, “ forwards”; 


VOCABULARY. 


Ba, root of Salve, “to go”] 
(‘‘ That which goes, or walks, 
forwards”; and so, an animal 
that walks as opposed to one 
that flies, etc.; hence, esp. of 
small cattle) A sheep. 

(wpo-PiPalw, f. xpo-BiBaoe 
and xpo-Bifw), 1. aor. wpo- 
eBiBica, v. n. [mxpd, “ for- 
wards”’s B:Ba lw, “to make to 
g ") Zo make to go for- 
wards; to lead, or put, for- 
wards or on. 

apo-yiveoke, (f. xpo- 
yvéocopa:), 2. aor. wpo-éyywy, 
v. a. [wpd, “ before” in time ; 
ywooKe, “to know’’] To know 
before or previously. 

arpo8é-Tys, Tov, m. [xpo- 
3{Sepus, “to betray,” through 
verbal root wpo8o (i.e. xpé, 
and 80, a root of 3i8epus)] A 
betrayer, traitor. 

™po-eiSoy, 2. aor. (with no 
pres. in use, xpo-o bein 
used instead of it), v. a. pnd 
“before” in time; eI3oy, “to 
see” | To foresee. 

(apo-cimov, f. xpo-epéo and 
™po-epw), p. mpo-elpnna, V. & 
[xpé, “before” in time; 
elxoy, “I said’’:—root ép, “to 
say’’| Second aor. without 
pres., the other tenses being 
used as ite fut. and perf.: 
(‘To say before or previous- 
ly ”; hence) Zo foretell, etc. 

wpo-dpyopar, f. wpo-ered- 
couat, (p. xpo-eA}AUOa and wpo- 
NAUVOa), 2. aor. wpo-FAGoy [ xpd, 





VOCABULARY. 


* forwards ”; 
come or go” ] To come, or go, 


289 


tpxouat, “to| t(wpo-opde -ope, f. xpo- 


éyoua), p. wpo-ewpaKa, Vv. a. 


ards ;—at xii. 10 folld. | [pé, “before” in time; dpda, 


by Acc. of “ Space of place.” 
wpd-Qe-ors, cews, f. [xpd, 


“to see” ] 1. To see before or 
previously.—2. Mid.: To 


* forth, before”; @«, a root of | foresee.—Mid. : wpo-opdopar 


7l-0n-u, “ to put” ] (“A put- 
ting forwards”; hence, ment- 
ally, “a purpose, or end pro- 
posed ”; hence) Purpose, dis- 
position, determination, de- 
sign. 

apo@up-ta, Yas, f. [xpd- 
Ovp-os, “ready, willing ’’] 
(“ The quality of the xpéé@vp- 
os”; hence) Readiness, will- 
ingness, alacrity. 

mpowev, ovca, dv, P. of 
mpoeioup. 

(wpo-xaétayyé\Aw), 1. aor. 
wpo-narhyyeAa, v. a. [xpé, 
“before” in time; xarayyéA- 
Aw, “to announce” ] Zo an- 
mnounce before or previously ; 
to foretell ; see xatayyéAAw. 

(arpo-xynpiocow and wpo- 
xnpitrw), 1. aor. xpo-exhputa 
[xpd, “before” in time; 
xnptoow, ‘to proclaim” as a 
herald does] (‘‘To proclaim 
before or previously ”; hence) 
To preach before or first.— 
Pass.: (awrpo-kynpiooopar and 
®pO-KHpvTTopat), Pp. wpo-Ke- 
khpuyuat; Bee mpoxelpt(w. 

apévo-ta (trisyll.), fas, f. 
i a ‘to think of before- 

and’”’] (“A thinking of 
beforehand ”; hence) Provid- 
ence, care, eC. 

Acts. 


“Opapat. — 

(wpo-opiftw), I. aor. xpo- 
épica, v. a. [axpd, “ before- 
hand”; dpi{w, in force of 
“to determine”] Zo de- 
termine beforehand ; to pre- 
determine, predestinate. 

apo-wdpwe, (f. rpo-rduyw), 
1. aor. wpo-éreuwa, v. a. (apd, 
“forwards”; «éurw, ‘to 
send” ] Zo send forwards, 


to forward.—Pass.: (apo- 
adpropat), 1. aor. xpo- 
eréupeny. 


apo-ret-4¢, és, adj. [mpd, 
“forwards”; wer, a root of 
alxro, “to fall”) (“Falling 
forwards ”’; hi) Precipit- 
ate, rash, inconsiderate. 

(wpo-topevopar), f. xpo- 
mwopevoouat, v. mid. [-xpd, 
“ before”; ropetouat, “to go” | 
With Gen. of person: Zo go 
glad a 

awpos, prep. gov. gen. (dat. 
and) a : me With Gen.: 
(“From ” a place; hence, in 
reference to aid, e¢c., proceed- 
ing from a person, “on the 
side of, for’; hence) In 
Savour of; for the advantage, 
or benefit, of; xxvii. 34, which 
is the only passage in Gr. 
Test. where this prep. is folld. 

U 


290 


by Gen.—2. With <Acc.: a. 
Locally: (a) Zo, unto, to- 
wards.—(b) At, over, against. 
—(c) Near, beside.—(d) Be- 
ea person, etc.; at a person’s 
feet.—b. Of addressing, pray- 
ing, testifying, etc.: To, unto. 
—+. Of speaking, ete.: In reply 
to, as to, to.—d. In reference 
to, in respect to.—e. In com- 
parisons: Zo, unto.—f. Of a 
purpose, etc.: For, for the 
purpose of, etc.—g. Against ; 
ix. 6.—h. To, with; iii. 25. 
—i. Respecting, concerning, 
about. 
mwpoo-ayw, (f. sxpoa-diw), 
2. aor. xpoo-frydéyorv, Vv. a. 
mpés, “to”; &yw, * tolead ”] 
“To lead—a person, efc.— 
to” one; hence) 1. To lead, 
or bring, up; to bring.—2. 
With ellipse of reflexive pron. : 
(“To bring one’s self, itself, 
etc., to”’; hence) To approach, 
draw nigh :—xpock&ye: xépa, 
land approaches, a seemingly 
nautical phrase denoting that 
a ship or person “is drawing 
near to land,” xxvii. 27. 
+(wpog-dweddopar -ared- 
ovpas), 1. aor. rpoc-nreiAnod- 
pny, v. n. [xpdés, “in addi- 
tion, besides’; dwe:Adomat, 
**to threaten,” as one’s own 
especial act] Zo threaten in 
addition or besides; to utter 
Surther threats. 
twpog-8donar, (f. xpoo- 
Sefoouai, 1. aor. xpoo-edehOnv), 


——!_.. 


VOCABULARY. 


v. mid. [xpdés, “in addition, 
besides’; Séoua:, “to need ”] 
With Gen.: Zo need some- 
thing és addition or besides. 
" opar, (f. mwpoc- 
Séfouac), 1. aor. xpoo-edetduny, 
v. mid. [xpés, in “ strengthen- 
ing” force; déxoua, “ to ex- 
pect, await”] Zo expect, 
await, wait for, with an im- 
plied notion of earnestness. 
wpoo-Soxdae -Sone, (Ff. 
wpog-Soxfhow), V. a. and n. 
[mpés, in “ strengthening ” 
orce; obsol. Soxaw, “to ex- 
pect ’;—or to be divided xpoc- 
Son-deo; for wpoo-Senx-dw ; fr. 
wpés, in strengthening force ; 
axonal Ionic 8Sé€x-opaz, 4 
orce of “to expect, await” 
1. Act.: Zo expect, look for, 
await, wait for.—2. Neut.: 
To be in expectation, to ex- 
pect. 
mpocsok-ta, ias, f. [xpoc- 
Sonx-dw, “to expect ”] An ex- 
pecting, expectation. 
wpoctpaipey, ovca, dv, P. 
2. aor. of xpoarpéxe. 
twpoc-ede -ea, v. a. [xpds, 
“towards”; édw, “to suffer, 
allow ’’] (“To allow ” one to 
go “towards”; hence) To 
suffer, or allow, a person to 
approach : — ph xpocewrros 
Hhuas tov avéuou, the wind not 
allowing us to approach, i. e. 
keeping us off, xxvii. 7. 
apoo-épxo (f. spoc- 
€Acvooua), p. mpoo-eAHA5Oay,. 


VOCABULARY. 


2. aor. wpoo-7AGoy, v. mid. 
[xpés, “to”; Epxoua, ‘to 
come”}] 1. With Dat.: Zo 
come to or near to; to eome 
to, approach.—2. Alone : 
‘io come up, draw near. 

mpocevy~i, fis, f. [wporedx- 
opat, “to pray to”) (* A pray- 
ing to” God; hence) 1. 
Prayer, supplication.—2. A 
place, or house, of prayer.— 
Josephus, in his Antiquities, 
cites a decree of the Halicar- 
nassians which gives the Jews 
permission to builda xpovevyh 
by the sea-side, according to 

their national custom. 
®poo-evxopar, imperf. 
spoo-nuxduny, f. xpoo-edtouat, 
1. aor. xpoo-nutduny, v. mid. 
[xpés, “to”; «Bxopa, “to 
pray ””] ae pray to” God; 
hence) Without nearer Ob- 
ject: Zo offer up prayers, to 
pray ;—at xi. 6 Suny xpoc- 
evxduevos = mpoonuyduny ;— 
at xii. 12 Foay mpocevxduevar 
=-zxpoontxorro; see eiul, no. 4, 
mpor-dxw, (f. xpoo-étw), p 
mwpoo-éoxnxa, Vv. & and n. 
frets, “to”; Exw, “to hold”) 
. Act.: With or without 
vouv : (“To hold the mind to 
or towards”; hence) With 
Dat.: To pay heed to, to at- 
tend to.—2. Neut.: With Dat. 
of reflexive pron.: (“ To turn 
the attention to one’s self,” 
etc. ; hence) Zo take heed to 

one’s self, etc. 


291 


Abr-o8, ov, M. [for 
xpoc-éAu0-os; fr. xpds, “ to”’s 
v8, root of #fri0-ov, ér- 
HAVO-c, HAub-a, eArcb-copat, 
the 2. aor., perf., 1. aor., and 
fat. of tpxoue, “to come ”’} 
(“One coming to” (the Jew- 
ish) religion; hence) 4 con- 


vert, proselyte. 
w veyxa, 1. aor, of xpor- 
O60. 


(wpoa-xd\ de ~-xdde, f. xpoc- 
xaréow, v. a. [apds, “to”; 
warda, “to call” } “Tocall” a 
person “to” one’s self.—Mid.:) 
®poo-kahdopat -xadovpar, 1. 
aor. *pec-exadecduny, perf, 
pass. in mid. force, spoc-Ké- 
xaAnuas: 1. Zo call to one’s 
self, etc.; v. 40.—2. With Acc. 
of person, and Acc. dependent 
on prep. in verb: Zo call one 
to an Office, efv.; xiii. 2.—3. 
With Acc. of person and Inf.: 
To call to, or unto, one to do, 
ete., something; xvi. 10. 

Wpoo-xaptepte -Kaprepd, 
f. wpoo-naprephoo, V.n. [ «pds, 
“at or near”; xaprepéw, “ to 
be steadfast,” efc.}] (“To be 
steadfast at or near’ some- 
thing ; hence) 1. With Dat. 
of person: Zo be continually 
near at hand to, to attend 
constantly on.—2. With Dat. 
of thing : Zo attend constantly 
to; to persevere in; to con- 
tinue constant, or steadfast, 
in.—8. With é»: To continue 
constantly in a place; ii. 46. 


U 2 


292 


+(wpoo-xAnpdéew -KAnpe, v. 
a. [xpds, “to”; xAnpdw, “to 
allot ’’] “To allot to, to as- 
sign by lot to.”—Pass.: (wpoo~ 
kAnpdopar -KAnpotpat), 1. 
gor. spoo-exAnpoOny, “To be 
allotted to”; hence) With 
Dat. of person: To be associ- 
ated with; to join, or attach, 
one’s self to as a companion, 
ete. 

t(xpoo-«Xive, v. a. [xpds, 
“to or towards”; KAivw, to 
make to bend”] “To make 
to bend to or towards’; hence, 
“to make to lean against.” 
Pass. : wpoo-xAivopat, p. 
mpoo-xéxAiuat), 1. aor. mpoc- 
‘exAt@ny, (* To be made to lean 
against’; hence) With Dat. : 
To be inclined towards ; to be 
attached to; to side with; 
Bee mpooKoAAdw. 

(wpoa-KoAdw -KodAo, Vv. a. 
[xpés, “to”; KodArAdw, “to 
glue ’’} “ To glue to or on to.” 
— Pass.: wpoo-Ko par, 
~xohAcpas), f. xpooxodAAn@h- 
gouat, 1, aor. mporexoAAh@ny, 
(‘To be glued to or on to”; 
hence) With Dat.: Zo be 
united, or joined, to or on 
to. — at v. 36 the readings 
vary between mposexorAdrAyen 
and xpocexAi@n and xpogerién. 

wpog-kuvéw -Kxuve, f. rpoc- 
xuyhow, 1. aor. wpoc-extynaa, 
v. n. [xpds, “to or towards ”; 
xuvéw, “to kiss”] (“To kiss 
—the hand—to or towards” 





VOCABULARY. 


one as a mark of respect 
or homage; hence) 1. With 
Dat.: a. To pay homage to, to 
do obeisance to.—b. To fall 
down before, to prostrate 
one’s self before, as do the 
Orientals to this day before a 
superior.—2. Either alone (or 
with Dat.): Zo worship. 

twooc-Addde -AKAs, 1. aor. 
Wpog-eAGAnoa, v. n. [axpdés, 
“to”; AdAdw, “to speak ’’] 
With Dat.: Zo speak to, con. 
verse with;—at xxviii. 20 
supply dpuiv after mpooAGA joa. 

(a yw, f. xpoc- 
Afpyoua:), 2. aor. xpor-éAdBow, 
v. a. [wpds, “to”; AauBdve, 
“to take”) To take to one.— 
Mid.: wpeo-AapBavopar, 2. 
aor. wpoo-eAaBduny: 1. To take 
to one’s self, to associate with 
one’s self.—2. To receive with 
hospitality. 

wpoo-péve, 1, aor. xpoc- 
éuevva, v. n. [mpds; p&vo, 
“to remain”| 1. [-xpds, 
“ near ”] (“To remain near”; 
hence) a. With Dat. of person: 
To continue with one.—b. 
With Dat. of thing: Zo abide, 
or continue, in; to persevere 
in.—2. [apds, “in addition ”) 
To wait in addition ; to wait 

rther or longer ;—at xviii. 
18 folld. by Acc. of ‘‘ Duration 
of time.” 

péc-wav-0s, ov, adj. 

[wpés, in “intensive” force ; 
weiv-a, “hunger” ] (Pertain- 





VOCABULARY. 


ing to great hunger”; hence) 
Pery hungry. 
t(mpoo-mjyrips or wpoo- 
amyvuw, f. rpoo-rhtw), 1. aor. 
wpoo- érnta, v.a. [apds, “to”; 
whyvip, “to fasten ”] (“To 
fasten to or on to”; hence, 
with reference to the cross) 
To crucify. . 
wpoo-wltre, (f. xpocerec- 
ovpa:), 2, aor. wpoc-éwecor, 
v. un. [wpds, “near”; wlrra, 
‘to fall”’) With Dat. of per- 
son: Jo fall down near one, 
or tn one’s immediate pre- 
sence ; to fall down before one. 
(xpoo-r or Wpoc- 
véaTtw), 1. aor. xpoc-érata, 
v. a. and n. [mpds, “at’’; 
técow, “to arrange, set in 
order ””] (“ To arrange or set 
in order at; to post at”; 
hence) 1. Zo enjoin, command, 
order—2. To appoint, fiz, 
etc. ;—at xvii. 26 the read- 
ings vary between xpooreray- 
uévous and mporerayucevous.— 
Pass.: (wpoc-rdocopat or 


Wpoo-TaTropar), p. *wpoc- 
Tétayuat, (1. aor. xpoo- 
erdx Ov). 


(wpoo-TlOype, f. mpoo-6h- 
ow), 1, aor. xpoo-¢8nka, 2. aor. 
apoo-€6ny, V. a. [wpds; TiOnus, 
“to put or place ”] 1. [xpés, 
“to ”)} (“To put to”; hence) 
With wpds: a. To put, or lay, 
beside or with.—b. To join on 
to.—2. trees ‘‘in addition ”; 
hence] With Dat. of person : 


293 


To add to.—Pass.: (wpoo- 
w(Oena1), 1. aor. xpoc-erdOny, 
1. f. wpog-TeOhoopa:; see Zpog- 
KoA\Adw. 

wpoo-tpdyes, (f. xpoc-Spdu- 
i 2. aor. wpoo-d8pduoy, 
v. n. [ xpés, “to, up to”; tpéxe, 
“to run”’}] Zo run up to one, 

twpordit-we, adv. [xpdc- 
ga&r-os, in force of “new ”’) 
(“ After the manner of the 
apécgaros”; hence) In time: 
Newly, lately, recently. 

apoo-dépw, (f. mpoc-olaw), 
Pp. #pua-esrjvoxa, 1. aor. xpoc- 
qveyna, 2. aor. xpoo-hveyKor, 
v.a. [xpds, “to”; pépw, “to 
bring ”] With Acc. of nearer 
Object and Dat. of remoter 
Object: Zo bring to. 

wpoogop-d, as, f. [for 
mwpoopep-d; fr. mpoopép-w, “to 
bring to”; hence, “ to offer” 
as an oblation, etc.] An 
offering. 

mpoa-wvde -dwvai, (f. rpoc- 
gwviow), 1. aor. rpog-epovnoa, 
v.n. {axpéds, “to”; puwvém, “to 
speak ’’] With Dat. of person: 
To speak to, address, accost ; 
—at xxi, 40 supply airois 
after xpocepdynce; cf. xxii. 
2, where avrois is given. 

Txpoowwo-Aijwrns, Ajrrov, 
m. [xpéowxoy, (uncontr. gen.) 
epsbdnosh: ‘‘a face’’; hence, 
“a person”; Azxrns, “one 
who accepts, an accepter”]} 
An accepter, or respecter, of 
persons. : 


294 


wpéc-w8-ov, ov, n. [for 
Le ov; fr.xpés, Peer *s 
root én (whence Bipoua: = 
sag used as (That 
Spd), “to sev’ “ That 
which looks toearde” an ob- 
ject; hence) 1. 4 face, coun- 
tenance: —xara xpdowwor, be- 
ore the face, face to face, 
‘pe 16 fe with a Sea 
re the face of, in the pre- 
of, te 1 el Of the 
earth: Face, surface.—8. A 
person.—4. Put pleonastically 
vii. 45; xiii. 24. 
t(wpo-rdcowormpo-taérre, 
f. wpo-rd=w, v. a.) [ xpd, “ be- 
fore” in time, “ previously”; 
tdoow, “to arrange”) (“ To 
arrange previously”; hence) 
To appoint, or determine,before 
or beforehand.—Pass.: (wpo- 
TAETTOPAL OF WHo-TATTOPAL), 
p. mpo-rérayya:; see *poc- 
. (1 rs (ve), 1. aor 
t(wpo-relve), 1. . ™po- 
bie © a. (xpd, “ forwards”; 
relyw, “to stretch” ] Zo stretch 
Sorwards, to stretoh out :—és 
St oxpodrevay abrdy rots 
iuaow, and when they stretch- 
ed him forwards (or out)—i.e. 
by binding him to a post or 
pillar — for the thongs (or 
scourges) — i.e. so that his 
back might be more readily 
ee to yaks? j 
™po-Tpéwe, ° WP0-T 5 
v. a. [wpd, “ forwards”; hha 
“to turn”) “To turn for- 


VOCABULARY. 


wards,urgeforwards”).—Mid. 
(wpo-rpéwopat), 1. aor. xpos 
erpevauny, To urge forwards 
as one’s own especial act; to 
exhort, etc. 

mpo-Urdpxe,(f'xpo-iwdpte), 
v. n. [xpd, “before”; trdpyw, 
folld. by part. = rvyxdve, * to 
happen or chance”’} Folld. by 
a case of &y in concord 
with Subject of verb: 7b 
happen, or chance, to be before 
or previously. 

mpovaipxov, imperf. ind. of 
wpotrdpxw. 

wpéoi-ous, cews, f. [prob. 
for xpépay-cis; fr. xpopalra, 
“to show forth,” through 
wpé, and day, root of dalvw | 
(“A showing forth,” as an 
ostensible cause or reason; 
hence, in a bad sense) 4 
pretext, pretence, simulation. 
—N.B. Sometimes this word 
is assigned to xpd, “ before- 
hand”; and @¢a, a root of 
onul, “ to speak ’’; in this case 
it must be divided xpé-pa-ors, 
and means, according to its 
origin, “a speaking before- 
hand.” 

wpodnt-eve, f. rpopyretow, 
1. aor. xpoephrevta and 
éxpoptirevoa (see dvarrardée 
at end), v. n. [wpopijr-ns, “a 
prophet ’”’] (‘To be a xpophr- 
ns”; hence) To prophesy; i.e., 
a. To speak, or teach, under 
the inspiration of the Holy 
Spirit.— b. To foretell, predict. 


VOCABULARY. 


mpo-oij-THs, Tov, m. [xpd, 
in force of “ for, instead of ”; 
gn, a root of gn-ul, “to 
speak’’}] (“One who speaks 
for, or instead of,” another, 
esp. (in Gr. Test.) for God, 
and interprets His will, eto. ; 
hence) 4 prophet ; i. e., 8. An 
inspired teacher, or preacher, 
of God’s will, efc.—b. One 
who foretells, or predicts, 
future events. 


t(axpo-xeipifopa:, f. xpo- 


Xeiprovma:), 1. aor. mpo- 
€xeipicodguny, p. pass  po- 
xexelpiopa:, v. mid. [=pé, 


“without force’’; xepi{oua, 
“to take in one’s hand” 
(**To take in one’s hand, to 
handle”; hence, “to make 
ready, prepare”; hence) 1. 
To appoint, choose, etc.—2. 
With second Acc.: Zo appoint, 
etc., one as that which is 


denoted by the second Acc. ; | fi 


rae 16. es 
WPO-YKerpt » ~—- Fpo- 
emp, v. ag [™pd, “before ” 
in time; xerpi¢w, “ to handle, 
tuke in hand’’] “To take 
before in hand; to prepare 
before or previously.” — Pass.:) 
P. perf. mpoxexeptopévos, 
Prepared, appointed, or de- 
stined before or previously ;— 
at ili. 20 the readings vary 
between xpoxexeipionévoy and 
mpokexnpuyLévoy. 
$(mpo-xeiperoviee -xe1po- 
Tove, ia) apd, “before” in 


295 


time; xeiporovéw, * to elect’’] 

(“« To elect before or previous- 
ly”; hence) Zo appoint, 
choose, or select beforehand ; 

to pre-ordain. — Pass.: P. 

perf. wpo-xexeiporovnpévos. 

tllpoxopes, ov, m. Pro- 
chorus; one of the seven 
deacons of the early Church 

at Jerusalem; vi. 5. 

wpvpv-a, as, f. [xpuuy-ds, 

“last, hindermost ” | (‘ That 
which is last or hindermost ’’; 
hence) Of a vessel: The hinder 
part, poop, stern. 

wpet, adv. [akin to «pé 

‘before ” | Karly in the morn- 
ing, at dawn or day-break :— 
for awd wpwt see dad, no. 7. 

twpeépa, as, f. [id] The 
fore-part of a ship, the prow. 

wpetoy, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of spwros, “first ’’] In 
the first place, first of ail, 
ret. 

Wp&ros, 7, ov, sup. adj. [con- 
tracted fr. xpd-dros, syncopated 
fr. mpd-raéros; fr. xpd, “be- 
fore,” with superlative suffix 
taros| (‘‘ Most before,” in 
place, rank, time, e¢e.; hence) 
1. First, in time, order, ete.— 
2.In rank: First, principal, 
chiefi—As Subst.: a. Sing. : 
wperog, ov, m. First, prin. 
cipal, or chief man.—b. Plur.: 
wparot, wy,m. First, principal, 
or chief men. 

Twpwro-ctd-Ty$, Tov, m. 

[ xp@ros,(uncontr. gen.) rpéro- 


_ a, 


296 


os, “first”; ora, a root of 
fornus (neut.), “to stand 
(“‘ He who stands first”; hence 

A leader, or chief, of a party, 


sect, etc. 

+lrodep-als, afdos, f. 
[TIréAeu-os, “ Ptolemy” ( 
“ War”) | Ptolemais, i.e. “ the 
city of Ptolemy”; the name 
given to Acé (called Accho at 
Judges i. 31, and by the Arabs 
Akka) when Ptolemy Sétér 
held possession of Calé- 
Syria. In the reign of the 
Emperor Claudius it becamea 
Roman colony, and was styled 
Colonia Claudii Casaris Ptol- 
emais, or merely Colonia Ptol- 
emais. Eventually it came 
into the ion of the 
knights of St. John of Jeru- 
salem, and is now known as 
St.Jeand’ Acre,or siinpleAcre. 

TNvGev, wos, m. [explain- 
ed by the lexicographer 
Hés¥chius by Sa:udvioy payr- 
ixdv, i.e.] 4 divining demon; 
—cef. Luke iv. 33, wveiua 
Saimovlou dxabdprov, “a spirit 
of an unclean demon.” 

fwuxvdtrepov, comp. adv. 
[adverbial neut. of xuxvdrepos, 
comp. of mu«yds, “close”; 
hence, “ frequent ”} More fre- 
quently, oftener. 

wur-y, ns, f. A gate, whether 
actual or figurative. 

wuh-wv, Gvos, m. [wriA-n, 
“a gate”) (“ That which has 
a xtAn”’; hence) 1..4 gateway, 


VOCABULARY, 


gate-tower, which was often 
separated from the house.—2. 
A gate, door. 

wu(v)0-dvopar, f. wetoouat, 
p- wérvopa, 2. aor. éxv0duny 
v. mid. irreg.: 1. Zo hear, learn, 
understand by asking or in- 

uiry.—2. Zo ask, inquire 

root wv, akin to Sans. root 

BUDH, “ to understand ’’}. 

xvp, wupds, n. (“ The purify- 
ing thing”’; hence) Fire, as 
meaning originally that which 
purifies, efc.; used both in a 
literal and figurative meaning 
{akin to Sans. root Pt, “to 
purify ”’}. 

frtp-d, as, f. [xip, wiip-ds, 

‘fire ”] (“A thing pertaining 
to wip”; hence, any “ place 
where fire is kindled,” e.g. 
“a faneral pile, an altar,” 
ete. ; hence, “fire burning on 
an altar,” efe.; hence) Fire 
in general. 

wvp-erés, erov, m. [aip, 
Eel “fire”; hence, “ fever 
heat ”] (* That which pertains 
to wup”’; hence) 4 fever. 

mole -6, (f. rwrAfow), 1, 
aor. éxéAnaa, v. a. To sell. 

1. oreig, interrog. adv. ln what 
way? how? [akin to Sans. 
kas, “who?” cf, récos]. 

2. wes, enclitic adv. Jn a 
way, at all, by any means [id. |. 


faBS-ife, v.a. [Jd f8d-os, “a 
rod ”] Zo beat with a rod; to 
scourge, etc. 


VOCABULARY, 


+paB8oty-os, ov, m. [for 
paBdd-ex-os; fr. pdBSos, (un- 
contr. gen.) fdBdo-os, “a 
rod”; &-«, “to have or 
hold ”] (‘One who has, or 
. holds, a rod or staff”; hence) 
A magistrate’s attendant ; a 
Beadle or serjeant. 
tpqdvovpyn-pa, pdros, n. 

[for pqdiovpye-ua; fr. padiovp- 
vé-w, “to do wrong ”’} (“« That 
which is done wrong”; hence) 
A wicked deed, crime, etc. ;— 
at xviii. 14 strengthened by 
adj. wovnpér. 

. thqdioupy-ta, ias, f. [ped:- 
oupy-€w, “to do wrong” 
(‘The doing wrong”; hence 
Wickedness, want of principle, 
etc. 
— tf Peyddv, m. indecl. Rem- 
phan; agers deity whom 
the Israelites worshipped in 
the wilderness. The passage 
at vii. 43 refers to Amos v. 25, 
where the deity is called 
“Chiun” (a name signifying 
probably “ Statue or Pillar”). 
Chiun is supposed to be the 
same as the planet Saturn. 

_ FP rHytov, ov, n. Rhegium ; a 
city near the S. extremity of 
the Bruttian peninsula in S. 
Italy, and very nearly opposite 
to Messina in Sicily. Various 
etymologies have been assign- 
ed by ancient writers for the 
name; but the most generally 
received one is that it was 
derived from the “ breaking 


297 


seunder” of the coasts of 
Italy and Sicily at this point 
—fmy, root of piryviju, “ to 
breuk asunder.” 

bnOels, cica, dy, P. 1. aor, 
pass. of elpw. 

bij-pa, naros, n. [root fn, a 
lengthened form of root pe, 
whence péw = Ep-w, ‘to say or 
speak ””} (“ That which is said 
or spoken ”; hence) 1..4 word, 
saying, declaration, etc. — 2. 
A thing, matter. 

tprj-tep, topos, m. [id.] 
Cs speaker”; hence) A 
public speaker; a pleader, 
advocate, 

piwrée -w, v. 2.; a collater- 
al form of Jlrrw; found only 
in the pres. and imperf. tenses 
of the various moods, and in 
the participles, both in act. and 
pass. voices ; see piarw. 

plwre, (f. piyo, p. EBpida), 
1. aor. &ipupa, v. a. Zo throw, 
east. 

T°Pé8, ns, f. [prob. for 
‘Podn, contr. fr. ‘Podda, “a 
rose-tree ” | Rhodé or Rhoda ; 
the name of the porteress 
mentioned at xii. 138. 

T Pd8-o6, ov, f. [fd8-or, “a 
rose’’} (‘That which apper- 
tains to pddov”) Rhodes, or 
“ Isle of Roses.” 

pipn, ns, f. A street, or 
quarter, of a city ;—at xii, 10 
pouny is Acc. of “ Space of 
place.” 

“‘Pexpator, wy; “Papatos, a, 


298 
ov; “Pepatos, ov; see ‘Pé- 


BN. 

“‘Pémy, ns, f. (Gr. form 
of Lat. “Roma”’] Rome; 
the chief city of Italy, and 
capital of the Roman Empire. 
—Hence, ‘Pep -aies, ala, aiov, 
adj. Of, or belonging to, Rome; 
Roman.—As Subst. : a. Sing. : 
*Pematos, ov, m. 4 Roman.— 
b. Plar.: “Pespatos, #7, m. plur. 
whe £. sew, 3 

-wips, f. bobow, 1. aor. 
Especa, v. a. [root pe] “To 
make strong, to strengthen.” 
—Pass.: Jo-vvtpar), p. &5w- 
apa, (1. aor. éspda6ny, 1. fut. 
perrwrene) 1. To be made 
strong. — 2. Perf. in pres. 
force: Zo have strength or 
might :—ispeco, EspwaGe, 2. 
pers. sing. and plur. imperat., 
(Have strength or might 
=) Farewell ; the usual form- 
ula employed at the end of a 
letter; xxiii. 30; xv. 29. 


*edBBairov, ov (Dat. plur. 
xdBBaor), n. (“ Rest, day of 
rest”) Sing. and Plur.: 1. 
Sabbath-day, sabbath :—caB- 
Burov 536s, a Sabbath-day’s 
journey, is generally reckoned 
at two thousand cubits = 
about one English mile.—2. 
Week. 


*ZaSSovnxaiot, wy, m. plur. 
(prob. “Just Ones”) The 
Sadducees; a Jewish sect 
whose tenets were mainly as 


ap. 


VOCABULARY. 


thus :—an acceptance of the 
law of Moses and of 
Prophets, but a rejection of 
the traditions held by the 
Pharisees; a denial of the 
Resurrection, of a future state 
of rewards and punishments, 
of the existence of good angels 
and of evil spirits, and of the 
providence of God. The Jew- 
ish historian Josephus states 
that they were very rigid in 
the administration of justice, 
and possessed great influence 
with their countrymen. 
tiahipls, tvos, f. Salamis ; 
a city on the E. coast of 
i ba not far from the site 
of the modern Famagousta. 
otd-ete, (f. cadrctow), 1. 
aor. éodAevoa, v. a. [odA-os, 
“a tossing motion” | (*To 
impart a tossing motion to” 
an object; hence) 1. Act.: a. 
To shake, make to totter, 
cause to reel.—b. To agitate, 
stir up, the populace, etc. —2, 
Pass.: (cad-evopat), p. ce- 
odvAevpe, 1. aor. éoadrcdOny, 
1. f. carevOhoopa: a. To be 
shaken or tossed about, whe- 
ther actually or figuratively. 
—b. To be shaken, to totter. 
tZadpeévyn, ns, f. Salmoné; 
the E. promontory of Crete. 
*Zapdpaa, as, f. (“ Guard, 
Watch”) Samaria: 1. The 
city of that name (Hebrew 
Shiméron, now Schemrun), 
in the tribe of Ephraim, built 


VOCABULARY. 


by Omri, king of Israel, who 
named it after Shemer, the 
former owner of the hill on 
which it stood; see 1 Kings 
xvi. 24. It was the capital of 
the ten tribes; see, also, 
2. ZeBaordés at end.—2. The 
coun round the city of 
Samaria. — Hence, Zapapel- 
m, 4 man of 
Samaria; a Samaritans ;— 
Plaur.: Samaritane. 
Lapapetrys, ov; see Zaudp- 


iat 

tZapo-Opgu-n, ns, f. [Zdu- 
os, (uncontr. gen.) 0-08, 
‘< Shmos” (see Zduos) ; Opd- 
n, “Thrace” ] (‘Samos of 
Thrace, or Thracian Samos ”’) 
Samothrace (now Samothraki 
and, corruptly, Samandraki); 
an elevated island in the N. 
of the Aégean Sea (now the 
Archipeligo), lying about 
thirty-eight miles from the 
coast of Thrace. In more an- 
cient times it was called Dar- 
dania and Leucosia.—N.B. 
By the ancient Greeks it was 
also named duos Opnixin. 

fZduos, ov, f. [said to be 
word signifying “a 
height ”; especially one by 
the sea-shore] Samos (now 
called Samo by the Greeks, 
and by the Turks Susam 
Adassi) a large and elevated 
island in that part of the 

ean Sea (now the Archi- 


299 


Sea, and next to Rhodes the 
most important of the Zzop- 
aBes (i.e. Scattered”) Is- 
lands. 

“zx A, m.  indecl. 
(“ Heard of God,” z.e. “Grant- 
ed by God”) Samuel; the 
great prophet and judge of 
Israel; cf. 1 Sam. i. 20, efo. 

cavdar-lov, iov, n. (dim. in 
form only) [odydaa-o», “a flat 
piece of wood or leather” 
placed under the sole of the 
foot, and fastened by straps of 
leather or hide passing from 
side to side across the instep; 
‘a sandal” ] 4 sandal. 

toiivls, dos, f. 4 board, 


plank. 


t*ZaoviA, m. indecl. (“ Ask- 
ed for or Desired ’’) Saul: 1. 
The first king of Israel.—2. 
The original name of St. Paul; 
met yure (loni 
arhepa, as (Ionic 7s), 
i ¢ re pe Beautiful ”’) 
Sapphira ; the wife of Anan- 
jas, who like her husband was 
struck dead for lying to the 
Holy Ghost. 
odpt, capkds, f.: 1. Flesh. 
—2. Flesh for human nature. 
—3, Flesh for a person, human 
being :—waca odpt, all flesh, 
i.e. all men, every human 
being. 
t*Idpev, wvos, f. (“A 
plain”) Saron or Sharon; 
the coast of the Holy Land 


Fig 
peligo) called the Icarian {lying between Curmel and 


300 
Joppa, celebrated for its fer- 
tility. 

*lérivas, G, m. (“Ad- 
versary ’) Satan; the chief 
of the rebellious fallen spirits, 
the adversary of and 


man. 

+Zaddos, ov, m. [Gr. form 
of Hebrew ZaotA]; see Mava- 
os and Zaota. 

o6-avrov, avrijs, avrou (only 
in sing. number), reflexive 
pron. of 2. person [od, “thou 


or you”; abrov, gen. of abrés, 
rn Of thyself or yourself, 
etc. 

ofBac-pe, paros, f. [for 
oéBad-ya; fr. ceRaQopm = 
oeBd3-couat, in force of “ to 
worship or adore” (“ That 
which is worshipped or 
adored”; hence) An object of 
worship, i.e. a deity. 
eBaorés, Z, dy; see 

+2. TeBacrés, ov, m. [vef- 


aords, “venerable, a t” 

(“« Venerable or August One” 

Sebastis, the Gr. equivalent 
for the Lat. Augustus, the 
family name of the imperial 
family of the Caesars after the 
time of Octavianus, who was 
the first who boreit. Atxxv. 
21 and 25 it denotes the Em- 
peror Nero.— Hence, Z«Baor- 
ds, 4, dv, adj. Of, or belonging 
to, Augustus; Augustan ;— 
the distinguishing epithet of 
a band Roman soldiers, 


VOCABULARY, 


iven to it in honour of the 
perors; xxvii. 1.— By 
some the term is supposed to 
have been given to a cobort 
raised at Samaria, which city 
Herod called Zefaorh (= 
Augusta) in honour of Aug: 
ustus, the second Roman Em- 
ror, who had granted it to 
im on the death of Antony 
and Cleopatra. In his history 
of the Jewish War, Josephus 
makes mention of a cohort 
called 2eBaorh being stationed 
at Cesarean. If the words at 
xxvii. 1 mean the cohort (call- 
ed) Sebasté, it will be necess- 
ary to regard the former of 
them as a proper name, and to 
write it with a capital letter, 
viz. Zreipns. 
otB-opa, (f. ceBhooum), 
v. mid. Zo worship, adore 
(akin to Sans, root: sap, “ to 
worship”). 
ou- , opov, m. [ cel-w, 
“to shake”] (“A shaking”; 
hence, of the earth) .4n earth. 
quake. 
+Zexovv8os, ov,m. (Gr. form 
of Lat. Sécundus} Séoundus ; 
aman’s name; xx. 4 
+Zedevu-ara, clas, f.[SéAcun- 
os, * Seleucus ”’} (‘‘ The city of 
Seleucus’”’) Seleucia ; a city on 
the sea-coast of Syria, a 
sixteen miles from Antioch, of 
which it practically formed 
the port. It was built by 
Seleucus I., whose family 


VOCABULARY. 


reigned at Antioch from the 
death of Alexander the Great 
to the close of the Roman 
republic. 

ocd-Fvn, fvns, f. [oda-as, 
“bright light, brightness ’’] 
(That which has céas” ; 
hence) The moon ;—cf. Lat. 
lina fr. licéo, “to shine.” 

tZépytos, ov, m. [Gr. form 
of Lat. Sergius] Sergius; a 
Roman prendmen; see 2. 
TlavaAos. 

onpalve, (f. onuarya, p. 
ceahpayxa), 1. aor. (eohunva 
and) éofudva, v.a. [akin to 
sijma, “a sign, signal”) Zo 
signify, point out, declare. 

onpeioy, ov, n. [akin to 


301 
os, “iron ”] Of, or made of, 


iron ; tron-. 

*Z Bev, dvos, f. (“ Fishing 
or Fishery ”) Sidon (now Said 
or Satda) ; the most celebrated 
city of Pheenicia, on the bor- 
ders of the Holy Land. Ac- 
cording to Josephus, the Jew- 
ish historian, it was named 
after Sidon (in Hebrew, 
Tzidon), the first-born son of 
Canaan; see Gen. x. 16: 
Probably, however, it obtained 
its name from its early in- 
habitants having mainly fol- 
lowed the occupation of fisher- 
Tar oi: ores ta, 
toy, adj. Of, or belonging to, 
Sidon. Sidonian.—As Subst.: 


ojua, “a sign”) 1. 4 sign, | TX Boro, wy, m. plur. With 
token, etc.—2, A miraculous | Art.: The men of Sidon; the 
sign. donians. 


o-\pep-ov, adv. 
on this same day :—r}j 
oy Huépg, (on the to-day day; 


i. e.) on this very day, on this 
present day, Dat. of time 


‘* when,” xx. 26; see 6, no. 6, 
a([fr. nuép-a, “a day”; the 
o@ is prob. the representative 
ofthe Sans. sa, “the same,” 
used as prefix]. 

aty-de -6,(f. ciyhooua: and 
later ciyhow, p. veotynxa), 
l. aor. éctynoa, v. n. [oty-h, 
* silence” }] Zo keep silence, 
hold one’s peace, be silent. 

otyh, 73, £. Silence. 

ovSnp-ots, a, ody (contr. fr. 
adijp-e0¢,éa, eov), adj. [oldnp- 


+2 Berto, wy; see Leddpy. 

taixdptog, ov, m. [Gr. form 
of Lat. sicadrius, “one having 
& sica, or dagger; a dagger- 
man”; hence| As assassin, 

erer, 

+Z (cag, a, m. [an abbrevia- 
tion of X:Aovdyds, the Greek 
form of Lat. Silvanus] Silas ; 
styled at xv. 22 “a chief man 
among the brethren.” Sub- 
sequently he became a com- 
panion of the Apostle Paul in 
his missionary journeys, 

fotptxlv@tov, vw, n. (Gr. 
form of Lat. semi-cinctium | 
(“A semi-girdle”; hence) 4 
narrow girdle or apron, 


302 


*2 ine, wvos, m. (‘ A hear- 
ing ’’) Simon: 1. The original 
name of Peter, the brother of 
Andrew, and son of Jonas.—3. 
Surnamed the Cananite or 
the Zealot, brother of Thad- 
déus; i. 13—8. Surnamed 
Magus (or Magician) ; viii. 9, 
etc.—4. The tanner; ix. 43, 
eto. 

*Zwa, n. indecl. (prob. 
** Pointed or Having peaks ”) 
Sina ; a mountain of Arabia, 
where God gave the Law to 
Moses. . 

toir-Coy, fov, n. (dim. only 
in form) [otr-os, “corn”] L 
Corn, grain; see citos.—2. 
Food, victuals. 

Giros, ov, m. (irreg. plaur. 
@tra, wr,n.): 1. Wheat, corn, 
grain ;—at vii. 12 the readings 
vary between ofra and o:tia. 
—2. Food, victuals. 

clew-dw -&, (f. clorhow 
and cierhooua, p. ceclérnka), 
lL. aor. doiéxnoa, v.n. [olwr-h, 
“silence” |] Zo be in silence, 
to be silent, to hold one’s 


—2. 4 long-boat or jolly-boat 
carried on board a vessel, to 
be lowered and used as occa- 
sion required. From the 
languageat xxvii.16 the oxigen 
of Paul’s ship had been blown, 


VOCABULARY. 


or washed, overboard, and was 
with difficulty recovered. 

oxeuyj, is, f. Of a ship: 
Tackle, or tackling. 

oxevog, eos ous, net 1. A 
vessel, or implement, of any 
kind, whether em figura- 
tive: —for oxevos éxroyyjs, 
see éxAoyh.—2. With Art.: 
A collective term for the 
tackling of a ship. 

oxy-vij, vis, f.(*A cover- 
ing thing”; hence) A tent or 

ernacle :—i oxnvh paprup- 

iav, the tabernacie of witness 
or testimony, i. o. the Mosaic 
tabernacle erected by God’s 
appointment, and containing 
within it the ark and the two 
tables of stone. It thus bore 
abiding testimony to the 
nature and will of God; vii. 
44; cf. Num. ix. 15; xvii. 
7; xviii. 32; Exod. xxv. 16, 
21; xxxi. 18 -—4 oxnvh tov 
MoAéx, the tabernacle of 
Moloch, i. e. a tabernacle 
which the idolatrous Israelites 
dedicated to Moloch; vii. 43: 
—h oxnvh Aavté, the tabern- 
acle of David, i.e. the throne 
of David thus represented as 
nage beneath a tent, or else 

is throne. In either case 
the passage, which is cited 
from Amos ix. 11, represents 
the household and church of 
God (ruled over by the 
Messiab) ; xv. 16 [for oxed- 
v4; fr. Sans. root OHHAD 


VOCABULARY. 


(original form sxapD), “to 
cover ”’}. 


toxnv-o-mo-ds, od, 


m. , 
[ounv-f, “a tent ”; (2) con- | 


393 


Gvopas, (p. doxArpuypa: and 
éoxArfpvopait), 1. aor. doxAnp- 
tvOnv, To be made, or to be- 
come, hard ;—at xix. 9 used 


necting vowel; xot-éw, “ to) in figurative force. 


make”] 4 tent-maker ;—at 
xviii. 3 réxvny is Acc. of 
“Respect” after oxnvoroiol. 
The present passage leads to 
the remark that every Jewish 
boy was trained to the exercise 
of some craft. 

oxiyjve-pa, pdros, n. [for 
oxhvo-pa; fr. oxnvd-w, “to 
pitch atent”’] (“The pitch- 
ing a tent ’’; hence, “ a tent”; 
hence) 4 habitation, abode ; 
cf. 1 Kings viii. 17; Ps. 
exxxii. 5. : 

oxid, as, f. Shade, shadow, 
whether actual or figurative 
[akin to Sans. chhdyd, 
“shade”. 

oxAnpds,d, dy, adj. (“Hard”; 
hence, figuratively) Hard, 
difficult, grievous, etc.;—at ix. 
5 oxAnpdv is predicated of 
wpos xéyrpa Aaxtifey; cf. 
xxvi. 14. 

toxdnpo-tpdyxnA-os, ov, 
adj. [oxAnpés, (uncontr. gen.) 
axAnpé-os, “hard”; hence, 
* stiff”’; rpdxna-os, “a neck” 
With a stiff neck, stiff. 
necked ;—at vii. 51 in figura- 
tive force = “stubborn, per- 
verse, intractable.” 

oxAnp-dve, v. a.: 1. [oxAnp- 
és, “hard”] To make hard, 


to harden.—2, Pass. : oxAyp- 


oxoltée, d, dy, adj. Crook. 
ed ;—at ii. 40 used in figura- 
tive force = “not straight- 
forward, deceitful,” ete. 
oxér-o¢, eos ous, n. (“ The 
covering thing”; hence) Dark- 
nese (fr. same root as cxyvh ; 
see oxnrh |. 
toxwyx-6-Bpw-rog, ror, 
adj. [ouwAnt, oxédAnk-os, “a 
worm’’; (0) connecting vowel ; 
Bpe, root of B:-Bpd-oxe, ** to 
eat ”] Haten by worms. 
*Zoopev, vos, mn. (“ Paci- 
fic”) Solomon; the son and 
successor of king David. He 
reigned over Judah and Israel 
for forty years from 1015 to 
975 B.0.; see 1 Kings xi. 42. 
o-6¢, f, 6», possess. prou. 
[o-8, “ thou or you”} Belong- 
tng to thee, thy, thine, your. 
govsdploy, ov, n. [Gr. form 
of Lat. sudarium, “a cloth . 
for wiping off perspiration ”’; 
hence, generally) 4 napkia. 
-ta, tas, f. [esebi: 
(“The quality of the 
copds”; hence) Wisdom. 
(ode, owe, f. oxdow, p. 
fowdixa, 1. aor. tordoa, V. a. 
To draw, to draw out or forth, 
a sword from its scabbard.— 
Mid. : owdo ore f. 
oxdcopuas), 1. aor. doxacduny, 


“< wise” } 


304 


VOCABULARY. 


To draw out, etc,, as one’s root ora] (“A standing”; 


own especial act. 
owdipa, as (Ionic 7s), f. 
“A coil, fold, twist’) 
pully Aaoacgga 3 @ cohort. 
p-pa, udros, n. [owep, 
a root of owelpw, “to sow } 
“That which is sown”; hence 
f persons: Seed, offspring, 
ee Aby adj 
owepp-0-Ady-08, ov, adj. 
recs fla site Rs (which 
also is found), and that for 
oweppar-o-Aéy-os ; fr. oxépua, 
onépudr-os, “a seed”; (0) 
connecting vowel ; A¢y-w, “to 
pick ”] “ Picking seeds, pick- 
ing up seeds,” an epithet of 
birds; hence, of ns, 
“picking up scraps of know- 
ledge’; hence, as Subset. :) 
Oreppo ov, m. One 
picking wp and retailing 
scraps of knowledge ; an idle, 
or empty, babbler. 
oxevde, (f. oxetow, p. z- 
oxevxa), 1. aor. Eowevoa, v. 0. 
To hasten, make haste, etc. 
{akin to Sans. root oHUD, 
* to ape , impel]. 


oxAdyxvov, ov (mostly 
plur.), n. (‘The inward parts, 
the inwards,” collectively ; 


hence) The bowels. 

orvpls, i8os, f. A round 
plaited basket. 

ordbels, civa, dv, P. 1. aor. 
pass. of fornus. 

ord-ows, cews, f. [Yornus 
(as v. n.), “to stand,” rough 


hence, as a standing against 
constituted authority) 1. Sedé- 
tion, revolt, rising.—3. Con- 
tention, dissension, di: 
oravp-éw -c, f. cravpéow, 
1. aor. drratpwoa, v.a. [ oravp- 
és, “a cross” ] To fasten, or 
nail, to a cross; to crucify. 
torép-pa, dros, n. {for 
orép-pa; fr. orép-w, “to en- 
circle, wreath, or crown”’] 
(“That which encircles,” etc., 
the head; hence) 4 wreath, 
garland, crown of flowers or 
leaves. ss c 
Grevay-uds, pov, m. [orev- 
ace = orevdy-cw), “to 
groan” }(“That which groans”; 
hence) A groan, a groaning. 
t(orepe-dw -d,f. crepedow), 
1. aor. dorepéwoa, v. a. [orepe- 
és, “firm, strong”] 1. 7b 
make m or strong; to 
strengthen; iii. 7, 16.—2. 
To confirm, establish, etc. 
— Pass : orepe-dopat -ovpat, 
1. aor. éorepedOny; xvi. 5. 
+Zrépivos, ov, m. [arépiy- 
os, “‘a wreath, garland,” eto.) 
Stephanos or Stephen ; one of 
the deacons of the Church at 
Jerusalem (vi. 5), and the 
ig Christian martyr; vii. 
orod, as, f. (“That which 
stands ” upright, efe. ; hence) 
4 porch, colonnade [like 
Tornut, akin to Sans. root 
BTHA, ‘‘to stand ’’]. 


VOCABULARY. 


oray-de -d, (f. cro:xhow), 
1. aor. éorolynoa, v. 0. [oroix- 
os, “a row” ] (“To go in a 
row ”’; hence) Zo walk. 
ordéua, dros, n. A mouth, 
OTparev-pa, patos, nn. 
(crparet-w, “to take the 
field ] (“ That which takes 
the field”; hence) 1. 4 army. 
—2. An armed or military 
JSorce; a body of soldiers. 
otpat-ny-dés, ov, m. [for 
orpat-ay-és; fr. crpar-ds, “an 
army”; &y-«, “to lead”) 1. 
A leader or commander of an 
army; a general.—2. A civil 
magistrate or ruler; xvi. 20 
8qj-—3. ‘0 orpariyds Tov 
bepod, The ruler, or captain, of 
the Temple ; a Jewish officer 
who had the control of the 
numerous Priests and Levites 
who attended the Temple ina 
prescribed order.—Plur.: The 
rulers, or captains, of the 
Temple, officers acting under 
the authority of, and in sub- 
ordination to, the orparryés. 
orpir-td, tas, f. [orpar-ds, 


“an army ” | 4 collected army 
or force; a host, etc. 
otpirl-a érov, m. 


9 
{orpari-d, “an army ”’] (“One 
made for an army”’; hence) 4 
soldier. 
torparowed-dpy-ys, ov, m. 
orparéred-oy, “a camp” ; 
ence, the “Castra Preetor- 
jana” at Rome; &px-w, “to 
command ”] (“Commander of 
Acts, 


305 


the Castra Pretoriana”’; 
hence, in Gr. Test.) Prafect, 
or commander, of the Pretor- 
tah cohorts. 

aotpddw, (f. orpépw, p. 
torpogpa), 1. aor. torpea, v. a. 
To turn ;—at vii. 42 as v. n., 
and in figurative force.—Mid.: 
orpédopas, 2. aor. pass. in 
mid. force, éorpagny, To turn 
one’s self, to turn or turn 
round. 

oTpw-vviee -vvim, (f, 
orpocw, p. tarpwra), 1. aor. 
Errpwoa, v.a. To spread ;— 
at ix. 34 supply 7d xpdBBaroy 
after orpdcoy ; see preceding 
verse [akin to Sans. root 
STRI, to “‘ spread ”’)}. 

t(ore-lxds, ixh, indy, adj. 
(for oro-ixdés ; fr. oro-d, “a 
colonnade, portico”] «Of, 
or belonging to, a colonnade 
or portico”; hence, from the 
school of philosophy founded 
by Zénd of Citium, about 
B.0. 280, who taught in the 
painted portico (4 womian 
arod) at Athens) Svoic. 

ov, god (plur. tpeis, dud), 
pron. pers. Thou, you ;—the 
gen., dat., and acc. sing. are 
used enclitically [akin to Sans. 
yush-mad |. 

-aa, elas, f. [ovyyer- 
fs, “akin” ) (“The quality, 
or condition, of the cvyyerhs”’; 
hence, “ relationship ”; hence) 
Relations, kinsfolk, kinsmen, 
etc. 

x 


306 


ovy-yev-4is, és, adj. [for 
our-yer-hs; fr. abv, “ with’; 
yev, root of yi-yvopai, “to be 
born ”’} (“ Born with” another 
or others; 3. e. from the same 


VOCABULARY. 
| obv, “together with”; x&ra- 


Wngi(oua, in force of “to be 
voted in affirmation; to be 
affrmed”’] (“To be affirmed 
together with”; hence) Zo 


parents or stock; hence) Of|be reckoned, or numbered, 


the same family, akin, related. 
—As Subst. : s. éos 
ovs (mostly plur.), m. 4 kins- 
man, relative, relation. 
ovy-xiOypas, v. mid. [for 
couv-xdOnuat; fr. oty, “ to- 
gether with”; xd@nuat, “to sit 
down” ] Zo sit down together 
with another or others. 
ovy-nidéw -xide, (f. cvy- 
xaréow), 1. aor. cuy-exdrcca, 
v. a. [for ouvv-nardéw; fr. ov, 
‘together’; raréw, to call’’ 
1. Act.: Zo call together, 
assemble, etc.—2. Mid. : ovy- 
wiAdopar -xdAovpar, 1. aor. 
ovy-exareoaunv, To call to- 
gether, or collect, to one’s 
self. 
t(ovy-xairaBalye, f. ocvy- 
K&éTaBhooua), 2. aor. ovy- 
xaréBny, v. n. [for cuv-Kdra- 
Balvw; fr. odv, “together or 
with”; xaraBalvw, “to go 
down ”] To go down together: 
—or to go down together with 
a person. If the last force be 
assigned to the word at xxv. 
5, €uof must be supplied after 
ouyxaraBdvres. 
t(ovy-xirayndifopa p. 
ovy-Kirevhigicuas), 1. aor. 
ouy-Kareynolony, vv. pass. 
[for cuv-néiraynpifoua; fr. 


] | cuv-ropt loo ; 


together or along with some 
other persons ;—at i. 26 folld. 
by nerd and Gen. 

t(ovy-xlvéeo -xive), 1. nor. 
cuv-extynoa, Vv. a. [for ovr- 
xtvéw ; fr. ovy, in “intensive” 
force; xivéw, “to move’’] 
(“To move exceedingly ” ; 
hence) In bad sense: Zo stir 
up, excite, etc. 

T(ovy-xopile, f. cvy-ropie), 
1. aor. civ-exdpioa, v. a. [for 
fr. obv, to- 
gether’; xopui¢w, “to carry’’] 
(“To carry together”; hence) 
To help, or take part, in 
carrying to burial; — also 
(as defined by the Lexico- 
grapher Phavorinus) = 0drrw, 
to bury. 

tovy-xde, (f. cvy-xevow, p. 
ovy-kéxixa, 1. aor. ctv-éxeva), 
v. a. [for cur-xéw; fr. ody, 
‘together ”; x¢w, “to pour} 
(“ To pour together”; hence) 
To confuse, confound, dis- 
turb, throw into confusion.— 
Pass. : p. ovy-xéxvpuas, 1. aor. 
guv-exveny. 


tovy-xive, late form of 
ouy-xéw; ix. 22; see above. 
tovyyxi-ous, cews, f. [ovy- 


xéw, “to confuse,” through 
a verbal root ovyxv] (“A 








VOCABULARY. 


confusing "; hence) Confusion, 
disturbance. 

ov-{yrée -{yrd, v.a. [for 
ouv-(nréw; fr. cb,“ together”; 
(nrée, “to seek, to search or 
examine, together”; hence) 
With Dat., or xpés with Acc., 
and with accessory notion of 
debate, etc.: To dispute, de- 
bate, argue with one, ete. 

tovlirn-ovs, cees, f. [for 
oufhre-ois; fr. ou(nré-w, “to 
dispute” ] 4 disputing, de- 
bating, etc.; see (Arnors.—In 
some editions verse 29 (xa 
TavTa... cuchrnoww) of chap- 
ter xxviii. is omitted. 

ovA-AdAdw -AGAG, 1. aor. 
ouv-eAdAnoa, Vv. n. [for cupr- 
Aaddw; fr. cdby, “ with’; Aaa- 
do, “to talk”}] With perd 
with Gen.: Zo talk, or con- 
verse, with, 

ovA-AapBive, f. cvaA-Ahy- 
ouat, p. ouy-elAngda, 2. aor. 
ovv-éAaBov, v. a. [for oupr- 
AcuBarw; fr. ody, in “ aug- 
mentative” force; AauBdve, 
“to take”) 1. Act.: (“To 
take firm hold of”; hence) Zo 
seize, arrest, a her etc. 
—2, Mid.: (ovA-AapBdvopar), 
2. aor. cuv-eAaBduny, To seize, 
etc., as one’s own especial act. 
—8. Pass.: (ovA-AapBdvopat, 
Pp. cuv-ciAnppat), 1. aor. cur- 
cAfgOny, (1. fut. cvdA-Anpen- 
Tomas). 

oup-Balve,(f. cun-Bifcopai), 
Pp. cup-BéByxa, 2. aor. civ-éBny, 


307 


v. n. [for cuv-Balve; fr. ody, 
“together ”’; Balve, “to go] 
“To go together”; hence) 
f events, etc.: 1. Zo come 
to pase, happen, etc. — 2. 
Impers.: ovvéBn, It came to 
pass ;—at xxi. 35 cuvéBn has 
for its Subject the clause Bac- 
TdCecOa avtdy... Tov BxAov. 
ovup-Bdddw, (f. cup-Bard, 
p. oup-BéBAnka), 2. aor. cuv- 
éBaAov, v. a. and n. [for our- 
BdAAw; fr. ody, “ together ”’; 
BddAw, “to throw” ] (“To 
throw together”; hence) 1. 
Act.: With Adyous expressed 
or understood: (“To throw 
words together”; #e.) Zo 
talk, converse, or consult to- 
gether; to confer together ; 
—at iv. 15 folld. by xpés and 
Acc. of nm ;—at xvii. 18 
with Dat. of person; cf. Lat. 
conferre serménes, or simply 
conferre.—2. Neut.: Zo fail 
in with, meet with ;—at xx. 14 
folld. by Dat. of person de- 
pendent on prep. in verb.—3. 
Mid.: (ovp-BdédAopat), 2. aor. 
ovv-eBardunv, (“To contrib- 
ute”; hence, with accessory 
notion of benefit) With Dat. 
of person: Zo profit, benefit, 
help, aid, etc. 
oup-Bipafe, 1. aor. ciy- 
eBipaoa, v. a. [for cuvv-BiBa lw; 
fr. ody, “together’’s BiBalw, 
“to make to go”’] (“‘ To make 
to go together”; hence) 1. Zo 
prove, show, evince, by laying 


x 2 


308 
arguments together; ix. 32.— 
3. To infor, gather, conclude 
from laying aaa to- 
gether; xvi. 10. 
ovp-Bovrcde, (f. cvu-Bova- 
Pres 9 1. aor. cvv-eBotvAcuoa, 
v. a. [fot ovv-BovrActo; fr. 
abv, “with”; Bovretew, “to 
take counsel’’} To take cownsel 
with another, t.¢. to consult 
one. — Mid.: (ovp-BowAeto- 
pac), 1. aor.cuv-eBovrevoduny, 
(‘‘ To take counsel with one’s 
self”; t.¢.) Zo deliberate, 
consult, etc. 
A-Toy, fov, n. fodu- 
BovA-os, “a counsellor’’| (“A 


one’s self’) (‘To take to and 
with one’s self”; hence) Zo 
take as a companion, etc. 


Curr 
wdpetpt, 

ith Dat. of person: Zo be 
present with. 

T(owp - weptapBive), 2. 
aor. cuu-wepiéAdBor, v. a. [for 
ouv-wepiiauBave; fr. cby, “at 
the same time”; WepirAauBaves 


1 Zo 


VOCABULARY. 


= wepl, “around”; AauBdve, 

“to take”), “to take, or 
seize, around”; hence, “to 
embrace’’] Zo embrace at the 
same time. 

(tovp-xive, f. cvp-rlopa:), 
2. aor. cuv-éwiov, v. a. [for 
cuv-xive; fr. oby, “with”; 
sive, “to drink ”} With Dat. 
of : To drink with. 

leona kapbes -wAnpe, f. 
Cupu-TAnpeow), V. a. [for cvy- 
wAnpée; fr. otv, denoting 
“completeness”; xAnpde, “to 
fill’’] (« To fill completely ’’; 
hence) Of time: 1. Zo fulfil, 
accomplish.—2. Pass.: To be 
Sully come, to arrive.—Pass. : 
orvp-wTAnpdopar -potpas, (p. 
Cup-wexATpwpat). 

oup-déipe, f. cuv-olow, p. 
cuv-erhyoxa, V. a. and n. [for 
avy-pépw; fr. ody, “together”; 
oépw, “to bring”] 1. Act.: 
bring together, to collect ; 
xix. 19.—2. Neat.: Jo be of 


3| ase; to be profitable or ad- 


oO cous. 


(ov , ovoea, ov, P, 
pres. nd Mae Sabst.:) 
ov wv, n. plur. With 
Art.: The things that are 
profitable or advantageous ; 
cf. ovpodpe, no. 2. 
- -deve, f. cvp- 
duvhow, 1. aor. cuv-epornca 
for cuv-pavéw ; fr. cur; pore 
w, “to sound”] 1. [od», 
“‘together”’] (“To sound to- 
gether, or agree in sound”’; 





VOCABULARY. 


place of assembly”; hence) 


hence) a. Zo agree together. 
—b. Impers. 1. aor. Pass.: 
ovveduvyOy: With Dat. of 
agent: (Jt) hath been agreed 
together by; i.e. an agree- 
ment has been made by ;—at 
v. 9 the Subject of cuvepavhOn 
is the clause reipdoa: 7d wveu- 
pa Kuplov.—2. [ ody, “ with” 
(“To sound with”; hence 
To agree, or coincide, with. 
tT (ovp-Wndifw),1. aor. cuv- 
evhoica, v. a. [for cur-yngilw; 
fr. ctv, “ together”; wngile, 
“to reckon or count” by 
means of pebbles] Zo reckon 
together, to count up. 
ovv, prep. gov. dat. only. 
With, together with :—for ol 
sby air¢, etc., see 1. 6, no. 7. 
Giv-aiyw, f. civ-dtw, 2. aor. 
aiv-fyayor, v. a. (ody, “ to- 
gether”; &yw, ‘to lead” 
‘‘To lead together ”; hence 
- Act.: a. To collect, gather. 
—b. To gather together, 
gather, assemble, etc., a body 
of persons.—2. Pass,: otv- 
Gyopar, p. cuv-Hypai, 1. aor. 
civ-hxonv, To be collected or 
gathered together; to come, 
or go, together in a oy: 
Giv-iy-wy-, jis, f. [for 
ouv-ay-ay-h; fr. abv, “to- 
gether”; d&y (root of &y-w, 
“to lead”) reduplicated ] (“A 
leading, or gathering, to- 
gether’; hence, “ that which 
is gathered together”; hence, 
“an assembly”; hence, “a 


309 


Of the Jews: 4 synagogue, 
i.e. the place where they 
assembled for their religious 
services, 

(civ-abpollw,f.ctv-abpolaw), 
1. aor. cvr-70poica, v. a. [odr, 
“together”; d0pol(w, “to col- 
lect’”| To collect together, as- 
semble.—Pass.: (ocvv-apoit- 
Opat), p. cuy-hOpoicpa, (1, 
aor. cvy-nbpoloGny, 1. fut. ovr. 
adporc Phoopuat). 

t(ctv-GArAife, 1. aor. our 
haioa, v.a.[ ody, in “strength. 
ening” force; aAi(w, “to 
gather together, assemble’’] 
‘To gather together, assem- 
ble.”—Mid.:) ovv-ddifopas, 
To gather together or assemble 
to one’s self or as one’s own 
act ;—at i. 4 supply abzods 
after cvvaAi(duevos. 

T(citv- (or otv- 
adddtra, f. civ-arAdéw, 1. aor. 
aty-4AAata), v. a. [ovy, in 
ie aay ora ” force; dA- 
Adoow, “to change, alter ”’ 
(“To change, alter’’; hence 
With reference to previous 
contention: Zo reconcile, etc.: 
—with follg. eis, to reconcile 
and bring into; see civerxatra, 

jody s7epear™) , 2.a0r. odv- 
dvéAny, v. v. [ovy, “together 
with”; drdBalve, “to go up”’] 
With Dat. of person: To go 
up to a place together with 
one. 

(civ-avrde -avrTa), f civ- 


310 


arthow, (p. cvv-hyrnna), 1. aor. 
ovv-hyrnca([ ody, in “strength- 
ening” force; dyrdw, “to 
meet”] With Dat.: 1. Zo 
meet.—2. To happen to, befali 
one. 

(civ-apwalw, f. civ-apricw, 
Pp. civ-fprdxa), pluperf. civ- 
nprdxey, v. a. [odv, in 
“ strengthening ” force; apw- 
a¢w, in force of “to seize,” 
etc.] 1. To seize, seize upon, 
etc.—2, Pass.: Of a ship: Zo 
be caught by a storm, ete. 
—Pass.: (otv-apwafopas), 1. 
aor. ctv-npwdcOny. 

oiv&e-cpos, cuov, m. [ovr- 
8é-w, “to bind together "] 
(‘That which binds together”; 
hence) 4 bond ;—at viii. 23 
used figuratively. 

tovvSpop-1, 7s, f. [for cuv- 
Spay-% ; fr. cuntpéxa, “ to run 
together,” through a verbal 
root ovvSpay |] 4 running to- 
gether. 

cotvéSpinov, 2. aor. of cuy- 
Tpexw. 

avvépt-ov, ov, n. [aivedpi- 
a, “a sitting together” in 
council} (“A thing pertaining 
to auvedpla”; hence) A coun- 
cil consisting of persons sitting 
together in deliberation, etc. 
In Gr. Test., a. A council of 
the elders, efc., in each city for 
the purpose of deciding lesser 
matters.—b. The great council 
of the nation in which sat the 
High Priest, those who had 


VOCABULARY. 


filled the office of High Priest, 
and the chief priests, together 
with certain Scribes and others 
as their assessors. It took 
cognizance of all important 
causes, whether civil or re- 
ligious. The High Priest was 
at its head, and those associ- 
ated with him were seventy 
in number; so that the whole 
council consisted of seventy- 
one members. 

civelB-ynow, foews, f. 
[cund8-eiy, “to know with 
one’s self’; i.e. “to be con- 
scious” | (“A being conscious”; 
hence) Conscience. 

ovvede¢, via, ds, P. of civ- 
08a. 

oiv-ays, imperf. cuv-js, 
(f. cuv-évopa:), v. n. P 
“with”; eiul, “to be”] With 
Dat. of person : Zo be with one. 

Sagal éx3nyuoy, adj. 
[ovy, “together with”; &.- 
Snuos, “away from one’s peo- 
ple”; hence, “away from home, 
on a journey, travelling "4 
“Away from home with 
one; “on a journey, or travel- 
ling with” one.—As Subst.:) 
civéxSnpos, ov, m. 4 fellow- 
traveller, @ companion in 
travel. 

t(ctv-cdavve, f. civ-erdow, 
Pp. cUv-eAfAa«a), 1. aor. o%y- 
hardoa, v."a. [ody, in “ aug- 
mentative”’ force; érAabve, “to 
drive ”] (“To drive greatly ”; 
hence) Zo urge earnestly ; to 


VOCABULARY. 


compel by persuasion ;—at 
vii. 26 the readings vary be- 
tween ovyhAacey and ovy- 
hAAacoey ; see cuvadAdcaw. 

+(ovv-ertrt@epar), 2. aor. 
oiv-eneOéunv, v. mid. [od», 
“together with”; éxiri@eua: 
(mid.), ‘to throw one’s self 
upon ” } (“To throw one’s self 
upon together with” another 
or others ; hence) Zo make a 
joint attack ; to join in an at- 
tack ;—at xxiv. 9 the readings 
vary between civeréGerro and 
civébevro: in the former case 
the Jews are represented as 
uniting with Tertullus in his 
accusation; in the latter as 
assenting to what he said. 

totv-éropat, imperf. civ- 
ecxdunv, v. mid. [ody, * to- 
gether with’; @rouai, “to 
follow ”’] (‘‘ To follow together 
with” one; hence) With Dat.: 
To accompany. 

ouv-épyopar, (f. civ-ered- 
opat), p. civ-eAfAGa, plup. 
ovv-eAnAvOer, 2. aor. ciy- 
7A Gov, v. n. (ody, “ together,” 
also “with ’; %pxoua, “to 
come or go’’| 1. Za come, or 
go, together; to assemble, 
etc.—2. With Dat. or ody 
with Dat.: Zo go, or’ come, 
with; to accompany, etc. ;— 
at xxi. 16 the Subject of ovp- 
#AGov is rivés which is to be 
supplied before the partitive 
Gen. rév pabnréy, and with 
which &yorres agrees. 


311 


civ-co ble, v.n. [ our, “with; 
éabiw, “to eat” |] With Dat.: 
To eat with or in the company 
of. 
cive-tés, Th, rdy, adj. [for 
cuvi-rés; fr. cuvl-nui, * to 
understand ” | (“ Understand- 
ing”; hence) Prudent, in- 
telligent, sagacious. 

avv-evdoxdw -evdons, Vv. n. 
[ovy, ‘with ”; ebdondw, “to 
be well pleased”] 1. With 
Dat. of thing: Zo be well 
pleased with, consent to, ap- 
prove of.—2. Alone: Zo con- 
sent, assent, approve; xxii. 
20. 

t(ctv-edlornps, f. cv. 
emiothow, 1. aor. aure 
exéornoa), 2.20%. cvv-exéarny, 
v. (a and) n. [ovy, “together”; 
éplornut (as V. n.), “to stand 
up” | (“« To stand up together’; 
hence) In a bad sense: Zo 
rise up in a violent way; xvi. 
22. 

avv-dye, f. cvv-éfw, 2. aor. 
civ-écxorv, v. a. [ody ‘to- 
gether”; fw, “to have or 
hold ’”’} (“To hold together”; 
hence) 1. Zo hold fast, hold : 
—oivéaxoy Ta dra, held, or 
stopped, their ears, vii. 57.— 
2. Pass.: a. Zo be taken, or 
seized, with a disease, etc. ; 
xxviii. 8.—b. Zo be constrain- 
ed, urged, pressed.—Pass. : 
aiv-dxyopar, (1. aor. civ- 
exxéOny, 1. fut. cu-cxeOh- 
gopat). 


312 
otvica, 1. aor. ind. of ovr- 


Eu. 

civiy, 2. aor. ind, of Tur- 
Types. 

tovv-Optwre, v. a. [ovr, 
in “augmentative” force; 
Optwre, “ to break to pieces” | 
To break utierly to pieces ; to 
crush. 

civiBer, ovca, dv, P. 2. aor. 
of cvvopda. 

otrvidvas, inf. pres. of cur- 
inus. 

civ-(nps, f. cir-how (and 
Civ-hoouat, p. guv-etxa), l.aor. 
ovv-jKxa, 2. aor. curyny, V. a. 
and n. [ovv, “together”; 
Tu, “to send’’] (“To send, 
or bring, together ”’; hence, 
with reference to the mind or 
mental powers) Zo perceive, 
understand, comprehend. 

civieor, 8. pers. plur. pres. 
subj. of cuvinus. 

toiyv-o8eve, v. n. [odr, 
“with ”; d3ed@, “to journey” | 
With Dat. of person: Zo 
journey, or travel, with. 

civ-oda, perf. without 
res., and in pres. force, v. n. 
fed “with”; ol8a, “to 
now ”] (‘To know with, or 
in common with” another; 
hence) Zo be privy to a 
thing. ; - 

tovv-opidde -opidGd, Vv. n. 
[ody,in* Saar rate ’ force; 
duirdw, “to be with ”’s hence, 
“to hold converse with’’] 
With Dat. of person : Zo hold 


VOCABULARY. 


converse with; to converse, 
or talk, with. 

totv-opopée -opops, v. n. 
[ovr, “with”; duopée, “to 
have the same border or 
boundary ”’] 


With Dat. of thiug: Zo ad- 
join ; to be close or adjoining 


to. 

(ctv-opdes -ope, f. giv- 
Svouat, p. civ-ecdpaxa, 2. aor. 
civ-eidoy, v. n. and a. (ody; 
dpdew} 1. Neut.: [obv, “to- 
gether”; dpdw, “to see”)} 
(‘* To see together ; to take a 
general view or glance”; 
hence) To consider, reflect.— 
2. Act. : [od», in “ strengthen- 
ing” force; dpdw, “to per- 
ceive” ] To perceive, to be- 
come acquainted with, to be 
aware of ;~—at xiv. 2 supply 
rovro as the Object of cur- 
i8dvres. 

ouv-rehde -tedd, f. ov. 
Teréow, 1. aor. cuv-erdrcoa, 
v. a. [ody, in “ strengthening” 
force; reAde, “to bring to an 
end” Zo bring quite to an 
end; to finish, end.— Pass. : 
ovv-teddopat -Tedotpas, 1. 
aor. cuy-eredéoOny. 

(ovv-rlOnps, f. cur-Ohoe, 
v. a. [otv, “together”; +f- 
Onut, “to put on) 66 To put, or 
place,together” ).—Mid.:(owv-~ 
t(Oenas), 2. aor. ovv-e0duny, 
(“To put together for one’s 








VOCABULARY. 


self” with some one else; 
hence) Zo agree, etc., about 
doing something :—curd0erro 
Tov épwrijoa, they agreed for 
the purpose of asking, i. e. to 
ask ; xxiii. 20, see 6, no. 8,a; 
for xxiv. 9 see ciivewiriOnu. 
tovv-Tép-ws¢, adj. [odvrop- 
os, “concise” ] (“After the 
manner of the auvroues”’ ; 
hence) -Concisely, briefly. 
ouv-tpdxa, (f. our-dpdpuor- 
peat, Sometimes cuy-Opétouar), 
2. aor, civ-d8papnoy, v.n. [odr, 
“ together’; rpéxe, “to run” | 
To run together. 
t(atvrpodos, ov, adj. [for 
otvrpep-os; fr. currpéo-w 
(= ctv; tplow), “to feed 
with” another ;—pass., “to 
be brought up, or reared, 
with” another] “ Brought up, 
or reared, with” another.—As 
Subst.:) (“One brought up, 
etc., with” another ; hence) 
1. A foster-brother.—3. A 
youthful companion, play- 
fellow. : 
tovvep-oota, ocias, f. [for 
cuvop-ogia; fr. cuvdu-vupms, 
“to swear together”; hence, 
in bad sense, “to conspire” | 
(“ A conspiring”; hence) 4 


conspiracy, league. 
"tupaxoboat, wy, f. plar. 


Syracuse (now Sirdgossea) ; 
the chief city of Sicily. 

Lvup-ta, tas, f. [dp-o1, “the 
Syrians” ] The country of the 
Syrians ; Syria. 


313 


+Zvpris, ews, f.: 1. 4 sand- 
bank in the sea.—2. Syrtis 
Major (now Sidra), near 
Cyrenaica ; and Syrtis Minor 
(now Cabes), near Byzacéné ; 
—at xxvii. 17 the Syrtis 
Major is intended. 

aipw, (f. ctpe, p. odovpxa), 
v.a. To draw, drag. 

(cu-crédde, p. civ-lerar- 
xa), 1. aor. civ-doreiAa, Vv. A. 
{for ove-oréAAw ; fr. avy, “ to- 
gether”; oréAAw, “to ar- 
range” ] (‘*To arrange to- 
gether”; hence) Zo wrap, or 
wind up, closely ; to shroud. 

(cv-orpéde, f. cuv-orpdyw), 
1. aor. ouv-dorpepa, v. a. 
{for ovuv-orpépw; fr. avy, 
“together”: orpépw, “to 
twist, turn” ] (“To twist, or 
turn, together’; hence) Zo roll 
together or up; to collect, 


gather. 

tovorpod-%, js, f. [for 
ovorped-4; fr. cvorpéd-w, 
“to twist together, roll 
up”) (“A twisting together, 
a rolling up” ;— pass, 
“that which is twisted to- 
gether or rolled up’’; hence, 
‘“‘a body, or crowd, of persons; 
hence) In a bad sense: 1, 4 
seditious meeting, @ mob.—2, 
4 band of conspirators :— 
woety gvetpopiy, to make a 
band of conspirators ; i. e. to 
band together. 

f2vyép, m. indecl. (“ Back 
or Ridge”) Sychem or She- 


314 


chem: 1. A city of Samar- 
ia, in the land of Ephraim, 
between Mount Ebal and 
Mount Gerizim. Its modern 
name is Ndblus — NedronXis, 
‘* New Town”; see ea, 
no. 2.—2. The son of Emmor 
or Hamor; vii. 16; cf. Gen. 
xxxiv. 2. : ¢ a 
» fs, £. [opater, “ 
Pt oa ich {oe opay. 
A slaying or slaughtering ; 
laughter. 
“paédy-tor, tov, 0. (id. 
“That which _is slain ’’; 
eae A sacrificial victim. 

a, adv. [adverbial 
neut. plur. of cpodp-ds, “ ex- 
cessive ” ] Excessively, exceed- 
ingly, very greatly. 

p-as, adj. [opodp-ds, 

“excessive ’”’| (“After the 
manner of the «dodpds ’’; 
a Excessively, exceed- 
ingly, v reatly. 
aed a ov, ag An ankle, 

oxeder, adv. Nearly, al- 
most. 

oxite, (f. oxiow), 1. aor. 
Erxioa, v. a. (“To cut, cleave, 
split”; hence, “to rend, 
cleave, split asunder ”; hence) 
To part, divide ;—at xiv. 4; 
xii. 25 in figurative force.— 
Pass.: oyiLopas, (p. ioxic- 
oat), 1. aor. eoxloOny [akin 
to Sans, root CHHID (cxl¢{w 
= ox[3-ow), “to cut’). 

oxow-loy, ov, n. dim. 
[oxoty-os, “ag rash”; hence, 


VOCABULARY. 


“a rope or cord ” made of 
twisted rushes; hence) 4 
small rope or cord; also, @ 
rope, or cord, generally. 
toyor%, jis, f. (“ Leisure” ; 
hence, as that in which leisure 
is employed, “a learned dis- 
cussion, disputation”; hence, 
of the place in which such 
discussions were held) A 


] | school. 


cwldspevos, 9, o», P. 
pass. of oé(w.—As Subst.: 
caldpevor, wv, m. plar. With 
Art.: The saved, the par- 
takers of salvation ; ii. 47. 

oo-la, f. cé0w, p. cécwxa, 
1. aor. towoa, v. a. [oe-s, 
‘“‘ safe” ] (“To make safe ”; 
hence) Zo save, in the fullest 
meaning of the term; — at 
xvi. 81 ceOhoy takes the per- 
son of its nearest Subject, viz. 
ob. — Pass.: oe-fopa, p. 
cécwopa, 1. aor. dodOny, 1. f. 
cob hoouat. 

cepa, dros, n. A body. 

+Zewarpos, ov, m. Sopatrds 
or Sépdater; a Bercean, one of 
Paul’s companions; xx. 4, 

LwoGivns, €os ous, m. 
Sosthénes ; ‘the chief ruler of 
the synagogue” at Corinth, 
who was beaten by the 
Greeks before Gallio’s judg- 
ment-seat. It is held by 
some that he was subsequent- 
ly converted to Christianity. 
The name, however, was a 


‘common one, and there is 








VOCABULARY. 


nothing to identify him with 
the Sosthtnes mentioned at 
1 Cor. i. 1. 

Gw-THp, THpos, m. [od-Cw, 
“to save”] (“One who 
saves”’; hence) 4 saviour. 

cuwrnp-la, fas, f. [owrhp, 
“a saviour” ] (“ The thing 
pertaining to a cerfp” ; 
hence) Salvation. 

ptov, ov; see owrhpios. 
owrmp-tos, ia, for, adj. [cw- 
wThp, “a saviour ”’] (“ Pertain- 
ing to a cerrip”; hence) Bring- 
ing salvation.—As Subst.: 
owrjptov, ov, n. (“The thing 
pertaining to a cerfp”; hence) 
Salvation; xxviii. 28. 

-ouvn, cvvns, f. [for 
ceppov-cuvn; fr. océppwr, 
oéppor-os, “sound in mind "] 
(“‘ The quality of the cé¢peav”’; 
hence) Soundness of mind, 
discreetness, sobernese. 


TaBdpva, dy, f. plar. (Gr. 
form of Lat. Taberns, 
“Taverns” ] With pets: 
Three Taverns ; the name of 
: ema on the Appian Way in 


y. 

T*TaPt0d, f. indecl. Tabitha; 
see Aopxds. 

frax-rdé¢, Th, td, adj. [for 
rey-tés; fr. tdoow, in force 
of “to appoint,” through 
root tay] Appointed, set, fix- 
ed, settled. 

wémrawodpo-cuvn, curys, f. 
[for rdxewoppor-civn; fr. 


315 


Taxewddpev, rdwevdppor-os, 
“lowly in mind”] (‘“ The 
quality of the rawewdeppor ”; 
hence) Lowlinese of mind, 
humility. 
Timelve-ovg, cews, f, 
lengthened fr. vawelvo-ois ; 
YT, Tawewwd-@, in “to be 
humble” } (‘‘ A being humble”; 
hence) Humility, lowliness. 
ow tre), (f. 
tapdéw), 1. aor. érdpata, v. a. 
To disturb, trouble, whether 
physically or mentally.— Pass.: 
pas (rapdérropat), p. 
Terdpaypat, 1. aor. érapdx On», 
(1. f. rapax@fcopa:) [akin to 
Sans. root TEAS, “to tremble”; 
—in causative force, “to 
cause to tremble, to frighten” }. 
+rapix-os, ov, m. [for 
Tapay-os; from tdpdoow, “ to 
stir up,” through verbal root 
rapoy] (“A stirring up”; 
hence) Confusion, tumult, 
oe etir. 
+Tapoevs, dos; see Tapods. 
TTapods, od, f. Tarsde; the 
chief city of Cilicia in Asia 
Minor, the birth-place of St. 
Paul.—Hence, Tapo-eve, éos, 
m. 4 man of Tarsis. 
técow (tatre, f. rdtw, p. 
téréxa), 1. aor. rata, v. a. 
for tdyow; fr. root ray] 
“To order, set in order, ar- 
range ”’; hence, “ to appoint ” 
to a military office; hence) 1.: 
a. With Objective clause: Zo 
appoint, order, determine, de- 


316 


cide that a person should do, 
etc., or that something should 
be done, efc.—b. Impers. Pass.: 
wéraxta, (It) has been ap- 
pointed ;—at xxii. 10 the Sub- 
ject of réraxra is the clause 
éy xosjoa, where &y is at- 
tracted to the case of the ante- 
cedent xdytwv, s.e. to the 
Gen., instead of being in Acc. 
(&) as required by the rules of 
grammatical construction.—2, 
With eis and Acc.: a. To as- 
sign, or ordain, toa thing.— 
b. To dispose, or adapt, for a 
thing. —3. Mid.: trdcoopas 
warropas), f. rdfouat, 1. aor. 
atéuny, To appoint, ar- 
range, fiz, etc., for one’s self, 
etc., or as one’s own act; 
xxviii. 23.—4, Pass.: tdooo- 
par (ratrropas), p. térayuat, 
(1. aor. érdx@ny, f. raxOh- 
gouat) [akin to Sans. root 
TAKSH, in force of “ to pre- 
pare, form ”’], 

Tavp-os, ov, m. A dull [akin 
to Sans. sthdr-in, “a beast of 
burden ’”’}. 

1. tavra, nom. and acc. 
neut. plur. of obros. 

2. ratrd, contr. fr, ra adré; 
see atrds, 

TaxLoTa; see TAX. 

74x -08, €0s ous, 0. [Tax-¢s, 
“swift ”) (“A being swift ”; 
hence) Swiftness, speed ;—ad- 
verbial expression: év rdxe, 
speedily, with speed. 


T&XU, adv. [adverbial neut. 


ap. . 


VOCABULARY. 


of raxds, “ quick ”] 1. Quick- 
ly, epeodily, with speed oT 
haste.—2. Sup.: Most quick- 
ly or speedily :—for és rdéx- 
tora, Xvil. 15, see ds, no. 7. 
gas (Comp.: rdx-iov); Sup.: 
rdxiora. 

vd, conj. And :—ré.. . é, 
also, ré... «al, both...and 
[like Lat. que, akin to Sans. 
eka, “and” |. 

veOvavas (for reOvnxdéva), 
perf. inf. of @rhoxes. 

TeOvyneds, via, bs, P. perf. 
of Ovhoxw. 

Teixos, cos ous, n. A wall 
of a town, efe. 

Trexpyjplov, ov, n. A sure 
sign or token; @ positive 


proof. 
a vou, Ni. [-rex, a root 
of rlxrw (of a female parent), 
“to bring forth ”}] (“That 
which is brought forth”; hence) 
4A child, whether male or 
female. 
_ «TeNa-du -, (f. reAccéow), 
p.rereAelwxa,1.aor. éreAcioga, 
v. a. [réAe-os, “ perfect ”] 
(“To make réAcos”; hence) To 
complete, accomplish, fuifil. 
rTedevt-de -o, (f. TeAevT- 
how), p. TereAedrnxa, 1. aor. 
éreAetrnoa, Vv. a. [redevr-f, 
“an end” (‘To bring to an 
end; to end”; hence, with 
ellipse of rd» Blor, “ the life”; 
so always in Gr. Test.) Zo 
sed one’s life to an end, to 
ie. 





VOCABULARY. 


317 


wed-éw -& (f. reddow, Attic —reocapecxaiderdrny hulpay 
TeEA@), p. reréAexa, 1. aor. | poc8oxavres, looking for the 


éréAcoa, v. a. [ 

end ”} (“To bring to an end, 

to finish”; hence) Zo accom- 
lish, fulfil. 

. Bee ek n. A wonder, 

marvel, portent. 

+Tépruddos, ov, m. [Gr. 
form of Lat. Tertullus] Zer- 
tullus ; an advocate employ- 
ed by the Jewish rulers to 
accuse Paul before Felix ; xxiv. 
- 1. 2: 

rTerotip-é-Kkov-Ta, Dum. adj. 
indecl. iriseapses: “ four’; 
(a) connecting vowel; Koy 
(= can in Sans. da-¢an), 
“ten”; va, suffix (= Lat. 
tus, “provided with”; and 
hence, literally, ‘‘ provided 
with four tens”] Forty; 
—at xiii, 21 reocapdxoyra 
Ern is Acc. of “Duration of 
time.” 

+recoapaxovra-et-, és, 
adj. [recoapdxovra, “ forty ”; 
%r-os, “a year”) Of, pertain- 
ing to, or extending over, 
JSorty years. . 

téacip-es (tértip-<s), 4, 
num. adj plur. Four. — As 
Subst. : réootipes, wy, m. plur. 
Four men [akin to Sans. 
chatur, “four” }. 

+ reootpes - xat - Séxiros, 
Sexadrn, Séxd&roy, adj. [rérvdp- 
es, “four”; «al, “and”; 
Sécdros, “tenth ”] (‘ Four 
and tenth”) Sourteenth :. 


Téd-os, “an | fourteenth day, xxvii. 


33. 
The fourteenth day of a storm 
is said to have been regarded 
by the ancients as its crisis, 
s. e. the time at which it 
would either subside, or else, 
increasing in force, destroy 
those exposed to it. 

wétap-Tos, 1, Tov, DUM. 
adj. Fourth [akin to Sans. 
chatur-tha, “fourth”; cf. Lat. 
quar-tus}. 

+rerpa8-Lov, tou, n. [rerpds, 
Te7T pd8-os, “the number four” | 
(“A thing pertaining to rerp- 
ds ”; hence, “ a number of four 
persons”; hence) For Lat. 
“‘quaternio”’: Milit. f. t.: A 
band of four soldiers, quater- 
nion. 

wTeTpiuio-xtrlor, xtAiai, 
XtAia, Dum. adj. plar. [rerpa- 
«cs, “four times”; xtAto, “a 
thousand” (“Four times a 
thousand ”’; ¢. e.) Four thou- 
sand. 

vTeTp-a-xdo-lot, iat, fa,num. 
adj. plur. Four hundred 
[rérrépes (in composition 
rerp), “ four ”; (a) connecting 
vowel; «os = war fr. Sans. 


gat-a, “a hundred”; see 
Siaxdcior}. 

vTeTp-G-Trovs, wovy, adj. 
[rérrapes (in composition 


tetp), “four”; (a) connecting 
vowel; xous, “a foot’ | Hav- 
ing, or with, four feet ; four- 


318 


footed. —As Subst.: rerpé- 
wosa, wy, n. plur. Four: 
Sooted beasts, quadrupeds. 

Tetp-Gpx-ns, ov,m. vloaap- 
es (in composition erp), 
“ four”; &py-c, * to command 
or rule over”’] (“ A ruler over 
one out of four parts of a 
country or kingdom which was 
beforetime under a single 
sovereign ”’; but, in Gr. Test., 
of one who rules over any 
portion of a country, and is 
nearly equivalent to “ king ”) 
A tetrarch. 

véx-vn, vns, f. [for réx-vn ; 
fr. there, “to beget; to bring 
forth”; hence, generally, “to 
produce, bring about,” ete., 
through root rex] (‘A pro- 
ducing or bringing about”; 
hence) 1. Skill, art, crafé in 
workmanship, etc.—2. As art, 
craft, trade. 

Texv-Irys, trou, m. [réxy-n, 
“an art”) (“One who 
exercises a réxvn”; hence) 
An artificer, craftsman, work- 
Man. 

™p-te -&, f. rnphow, p. 
TeTnpnna, 1. aor. érhpnaa, V. a. 
[rast “a watch or guard” | 

- Zo watch, guard, keep, 

reserve.—2. To keep, keep 

ack, retain.—8, Of a com- 
mand, etc.: To observe, keep, 
perform, obey.—Pass.: tTHp- 
dopa -otpas, (p. rerfipnua), 
1. aor. érnphOny, (1. fut. 
TnpnOhoopas). 


VOCABULARY. 


vThpn-ovs, cews, f. [for rhpe- 
ois; fr. rnpé-w, “to watch, 
”)] (“A watching or 
guarding”; hence) 1. Custody, 
hold.—2. 4 place of custody, 
@ prison. 
t1-0y-ti2, f. Ohorw, p. réOerna, 
1. aor. (found only in indie.) 
¥6nxa, 2. aor. €ny, v. a.: 1. 
To put, place, set.—23. With 
second <Acc.: Zo render, 
make, etc., an object that 
which is denoted by the second 
Acce.—8. With eis and Ace.: 
To constitate, appoint, ordain 
for something; xiii. 47.—4. 
Mid.: a. To put, place, set as 
one’s own especial act. — b. 
With second Acc.: Zo make, 
or oint (by one’s own 
es act), an object that 
which is denoted by the 
second Acc.; xx. 28.—¢. Zo 
intend, purpose; xix. 21.—d. 
Folld. by Bovafw: Zo give 
counsel or advice; to coun- 
sel, advise.—Mid.: (rtOepat, 
f. Ofoouas), 2. aor. €0éuny.— 
Pass.: ti-Ge-pat, (p. 7éOecuat), 
1. aor. érdé@ny, (1. f. rebhoropa:) 
[lengthened and strengthened 
fr. root 6e, akin to Sans. root 
DHA, “to put” }. 
vip-de -6, f. Tinhow, (p. 
reriunna), 1. aor. érinnea, v. a. 
[riu-h, “honour ”) Zo honour. 
wi-py, wis, f. [rl-0, “ to 
honour ”’; also, “ to value 7] 
1. (“ That which honours ” ; 
hence) Honour.— 2. (“A 


VOCABULARY. 


valuing”; hence) Value, 
price of a thing. 

wip-los, ta, iovy, adj. [rin-h, 
“honour”; also, “ value” ] 
(“ Pertaining to rizh’’; hence) 

. Honourable; theid in 
honour.—2. Valuable, pre- 
cious, dear;—at xx. 24 in 
figurative force. 

Tip-6-@cos, Odov, m. [Tip- 
deo, “to honour’; (0) con- 
necting vowel; @eds, “ God "] 
(“One honouring God ”’) 
Timotheus or Timothy; a 
man’s name; cf. xvi. L. 


tTip-wv, wvos, m. [rip-h, 
“ honour”) (“One having 


honour”) Zimén; one of the 
deacons of the early Charch at 
Jerusalem ; vi. 5. 

+tipwp-dw -o, (f. rinwphow, 
Pp. TeTtnopyxa), V.a. [Tinwp-ds, 
‘fan avenger”| (“To be a 
vinwpés”; hence) Zo punish. 
— Pass. : (ttpwp-dopas -otpat, 
Pp. Teriv@pynua), 1. aor. 
eripepheny, (1. fut. ripewpyer}- 
copa). 

1. rug, Ts (Gen. rivos), indef. 
pron.: 1. Some, any.—2. A 
certain person or thing.—As 
Subst.: a. Masc.: (a) Some 
one, a certain person, any one. 
—(b) Plur.: Some persons, 
some.—b. Neut.: (a) Sing.: 
Something, anything. — 6b) 
Plur.: Certain things. 

2. the, rf (Gen. rfvos), inter- 
rog. pron.: 1. Who, which, 
what ?—Adverbial neut.: rf, 


319 


Why? wherefore ?—AsSubst.: 
a. Mase.: tig, Which person, 
what person? who ?—b. Neut.: 
wl, What thing? what ?—2. 
Which, or whether, of the two. 
—As Subst.: rl, Which, or 
whether, of two things. 
TOLOUTOS, ToIaAtTH, ToLovTO, 
(Gen. roiotrov, rotavrns, To10b- 
tov, etc.), dem. pron. Of such 
kind, nature, or quality; such. 
—As Subst.: a. rovovros, ov, 
m. Such a person, such an 
one.—b. Torovros, wy, m. plur. 
Such persons, such, — 6. 
rovatTa, wy, D. plur. Such 
things, such like things. 
frotxos, ov, m. A wall of a 
house. me 
Tolp-de -3, f. roAuiow, 
(p. reréAunna), 1. aor. érdéAu- 
Noa, Vv. oD. [TéAp-a, “ courage, 
daring "] (“To have réApa”’; 
hence) 1. Alone: To take 
courage.—2. With Inf.: Zo 
dare, venture, etc., to do, etc. 
w6m0g, ov, m.: 1, A place, 
spot :—6é Gyios rdéros, the holy 
place, i.e. the temple at Jeru- 
salem.—2. Room, place, op- 
portunity.—3. Place of abode, 
place—4. Place, region, di- 
strict, etc. 
rToo-ovTos, al’rn, oro, dem. 
pron. [a lengthened form of 
vTéa-os, “so great, s0 many ”’ | 
1. Of amount, efc.: So great, 
so vast.—2, Of value: So 
much: -—rogotrov, for 80 
much ; Gen, of value; v.8. 


320 


wére, adv. Af that time, then. 

+Tp-&-wela, wé(ns, f. [prob. 
shortened fr. rerp-d-we(a, ¢. e. 
retp-d-we8-ca—Tetp-d-w0b-ca; 
fr. rerp (seererpdpxns),“four”; 
(a) connecting vowel; zods, 
wob-és, “a foot’) (“ A thing 
with four feet”; hence) 4 
Sour-footed table; a table in 
general. 

(rpavpir-ife, p. rerpaupar- 
txa), 1. aor. érpayutrioa, V. a. 
(rpatua, tpavydt-os, “a 
wound”’| Zo wound.—Pass. : 
(tpavplir-iLopes), p. Te7pav- 
pariopa, (1. aor. érpavpar- 
lorOnv). 

spaxnAcs, ov, m. Throat, 
REC e 

Tpax-vs, ea, 6, adj. Rough, 
rugged, ete. ;—at xxvii. 29 
Téwot Tpaxets means “ rocky 
places.” 

1. tpdis, rpla (Gen. rpidp, 

t. rpiof), num. adj. plar. 
Three [akin to Sans fri, 
‘* three ”’}. 

2. Tpeis TaBdpva:; see 
TaBépvat. 

apé-peo (only in pres, im- 
perf., and . pres.), v. n. 
[rpé-w, “to tremble ”] Zo 
tremble. 

wpide, (f. Ipépo, p. rérpop- 
a), 1. aor. %peya, v. a. To 
nourish, support, feed, main- 
tain.—Pass.: (rpépopas), p. 
ré0paupat, (1. aor. €bpépOnr). 

trpter-ta, tas, f. [rpiér-ns, 
“of three years”) (“The state 


,)6ESlUe''\ 


VOCABULARY. 


of the rpiérns”; hence) 4° 
space of three years ;—at xx. 
31 rpieriav is Acc. of “ Dura- 
tion of time.” 

wpl-s, adv. [rpels, rpi-dy, 
“three” } Three times, thrice. 

trpl-orey-os, ov, adj. [rpeis, 
tpi-ay, “three”; oréy-y, in 
force of “a story ” of a house] 
Of, or pertaining to, three 
stories.—As Subset.: tplorey- 
ov, ov, n. (sc. ofxnua) (“An 
erection pertaining to three 
stories ”; i.6.) A third story 
of a house. 

frpto~ytAlou, yiAla:, xiAra, 
nom. adj. plur. [rpis,“thrice”’; 
xiXios, ‘Sa thousand ”’} 
( Thrice a thousand ”; ¢. e.) 
Three thousand. 

tpl-ros, Tn, Toy, adj. [rpeis, 
tpi-a@y, “ three ””} (“ Provided 
with three’; a Third ;— 
—at x. 40 7h tpirn huépe is 
the Dat. of the time “ when”: 
—fpa rpitn rhs juépas, third 
hour of the day; i. e. nine 
o'clock Aa.M.—As Subet.: 
tplry, ns (sc. qucpa), f. The 
third day ;—at xxvii. 19, efe., 
tp tplrp is the Dat. of the 
time “ when.” 

+Tpén-o¢, ov, m.| for rpéx-es; 
fr. rpdx-w, “ keiaty ¥ (“A 
turning, turn”; hence) 4 way, 
aaaaee mode.—A dverbial ex. 
pression: $» rpéxov (for rd 
tpdéwop, dv p), after the manner 
in which, after which manner, 
as. 





VOCABULARY. 321 


(rpowo-gople -gops), 1. 
aor. érpoxropdpnoa, Vv. &. 
[rpéwos, (uncontr. gen.) 
tpémo-os, in force of “a way” 
of life ; a “ manner, custom ”; 
gopéw, “to bear ”] With Acc. 
of person: Zo bear, or put up 
with, the s, etc., of; xiil. 
18, where the readings vary 
between érpowopdépnoevy and 
érpopépnoev ; see Tpopopopew. 

Tpod-1, js, f. [for rpep-f ; 
fr. rpép-w, “to nourish | 
(‘That which nourishes”; 
hence) Food ;—at xxvii. 38 
Tpopijs depends on peTardBeiv ; 
ii. reds xxvii. 34, Exp 

Xu0¢g, ov, m.{ Tpdgdipos, 
(act.) * nourishing” ; as Subst., 
“a master ofa family,” as one 
who nourishes or supports his 
household ;—(pass.), “nourish- 
ed”; as Subst., “a nursling 
or foeter-child”’] Trophimos 
or Trophimus ; an Ephesian, 
one of Paul’s companions ; xxi. 
29; xx. 4. , 

t(rpodo-popte -hops), 1. 
nor. érpopopdpynoa, v.- &. 
[rpop-dy, (uncontr. gen.) 
rpops-os, “that which nourish- 
es, food”; gopdw, “ to bring” | 
With Acc. of: person: Zo 
bring food to; to support, 
sustain ; see rporopopéew. 
 Tpwds, a8os, f. [Tpwds, “ of 
or belonging to Tros,” the 
founder of Troy; hence, “in 
the Trojan country or Troad”’] 
Troas, a city on the B. const 


Acts. 


of Mysia in Asia Minor. It 
was built by Antigénus, from 
whom it received the name of 
“ Antigoneia Troas,” ¢.e. “the 
city of Antigonus in the 
Troad.” Subsequently it was 
embellished by Lys!michus, 
who renamed it “ Alexandreia 
Troas,” 4%. e. “the city of 
Alexander in the Troad.”” It 
is sometimes called simply 
Alexandreia,and sometimes, as 
in the Gr. Test., Troas. 
TTpwyiANov, ov, n. TZro- 
gyllion or Trogyllium; a 
promontory on N.E. coast of 
Caria in Asia Minor, opposite 
to Samos; see Eduos. 
Tu(y)x-dve, (f. redgouat), p. 
Térevxa (and rerbynxa), 2. 
aor. Ervxov, v. a. irreg. With 
Objective Gen.: Zo get, ob- 
tain.—N.B. In the Acts of 
the Apostles this verb is not 
used in the force of to be.” 
tiw-og, ov, m. [rbr-Te, “ to 
strike ”} (“That which is 
struck”; hence, “a blow ”; 
hence) 1. As the effect of 
striking with a hammer, efe.: 
Anything wrought in metal 
or stone; a figure, image.—2. 
A pattern, model, ecample.— 
3. Of a writing: Form; general 
meaning or tenour. 
rTin-te, (f. rive, p. rériga, 
1. aor. Erupa), v. a. To beat, 
strike, smite.—Pass.: tVtr- 
Topat, (p. Tréruupat, 1. aor. 
eripény, 2. fat: riwhoouas) 
Y 





322 


akin to Sans. root TUP, “to 
urt ”’}. 
+Tupavvos, ov, m.[rdparves, 
“an absolute monarch, de- 


spot ”’] ‘onnuez; & man 
living at hesus, in whose | ordé 
school Paul preached the 


Gospel for two years; xix. 9. 
+Tvplou, wy; see Tupos. 
*Tupos, ov, f. (“ Rock”) 

ove (now Sur) ; the celebrat- 

port and emporium of 

Pheenicia, on the coast of 

the Mediterranean. — Hence, 

TTvp-lor, wy, m. plur. The 

people of Tyre; the Tyrians. 
Tvd-édg, Af, Adv, adj. [Tig- 

os, “smoke, mist *) (“ Per- 
taining to rtigpos”’; hence, 

“obscured by smoke or mist ”’; 

hence) With regard to the 

sight: Blind. 
tTudev-tade, ih, indy, adj. 

[Tiper, Tipay-os, “ Typhon’”; 

another name of the giant 

Tvgweds, fabled to have been 

struck with lightning by Jove, 

and to have been buried under 

Mount Etna ; hence, “a furi- 

ous whirlwind or storm; a 

typhoon” (“ Of, or belonging 

to, Tupper ad hence) Stor my, 
tempestuous, furious. 
Tuxeiv, 2. aor. inf. of rvyx- 


we. 

TT uxtnds, od, m. [rixixds, 
“ casual, fortuitous ” | Tychik- 
os or Tychicus; a native of 
Asia, and a companion of St. 
Paul; xx, 4. 


VOCABULARY. 


rtxev, otca, ov: 1. P. 2. aor. 
of tuyxdve.—2. As Adj. 
(through rvyxdvew in the force 
of “to meet with, or light 
upon, by chance ”): Common, 
inary, etc.:—ob Tixeéy, 
not common, i. e. special, 
rey xxviii. 2; see 8. od, 
no. 2. 


uBp-ite, (f. iBpiow, p. EBp- 
xa), 1. aor. SBpica, v. a. [TBp- 
cs, “insult’”’; also, “ wanton 
violence’’] 1. Zo sxsulé b 
word, to reproach, etc.—2. 
To act with wanton violence 
towards, to shamefully treat ; 
to outrage, maltreat, etc. 

SBpus, ews, f. Loss at sea; 
xxvii. 10, 21. In this sense 
the word is also used by 
Pindar. 

by-tijs, Ids, adj. Strong in 
health, healthy, whole {prob. 
eae T root VaJ, “to 
stre en’’]. 

U8ep, dros, n. Water [akin 
to Sans. udan, “ water ”” |. 

$-erds, erov, m. [8-«, “to 
rain”) Rain ;—at xiv. 17 in 


plur. 

v-lés (dissyll.), «wd, m. 
(“One begotten or broaght 
forth ”; hence) 1. A son :—3 
vids Tov avOpdéxou, the son of 
man, i.e. Christ as to his 
human nature, vii. 56 :-—4é vids 
Tov @eou, the son of God, i. e. 
Christ as to his divine nature, 
viii, 87 ; so, at xiii. 38 Christ 





; VOCABULARY. 


is called by the Father vids 
pov.—3, With Gen.: To de- 
note some affinity of character 
or condition with that indicat- 
ed by such Gen.: Son, child : 
—vids wapaxAfoews, son of 
consolation, i.e. a comforter 
or consoler, iv. 86:—vids 
SiaBdrov, a son of the devil, 
i.e. one partaking of the sinful 
nature of the devil, xiii. 10 :— 
viol raéy xpopnraéy xal rijs 
Siabrficns, sone of the prophets 
and of the covenant, i.e. the 
persons interested in, or the 
objects of, the prophecies and 
the covenants, ili, 26.—$8. 
Plur.: Sons = Descendants, 
akin to Sans. root sv, 
”; also, “to bring 


forth ”’}. 
ipsis, Sudy, Juiv, Judas, plur. 
of ov 


tp-érepos, erépa, érepor, 
pron. poss. [du-eis, “ ye, you” | 
** Of, or belonging to, you”’) 
our, yours. 
tpv-de -6, f. durhow, (p. 
Susnna), 1. aor. Suyyoa, Vv. a. 
Suvos, “a song in praise of a 
eity ”’; hence, in aod ”| 
“a hymn in praise 3 
With Acc. of person: Zo sing 
@ hymn, or praises, to. 
bw-Sxoves, (f. dx-deodocouas), 
1. aor. bx-4xovea, v. n. [5-d, 
‘“‘onder”; axote, in force of 
“to listen”] (“To listen 
undér” the door as a slave 
did to ascertain who was 
Y 


323 


there ; hence) 1. Of « servant: 
To listen, hearken.—2. With 
Dat.: Zo obey, be obedient, 
yield obedience fo. 

Swraptve, ews, f. (for Srapy- 
os; fr. iwdpy-w, “to belong 
to” one} (“A belonging, to 
one ; hence) (Sing. and) Plur. 
Property, substance, goods, 

iw-dpye, imperf. dx-fipxov, 
{f. dw-dpte, 1. aor. b9-Hpia), 
v. n. [be-d, “without force ”; 
Epxe, “to begin” | (“To begin, 
make a beginning”; hence, 
“to begin to be”; hence) 1. 
To be.—2. With Dat. of per- 
son: Zo belong to one. 

Kev, ovca, ov, P, pres. 
of iadpxyw.—aAs Subst.: br- 
d&pxovra, wy, n. plur. With 
Art.: The things belonging to 
one; ¢ @. one’s possessions, 
property, etc. 

v. gen. and 


dwép, prep. 
acc. (“Above hence) 1. With 
Gen. (from the notion of 
standing above one to afford 
protection) For, in behalf of. 
—%. With Acc.: Above, de- 
youd, in a higher degree than ; 
xxvi. 18. 

TiweptBayv, otca, dv, P. 2. 
aor. of drepopdw. 

t(dwep-opde -opé, f. drep- 
owoua), 2. aor. dwep-eidor, 
v. a. [dwdp, “over”; dpdw, 
“to look ”} (“ To look over”; 
hence) To overlook, take no 
notice of, pass over. 

Tiwepgov, ov; see dxeppos. 
2 


324 


twap-Gos, Ga, Por, adj. 
tie, “above”} “That is 
above.”—As Subst. :) tiwep- 
Gov, ov, n. (“That which is 
above”; hence) Of 2 house: 
An upper story or room. 
twijxo-o¢, adj. [for 
bzdxo-os; fr. dwaxo-beo (see 
dxote at end), “to obey ’’] 
With Dat.: Obedient to. 
townper-do -0, (f. bx- 
nperhow), 1. aor. dxnpérnoa, 
v. a. (ownpér-ns, “a servant” 
(“To be a dxnpérns "3 ‘ol 
With Dat.: Zo serve, minie- 
ter unto, assist, 
vu-npérys, xnpérov, m. 
engi bene fr. bw-epérns ; fr. 
é, “under”; édperns, “a 
rower”] (‘An under-rower, 
an under-seaman”’; hence) 4 
servant, attendant, etc. 
¥r-vos, you, m. Sleep [akin 
sles om root svar, “to 
8. e 
téwé, prep. gov. gen. and 
acc.: 1. With Gen.: a. Under, 
beneath.—b. Of the Agent: 
By.—c. Under the hands of, 
2. With Acc. : Under, 
beneath, whether actually or 
figuratively [akin to Sans. 
upa, “under” }. 
t(ro-BddXrw, f. bx0-BaAG), 
2. aor. bw-éBddoy, v. a. [bwd, 
in force of ‘underhand, 
secretly ”; BdAAw, “to throw 
or cast” ] (“To throw, or 
cast, underhand or secretly ’’; 
hence) Of persons as Objeet : 


, 6=hSEl(a 


VOCABULARY. 


To urge on in an anderhand 
way; to incite, or instigate, 
secretly ; to suborn. 

(#wo-Selxvips), f. dero-Belkes, 
1. aor. dn-é&eita, v. a. [iwd, 
denoting “secretly”; Selxrvjs, 
“to show, to point out” | (“To 
point out secretly ”; ce) 
To indicate, show, 
known, reveal, 

bwo-Séxopar, (f. dxo-8é- 
ones), 1. aor. ba-edesauny, p. 
“under”; Sé¢xopua:, “to re- 
ceive”’} (“To receive under”’ 
a thing; hence) To receive 
ander one’s roof or into one’s 
house ; to receive hospitably, 
to welcome, 

(bwo0-8ée, f. trodncw), 1. 
aor. dxéinoa, p. . pads. 
twosedenévos, v. a. [dxd, “ be- 
neath”; 3&8ée, “to bind” 
Of sandals: Zo bind 
the foot ; to bind, or put, on. 

$w68y-pa, néros,n.[length- 
ened fr. éwd8e-pa ; fr, brodé-w, 
““to bind beneath ”] (“That 
which is bound beneath ” the 
foot ; hence) A sandal. 

v, ovca, éy, P. 2. 

aor. of dxorpéxe. 

vndéle-pa, nates, 2. [éxo- 
(évvvpui, “to 3” 
through verbal root éwofe] 
(“ That. which undergirds ”; 
hence) Plur.: Ropes, or 
braces, passed under the hull 
of a crazy vessel so as to 
undergird her and hold her 


ae 


VOCABULARY, 


together.—By some it is said 
that these ropes were not 
passed under the vessel, but 
from stem to stern. If, how- 
ever, a vessel’s planks ran 
lengthwise, the bracing must 
have been across. 

tiwo-fevvips, (f. dwro- 
(da), v. a. | owd, “under ”; 
(érpvun:, “to gird”] Of a 
ship as Object: Zo undergird 
for the purpose of making 
sea-worthy. 

tro-AapBive, f. dwo-Afy- 
ones, 2. aor. bw-€AdBoy, Vv. a. 
(ded, “under”; AauBa re, “to 
take "1 (“ To take by getting 
under”; hence) 1. Zo take 
up.—2. (“To take up” a 
notion; # e¢.) Zo suppose, 
wmagine, etc. 

bro-pive, f. dro-pevd, p. 
bro-peuévnxa, 1.aor. dx- enema, 
v. mn. [b9d, “under”; yéver, 
“to remain” ] (“To remain 
under”; hence) Zo rematn 
behind, stay, abide, etc. 

tvwo-vote -vod, v. a. [ dws, 


$e secretly ’ *; voéw, “to gon 20 


(“To think secretly ”; hence 
To suppose, imagine, con- 


jecture. 

(dwo-whde, f. dxro-wAev- 
gona), 1. aor. dx-drAevoa, 
v. a. [dwd, “under”; wAdo, 
“to sail”) To sail under. 

t (dwo-nvde, f. dx0-xvetow), 
1. aor. b2-éxvevoa, v. n. [éxd, 
signifying “a little”; wvée, 
“to blow”] (“To blow a 


325 


little’; hence) Of the wind: 
To blow gentiy or softly. 
$wo-w68-loy, iov, n. [bwd, 
“beneath”; wxods, wo8-ds, “a 
foot ’”)] (“A thing pertaining 
to beneath the foot or feet”; 
hence) 4 footstool. 
vwo-oté\e, (f. dxo-c7reAd, 
p. éx-doraAxa), v. a. [dwd, 
“under”; oréAAw, “ to send” |} 
(“To send” an_ object 
“under” something; hence, 
“to draw back, withdraw ”). 
—Mid.: (éwo-ord\Aopas, f. 
tbro-creAovpa), 1. 
eoretAduny, (“To draw one’s 
self back; to draw back for 
one’s self or as one’s own act”; 
hence) a. With rod and Inf. : 
To draw one’s self, etc., back 


from; to abstain from; to 


shun or decline the doing, 
eto. ;—at-xx. 27 the negative 
force in dwreoreiAduny is 
strengthened by the follg. 
negative adverb u4.—b. Wit 

Ace. of thing: Zo hold, or 
keep, back ; to suppress; xx. 


vwro-oTtplow, f. dxo-crpépa, 
1. aor. bx-éorpewa, v. n. [dwd 
(as adv.), “behind”; orpépa, 
“to turn” | (“To turn behind”; 
i.e.) To turn back again, to 
return. 

t(swo-tpéxe, f£. d1o-Opdt- 
ouas and vwo-dpduotpa:, p. 
bwo-8edpdunna and sro-dé- 
Spoua), 2, aor. dr-d8pauor, 
v. a. [diwd, “under”; tpéxa, 


326 


“to ran”) Zo rus under or (a 
below; to gets by. 
nady, adj. 


[By-os, aS height) *'| (“ Pertain- | para 


ing to Byos”; ipa) High, 
at toros, (ory, coroy, SUP. 
[dy-1, “on high”) 1. 
Most high, highest —2. Of 
God: Most high.—As Subet. : 
Uyuoros, ov, m. With Art.: 
ey Mosr Hien, THR Hiex- 


ee y-be -@, f. dbvdéow, 1. aor. 
Sywoa, v. a. [bp-os, “ vg cl 
“ To give height to”; hence 
To raise up, elevate, exalt 
to a happy or glorious con- 
dition.—2, With second Acc. : 
To raise wp, or exalt, an 
object for or ae that which is 
os sb-de the second ari 
ass. : (wp- ~ovpat), 
aor. co “ne fut. dywbh- 
Topuas)e 


ays, biydv ; see Ipzyor. 
v-epds, epd, epdy, adv. 
[d@av, root of galyw, “ to 
Chae ”} _ papotel 3 hence) 
ar, vis opens, manifest, 
day d ‘ é 
os, adv. [davep-ds, 
ee siryp-3 open ~ (‘* After 
the manner of the gavepés ”; 
hence) Manjfeatly, openly, 
clearly, ete, 
Thavra-cta, cias, f. [for 
gartai-cia; fr. payraCoua 
(= pavrd3-copnas), “to make 


VOCABULARY. : 


show or parade”] (“A 
making a show or parade”; 
hence) Show, pomp, display, 


*Papad, m. indecl. (‘Prince 
or Leader? |] Pharaoh; the 
common title of Egyptian 
kings.—N.B. The word is 
sometimes referred to a Coptic 
source, and is said to mean 
either “The King,” or “The 
Sun.” 
*Papicaios, ov, m. (“ One 
separated’ from others, as 
being under self-control; from 
root PHARUSH, “to separate”; 
—by some, however, connect- 
ed with the same root in the 
derived force of “to declare 
distinctly,” and so, “an ex- 
under, or teacher,” of the 
w) 4 Pharisee. The Phar- 


lL. /isees were a Jewish sect 


noted for their punctilious ob- 
servance of the rites and forms 
prescribed by the Mosaic Law, 
and for their strict observance 
of tradition; i.e. of the pre- 
cepts and opinions of teachers 
of former As a body, 
however, they cared but little 
for inward purity and holi- 
ness. 

ted-ors, cens, f. Lonnl, 
“to say,” through a root +) 
(“A saying”; hence) 2 
information. 

$d-oxw, v. a. To say, as- 
sert, (fr. same source 
as pnul; see onul at end]. 





VOCABULARY. 


gelBoper, £. gelooua:, 1. 
g0r. épeccduny, v. mid. With 
Gen.: Zo spare from de- 
struction. 

dfp-w, f. ofow, (p. évhvoya), 
l. aor. Fveyxa, v. a. and n. 
irreg.: 1, Act.: a. To bear, 
carry, bring ;—at v. 16 pép- 
ovres, masc. plur., is in at- 
tribution towA7ées, neut.sing., 
inasmuch as this last word is 
a noun of number, and here de- 
notes persons.—b. Of a charge, 
accusation, e¢c.: To bring for- 
ward, adduce, ete.—2. Pass. : 
a. Of persons: Zo be borne or 
carried along ; to be driven 
along.—b. Of the wind, eto. : 
To be borne along, to rush.— 
Pass.: dép-opat, (p. evijvey- 
pot), L. aor. AvéxOny, (1. fut. 
évex@fooucn:) [in pres. and 
imperf. akin to Sans. root 
BHRI, “to bear, carry,” ete. ; 
the other parts of the verb are 
to be assigned respectively to 
the bases of-w and évéx-w or 
evéyn-w |. 

e(v)y-«, f. edioua:, 2. aor. 
Epi-yov, v. n. To flee, flee away ; 
—at vii. 29 the readings vary 
between %piye and eoi-ydideu- 
gev; see pivyddedw [akin to 

. root BHUJ, “to bend’’: 
—Pass.: in reflexive force, 
“to incline o» bend one’s 
self”; cf. Lat. fug-io; Engl. 
budge]. 

TORAL, ixos, m. [Gr. form 
of Lat. Felix, “ Fortunate ”] 


327 


Felix ; the Roman procurator 
of Judea, before whom Paul 
was brought. 

on-pl, f. phow, 2. aor. Lpny, 
V. a. n. Zo say [root yn 
or @a, akin to Sans. root 
BHASH, “to speak’’]. 

ni » OV, ™. Gr. form 
cf. Lat. Festus, “ Joyful’’} 
Festus ; the Roman procura. 
tor of Judea, before whom 
Paul was brought. | 
toOdyyonar, (f. pOdtouas, 
p.fpOeyucz, 1.aor.epbeytduny), 
v. mid. Zo speak (esp. with a 
loud voice). 

otAavOpww-la, tas, f. [pla- 
dv@pem-os, “loving men”; 
hence, “kind, benevolent, 
humane ”] (‘The quality of 
the ¢AdvOpwros”; hence) 
Kindness, benevolence, phil- 
anthropy. 

TotravOpwr-ws, adv. [id.] 
(“After the manner of the 
girdvOpwr-os”; hence) Kind- 
ly, benevolently, humanely 3 
with kindness, benevolence, or 
humanity. 

@tAvwro, wy, m. plur. A 
city in S.E. of Mucedonia 
built by Philip (from whom 
it took its name), father of 
Alexander the Great. Either 
this city, or another of the 
same name immediately con. 
tiguous to it, was presented 
by the Emperor Augustus with 
all the privileges ofa Colonta. 
It is generally supposed that 


328 


two places were not 
identical in site. 

@0\-urw-os, ov, m. [piA-de, 
to be fond of ”; Trx-os, “a 
- horse’’] hs One fond of a 
horse or of horses”’) Phélip ; 
1. A native of Bethsaida, one 
of the twelve Apostles ; i. 13. 
The Evangelist, vi. 5, 
and in all other places except 
i. 13. 

1. $XAo¢, 7, ov, adj. Beloved, 
dear.—As Subst.: ¢dtdos, ov, 
m. 4 friend [akin to Sans. 
priya, “ beloved, dear ” }. 

2. $fdos, ov; see 1. idros. 

totA-6-c0d-06, ov, m. [ pi - 
éw, **to love”; (0) connecting 
vowel; cod-ds, “clever” in a 
handicraft or art; hence, 
*‘gkilled in the sciences, learn- 
ed, wise”’} (“One loving to 
be wo¢ds, or loving that which 
is copéy”; hence) A philo- 
sopher. 

Tétrodpdv-ws, adv. [piad- 
dpwv, pirdppov-os, kindly 
disposed ”’} (“ After the man- 
ner of the @iAdgpwr’’; hence) 
In a kind, or friendly, man- 
REP 5 hospitably. 

ASE, PAoyds, f. [for Prd 
(= paréy-s); fr. pAGy-w@, “to 
burn, to blaze up” | (“ That 
which burns or blazes up”; 
hence) 4 flame of fire. 

G0B8-dw ~&, f. poBhow, 1. aor. 
€pdBnoa, v. a. [pdB-os, “fear, 
fright ”] 1. Act.: Zo put in 
Sear, to frighten, terrify.—2%. 


VOCABULARY. 


Pass.: oB-dopat -ovpat, (p. 
wepéBnua:), 1. aor. epoBhOny, 
1. f. poBnOjoona:: a. To be 
seized, or affected, with fear ; 
to be frightened, terrified, etc.; 
see ebAaBéona.—b. With Acc. 
of person as Acc. of Respect : 
To be frightened, etc., at; to 
stand in fear or dread of; 
v. 26; ix. 26.—8. Mid.: @oB- 
dopas -otpar, (f. poBfoouas, 
1. aor. epoBynoduny), (“To 
fear’ for one’s self; hence) 
Of God as Object: Zo fear; 
to reverence with holy fear. 
@6B-o¢, ov, m.: 1. Fear, 
Sright, terror.—2. With Kup- 
tov (Objective Gen.): Fear 
of; holy or reverential fear 
of; reverence for; ix. 81 
Poker for éB-os, fr. péB- 
ovat, “to flee affrighted”; or 
like ¢éBoum, to be considered 
immediately akin to Sans. 
bhép-aya, “to terrify,” a 
causative verb formed fr. the 
root BH?, “to fear ’’]. 
TPowi«-n, ns, f. [otrk, 
olvix-os, “a Phoenician ’;— 
Plur.: ‘The Pheenicians’’] 
The country of the Phanic- 
tans; Phoenicia; a country 
in the N. of Palestine border- 
ing on the Mediterranean Sea. 
Its chief cities were Tyre and 
Sidon. 
TPotvg, ixos, m. Phonia; 
a city of Crete, with a harbour 
of the same name; xxvii. 12. 
gov-evs, dws, m. [for per- 





VOCABULARY. 


eés; fr. obsol. gév-0, “to 
kill *} («A killer”; hence) 4 
murderer. 

dév-o¢, ov, m. [for pdv-os ; 
fr. obsol. pév-w, to kill” ] 4 
killing, murder. 

¢@dpov, ov, n. (Gr. form 
of Lat. “ Forum”) Forum = 
« Market-place,” as the prin- 
cipal place used for discussing 
public affairs. With the ad- 
dition of some distinctive word, 
‘“« Forum” is used as the name 
of many market- and assize- 
towns ; see abies i 

dopr-toy, fou (dim. in form 
aly). [pdpr-os, “a ship- 
load,” eto.} 4 ship-load, 
cargo, freight ;—at xxvii. 10 
the readings vary between 
gopriov and pdprov. 

-rog, Tov, m. [for pép- 
ros; fr. pép-w, “to carry”) 
(“That which is carried”; 
hence) Of a ship: Ship-load, 
cargo, freight ; see popriov. 

pov-deo -&, f. dporhow, (p. 


To think. bots 
t(@ptdooe and 7Te), 
1. — éppdata, v. n. (Of 
highly-fed horses: “ To neigh, 
whinny, snort”; hence) Zo 
be wanton or unruly ; to rage. 
—N.B. In classical Greek only 
the mid. form is used. 
tdpiy-avov, dvov, n. [ppby- 


w, ‘to roast’’; hence, of the 


329 


san, “to parch, dry, wither” 
(“That which is at 
etc.; hence) 4 dry, or swither- 
gion 
pty-lta, las, f. [% 

bpiy-ds, “a Phys pe 
Phrygian” ;— Plur.: “The 
Phryges or Phrygians,” a 
people in the interior of Asia 

inor] The country of the 
Phryges ; Phrygia. 

t($vya8-eve), 1. aor. 
epiyddevoag, v. n. [piryds, 
pvyas-os, “‘a banished man, 
an exile a (“ To be a piryds”; 
hence) isve in exile; see 


getyw. 

GiAin-4, js, f. [puadcow, 
“to watch or guard,” through 
root @vAa«] (“A guarding,” 
ete.; hence) 1. A body of 
sentinels, OF men, On guard ; 
@ guard.—2. 4 prison, as 
the place where persons were 
kept under guard. 

TtrAdu-iLe, v. n. [PUAda-h, 
a prison” throw, or 
cast, into prison ; to imprison: 
—for funy purAdkifwry see 
eiul, no. 4. 

+trAa§, dxos, m. [ PUAdcow, 
* to rd,” through root 
guhax] One who guards, a 

dirAdoow (dtAdrre), f. 
puAdio, (p. repudAdaa), 1. aor. 
épvAata, v.n. anda.: 1, Neut.: 
To watch, keep watch. — 2, 
Act.: a. To watch, guard, 
keep.—b. To observe, keep a 


330 
command, efe.—8. Mid.: 
(gtAdooo GtAdrropas, f. 


@vaAdiouaz), l.aor. CptAatduny: 
With Acc. of person and Ace. 
of thing: To guard one’s self 
JSrom, to be om one’s 
against.—A, Pass.: @vidowo- 
par (gvAdrropas), (p. we- 
GtAcyuas, 1. aor. epvadyOny, 
L. fat. @vaaxOfoous:), To be 
bart kept under guard or 
wate. 


gv-hy, Ajs, f. [pd-o, in 
meaning of “to be begotten’”} 
(“That which is begotten’’; 
hence) Of persons: 4 bribe. 

duv-de -6, f. pavhow, 1. aor. 
épdvyca, v. n. and a. [pev-h, 
a vga (“To utter povh’’; 
hence) 1. Neut.: To call out 
aloud.—3. Act.: To call ; 
to call to or for. 


—2. Of persons: 
x. 15 supply éévere with 
pork; cf. preceding verse 138. 
—8. 4 report, rumour. 

oes, dwrds, n. [contr. fr. 
od-os; fr. od-«, “to shine’) 
‘" That which shines’; hence) 

. Light, whether actual or 
figurative. —2. 4 light, or 
torch, as being bright or 
blazing. 


xalpe, f. xdip&, xdphoopa 
(and x w, p. xexdponna, 1. 
aor. ¢xdpyoa), 3. aor pass. 
éxdpny, v.'n.: 1, To vejoice, 
bs glad. At the beginning 


VOCABULARY. 


of letters the Inf. xalpew 
stands alone (A¢éyw or xeActor, 
etc., being omitted), as a form 
of salutation, and may be 
rendered “ health, greeting ”; 
—literally, “I, ete., bid you 
hail”; xv. 28; xxiii. 26 akin 
to Sans. HaEY, “to desire’’). 
ytAde -o, f. xar\dou, 
KexdAdua), 1. aor. éytadea, 
v. a. (“To loosen ”; hence) Zo 
let down. 

T*XadBainn, wy, m. plur. 
The Chaidees or Chaldzans ; 
the inhabitants of Chaldéa, 
which formed the S. portion 
of Babylonia. At vii. 4, how- 
ever, yi Xardalwy = Baby- 
lénia itself. The Chaldees 
are called in Hebrew Chased, 
and were probably descended 
from Chesed (perhaps, ‘* En- 


. | croacher”), a son of Nahor, 


Abraham’s brother; see Gen. 
xxii. 22. In Assyrian inscrip- 
tions Kaldi = XadA8aia = 
Chasdt = the modern Kurds; 
the letters s, r, 2 (A), being 
interchanged. 

+*Xavady, f. indecl. (“ Low- 
land ’’) Chanaas or Canaan ; 
the country W. of the river 
Jordan and the Dead Sea, 
and between their waters and 
the Mediterranean. 

xap-d, as, f. [xalpe, “to 
rejoice,” ¢ root yap] 
A rejoicing ; joy, gladness. 

xSpay-pa, ndros, n. [ xdpdo- 
ow, “to engrave,” through 





VOCABULARY. 


root xapay] (“That which is 
engraved”; hence) As en- 
graved, or carved, work. 

Xaipllopas, f. xdpiotuat (late 
xaplroua), 1. aor. éxdploduny, 
p. pass. in mid. force cexdpic- 
pa, v. mid. [for xapit-conar; 
fr. xdpts, xdpir-os, ‘a favour’’ | 
(“To show favour” to a per- 
son about something; hence, 
1. To give freely, bestow as 
a free gift; —at xxvii. 24 
ech ASS used in a trans- 
itive force. —2. To give up, 
surrender a person for the 
purpose of showing favour to 
another; xxv. 11 and 16.—3. 
Pass.: In a good sense: Zo 
be given up, or granted, to 
one as a favour, and for a 
favourable purpose ; iii. 14.— 
Pass. : (xapifopar, p. xexdp- 
topat), 1. aor. exadplaOny, 1. 
fat. xdp:cOhoopa:. 


Xap-ts, tros, f. [xalpw, * to | ( 


rejoice,” through root yap] 
(“A rejoicing’; hence) 1. a. 
Favour, grace.—b. A favour, 
or gift, bestowed or desired. 
—Z. actousness, kindness, 
good-will, grace.—8. Of God 
or Christ: Grace; free and 
undeserved favour or kind- 
mess, a8 manifested in‘ the re- 
demption and salvation of 
man.—4. (“ A sense of favour 
received ”; ¢.¢.) Thanks, grat- 
ttude, etc.;—at xxiv. 27 in 
plur.; see «drdri@nus, no. 2. 
+*Xapfdév, f.  indecl. 


33! 


( Parched *) Charran, or 
Haran; a city of Meso. 
potamia, 

T(xermdifer, f. xerndiow, v. a 
[for xemdr-cw; fr. yetua, 
xeluer-os, “a storm’’}] “To 
do as a storm does to” a 
thing or person ; hence, of a 
storm as Subject, “to drive, 
toss,” etc.)—Pass.: yepat- 
opan, (1. aor. éveiudoOny): Of 
persons as Subject: Zo be 
driven, or tossed, about. 

Xetp-GY, avos, m. (“ The 
snowy time”; hence, “ win- 
ter”; hence) 4 storm [akin to 
Sans. him-a, “ snow ”’ |. 

xtip, xeipds, f. A hand [akin 
to Sans. root HRI, *‘ to convey,” 
also, “to seize”; and so, liter. 
ally, “ a conveyer or seizer’’}. 

Txetpdywy-de -6, (f. xep- 
ayoryhow), v. a. [xeiptywy- 
és, “leading by the hand” 
“To be xepaywyés to”; 
hence) Zo lead by the hand. 
— Pass. : yetpaywy - dopas 
~oUpan. 

t(xerp-tywyds, ayorydy, adj. 
[xelp, “a hand”; adywyds, 
“leading ”’] “ Leading by the 
hand.” — As Subst.:) xevp- 
&ywyds, of, m. One who leads 
another by the hand; a lead- 
er, guide. 

1. xetp-o-wolnros, rolnrov, 
adj. [xelp, “hand’’; (0) cone 
necting vowel;  -mormrds, 
“made’’] Made, or built, by 
the hand or hands. — As 


332 


Subst. : yapowolnros, ov (se. 
vaés), m. A temple made, or 
built, by the hand or hands. 

2. mepe vento ov; see 1. 
xepoxolnros. 

(xaporov-dw -é, f. xe:poroy- 
how), 1. aor. éxetpordvnoa, 
v. a. [xespords-os, “ stretch- 
ing out the hand” ] (“ To be 
xeipordvos”’; hence, “ to stretch 
out the hand”; hence) With 
Ace. of person: Zo choose, 

pa, as; see x7pos. 

X%}-Ppos, pa, pov, adj. (‘ Left, 
siandeied by”; hence) Be- 
reaved, bereft. — As Acacia 

, as, f. (“A bdereav 
nan ”; i. €) ¢ widow [akin 
to Sans. root HA, “ta leave’’ J. 

Ode, ady. Yesterday (akin 

to Sans. Ayas, “‘ yesterday ”’}. 


XIAT-apx-os, ov,m. [xtAi-o., | Ad 


“a thousand”; &px-«, “ to 
command ”’] (“ One who com- 
mands a thopsand” men; 
hence) 4 high military officer 
or commander in general. 
XtAl-ds, dBos, f. [xIAr-o1, 
‘a thousand ¥ (“ A thin 
aap to xls”; ene} 
e number of a thousand. 
+Xlos, ov, f. Chios (now 
Scio); an island in the 
Sea (now the Archipelago). 
xltev, vos, m. An wnder- 
geese vest. pie 
xXAapus, vdos, f. A mili 
cloak ; also, a short bak o- 
mantle used by horsemen. 


,)6SOrlCa/ 


VOCABULARY. 


TxAev-ale, (f. xAcvilow, 
v. n. [xAeb-n, “a joke, jest ””] 
To joke, jest, mock, ridicule ; 
see SidxAcva (ov. 

KoA-H, Hs, f. Gall ;—at viii. 
23 in figurative force [akin to 
Sans. hari, “ green, yellow ”’}. 

txéprac-pa, pdros, n. [for 
xéprad-pa; fr. xoprate(= 
xoprds-cw) “ to fill, satisfy ’”] 

‘That which fills or satis- 

es”; hence) Food, provisions, 
sustenance ;—at vii. 11 in 
plur. 

xpdopas -Gpar, (f. xphoo- 
pot, p. Kxéxpnopa:), 1. aor. 
éxpnoduny: 1. With Dat. : Zo 
use, employ, make use of.—2. 
With Dat. of person and Adv. 
of manner: 70 use, behave to, 
treat a person in the way or 
manner pointed out by the 


v. 

-a, (dissylL), las, f. (xpé- 
wer eee ae of Ler 
ovat, “to use’’s and in perf. 
“to want or need” a thing 
foruse} Want, need, necessity ; 
—at xx. 34 in plur. 

XPH-pa, waros, n. [root 

in xpdopua, “to use” 

C That which is used”; hence) 
ing. and Plur.: Money ;— 

in this force alone in Acts. 
(xpynpir-Le, f. xpnudrice, 
p-Kexpnpatixa,l. aor. txyphudr- 
iva, vV.,a. [xpina, xphudr- 
os, in force of “ business ”] 
1. “To transact business,” ete. 
—) Pass.: Zo receive an 








VOCABULARY. 


answer, oracle, etc.; and, in 
Gr. Test., Zo receive advice, 
warning, etc., from a heaven- 
ly being.—%. In late writers 
and in Gr. Test.: Zo receive 
the name of; to be named 
or called; xi. 26. — Pass.: 
(xpnpar-iLopar), p. cexpnudr- 
wa, 1. aor. éxpnuatloOny. 

Xpuottavds, oF; see Xpr- 
orés. 

Xp-ords, crod, m. [xpl-w, 
“to anoint”] (“Anointed 
One”) Christ.—Hence, Xpror- 
lavds, lavov, m. ( One belong- 
ing to Christ’’; s. e.) 4 Christ- 
tan. 

(xpte, f. xptow, p. xéxpixa), 
1. aor. &xpioa, v. a. To anoint, 
whether actually or figura- 
tively. 

xpdvos, ov, m.: 1. Time— 
2. 4 particular or definite 
time. 

t(xpovo-rptB-de “+ 1. aor. 
éxpovorpiByca, v.n. [xpévos, 
(uncontr. gen.) xpévo-os, 
“time”; rptB-w, “to rab”; 
hence, of time, “to pass or 
spend” } Zo pass, or spend, 
time.—N.B. The present word 
has ¢ (short); 8o also has ovy- 
vTpiBéw, another derivative 
from tpi8w, which has the ¢ 
long. 

Xpuc-lov, tov, mn. dim. 
[xpuo-ds, “ gold ””] (‘‘ A small 
piece of gold’’; hence,’ gold” 
generally ; hence, as made of 
gold) Gold coin, gold. 


333 


xptods, of, m. Gold. 

Txpés, words, m. (“The sur- 
face’ of any body, esp. of the 
human body; hence, “the 
skin ”; hence, “ flesh’; hence) 
Body of a person. 

xwd-ds, 4, dy, adj. Lame, 
halt.—As Subst. : yodrds, o@, 
m. 4 lame man [akin to 
Sans. root KHOL, “to be 
lame ”}. 

xepa, as, f.: 1. 4 place, or 
spot.—2. A country, land, 
region, district. 

xwp-ife, f. xwpiow (and 
xwpie), 1. aor. éxdpioa, v. a. 
[xep-ts, “apart, asunder”) 1. 
Act.: To put apart or asun. 
der; to separate, sever, etc. 
—2. Pass.: (“To be put 
apart,” eto. ; ‘to be separated 
or severed”; hence) Zo depart, 
go away. 

xwp-tov, fov, (dim. only in 
form) n. [x@p-os, ‘‘a place ””} 
A place. 

+Xepos, ov, m.= Lat. Corus 
or Caurus; the N.W. wind. 


ad-pés, pov, m. [Wda-rAw, 
“to play ” on a stringed in- 
strument] (“A playing” on a 
stringed instrument; hence) 
4 song sung to a stringed 
instrument; a Psalm.—Plur. : 
The Psalms; which with the 
Law of Mosesand the Prophets 
formed the whole of the Jew- 
ish Scriptures. : 


334 
“tte | iging goon 
bucbenen (2 beioenads:1. 


or atter, a falsehood ; to 
‘alsely ; to lie ;—at v. 4 folld. 
y Dat. of person.—2. Folld. 
by Acc. of person: Zo lie to 
or unto; totell a lieto; v.38. 
hev8-o-xpodiitns, poph- 
Tov, m. [pevd-hs, “false”; 
(0) connecting vowel; xpooh- 
rns, “a prophet” ] 4 false 
prophet. 

(WurSdde -3), 1. aor. é- 
Wnrdgnaa, v. a. To feel about 
Sor, grope after ;—at xvii. 17 
in figurative force. 

Wnradyjonay, 3. pers. plar. 
of wWnAagifceaa, Molic for 
WnAagijoaus, 1. aor. opt. of 
WnAaddes. 

f. [for wa- 


gos; fr. wo, “to rub 
smooth ’’] (“That which is 
rubbed smooth ”’; hence, “a 
small worn, smooth stone,” 
such as may be found on the 
sea-shore, in the channel of 


streams, etc.; hence, ‘a 
eco ” used in voting; 
ence) 4 voles see xara- 


gepe. 

Wrx-4, jis, f. [Yox-w, “to 
breathe ”) “That which 
breathes ”; hence) 1. Breath. 
—3. Life.—3. Soul, or spirit, 
as distinguished from the 
body.—4. Soul, disposition, 


~— 


VOCABULARY. 


mind, feeling, etc.—5. Soul, 
for person ; xxvii. 37, where 

xal is in apposition to 
wecs to be supplied before 
Fer. 

wWiyx-os, eos ous, n. [ Hoye, 
“to be cold ”] (‘ That which 
is on hence) Cold weather, 
co 


&, interj. O/ 
Be, adv.: 1. In thée place, 
To thie place, 


Sig, ivos, f. (* A throe or 
pang of childbirth”; hence) 
4 pain, pang, etc. 

dv, ovca, by, P. pres. of 
elul; —at v. 17 the part. 
(o$ca) is in concord with 
alpeois instead of with 4 
dpxyepeds nal mdvres of ody 
abrg@. This is a species of 
attraction. 

t(dv-dopas -otpas, f. dvh- 
gouat, p. edynuas), 1. aor. 
(deornoduny and) wvnciunp, v. 
mid. [é»-os, “a price paid ” 
for a thing] (“‘ To pay a price 
for’ a thing; hence) Zo buy, 
purchase ;—at vii. 16 é» r¢ 
prhpart, @ wovhoiro = dv TE 
prhpari, § dvhoire; see ds, 
no. 3, a, (a). 

@pa, as, f.: 1. 4 season; @ 
usual, or customary, time for 
something.—3. Zime, er- 
ally.—3. 4 hour: a. Of the 
day: &pa rpirn, third hour, 
i. e. 9 0’clock 4.M. ;—dbpa fern, 





VOCABULARY. 


sixth hour, i.e. 12 o'clock, 
noon; — Spa évvdrn, ninth 
howr, i. e. 8 o’clock P.M. ;—at 
x. 80 édvviirny Spay is Acc. of 
“Duration of time.”—b. Of 
the night: Spa rpirn, third 
hour, i.e. 9 o’clock P.M. 
ép-aios, ala, atov, adj. [&p- 
a, “ season ’’] (“ Pertaining to 
&pa”; hence) Of things: 
Beautiful, etc.: — dpala 
wtAn Tov lepoi, the beautifel 
gate of the temple, was made 
entirely of Corinthian brass, 
and was considered to surpass 
all the others. It was so 
heavy that twenty men were 
required to open or close it. 

5 adv.: 1. a. 4a.—b. Ae 
tf, as tt were :—ds is joined 
to a participle alone when it 
is to be signified that the 
. action of the part. does not 
really exist; cf. xxviii. 19.— 
2. Like as, just as.—s. In 
what way or manner; how.— 
4. With numeral adj.: About: 
—ds éxdrdy elxoci, about a 


335 


hundred and twenty, i. 15.— 
5. When.—6. That.—7. With 
Superlative words (like Lat. 
quam) to heighten the force 
of the word to which it is 
attached: ds mach as ever 
can be, as much as possible: 
—~—ts rdxiora, as quickly, or 
speedily, as possible, xvii. 


éda-cl, adv. [ds, “as”; el, 
“if’’] 1. Ae $f, as it were.— 
3. With numeral adj.: Adout: 
—dce rpicxiria:, about three 
thousand, ii. 41. 

Go-wep, adv. [ds, “as”; 
wep, enclitic particle] As in- 
deed, even as, just as. 

Sore, conj.: 1. So that: a. 
With Indic., to mark a fact. 
—b. With Inf., to mark a 
result or effect; cf. xv. 39.— 
2. With Inf., to mark an in- 
tention or intended result: So 
as, as for, for the purpose of 
doing, etc. 

SOny, 1. aor. ind. of 
bpdeo. Poe 


LONDON ¢ 
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS, 
ST. JOHN’S SQUARE, 





WHITE'S 
SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LATIN DICTIONARIES. 





A LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY (the 
Parent Worx). By the Rev. J. T. Wirz, D.D. of Corpus 
Christi College, Oxford ; and the Rev. J. E. Rippix, M.A., 
of St. Edmund’s Hall, Oxford. (Founded on the er 
Dictionary of Freunp, as last revised by the Author.) Fifth 
and Cheaper Edition, carefully revised and complete in One 
Volume, bound in cloth lettered. Royal 8vo, price 28s. 

Thes ts the fullest form of the Dictionary, and is indeed a very 
complete work, ¢ have Rs 57 ited such tests as limited time and 
$ tunity permitted, and found the result very satisfactory. 

uncommon usages, for instance, in the first book of LUCRETIUS 
were invariably supplied, and it was clear that the compiler had 
consulted the best authorities on the subject. The volume consists 

Sf more than two thousand s, closely printed in triple columns, 

and ts indeed a thesaurus Latinitatis, tnciuding the literature, at 

least in some representative part, of the first seven centuries of our 
era. SPECTATOR. 


WHITE'S COLLEGE LATIN-ENGLISH 
DICTIONARY (Intermediate Size), being a copious Abridg- 
meént, for the use of University Students, of the Parent Latin 
Dictionary of White and Riddle. Third and Cheaper Edition, 
carefully revised. Medium 8vo, price 15s. 


A SCHOOL LATIN-ENGLISH DICTION- 


ARY for the Use of Junior Students, abrid from the 
Dictionaries of ite and Riddle. ew Edition, 
revised. Square ramo, price 7s. 6d. 


WHITE'S NEW ENGLISH-LATIN DIC- 
TIONARY for the Use of Schools, founded on White and 
Riddle’s large Latin-English Dictionary. Square r2mo, 5s. 6d. 

WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT’S COM- 
PLETE LATIN-ENGLISH and ENGLISH-LATIN 


DICTIONARY. (The Two School Dictionaries bound ir 
One Volume.) New Edition, revised. Square 12mo, 128. 


WHITE'S LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 


Adapted for the Use of Middle-Class Schools. S cau 
from the Junior Student’s Latin-English Dictionary.) Square 
fcp. 8vo, price 3s. 


London, LONGMANS & CO. 


GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS, 


WITH ENGLISH VOCABULARIES, 
EDITED BY JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon. 


Qe 
between one and two hundred pages, 32mo, in strong cloth 


GREEK TEXTS :— 

St. MATTHEW’S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price 2s, 6d, 
St. MARK’S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price rs. 6d. 
St. LUKE’S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price as. 6d. 
St. JOHN’S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price 15. 6d. 


St. PAUL'S EPISTLE to the ROMANS, 
Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price 1s. 6d, ~~ 


The ACTS of the APOSTLES, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price as. 6d, . 
XENOPHON, First Book of the Anabasis, Price 3s. 6d. - 
XENOPHON,, Second Book of the Anabasis. Price 1s. 
XENOPHON,, Third Book of the Anabasis. Price rs. 62. 


FABLES from SOP and MYTHS 
from PALAZZEPHATUS. Price rs. 


DIALOGUES from LUCIAN. Price xs. 
HOMER’S ILIAD, Boox the First. Price 1s. 





The FOUR GOSPELS in GREEK 


=) 
With a Greek-English Lexicon. Edited by Joun T. WHITE, 
D.D. Oxon, Square 32mo, price 5s. ; 


LATIN TEXTS :— 
CESAR, First Book ofthe Gallic War. Price 1s. 
C.ZZSAR, Second Book of the Gallic War. Price 15. 
_ C4ESAR, Third Book of the Gallic War. Price od. 


, 63S—l(ae/ 





WHITE’s Grammar-School Texts. 
C.AESAR, Fourth Book of the Gallic War. Price od 
CAESAR, Fifth Book of the Gallic War. Price x8. 
CESAR, Sixth Book of the Gallic War. Price xs. 
CICERO, Cato Major. Price rs. 6a. 

CICERO, Lelius. Price rs. 6d, 
EUTROPIUS, 2 = 
nd Books of Roman Hist Price 3s. 
EUTROPIUS, =, 
Third and Fourth Books of Roman History. Price 1s 
HORACE, 
First Book of the Odes, Price zz, 


HORACE, 

Second Book of the Odes. Price rs. 
Fe Tat bea of tse Gil Pele ua 
HORACE, nee rey 

Fourth Book of the Odes. Price 1s. 
NEPOS 
. Miltiades, Cimon, Paussnias, and Aristides. Price 94. 

VID 

Selections from the Fasti and Epistles. Price rs. 
OVID, 

Select Myths from the Metamorphoses. Price od. 
PH.AZDRUS, 

Selection of Familiar and usually read Fables. Price 9d. 
PH.AZDRUS, 

First and Second Books of Fables. Price 1s. 
SALLUST, 


Bellum Catilinarium Price xs. 6d. 
VIRGIL, Fourth Book of the Georgics. Price 15. 
VIRGIL, First Book of the AEneid. Price rs. 
VIRGIL, Second Book of the Hneid. Price rs. 
VIRGIL, Third Book of the Aineid. Price 15. 
VIRGIL, Fourth Book of the #2neid. Price rs. 
VIRGIL, Fifth Book of the AEneid. Price zs, 
VIRGI L, Sixth Book of the Aineid. Price 1s. 


LIVY, Books XXII. and XXIII. 
Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical 
Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Naies. Edited by Jonn 
T. Wuirg, D.D. Oxon. 12mo, price as. 6d, each Boox. 





London, LONGMANS & CO. 





CLASSICAL SCHOOL BOOKS, 
EDITED BY THE REV. JOHN T. WHITE, D.O. 





BRADLEY'S ZUZROPIUS, newly edited by 


the Rev. Dr. Wuirs, with a Vocabulary and Notes adapted to 
the Public School Latin Primer. as. 6d, 


BRADLEY'S CORNELIUS NEPOS, newly 
edited by the Rev. Dr. Wurrz, with English Notes adapted to 
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 3s. 6d. 


BRADLEY'S OVID’S METAMORPHOSES, 
newly edited by the Rev. Dr. Wuirs, with English Notes 
adapted to the blic School Latin Primer. Price 4s. 6d. 


BRADLEY'S PHADRUS, newly edited by 


the‘Rev. Dr. WuTz, with English Grammatical Notes adapted 
to the Public School Latin Primer. Price as. 


The Rev. Dr. WHITE’S FIRST LATIN 
PARSING BOOK, adapted to the Synrax of the Public 
School Latin Primer. Price as. 


The Rev. Dr. WHITE'S FIRST LATIN 


EXERCISE BOOK, adapted to the Public School Latin 
er. Price 2s. 6d.—KEy, as. 6d. 


_VALPY’S LATIN DELECTUS, newly edited 
by the Rev. Dr. WuirTs, with Grammatical Notes adapted to 
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 64.—Kxry, 35. 6d. 


VALPY’S GREEK DELECTUS, newly edited - 
by the na Dr. Wuite, with Notes adapted to Parry’s Greek 
with a new Lexicon. Price 2s. 6¢.—KEy, as. 6d. 


XENOPHON’S EXPEDITION of CYRUS 
into UPPER ASIA; ern from the Text of SCHNEIDER. 
bal oe ry a Notes. Rev. Dr. WuitTs. Sixth Edition. 

ys 


London, LONGMANS & CO. /
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Acts of the Apostles, with a vocabulary by J.T. White"

See other formats
